370Z Roadster (2012) - Car NISSAN - Free user manual and instructions

USER MANUAL 370Z Roadster (2012) NISSAN

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

Foreword

WelcometothegrowingfamilyofnewNISSAN owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence. It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicles that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.

AseparateWarrantyInformationBooklet explainsdetailsaboutthewarrantiescoveringyourvehicle.TheNISSANService andMaintenanceGuideexplainsdetails aboutmaintainingandservicingyourvehicle.Additionally,aseparateCustomer Care/LemonLawBooklet(U.S.only)will explainhowtoresolveanyconcernsyou mayhavewithyourvehicle,aswellas clarifyyourrightsundryourstate'slemon law.

Inadditiontofactoryinstalledoptions,your vehiclemayalsobeequippedwithadditional accessoriesinstalledbyNISSANorbyyour NISSANdealerpriortodelivery.Itisimportant thatyoufamiliarizeyourselfwithalldisclosures, warnings,cautionsandinstructionsconcerning properuseofsuchaccessoriespriortooperatingthevehicleand/oraccessory.SeeaNISSAN dealerfordetails concerning theparticular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped.

YourNISSANdealerknowsyourvehiclebest. When you require any service or have any questions, wewillbegladtoassistyouwiththe extensiveresourcesavailabletous.

READFIRST—THENDRIVESAFELY

Beforedrivingyourvehicle,readyourOwner's Manualcarefully.Thiswillensurefamiliaritywith controlsandmaintenancerequirements,assistingyouinthesafeoperationofyourvehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Followtheseimportantdrivingrulesto helpensureasafeandcomfortabletrip foryouandyourpassengers!

• NEVERdriveundertheinfluenceof alcoholordrugs.
• ALWAYSobservepostspeedlimits andneverdrivetoo fastfor conditions.
• ALWAYSgiveyourfullattentionto drivingandavoidusing vehicle featuresortakingotheractionsthat

coulddistractyou.

• ALWAYSuseyourseatbeltsand appropriatechildrestraintsystems.
• ALWAYSprovideinformationabout the properuse ofvehicle safety features toallooccupants ofthe vehicle.
• ALWAYSreviewthisOwner'sManualforimportantsafetyinformation.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its performance, safetyordurability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damageor performance problems resulting from modification will not be recovered under the NISSAN warranties.

WHENREADINGTHEMANUAL

Thismanualincludesinformationforall optionsavailableonththismodel.Therefore, youmayfindsomeinformationthatdoes notapplytoyourvehicle.

Allinformation, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those ineffect at the time of

printing.NISSANreservestherighttochange specificationsordesignatanytimewithout notice.

IMPORTANTINFORMATIONABOUT THISMANUAL

Youwillseevarioussymbolsinthismanual.They areusedinthefollowingways:

WARNING

Thisisusedtoindicatethepresenceof ahazardthatcouldcausedeathor seriouspersonalinjury.Toavoidor reducetherisk,theproceduresmust befollowedprecisely.

CAUTION

Thisisusedtoindicatethepresenceof ahazardthatcouldcauseminoror moderatepersonalinjuryordamageto yourvehicle.Toavoidorreducetherisk, theproceduresmustbefollowedcarefully.

Abstract geometric shape resembling an 'X' with diagonal lines, no text or symbols present

If you seethesymbol above, it means "Donot do this" or "Donotletthis happen".

If you see easymbols similartothose above in an illustration, it means the arrowpoint to the front of the vehicle.

Arrowsinanillustrationthataresimilartothose aboveindicatemovementoration.

Arrowsinanillustrationthataresimilartothose abovecallattentiontoanitemintheillustration. CALIFORNIAPROPOSITION65 WARNING

WARNING

EngineExhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components containoremit chemicals known to the State of Californiatocause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear containoremit chemicals known to the State of Californiatocause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIAPERCHLORATEADVI- SORY

Somevehicleparts,suchaslithiumbatteries,maycontainperchloratematerial. The following advisory is provided: "PerchlorateMaterial-specialhandlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate."

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth ^® isatrademarkowned byBluetoothSIG,Inc.andlicensedtoVisteonCorporation andClarionCo.,Ltd.

gracenote

Gracenote® isaregisteredtrademarkofGracenote,Inc.The Gracenotelogoandlogotype, andthe"PoweredbyGracenote" logoaretrademarksofGracenote.

((×))

XMRadio ^® requiresasubscription,soldseparately.Itisnot availableinAlaska,Hawaiior Guam.Formoreinformation,visit www.xmradio.com.

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions, please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll-free number:

ForU.S.customers

1-800-NISSAN-1

(1-800-647-7261)

ForCanadiancustomers

1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information:

-Yourname,address,andtelephonenumber

- Vehicleidentificationnumber(attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver's side)

- Dateofpurchase

- Currentodometerreading

-YourNISSANdealer'sname

-Yourcommentsorquestions OR

YoucanwritetoNISSANwiththeinformationon theleftat:

ForU.S.customers

NissanNorthAmerica, Inc.

ConsumerAffairsDepartment

P.O.Box685003

Franklin,TN37068-5003

orviae-mailat:

[e-mail]

ForCanadiancustomers

ForCanadiancustomers

NissanCanadaInc.

5290OrbitorDrive

Mississauga,OntarioL4W4Z5

orviae-mailat:

information.centre@nissancanada.

com

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com(forU.S.customers)or

www.nissan.ca(forCanadiancustomers)

WeappreciateyourinterestinNISSANand

thankyouforbuyingaqualityNISSANvehicle.

Tableof Contents

Illustratedtableofcontents	0
Safety—Seats,seatbeltsandsupplemental restraintsystem	1
Instrumentsandcontrols	2
Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments	3
Centerdisplay,heater,airconditioner,audio,phone andvoicerecognitionsystems	4
Startinganddriving	5
Incaseofemergency	6
Appearanceandcare	7
Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself	8
Technicalandconsumerinformation	9
Index	10

0Illustratedtableofcontents

Seats,seatbeltsandSupplementalRestraint

System(SRS)....0-2

Coupemodels....0-2

Roadstermodels....0-3

Exteriorfront....0-4

Exteriorrear....0-5

Coupemodels....0-5

Roadstermodels....0-6

Exterior(NISMOmodels)....0-7

Passengercompartment....0-8

Coupemodels....0-8

Roadstermodels....0-9

Cockpit....0-10

Instrumentpanel....0-11

Metersandgauges....0-12

Enginecompartment....0-13

VQ37VHRenginemodel....0-13

Warningandindicatorlights....0-14

SEATS,SEATBELTSAND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM(SRS)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SSI0648

1. Frontseats(P.1-2)

COUPEMODELS

1. Seatbelts(Page1-9)

-Seatbeltswithpretensioners(P.1-39)

2.Headrestraints(P.1-5)
3. Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplemental airbags(P.1-28)
4. Roof-mounted curtainside-impactsupplemental

airbags(P.1-28)

1. Supplementalfront-impactairbags(P.1-28)
2. Childrestraintanchorpoint(fortoptetherstrap childrestraint)(P.1-19)
3. Occupantclassificationsensor(patternsensor) (P.1-33)

0-2 Illustratedtableofcontents

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SSI0649

ROADSTERMODELS

1. Seatbelts(P.1-9)
   —Seatbeltswithpretensioners(P.1-39)
   2.Headrestraints(P.1-5)

2. Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplemental airbags(P.1-28)

3. Door-mounted curtains inside-impacts supplemental airbags (P.1-28)

4. Supplementalfront-impactairbags(P.1-28)
5. Occupantclassificationsensor(patternsensor) (P.1-33)
   7.Frontseats(P.1-2)

Illustratedtableofcontents0-3

EXTERIORFRONT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SSI0594

—TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)

(P.2-12,P.5-3)

9.Doors

-Keys(P.3-2)
—Doorlocks(P.3-4)
—IntelligentKeysystem(P.3-6)
—Remotekeylessentrysystem(P.3-13)

1.Hood(P.3-16)

2.Headlightandturnsignal

—Operation(P.2-31)

—Bulbreplacement(P.8-27)

3.Windshieldwiperandwasher

-Operation(P.2-29)

—Maintenance(P.8-20)

0-4 Illustratedtableofcontents

4.Powerwindows(P.2-44)

1. Outsidemirrors(P.3-38)

6.Recoveryhook(P.6-21)

1. Licenseplateinstallation(P.9-14)

8.Tires

—Wheelsandtires(P.8-31,P.9-9)

—Flattire(P.6-2)

EXTERIORREAR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SSI0811

8.Fuel-fillerdoor

-Operation(P.3-34)
—Fuelrecommendation(P.9-4)

COUPEMODELS

1. High-mounted stoplight(bulbreplacement) (P.8-27)
2. Rearwindowdefroster(P.2-31)
   3.Satelliteantenna(ifsoequipped)(P.4-31)
3. Rearviewcamera(ifsoequipped)(P.4-18)
   5.Rearhatch

—IntelligentKeysystem(P.3-6)
—Remotekeylessentrysystem(P.3-13)
—Rearhatchopenerswitch(P.3-16)

6.Rearfoglight(ifsoequipped)(P.2-35)

1. Rearcombinationlight(bulbreplacement) (P.8-27)

Illustratedtableofcontents0-5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SSI0812

ROADSTERMODELS

1. Trunklid(P.3-18)

—IntelligentKeysystem(P.3-6)
—Remotekeylessentrysystem(P.3-13)
—Rearhatchreleaseswitch(P.3-16)
—Trunklidreleaseswitch(P.3-18)

1. High-mounted stoplight(bulbreplacement) (P.8-28)
   3.Antenna(P.4-31)

2. Rearwindowdefroster(P.2-31)
   5.Softtop(P.3-21)
   6.Interiortrunklidrelease(P.3-19)

3. Rearviewcamera(ifsoequipped)(P.4-18)

4. Rearfoglight(ifsoequipped)(P.2-35)
5. Rearcombinationlight(bulbreplacement) (P.8-28)
   10.Fuel —Fuel-fillerdoor(P.3-34) —Fuelrecommendation(P.9-4)

0-6Illustratedtableofcontents

EXTERIOR(NISMOmodels)

1 2 3 4 5 6 SSI0585

ForNISMOmodels,thevehiclepartslisted belowrequirespecialcareorcautionfor treating.Refertotheadditionalinformationin eachsection.

1. Performancedampers(P.5-30)
2. Frontbumperwithanaerodynamicsplitter (P.3-32, P.6-20)
   3.Sidesillextensions(P.3-32)
   4.Rearspoiler(P.3-17,P.7-3)
   5.Exhaustpipes(P.3-32,P.6-20)
3. Rearbumper with anaerodynamic diffuser (P.3-32, P.6-20)

Illustratedtableofcontents0-7

PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SSI0650

COUPEMODELS

1.Cargocover(ifsoequipped)(P.2-43)
2.Secondaryrearhatchrelease(P.3-18)
3.Powerwindows(P.2-44)

—Outsidemirrorremotecontrolswitch (P.3-38)

4.Sunvisors(P.3-36)

5.Maplight(P.2-46)

1. Insiderearviewmirror

-Operation(P.3-37)

—HomeLink ^® (ifsoequipped)(P.2-49)

1. Rearparcelbox(P.2-42)

0-8Illustratedtableofcontents

1. Consolebox

—Poweroutlet(P.2-39)

-USBmemoryoperation(ifsoequipped)

(P.4-59)

- i P 0 playeroperation(ifsoequipped)

(P.4-68)

9.Frontcupholders(P.2-40)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SSI0651

ROADSTERMODELS

1. Powerwindows(P.2-44)

—Outsidemirrorremotecontrolswitch (P.3-38)

2.Sunvisors(P.3-36)

1. Maplight(P.2-46)

2. Insiderearviewmirror

—Operation(P.3-37)

—HomeLink ^® (ifsoequipped)(P.2-49)

5.Rearparcelbox(P.2-42)

—Secondarytrunklidrelease(P.3-20)

1. Consolebox

—Poweroutlet(P.2-39)

-USBmemoryoperation(ifsoequipped)

(P.4-59)

- i P 8 playeroperation(ifsoequipped)

(P.4-68)

7.Frontcupholders(P.2-40)

COCKPIT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SSI0652

1. VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)OFFswitch (P.5-28)
2. Headlight, foglight and turn signals switch (P.2-31)
   3.MetersandGauges(combimeter)(P.2-5)
   4.Triplemeter(P.2-8)
   5.Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch(P.2-29)

6.Hoodreleasehandle(P.3-16)
7.IntelligentKeyport(P.5-10)
8.Paddleshifter(ifsoequipped)(P.5-14)
9.Steering-wheel-mountedcontrols(leftside)

—Menucontrolswitchortuningswitch (P.4-77)

—BACKswitch(P.4-77)

0-10 Illustratedtableofcontents

—Phoneswitch(ifsoequipped)(P.4-81, P.4-91)
—Volumecontrolswitches(P.4-77)
—Sourceselectswitch(P.4-77)

10.Tiltsteeringlever(P.3-36)

11.Steeringwheel

—Horn(P.2-36)
—Driversupplementalairbag(P.1-28)

1. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(rightside) —Cruise control switches(P.5-21)

2. Selectorleverforautomatictransmission (P.5-12)/Shiftleverformanualtransmission (P.5-16)
   14.Parkingbrake(P.5-20)

INSTRUMENTPANEL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 SSI0653

1. Ventilator(P.4-24)

2. Centerdisplayandmulti-functioncontrolpanel (ifsoequipped)(P.4-3)orInstrumentpocket(if soequipped)(P.2-40)

—Navigationsystem*(ifsoequipped)

—Vehicleinformationandsettingbuttons(ifso equipped)(P.4-7)

—Bluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhoneSystem(ifso equipped)(P.4-81,P.4-91,P.4-103)

3.Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight(P.1-33)

4.Frontpassengersupplementalairbag(P.1-28)

5.Fuseboxcover(P.8-22)

6.Push-buttonignitionswitch(P.5-8)

7.Hazardwarningflasherswitch(P.2-35)

8.Seatheaterswitch(ifsoequipped)(P.2-36)or Climatecontrolledseatswitch(ifsoequipped) (P.2-38)

1. Softtopoperatingswitch(forRoadstermodels) (P.3-21)

2. SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE) switch (ifsoequipped)(P.5-17)

11.Heaterandairconditioner(P.4-24) —Rearwindowdefrosterswitch(P.2-31)

12.Audiosystem(P.4-31)

13.Poweroutlet(P.2-39)

14.Glovebox(P.2-41)

*:RefertotheseparateNavigationSystem Owner'sManual.

METERSANDGAUGES

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 SSI0509

1. ENTER/NEXTswitch(P.2-22)
   2.Fuelgauge(P.2-7)
   3.Warning/Indicatorlights(P.2-9)
   4.Tachometer(P.2-6)
   5.Speedometer(P.2-6)
   6.Instrumentbrightnesscontrolswitch(P.2-34)
2. Vehicle information display(P.2-17)

0-12 Illustratedtableofcontents

1. Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge(P.2-7)
2. Transmission position indicator (ifsoequipped) (P.2-16)
   —SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)indicator(ifsoequipped)(P.5-17)

12 13 14 SSI0521

10.Odometer/Twintripodometercontrolknob (P.2-6)
11.Odometer/Twintripodometer(P.2-6)
12.Engineoiltemperaturegauge(P.2-8)
13.Voltmeter(P.2-8)
14. Clock(P.2-8, P.2-25)

ENGINECOMPARTMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 10 JVM0086X

1. Enginecoolantreservoir(P.8-9)

VQ37VHRENGINEMODEL

1.Fuse/fusiblelinkholder(P.8-22)
2.Battery(P.8-16)
3.Radiatorfillercap(P.8-9)
4. Engineoildipstick(P.8-11)
5.Engineoilfillercap(P.8-11)
6.Brakefluidreservoir(P.8-14)

1. Clutchfluidreservoir(ManualTransmission models)(P.8-14)
   8.Powersteeringfluidreservoir(P.8-13)
2. Windowwasherfluidreservoir(P.8-15)
   10.Aircleaner(P.8-19)
   11.Drivebeltlocation(P.8-18)

Illustratedtableofcontents0-13

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning light		NamePage
		Anti-lockBrakingSystem (ABS)warninglight	2-10
		AutomaticTransmission(AT) checkwarninglight	2-10
		Brakewarninglight2-10
		Chargewarninglight2-11
		Engineoilpressurewarning light	2-11
		IntelligentKeysystemwarning light	2-11
		Lowtirepressurewarninglight2-12
		Masterwarninglight2-13
		Seatbeltwarninglight2-13
		Supplementalairbagwarning light	2-13
		VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) warninglight	2-14

Indicator light	NamePage
CRUISE	Cruiseindicatorlight2-14
OFF	Frontpassengerairbagstatus light	2-14
	Highbeamindicatorlight2-14
EDGE	Lowbeamindicatorlights2-14
SERVICE ENGINE SOON	MalfunctionIndicatorLight (MIL)	2-14
	Rearfoglightindicatorlight*2-15
	Securityindicatorlight	2-15
	Softtopindicatorlight(Road-stermodels)	2-15
	SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)indicator*	2-16
N/IM	Transmissionpositionindicator light*	2-16
	Turnsignal/hazardindicator lights	2-16
	VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) offindicatorlight	2-16

*: ifsoequipped

1 Safety—Seats,seatbeltsandsupplemental restraintsystem

Seats....1-2

Frontseats....1-2

Headrestraints....1-5

Seatbelts....1-9

Precautionsonseatbeltusage....1-9

Pregnantwomen....1-11

Injuredpersons....1-11

Three-pointtypeseatbelt....1-11

Seatbeltextenders....1-14

Seatbeltmaintenance....1-14

Childsafety....1-15

Infants....1-15

Smallchildren(forCoupemodels)....1-15

Largerchildren....1-16

ForRoadstermodels....1-17

Childrestraints....1-18

Precautionsonchildrestraints....1-18

Toptetherstrapchildrestraint

(forCoupemodels)....1-19

Forward-facingchildrestraintinstallationusingthe

seatbelts(forCoupemodels)....1-20

Installingtoptetherstrap(forCoupemodels)......1-24

Boosterseats....1-24

Supplementalrestraintsystem....1-28

Precautionsonsupplementalrestraintsystem.....1-28

NISSANAdvancedAirBagSystem

(frontseats)....1-33

Frontseat-mountedside-impactandroof/

door-mountedcurtainside-impactsupplementalair

bagsystems....1-38

Seatbeltswithpretensioners(frontseats)....1-39

Supplementalairbagwarninglabels....1-40

Supplementalairbagwarninglight....1-41

Repairandreplacementprocedure....1-41

SEATS

Line drawing of a person sitting in a car, showing seatbelt and dashboard (no text or symbols)

Diagram showing car seatbelt and car interior with cross-shaped safety bands (no text or symbols)

WARNING

• Donotrideinamovingvehicle whenteseatbackisreclined.This canbedangerous.Theshoulderbelt willnotbeagainstyourbody.Inan accident,youcouldbethrownintoit andreiveneckorotherserious injuries.Youcouldalsoslideunder thelapbeltandreceiveserious internalinjuries.
• Forthemosteeffectiveprotection whenthevehicleisinmotion,the seatshouldbeupright.Alwayssit

wellbackintheseatwithbothfeet onthefloorandadjusttheseatbelt properly.See"Precautionsonseat beltusage"(P.1-9).

• Afteradjustment, gentlyrockinthe seattomakesureitissecurely locked.
• Donotleavechildrenunattended insidethevehicle.Theycouldunknowinglyactivateswitchesorcontrols.Unattendedchildrencould becomeinvolvedinseriousaccidents.

•Theseatbackshouldnotbereclined anymorethanneededforcomfort. Seatbeltsaremosteffectivewhen thepassengersitswellback and straightupintheseat.Iftheseat-backisreclined,theriskofsliding underthelap belt andbeinginjured isincreased.

CAUTION

- When adjusting these at positions, besurenotto contact anymoving parts to avoid possible injuries and/ordamages.

FRONTSEATS

Frontpowerseatadjustment

Operatingtips:

• Thepowerseatmotorhasanauto-reset overloadprotectioncircuit. If themotor stops during operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatetheswitch.
• Donotoperatethepowerseatswitchfora longperiodoftimewhentheengineisoff. Thiswilldischargethebattery.

① ② SSS0928

Forwardandbackward:

Movingtheswitch ① forwardorbackwardwill slidetheseatforwardorbackwardtothe desiredposition.

stoppedandthetransmissionisintheP(Park) positionorN(Neutral)positionwiththeparking brakefullyapplied.

Reclining:

Movethereclineswitch ② backwarduntilthe desiredangleisobtained.Tobringtheseatback forwardagain,movetheswitch ② forward.

Therecliningfeatureallowsadjustmentofthe seatbackforoccupantsofdifferen sizesfor addedcomfortandtohelpobtainproperseat beltfit.(See"Precautionsonseatbeltusage" (P.1-9).)Theseatbackmayalsobereclinedto allowoccupantstorestwhenthevehicleis

Safety—Seats,seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem1-3

Diagram showing two car seatbelt seat configurations with directional arrows indicating movement or force, labeled ① and ②.

Frontmanualseatadjustment

Forwardandbackward:

Pulltheleverup ① whileyouslidetheseat forwardorbackwardtothedesiredposition. Releasethelevertolocktheseatinposition.

(P.1-9). Theseatbackmayalsobereclined to allow occupant storestwhenthevehicleis stopped and the transmission is in the P(Park) position or N(Neutral) position with the parking brakefully applied.

Reclining:

Toreclinetheseatback,pulltheleverup ② and leanback.Tobringtheseatbackforwardagain, pulltheleverandmoveyourbodyforward.The seatbackwillmoveforward.

Therecliningfeatureallowsadjustmentofthe seatbackforoccupantsofdifferentsizesfor addedcomfortandtohelpobtainproperseat beltfit.See"Precautionsonseatbeltusage"

1-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Diagram of a car seatbelt mechanism with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Seatlifter(ifsoequipped)

Turneitherdialtoadjusttheangleandheightof theseatcushiontothedesiredposition.

① SSS0684

Lumbarsupport(ifsoequipped)

Thelumbarsupportfeatureprovideslowerback supporttothedriver.

Movethelever ① upordowntoadjustthe seatbacklumbararea.

HEADRESTRAINTS

WARNING

Headrestraintssupplementtheother vehiclesafetysystems.Theymayprovideadditionalprotectionagainstinjury incertainrearendcollisions.Adjustthe headrestraintsproperly,asspecified in thissection.Checktheadjustmentafter someoneelseusestheseat.Donot attachanythingtotheheadrestraint stalksorremovetheheadrestraint.Do notusetheseatiftheheadrestraint hasbeenremoved.Iftheheadrestraint wasremoved,reinstallandproperly adjusttheheadrestraintbeforean occupantusestheseatingposition. Failuretofollowtheseinstructions canreducetheeffectivenessofthe headrestraints.Thismayincreasethe riskofseriousinjuryordeathina collision.

Top-down line drawing of a car with two circular indicators on the roof (no text or symbols)

The illustrations show these seating positions equipped with headrestraints. The headrestraints are adjustable.

▲ Indicate theseating position is equipped with a head restraint.

1 2 3 4 SSS0992

Components

1.Headrestraint
2. Adjustment notches
3.Lockknob
4.Stalks

Side profile illustration of a person seated in a car seat, viewed from the side (no text or symbols)

Adjustment

Adjusttheheadrestraintsothecenterislevel withthecenterofyourears.

Diagram of a car seat with an arrow indicating upward motion, no text or symbols present

Toraisetheheadrestraint, pullitup.

1-6 Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem

Diagram of a car seatbelt mechanism with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Tolower, pushandholdthelockknobandpush theheadrestraintdown.

Diagram of a car seatbelt mechanism with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Removal

Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints.

1. Pulltheheadrestraintuptothehighest position.
2. Pushandholdthelockknob.
3. Removetheheadrestraintfromtheseat.
4. Storetheheadrestraintproperlyinasecure placesotisnotlooseinthevehicle.
5. Installandproperlyadjusttheheadrestraint beforeanoccupantusetheseatingposition.

CAUTION

Modelswithclimatecontrolledseats aredesignedsothattheheadrestraint cannotberemoved.Theheadrestraint maybedamagediftheheadrestraintis forciblypulledout.

① ② SSS0996

Line drawing of a human head in profile with a globe and directional arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)

Install

1. Aligntheheadrestraintstalkswiththeholes intheseat.Makesurethattheheadrestraint isfacingthecorrectdirection.Thestalkwith theadjustmentnotches ① mustbeinstalledintheholewiththelockknob ②
2. Pushandholdthelockknobandpushthe headrestraintdown.
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant use these seating position.

The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that these seat back receives from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The movement of the head restrain help support the occupant's head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the force that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

ActiveHeadRestraintsareeffectiveforcollisionsatlowtomediumspeedsinwhichitissaid thatwhiplashinjuryoccursmost.

ActiveHeadRestraintsoperateonlyincertain rear-endcollisions.Afterthecollision,thehead restraintsreturntotheiroriginalposition.

AdjusttheActiveHeadRestraintsproperly as describedearlierinthissection.

1-8 Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem

SEATBELTS

PRECAUTIONSONSEATBELT USAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or these severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and alfo your passenger to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental airbag.

MostU.S.statesandCanadianprovinces orterritoriesspecifythatseatbeltsbe wornatalltimeswhenvehicleisbeing driven.

Line drawing of a person seated in a car, wearing a tie and seatbelt (no text or symbols)

Diagram of a person sitting in a car with a cross-shaped object on the seat, showing no text or symbols.

Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem 1-9

Diagram of car seatbelt and passenger seatbelt crossed in a cross-section (no text or symbols)

Line drawing of a person sitting in a car with a cross-shaped seatbelt (no text or symbols)

WARNING

• Everypersonwhodrivesorridesin thisvehicleshoulduseaseatbeltat alltimes.
  •Theseatbeltshouldbeproperly adjustedtoasnugfit.Failureretodo somayreducetheeffectiveness of theentirerestraintsystemandin- creasethechanceorseverity of injuryinanaccident.Seriousinjury ordeathcanoccuriftheseatbeltis notwornproperly.
  ●Alwaysroutetheshoulderbeltover yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverputthebeltbehind yourback, under your armor across yourneck. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.
• Positionthelapbeltaslowand snugaspossibleAROUNDTHE HIPS,NOTTHEWAIST.Alapbelt worntoohighcouldincreasethe riskofinternalinjuriesinanaccident.
• Besuretheseatbelttongueis securelyfastenedtotheproper

buckle.

• Donotweartheseatbeltinsideout ortwisted.Doingsomayreduceits effectiveness.
• Donotallowmorethanoneperson tousethesameseatbelt.
  ●Nevercarrymorepeopleinthe vehiclethanthereareseatbelts.
• If theseatbeltwarninglightglows continuouslywhiletheignitionis turnedONwithalldoorsclosedand allseatbeltsfastened,itmayindicateamalfunctioninthesystem. Havethesystem checked by a NISSANdealer.
• Nochangesshouldbemadetothe seatbeltsystem. Forexample, do notmodifytheseatbelt, addmaterialorinstalldevicesthatmay changetheseatbeltroutingortension.Doingsomayaffectthe operationoftheseatbeltsystem. Modifyingortamperingwiththe seatbeltsystemmayresultin seriouspersonalinjury.
  •Onceaseatbeltpretensionerhas activated, it cannot be used and must bereplaced together with the

retractor.SeeaNISSANdealer.

-Removalandinstallationofthe pretensionersystemcomponents shouldbedonebyaNISSANdealer.
- Allseatbeltassemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after an oscillation by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recommend that all seat belt assemblies in used during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belt shown on damage and continued to operate properly.

Seatbeltassembliesnotinuse duringacollisionsshouldalsobe inspected andreplacedifeither damageorimproperoperationis noted.

- Allchildrestraintsandattaching hardwareshouldbeinspectedafter anycollision.Alwaysfollowthe restraintmanufacturer'sinspection instructionsandreplacementrecommendations.Thechildrestraints shouldbereplacediftheyare damaged.

PREGNANTWOMEN

NISSANrecommendsthatpregnantwomenuse seatbelts. Theseatbeltshouldbewornsnug, andalwayspositionthelapbeltaslowas possiblearoundthehips, notthewaist, and placetheshoulderbeltoveryourshoulderand acrossyourchest. Neverunthelap/shoulder beltoveryourabdominalarea. Contactyour doctorforspecificrecommendations.

INJUREDPERSONS

NISSANrecommendsthatinjuredpersonsuse seatbelts,dependingontheinjury.Checkwith yourdoctorforspecificrecommendations. THREE-POINTTYPESEATBELT

WARNING

• Everypersonwhodrivesorridesin thisvehicleshoulduseaseatbeltat alltimes.
• Donotrideinamovingvehicle whentheseatbackisreclined.This canbedangerous.Theshoulderbelt willnotbeagainstyourbody.Inan accident,youcouldbethrownintoit andreceiveneckorotherserious injuries.Youcouldalsoslideunder thelapbeltandreceiveserious

internalinjuries.

• Forthemosteeffectiveprotection whenthevehicleisinmotion,the seatshouldbeupright.Alwayssit wellbackintheseatwithbothfeet onthefloorandadjusttheseatbelt properly.
• Donotallowchildrentoplaywith theseatbelts.MostseatingpositionsareequippedwithAutomatic LockingRetractor(ALR)modeseat belts.Iftheseatbeltbecomes wrappedarounddachild'sneckwith theALRmodeactivated,thechild canbeseriouslyinjuredorkilledif theseatbeltretractsandbecomes tight.Thiscanoccurevenifthe vehicleisparked.Unbuckletheseat belttoreleasethechild.Iftheseat beltcannotbeunbuckledoris alreadyunbuckled,releasethechild bycuttingtheseatbeltwith a suitabletool(suchasaknifeor scissors)toreleasetheseatbelt.

Illustration of a person sitting in a car seatbelt, showing the seatbelt being adjusted for a black arrow (no text or symbols present)

Fasteningtheseatbelts

1. Adjusttheseat.(See "Seats" (P.1-2).)

2. Slowlypulltheseatbeltoutoftheretractor andinsertthetongueintothebuckleuntil youhearandfeelthelatchengage.

3. Theretractorisdesignedtolock duringasuddenstoporonimpact. Aslowpullingmotionpermitsthe belttomove,andallowsyousome freedomofmovementintheseat.

4. If these seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

1-12 Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem

Line drawing of a person sitting in a car seatbelt, showing the seatbelt being lifted (no text or symbols present)

1. Positionthelapbeltportionlowandsnug onthehipsasshown.
2. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractortotakeup extraslack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed to over your shoulder and across your chest.

Thethree-pointtypeseatbeltshavetwomodes ofoperation:

• EmergencyLockingRetractor(ELR)
• AutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)

TheEmergencyLockingRetractor(ELR)mode allowstheseatbelttoextendandretractto allowthedriverandpassengerssomefreedom ofmovementintheseat.TheELRlockstheseat

beltwhenthevehicleslowsdownrapidlyor duringimpacts.

TheAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)mode (childrestraintmode)lockstheseatbeltfor childrestraintinstallation.

Pulltheseatbeltoutuntilisfullyextendedto activatetheALRmode.Detachtheseatbelt tonguefromthebuckleandretracttheseatbelt completelytocanceltheALRmodeandrevert backtotheELRmode.

When the ALRmode is activated these at belt cannot be extended again until these at belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. For additional information, see "Child restraints" (P.1-18).

The ALR modes should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR modes should not be activated. If it is activated in may cause uncomfortable seat beltension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certain that seat backs are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers

maybeinjuredinanaccidentorsudden stop.

Medical illustration showing a hand securing a seatbelt with a black arrow indicating the point of attack (no text or symbols present)

restrictfurtherbeltmovement. Iftheretractordoesnotlockduringthischeckor ifyouhaveanyquestionaboutseatbelt operation,seeaNISSANdealer.

Unfasteningtheseatbelts

Tounfastentheseatbelt, pushthebuttononthe buckle. Theseatbeltautomaticallyretracts.

Checkingseatbeltoperation

Seatbeltretractorsaredesignedtolockseat beltmovementbytwoseparatemethods:

• Whenthebeltispulledquicklyfromthe retractor.
• Whenthevehicleslowsdownrapidly.
  To increase your confidence in these seat belts, check the operation as follows:
• Grasptheshoulderbeltandpullforward quickly. Theretractorshouldlockand

Mechanical diagram showing a belt buckle assembly with a directional arrow (no text or symbols)

Shoulderbeltarm(forCoupemodels)

Beforefasteningtheseatbelt, pulltheshoulder beltarmforwarduntilclicksatthedetent position.

Pullingthearmforwardwillallowaneasyaccess tothebelt.

SEATBELTEXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fastenit, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200mm) of length and maybe used for either the driver or front passenger seating position.

SeeaNISSANdealerforassistancewith purchasinganextenderifanextenderis required.

WARNING

• OnlyNISSANseatbeltextenders, madebythesamecompanywhich madetheoriginalequipmentseat belts,shouldbeusedwiththe NISSANseatbelts.
• Adultsandchildrenwhocanusethe standardseatbeltshouldnotusean extender.Suchunnecessaryuse couldresultinseriouspersonal injuryintheeventofanaccident.
• Neveruseseatbeltextendersto installchildrestraints.Ifthechild restraintisnotsecuredproperly,the childcouldbeseriouslyinjuredina collisionorasuddenstop.

SEATBELTMAINTENANCE

- Tocleantheseatbeltwebbings,applya mildsoapsolutionoranysolution recommendedforcleaningupholsteryorcarpets. Then,wipewithaclothandallowtheseat beltstodryintheshade.Donotallowthe seatbeltstoretractuntiltheyarecompletely

dry.

- lfdirtbuildsupintheshoulderbelt guideoftheseatbeltanchors,theseat beltsmayretractslowly.Wipetheshoulder beltguidewithaclean,drycloth.

- Periodicallychecktoseethattheseat beltandthemetalcomponentssuchas buckles,tongues, retractors,flexiblewires andanchors workproperly.Ifloose parts, deterioration,cutsorotherdamageonthe webbingisfound,theentireseatbelt assemblyshouldbereplaced.

CHILDSAFETY

WARNING

Donotallowchildrentoplaywiththe seatbelts.Mostseatingpositionsare equippedwithAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)modeseatbelts.Ifthe seatbeltbecomeswrappedarounda child'sneckwiththeALRmodeactivated,thechildcanbeseriouslyinjured orkillediftheseatbeltretractsand becomestight.Thiscanoccurevenif thevehicleisparked.Unbuckletheseat beltoreleasethechild.Iftheseatbelt cannotbeunbuckledorisalready unbuckled,releasethechildbycutting theseatbeltwithasuitabletool(such asaknifeorscissors)toreleasethe seatbelt.

Childrenneedadultstohelpprotectthem. Theyneedtobeproperlyrestrained.

Inadditiontothegeneralinformationinthis manual, childsafetyinformationisavailablefrom manyothersources, includingdoctors, teachers, governmenttrafficsafetyoffices, andcommunity organizations. Everychilddisdifferent, sobesure tolearnthebestwaytotransportyourchild.

Therearethreebasictypesofchildrestraint

systems:

●Rear-facingchildrestraint

●Front-facingchildrestraint

- Boosterseat

The proper restraint depends on the child's size. Generally, infants (upto about 1 year and less than 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Front-facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position vehicle lap/shoulder beltonachild whocanno longer use a front-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infantsandchildrenneedspecialpro-tection.Thevehicle'sseatbeltsmaynot fithemproperly.Theshoulderbeltmay cometooclosetothefaceorneck.The lapbeltmaynotfitovertheirsmallhip bones.Inanaccident,animproperly fittingseatbeltcouldcauseseriousor fatalinjury.Alwaysuseappropriate childrestraints.

AllU.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. (See

"Childrestraints"(P.1-18).)

Also, there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protection.

INFANTS

Infantsuptoatleast1yearoldshouldbeplaced inarear-facingchildrestraint.NISSANrecommendsthatinfantsbeplacedinchildrestraints thatcomplywithFederalMotorVehicleSafety StandardsorCanadianMotorVehicleSafety Standards.Youshouldchooseachildrestraint thatfitsyourvehicleandalwaysfollowthe manufacturer'sinstructionsforinstallationand use.

SMALLCHILDREN(forCoupemodels)

Childrenthatareover1yearoldandweighat least20lb(9kg)shouldremaininear-facing childrestraintsalongaspossibleuptothe heightorweightlimitofthechildrestraint. Forward-facingchildrestraintsareavailablefor childrenwhooutgrowrear-facingchildrestraints andareatleast1yearold. Refertothe manufacturer'sinstructionsforminimumand maximumweightandheightrecommendations. NISSANrecommendsthatsmallchildrenbe placedinchildrestraintthatcomplywith FederalMotorVehicleSafetyStandardsor CanadianMotorVehicleSafetyStandards.You shouldchooseachildrestrainthatfitsyour

vehicleandalwaysfollowthemanufacturer's instructionsforinstallationanduse.

LARGERCHILDREN

Childrenwhoaretoolargeforchildrestraints shouldbeseatedandrestrainedbytheseat beltswhichareprovided.Theseatbeltmaynot fitproperlyifthechildislessthan4ft9in(142.5 cm)tallandweighsbetween40lb(18kg)and 80lb(36kg).Aboosterseatshouldbeusedto obtainproperseatbeltfit.

NISSANrecommendsthatachildbeplacedina commerciallyavailableboosterseatifthe shoulderbeltinthechild'sseatingpositionfits closetothefaceorneckorifthelapportionof theseatbeltgoesacrosstheabdomen.The boosterseatshouldraisethechildsothatthe shoulderbeltisproperlypositionedacrossthe top,middleportionoftheshoulderandthelap beltislowonthehips.Aboosterseatcanonly beusedinseatingpositionsthathaveathree-pointtypeseatbelt.Theboosterseatshouldfit thevehicleseatandhavealabelcertifyingthatit complieswithFederalMotorVehicleSafety StandardsorCanadianMotorVehicleSafety Standards.Oncethechildhasgrownsothe shoulderbeltisnolongeronorneartheface andneck,usetheshoulderbeltwithoutthe boosterseat.

WARNING

Neverletachildstandorkneelonany seatanddonotallowachildinthe cargoareaswhilethevehicleismoving. Thechildcouldbeseriouslyinjuredor killedinanaccidentorsuddenstop.

SSS0927

FORROADSTERMODELS

WARNING

• Donotletinfantsandsmallchildren rideinRoadstermodels.
  •Roadstermodelsarenotdesigned toaccommodateRear-facingchild restraintsorFront-facingchildrestraints.
• If you let infants small children ride in Roadster models, they may be killed or seriously injured a crash.

There are three basic types of child restraint systems:

• Rear-facingchildrestraint(shouldnotbe installedinRoadstermodels)
• Front-facingchildrestraint(shouldnotbe installedinRoadstermodels)
• Boosterseat(onlychildrenlargeenoughfor boosterseatscanrideinRoadstermodels)

WARNING

- Neverletaninfantorasmallchild whorequirestheuseofarearor front-facingchildrestraintridein

thisvehicle.Donotattempttohold achildinyourlaporarms.

- Roadstermodelsdonothavean anchorforatoptetherstraprequiredformostchildrestraints. Neverletchildrenwhorequirethe useofrearorfront-facingchild restraintsrideinthisvehicle.

•Largerchildrenneedspecialprotection.Thevehicle'sseatbeltsmay notfitthemproperly.Theshoulder beltmaycometooclosetotheface orneck.Thelapbeltmaynotfitover theirsmallhipbones.Inanaccident,animproperlyfittingseatbelt couldcauseseriousorfatalinjury. Alwaysuseappropriatechildrestraints.

CHILDRESTRAINTS

Diagram showing a family wearing a car seatbelt with crossed safety stripes (no text or symbols)

Diagram of a person seated in a car with a seatbelt, showing no text or symbols on the diagram itself.

PRECAUTIONSONCHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

- Failuretofollowthewarningsand instructionsforproperuseandin-stallationofchildrestraintscould resultinseriousinjuryordeathofachildorotherpassengersinasuddenstoporcollision:

—Thechildrestraintmustbeused andinstalledproperly.Always followallofthechildrestraint manufacturer'sinstructionsfor installationanduse.
—Infants and children should never beheldon anyone's lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision.
—Donotputaseatbeltaround bothachildandanotherpassenger.
—NISSANrecommendsthatall childrestraintsbeinstalledin therearseat.Studieshowthat childrenaresaferwhenproperly restrainedintherearseatthan

inthefrontseat.Ifyoumust installa forward-facing child restraintinthefrontseat,see "Forward-facingchildrestraint installationusingtheseatbelts (forCoupemodels)"(P.1-20).

—EvenwiththeNISSANAdvanced AirBagSystem,neverinstalla rear-facingchildrestraintinthe frontseat.Aninflatingairbag couldseriouslyinjureorkilla child.
—Besuretopurchaseachild restraintthatwillfitthechild andvehicle.Some child restraintsmaynotfitproperly in yourvehicle.
—Childrestraintanchorpointsare designed to withstandloads from childrestraintsthatare properlyfitted.
—Neverusetheanchorpointsfor adultseatbeltsorharnesses.
—Achild restraintwith atop tether strapshouldnotbeusedinthe frontpassengerseat.

—Keepseatbacksasuprightas possibleafterfittingthechild restraint.

—Infantsandchildrenshouldalwaysbeplacedinanappropriatechildrestraintwhileinthe vehicle.

CAUTION

Achildrestraintinaclosedvehiclecan becomeveryhot.Checktheseating surfaceandbucklesbeforeplacinga childinthechildrestraint.

Ingeneral, childrestraintsaredesignedtobe installedwiththelapportionofalap/shoulder seatbelt.

Several manufacturers offer childrestraints for children of various sizes. Whenselecting any childrestraint, keep the following points in mind:

- Chooseonlya restraintwithalabelcertifying thatitcomplieswithFederalMotorVehicle SafetyStandard213orCanadianMotor VehicleSafetyStandard213.

- Checkthechildrestraintinyourvehicleto besureitiscompatiblewiththevehicle's

seatandseatbeltsystem.

- If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustment stobe sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child's height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.

Thepassengerseatisnotsuitableforusewitha rear-facingchildrestraintforinfants.Therefore, infantsshouldnotbetransportedinthisvehicle.

AllU.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children berestrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the toptether strapon front-facing child restraint stobesecured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle.

TOPTETHERSTRAPCHILDRESTRAINT(forCoupemodels)

If the manufacturer of your child restraint require the use of a toptether strap, it must be secured to an anchor point.

WARNING

- Ifthecargocover(ifsoequipped) contactsthetoptetherstrapwhenit isattachedtothetoptetheranchor, removethecargocoverfromthe vehicleorsecureitonthecargo floorbelowitsattachmentlocation. Ifthecargocoverisnotremoved, it maydamagethetoptetherstrap duringacollision.Achildcouldbe seriouslyinjuredorkilledinacollisionifthechildrestraintptother strapisdamaged.

- Donotallowcargotocontactthe toptetherstrapwhenitisattached tothetoptetheranchor.Properly securethecargosoitdoesnot contactthetoptetherstrap.Cargo thatisnotproperlysecuredorthat contactsthetoptetherstrapmay damagethetoptetherstrapduring acollision.Yourchildcouldbe

seriouslyinjuredorkilledinacoll- sionifthechildrestrainttoptether strapisdamaged.

SSS0929

Toptetheranchorpointlocation Theanchorpointislocatedonthefloorofthe cargoarea.

Diagram of a person wearing a seatbelt inside a vehicle, with no visible text or symbols

FORWARD-FACINGCHILDRESTRAINTINSTALLATIONUSINGTHE SEATBELTS(forCoupemodels)

WARNING

Thethree-pointseatbeltwithAutomaticLockingRetractor(ALR)mustbe usedwheninstallingachildrestraint. FailuretousetheALRmodewillresult inthechildrestraintnotbeingproperly secured. Therestraintcouldtipoveror belooseandcauseinjurytoachildina suddenstoporcollision. Also, itcan changetheoperationofthefront

1-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

passengerairbag.See“Frontpassengerairbagandstatuslight”(P.1-35).

Line drawing of a car interior showing seat, rearview, and side door (no text or symbols)

Front-facing(frontpassengerseat)—step1

RefertoallWarningsandCautionsinthe"Child safety"and"Childrestraints"sectionsbefore installingachildrestraint.

Followthesestepstoinstallafront-facingchild restraintusingthevehicleseatbeltinthefront passengerseat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in front-facing direction only. Move the seat to there are most position. Child restraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in this vehicle.

2. Position the child restraint on these seat.

Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.

Thebackofthechildrestraintshouldbe securedagainsttheseatback.

Ifnecessary, adjustorremovethehead restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Besuretore install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See "Head restraints" (P.1-5) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information.

If these seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or different child restraint.

Diagram of a car seatbelt buckle being adjusted, showing hand positioning and motion arrows (no text or symbols)

Front-facing—step3
3. Routetheseatbelttonguethroughthechild restraintandinsertitintothebuckleuntilyou hearandfeelthelatchengage.Besureto followthechildrestraintmanufacturer's instructionsforbeltrouting.

Medical illustration of a car seatbelt buckle assembly (no text or symbols)

Front-facing—step4
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, these belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode). It revert to Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when these belt is fully retracted.

Line drawing of a car seatbelt with arrows indicating movement or force (no text or symbols)

Front-facing—step5
5. Allow these seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

1-22 Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem

Mechanical diagram showing a car seatbelt with two black arrows indicating clockwise motion (no text or symbols)

Front-facing—step6

1. Remove any additional slack from these seat belt; press downward and rear forward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your kneetocompress the vehicle seat cushion and seat back while pulling up on these seat belt.
2. If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, routethetoptether strap and secure the tether strap to the ether anchor point. (See "Toptetherstrap child restraint (for Coup emodels)" (P.1-19).)

Line drawing of a car seatbelt with hands adjusting the seat (no text or symbols)

Front-facing—step8

1. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you placethe childinit. Pushit from sidetosidewhileholding these at near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25mm) from sideto side. Try to get forward and check to see if the belthold stherestraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, you may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

2. Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying topull more seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore belt webbing out of the retractor, ther etractor is in the ALR mode.

3. Checktomakesurethechildrestraintis properlysecuredpriortoeachuse.Ifthe seatbeltisnotlocked,repeatsteps3 through9.

PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF SSS0988

Front-facing—step11

1. If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, push theignitions switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light is not illuminated, see "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P. 1-35). Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Afterthechildrestraintisremovedandtheseat beltisfullyretracted,theALRmode(child restraintmode)iscanceled.

SSS0929

INSTALLINGTOPTETHERSTRAP(for Coupemodels)

First, secure the child restraint with these at belt.

1. Flipdown the flap marked with a label as shown in the illustration.

2. Positionthetoptetherstrapoverthetopof theseatbackandsecureittothetether anchorbracketthatprovidesthestraightest installation.

3. Tightenthestrapaccordingtothemanufac-turer'sinstructionstoremoveanyslack.

If you have any questions when installing a toptetherstrapchild restraint, consult your NISSAN dealer for details.

BOOSTERSEATS

Precautionsonboosterseats

WARNING

Ifaboosterseatandseatbeltarenot usedproperly,theriskofachildbeing injuredinasuddenstoporcollision greatlyincreases:

• Makesuretheshoulderportionof thebeltisawayfromthechild'sface andneckandthelapportionofthe beltdoesnotcrossthestomach.
• Makesuretheshoulderbeltisnot behindthechildorunderthechild's arm.
• Aboosterseatmustonlybeinstalledinaseatingpositionthathas alap/shoulderbelt.

1-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Line drawing of two car seat compartments with labeled parts (1 and 2), no text or symbols present.

Boosterseatsofvarioussizesareofferedby severalmanufacturers.Whenselectingany boosterseat,keepthefollowingpointsinmind:

- Chooseonlyaboosterseatwithalabel certifyingthatitcomplieswithFederalMotor VehicleSafetyStandard213orCanadian MotorVehicleSafetyStandard213.

Illustration of a person sitting in a seat with two crossed safety stripes (no text or symbols)

• Checktheboosterseatinyourvehicletobe sureitiscompatiblewiththevehicle'sseat andseatbeltsystem.
• Makesurethechild'sheadwillbeproperly supportedbytheboosterseatorvehicle seat.Theseatbackmustbeatorabovethe centerofthechild'sears.Forexample,ifa lowbackboosterseat ① ischosen,the vehicleseatbackmustbeatorabovethe centerofthechild'sears.Iftheseatbackis lowerthanthecenterofthechild'sears,a highbackboosterseat ② shouldbeused.

Line drawing of a person seated in a car seat, holding a long object (no text or symbols)

- If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child.

Always follow all recommended procedures. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children berestrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated.

The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the front passenger seat.

Boosterseatinstallation

CAUTION

Donotusethelap/shoulderbeltAutomaticLockingRetractormodewhen usingaboosterseatwiththeseatbelts.

RefertoallWarningsandCautionsinthe"Child safety", "Childrestraints" and "Boosterseats" sectionsearlierinthissectionbeforeinstallinga childrestraint.

Line drawing of a car interior showing seat, dashboard, and side panel (no text or symbols)

Followthesestepstoinstallaboosterseatinthe frontpassengerseat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, adjust these back so that it is upright and then movethese at to therearmost position. Donot move the seat with the booster seat attached to it.
2. Position the booster seat on these seat. Only place it in a front-facing direction. Always follow the booster seat manufacturer's instructions.

Line drawing of a person seated in a car seat, wearing a seatbelt and holding a belt (no text or symbols)

1. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Besuretore install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. See "Head restraints" (P. 1-5) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information. If these seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint anditis interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or different booster seat.

2. Positionthelapportionoftheseatbeltlow andsnugonthechild'ships.Besureto followtheboosterseatmanufacturer's instructionsforadjustingthebeltrouting.

3. Pulltheshoulderbeltportionoftheseatbelt towardtheretractortotakeupextraslack. Besuretheshoulderbeltispositioned acrossthetop,middleportionofthechild's shoulder.Besuretofollowtheboosterseat manufacturer'sinstructionsforadjustingthe beltrouting.
4. Followthewarnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the "Three-point type seat belt" (P.1-11).

PASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF

SSS0988

1. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, push the ignition switch to the ON position. The front passenger airbag status light may may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used. (See "Front passenger airbag and status light" (P.1-35).)

SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONSONSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System), front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system, roof-mounted (Coupemodels) or door-mounted (Roadster models) curtainside-impactsupplemental air bag and seat belt with pretensioners.

Supplementalfront-impactairbagsystem:

TheNISSANAdvancedAirBagSystemcan helpcushiontheimpactforcetothehead and chestofthedriverandfrontpassengerincertain frontalcollisions.

Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplementalairbagsystem: This system can help cushion the impact for cet the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger uncertain side impact collisions. The front seatside-impacts supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the sidewalk where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mountedcurtainside-impactsupplementalairbagsystem(forCoupemodels):

Thissystemcanhelpcushiontheimpactforce totheheadofthedriverandfrontpassengerin certainsideimpactcollisions.Thecurtainair bagsaredesignedtoinflateonthesidewhere

thevehicleisimpacted.

Door-mountedcurtainside-impactsupplementalairbagsystem(forRoadstermodels):Thissystemcanhelpcushiontheimpactforcetotheheadsofthedriverandfrontpassengerincertainsideimpactcollisions. Thecurtainairbagsaredesignedtoinflateonthesidewherethevehicleisimpacted.

Thesesupplementalrestraintsystemsaredesignedtosupplementthecrashprotection providedbythedriverandpassengerseatbelts andarenotasubstituteforthem.Seatbelts shouldalwaysbecorrectly wornandthe occupantseatedasuitabledistanceawayfrom thesteeringwheel,instrumentpanelandoor finishers.(See"Seatbelts"(P.1-9)forinstructionsandprecautionsonseatbeltusage.)

Thesupplementalairbagsoperateonly whentheignitionswitchisintheON position.

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarning lightilluminates.Thesupplementalairbag warninglightwillturnoffafterabout7 secondsifthesystemsareoperational.

Line drawing of a person seated in a car, wearing a seatbelt and jacket (no text or symbols)

Diagram of a person sitting on a car under a full-body safety harness (no text or symbols present)

WARNING

• Thefrontairbagsordinarilywillnot inflateintheeventofasideimpact, rearimpact, rollover, orlowerseverityfrontalcollision. Alwayswear yourseatbeltstohelpreducethe riskorseverityofinjuryinvarious kindsofaccidents.
• Thefrontpassengerairbagwillnot inflateifthepassengerairbag statuslightislitorifthefront passengerseatisunoccupied.See "Frontpassengerairbagandstatus light"(P.1-35).
  •Theseatbeltsandthefrontairbags aremosteffectivewhenyouare sittingwellbackanduprightinthe seatwithbothfeetonthefloor.The frontairbagsinflatewithgreat force.EvenwiththeNISSANAdvancedAirBagSystem,ifyouare unrestrained,leaningforward,sittingsidewaysoroutofpositionin anyway,youareatgreaterriskof injuryordeathinacrash.Youmay alsoreceiveseriousorfatalinjuries fromthesupplementalfrontairbag ifyouareupagainstitwhenit

Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem 1-29

inflates.Alwayssitbackagainstthe seatbackandasfar-awayaspracticalfromthesteeringwheelor instrumentpanel.Alwaysusethe seatbelts.

- Thedriverandfrontpassengerseat beltbucklesareequipped with sensorsthatdetectiftheseatbelts arefastened.TheAdvancedAirBag Systemmonitorstheseverityofa collisionandseatbeltusagethen inflatestheairbags.Failureto properlywearseatbeltscanincreasetheriskorseverityofinjury inanaccident.

- The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) that turns the front passenger airbag OFFundersome conditions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing these seat belt can increase the risk severity of injury in an accident. See "Front passenger air bag and status light" (P.1-35).

- Keephandsontheoutsideofthe steeringwheel.Placingtheminside thesteeringwheelrimcouldin-

creasetheriskofinjuryifthe supplementalfrontairbaginflates.

Diagram of a person wearing a seatbelt and using a steering wheel, with no visible text or symbols

Diagram of a car interior showing a person sitting on the back with a diagonal line crossing through the seat area (no text or symbols)

1-30 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Diagram showing a car's seatbelt crossed over the wheel, no text or symbols present

Diagram of a car interior showing two people seated with a cross-shaped barrier (no text or symbols)

Diagram of a car seatbelt with diagonal crossed lines indicating no movement or safety, showing no text or symbols.

Diagram of a person wearing a seatbelt and headboard, showing no text or symbols on the diagram itself.

WARNING

●Neverletchildrenrideunrestrained orextendtheirhandsorfaceoutof thewindow.Donotattempttohold theminyourlaporarms.Some examplesofdangerousridingpositionsareshownintheillustrations.

- Childrenmaybeseverelyinjuredor killedwhenthefrontairbags,side airbagsorcurtainairbagsinflateif theyarenotproperlyrestrained.

- EvenwiththeNISSANAdvancedAir BagSystem,neverinstallarear-facingchildrestraintinthefront seat.Aninflatingfrontairbagcould seriouslyinjureorkillyourchild. See"Childrestraints"(P.1-18)for details.

Diagram showing a person seated in a car with two crossed safety lines, no text or symbols present.

Diagram of a car interior showing a person seated under a vehicle with a cross-shaped barrier (no text or symbols)

Illustration of a person sitting in a car seat with a cross-shaped band indicating seatbelt, no text or symbols present.

WARNING

Frontseat-mountedside-impactsup- plementalairbagsandroof-mounted (Coupe models)ordoor-mounted (Roadstermodels)curtainside-impact supplementalairbags:

- Thefrontseat-mountedside-impact airbagsandroof-mounted(Coupe models)ordoor-mounted(Roadster models)curtainairbagsordinarily willnotinflateintheeventofa frontalimpact,rearimpact,rollover orlowerseveritysidecollision.Al-

wayswearyourseatbeltstohelp reducetheriskorseverityofinjury invariouskindsofaccidents.

•Theseatbelts,sideairbagsand curtainairbagsaremosteffective whenyouaresittingwellback and uprightintheseat.Thesideairbag andcurtainairbaginflatewithgreat force.Donotallowanyonetoplace theirhand,legorfaceneartheside airbagonthesideoftheseatback ofthefrontseatorneartheside roofrails(Coupemodels)/doortrim (Roadstermodels).Do notallow anyonesittinginthefrontseatsto extendtheirhandoutofthewindow orlean against the door.Some examplesofdangerousridingpositionsare shownin theprevious illustrations.

- Donotuseseatcoversonthefront seatbacks. They may interferewith supplementalsideairbaginflation.

Technical diagram of a car interior with numbered components for identification

SSS1012

1.Crashzonesensor
2. Supplementalfrontairbagmodules(NISSAN AdvancedAirBags)
3.Roof-mountedcurtainside-impactsupplemental airbags(forCoupemodels)
4. Roof-mounted curtains inside-impacts supplemental airbaginflators (for Coupemodels)

1. Door-mounted curtains inside-impacts supplemental airbaginflators (for Roadster models)
2. Door-mounted curtains inside-impacts supplemental airbags (for Roadster models)
3. Frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplemental airbags

4. Occupantclassificationsensor(patternsensor)

5. Occupantclassificationsystemcontrolunit

10.AirbagControlUnit(ACU)
11.Satellitesensors
12.Seatbeltwithpretensioner

NISSANADVANCEDAIRBAGSYS-TEM(frontseats)

ThisvehicleisequippedwiththeNISSAN AdvancedAirBagSystemforthedriverand frontpassengerseats.Thissystemisdesigned tomeetcertificationrequirementsunderU.S. regulations.ItisalsopermittedinCanada.

However,alloftheinformation,cautions andwarningsinthismanualstillapplyand mustbefollowed.

The drivers supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The front passengers supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicled damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation.

TheNISSANAdvancedAirBagSystemhas dualstageairbaginflators.Thesystemmonitors informationfromthecrashzonesensor,theAir

bagControlUnit(ACU),seatbeltbuckle switchesandtheoccupantclassificationsensor (patternsensor).Inflatoroperationisbasedon theseverityofacollisionandseatbeltusagefor thedriver.Forthefrontpassenger,theoccupant classificationsensorisalsomonitored. Based oninformationfromthesensors,onlyonefront airbagmayinflateinacrash,dependingonthe crashseverityandwhetherthefrontoccupants arebeltedorunbelted.Additionally,thefront passengerairbagmaybeautomaticallyturned OFFundersomeconditions,dependingonthe informationprovidedbytheoccupantclassificationsensor.IfthefrontpassengerairbagisOFF, thepassengerairbagstatuslightwillbe illuminated(iftheseatisunoccupied,thelight willnotbeilluminated,buttheairbagwillbeoff). (See“Frontpassengerairbagandstatuslight” (P.1-35)forfurtherdetails.)Onefrontairbag inflatingdoesnotindicateimproperperformance ofthesystem.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, contact a NISSAN dealer. If you are considering modification of your vehicle duetoa disability, you may also contact a NISSAN dealer. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner's Manual.

Whenafrontairbaginflates,afairlyloudnoise maybeheard,followedbyreleaseofsmoke. Thissmokeisnotharmfulanddoesnotindicate

afire. Careshouldbetakennottoinhaleit, asit maycauseirritationandchoking. Thosewitha historyofabreathingconditionsshouldgetfresh airpromptly.

Frontairbags, alongwiththeuseofseatbelts, helptocushiontheimpactforceonthehead andchestofthefrontoccupants. Theycanhelp savelivesandreduceseriousinjuries. However, aninflatingfrontairbagmaycausefacial abrasionsorotherinjuries.Frontairbagsdo notproviderestrainttothelowerbody.

EvenwithNISSANadvancedairbags,seat beltsshouldbecorrectlywornandthedriver andpassengerseateduprightasfaraspractical awayfromthesteeringwheelorinstrument panel.Thefrontairbagsinflatequicklyinorder tohelpprotectthefrontoccupants.Becauseof this,theforceofthefrontairbaginflatingcan increasetheriskofinjuryiftheoccupantistoo closeto,orisagainst,theairbagmoduloleduring inflation.

Thefrontairbagsdeflatequicklyafteracollision.

Thesupplementalfrontairbagsoperate onlywhentheignitionswitchisintheON position.

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarning lightilluminates.Thesupplementalairbag warninglightwillturnoffafterabout7

secondsifthesystemisoperational.

PASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF

SSS0988

Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight

Frontpassengerairbagandstatuslight

WARNING

Thefrontpassengerairbagisdesigned toautomaticallyturnOFFundersome conditions.Readthissectioncarefully tolearnhowitoperates.Properuseof theseat,seatbeltandchildrestraintsis necessaryformosteeffectiveprotection. Failuretofollowwallinstructionsinthis manualconcerningtheuseofseats, seatbeltsandchildrestraintscan increasetheriskorseverityofinjuryin

anaccident.

Statuslight:

Thefrontpassengerairbagstatuslight is located on the instrument panel. After the ignitions switch this placed in the ON position, the frontpassenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turn so for illuminates depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:

• Unoccupiedpassengerseat:The OFF is OFFandthefrontpassengerairbagisOFF andwillnotinflateinacrash.
• Passengerseatoccupiedbyasmalladult, childorchildrestraintasoutlinedinthis section:The 20 off illuminatestoindicate that thefrontpassengerairbagisOFFandwill notinflateinacrash.
• Occupiedpassengerseatandthepassengermeetstheconditionsoutlinedinthis section:Thelight B_2 off isOFFtoindicate thatthefrontpassengerairbagisoperational.

Frontpassengerairbag:

Thefrontpassengerairbagisdesignedto automaticallyturnOFFwhenthevehicleis operatedundersomeconditionsasdescribed

belowaspermittedbyU.S.regulations.Ifthe frontpassengerairbagisOFF,itwillnotinflate inacrash.Thedriverairbagandotherairbags inyourvehiclearenotpartofthissystem.

The purpose of the regulationistohelpreduce theriskofinjuryordeathfromaninflatingairbag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the airbag to be automatically turned OFF.

Theoccupantclassificationsensor(pattern sensor)isinthefrontpassengerseatcushion andisdesignedtodetectanoccupantand objectsontheseat. Forexample,ifachildisin thefrontpassengerseat,theAdvancedAirBag Systemisdesignedtoturnthepassengerair bagOFFinaccordancewiththeregulations. Also,ifachildrestraintofthetypesspecified in theregulationsisontheseat,theoccupant classificationsensorcandetectitandcausethe airbagtoturnOFF.

Frontpassengerseatadultoccupantswhoare properlyseatedandusingtheseatbeltas outlinedinthismanualshouldnotcausethe passengerairbagtobeautomaticallyturned OFF.ForsmalladultsitmaybeturnedOFF, however,iftheoccupantdoesnotsitintheseat properly(forexample,bynotsittingupright,by sittingonanedgeoftheseat,orbyotherwise beingoutofposition),thiscouldcausethe

sensoroturntheairbagOFF.Alwaysbesure tobeseatedandwearingtheseatbeltproperly forthemosteffectiveprotectionbytheseatbelt andsupplementalairbag.

The occupant classifications sensor is designed to operate as described abovetoturn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints. Failing to properly secure child restrains and tous the ALR mode (child restraint mode) may allow therestraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating a crash instead of being OFF. (See "Child restraints" (P. 1-18) for proper use and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as fachildis standing on these at, orftwo children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly. Using the passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with these at occupied. Thelightwillnotilluminatewhenthefront passengerseatisunoccupied.

Ifanadultoccupantisintheseatbutthe passengerairbagstatuslightisilluminated (indicatingthattheairbagisOFF),itcouldbe thatthepersonisasmalladult,orisnotsitting ontheseatproperly.

Ifachildrestraint must be used in the front seat, the passenger air bag status light may may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used. If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Makes sure that the child restraint is installed properly, these at belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated, try adifferent child restraint.

If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate event though you believe that the child restraint, these at belts and the occupant are properly positioned, the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using as special tool. However, until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly, donot transport achildinthisvehicle.

TheNISSANAdvancedAirBagSystemand passengerairbagstatuslightwilltakeafew secondstoregisterachangeinthepassenger seatstatus.However,iftheseatbecomes unoccupied,theairbagstatuslightwillremain off.

Ifamalfunctionoccursinthefrontpassengerair bagsystem,thesupplementalairbagwarning light 🔍 ,locatedinthemeterandgaugesarea willblink.HavethesystemcheckedbyaNISSANdealer.

Othersupplementalfront-impactairbag precautions

WARNING

• Donotplaceanyobjectsonthe steeringwheelpadorontheinstrumentpanel. Also, donotplaceany objectsbetweenanyoccupantand thesteeringwheelorinstrument panel. Suchobjectsmaybecome dangerousprojectilesandcause injuryifthefrontairbaginflates.
• Donotplaceobjectswithsharp edgesontheseat.Also,donot placeheavyobjectsontheseatthat

willleavepermanentimpressionsin theseat.Suchobjectscandamage theseatoroccupantclassification sensor(patternsensor).Thiscan affecttheoperationoftheairbag systemandresultinseriouspersonalinjury.

• Donotusewateroracidiccleaners (hotsteamcleaners)ontheseat. Thiscandamagetheseatoroccupantclassificationsensor.Thiscan alsoaffecttheoperationoftheair bagsystemandresultinserious personalinjury.
• Immediatelyafterinflation,several frontairbagsystemcomponents willbehot.Donottouchthem;you mayseverelyburnyourself.
  • Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiring oftheairbagsystem. Thisisto preventaccidentalinflationofthe supplementalairbagordamageto thesupplementalairbagsystem.
• Donotmakeunauthorizedchanges toyourvehicle'selectricalsystem, suspensionsystemorfrontend structure. This could affect proper operation of the frontair bagsys

tem.

•Tamperingwiththefrontairbag systemmayresultinseriouspersonal injury. Tampering includes changestothesteeringwheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheelpad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the airbag system.
- Removingormodifyingthefront passenger seat may affect the functionoftheairbagsystemandresult in serious personalinjury.
- Modifyingortamperingwiththe frontpassengerseatmayresultin seriouspersonalinjury.Forexample,donotchangethefrontseatsby placingmaterialontheseatcushion orbyinstallingadditionaltrimmaterial,suchasseatcovers,onthe seatthatisnotspecificallydesigned toassureproperairbagoperation. Additionally,donotstowanyobjectsunderthefrontpassengerseat ortheseatkushionandseatback. Such objectsmayinterfere withthe properoperationoftheoccupant classification sensor.

• Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiring oftheseatbeltsystem.Thismay affectthefrontairbagsystem. Tamperingwiththeseatbeltsystem mayresultinseriouspersonalinjury.
• Workonandaroundthefrontair bagsystemshouldbedonebyaNISSANdealer.InstallationofelectricalequipmentshouldalsobedonebyaNISSANdealer.The SupplementalRestraintSystem (SRS)wiringharnesses*shouldnot bemodifiedordisconnected.Unauthorizedelectricaltestequipment andprobingdevicesshouldnotbe used onthe air bagsystem.
• Acrackedwindshieldshould be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility. Acrackedwindshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system.

* TheSRSwiringharnessconnectorsare yellowandorangefor easyidentification.

Whensellingyourvehicle, werequestthatyou inform thebuyeraboutthefrontairbagsystem and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections

inthisOwner'sManual.

Line drawing of a car seat assembly with shaded seating areas (no text or symbols)

FRONTSEAT-MOUNTEDSIDE-IMPACTANDROOF/DOOR-MOUNTED CURTAINSIDE-IMPACTSUPPLEMENTALAIRBAGSYSTEMS

Thesideairbagsarelocatedintheoutsideof theseatbackofthefrontseats.Thecurtainair bagsarelocatedinthesideroofrails(Coupe)or uppersideofthedoortrim(Roadster).These systemsaredesignedtomeetvoluntaryguidelinestohelpreducetheriskofinjurytoout-of-positionoccupants.However,allofthe information,cautionsandwarningsinthis manualstillapplyandmustbefollowed.

Thesideairbagsandcurtainairbagsare designedtoinflateinhigherseverityside

collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collisionaresimilar to those of a higher severity side impact. They are designed to inflate on the sides when the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the sides when the vehicle is impacted.

Vehicledamage(orlackofit)isnotalwaysan indicationofpropersupplementalsideairbag andcurtainairbagoperation.

Whensideairbagsandcurtainairbagsinflate,a fairlyloudnoisemaybeheard,followedby releaseofsmoke.Thissmokeisnotharmfuland doesnotindicateafire.Careshouldbetaken nottoinhaleit,asitmaycauseirritationand choking.Thosewithahistoryofabreathing conditionsshouldgetfreshairpromptly.

Sideairbags, alongwiththeuseofseatbelts, helptocushiontheimpactforceonthechest andpelvisofthefrontoccupants. Curtainair bagshelptocushiontheimpactforceto the headofoccupants. Theycanhelpsavelivesand reduceseriousinjuries. However, aninflating sideairbagsandcurtainairbagsmaycause abrasionsorotherinjuries. Sideairbagsand curtainairbagsdonotproviderestrainttothe lowerbody.

Theseatbeltsshouldbecorrectlywornandthe driverandpassengerseateduprightasfaras

1-38 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

practicalawayfromthesideairbag,andseated asfarawayaspracticalfromthedoorfinishers andsideroofrails.Thesideairbagsandcurtain airbagsinflatequicklyinordertohelpprotect theout-of-positionoccupants.Becauseofthis, theforceofthesideairbagsandcurtainair bagsinflatingcanincreasetheriskofinjuryifthe occupantistoocloseto,orisagainst,theseair bagmodulesduringinflation.Thesideairbags andcurtainairbagswilldeflatequicklyafterthe collisionisover.

Thesideairbagsandcurtainairbagsoperate onlywhentheignitionswitchisintheON position.

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarning lightilluminates.Theairbagwarninglight willturnoffafterabout7secondsifthe systemsareoperational.

WARNING

- Donotplaceanyobjectsnearthe seatbackofthefrontseats.Also,do notplaceanyobjects(anumbrella, bag,etc.)betweenthefrontdoor finisherandthefrontseat.Such objectsmaybecomedangerous projectilesandcauseinjuryifaside

airbaginflates.

- Rightafterinflation,severalsideair bagsandcurtainairbagsystem componentswillbehot.Donot touchthem;youmayseverelyburn yourself.

- Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiring ofsideairbagandcurtainairbag systems. Thisistopreventaccidentalinflationofthesideairbagandcurtainairbagordamagetosideairbagandcurtainairbagsystems.

- Donotmakeunauthorizedchanges toyourvehicle'selectricalsystem, suspensionsystemorsidepanel. This could affect properoperation of the sideairbag and curtain air bagsystems.

- Tamperingwiththeairbagsystem mayresultinseriouspersonalinjury.Forexample,do not changethe frontseatsbyplacingmaterialnear theseatbackorbyinstallingadditionaltrimmaterial,suchasseat covers,aroundthesideairbags.

- Work around and on the side air bag andcurtainairbagsystemsshould

bedonebyaNISSANdealer.Installationofelectricalequipment shouldalsobedonebyaNISSAN dealer.TheSRSwiringharnesses* shouldnotbemodifiedordisconnected.Unauthorizedelectricaltest equipment and probing devices shouldnotbeusedontheside-impactairbagsystem.

* TheSRSwiringharnessconnectorsare yellowandorangeforeasyidentification.

Whensellingyourvehicle, werequestthatyou informthebuyeraboutthesideairbagand curtainairbagsystemsandguidethebuyerto the appropriatesectionsinthisOwner'sManual.

SEATBELTSWITHPRETENSIONERS (frontseats)

WARNING

- Thepretensioners cannot bereused after activation. They must be placed together with theretractor and buckleasaunit.

- If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated, besureto havethe pre-tensionersystem checked and, if

necessary, replacedbyaNISSAN dealer.

• Nounauthorizedchangesshouldbe madetoanycomponentsorwiring ofthepretensionersystem. This is topreventdamagetooraccidental activation of thepretensioners. Tamperingwiththepretensioner systemmayresultinseriouspersonalinjury.
  •WorkaroundandonthepretensionersystemshouldbedonebyaNISSANdealer.Installationofelectricalequipments should also be donebyaNISSANdealer.Unauthorizedelectricaltestequipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensionersystem.
• If you need to dispose of the pretensionerorscrapthevehicle, contactaNISSANdealer.Correct pretensionerdisposalprocedures aresetforthintheappropriate NISSANServiceManual.Incorrect disposalprocedurescouldcause personalinjury.

Thepretensionersystemmayactivatewiththe supplementalairbagsystemincertaintypesof

collisions.Workingwiththeseatbeltretractor,it helpstightentheseatbeltwhenthevehicle becomesinvolvedincertaintypesofcollisions, helpingtorestrainfrontseatoccupants.

Thepretensionerisencasedwiththeseatbelt retractor. Theseseatbeltsareusedthesame wayasconventionalseatbelts.

Whenapretensionerseatbeltactivates, smoke isreleasedandaloudnoisemaybeheard. The smokeisnotharmful, anditdoesnotindicatea fire. Careshouldbetakennottoinhaleitasit maycauseirritationandchoking. Thosewitha historyofabreathingconditionsshouldgetfresh airpromptly.

Afterpretensioneractivation, loadlimitersallow theseatbelttoreleasewebbing(ifnecessary)to reduceforcesagainstthechest.

Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. (See "Supplementalairbagwarning light" (P.1-41) formoredetails.) If the supplemental airbag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, has the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Whensellingyourvehicle, werequestthatyou informthebuyerabouttheseatbeltpretensionersandguidethebuyertotheappropriate sectionsinthisOwner'sManual.

Interior view of a car showing the dashboard and seatbelt mechanism (no text or symbols)

SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG WARNING LABELS

Warninglabelsaboutthesupplementalfront-impactairbagareplacedinthevehicleas shownintheillustration.

①\$RSairbag

Thewarninglabelsarelocatedonthesurfaceof thesunvisors.

Abstract black-and-white icon of a stylized human figure in motion, possibly climbing or reaching (no text or symbols)

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT

Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight,displaying intheinstrumentpanel,monitorsthe circuitsofthesupplementalfront-impactairbag, frontseat-mountedside-impactsupplemental airbag,roof-mounted(Coupemodels)ordoor-mounted(Roadstermodels)curtainside-impact supplementalairbag,andseatbeltpretensioner systems.Themonitoredcircuitsincludetheair bagsystems,pretensionersandallrelated wiring.

WhentheignitionswitchisintheONposition, thesupplementalairbagwarninglightilluminatesforabout7secondsandthenturnsoff.

Thismeansthesystemisoperational.

Ifanyofthefollowingconditionsoccur, thefront airbag, sideairbag, curtainairbag and pretensionersystemsneedservicing:

• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight remainsonapproximately7secondsafter theignitionswitchispushedtotheON position.
• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight flashes intermittently.
• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglightdoes notcomeonatall.

Undertheseconditions,thefrontairbag,sideair bag,curtainairbagorpretensionersystemsmay notoperateproperly.Theymustbecheckedand repaired.Takeyourvehicletothenearest NISSANdealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental airbag warning lightison, it could mean that the front airbag, side airbag, curtain airbag and/or pretensioners system will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself for others, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

REPAIRANDREPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

Thefrontairbags,sideairbags,curtainairbags andpretensionersaredesignedtoactivateona one-time-onlybasis.Asareminder,unlessitis damaged,thesupplementalairbagwarninglight willremainilluminatedafterinflationhasoccurred.RepairandreplacementofthesesystemsshouldbedoneonlybyaNISSANdealer.

When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags, pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance. Theignitions switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hoodor insidethe vehicle.

WARNING

- Onceafrontairbag,sideairbag,or curtainairbaghasinflated,theair bagmodulewillnotfunctionagain andmustbereplaced.Additionally, theactivatedpretensionermust alsobereplaced.Theairbagmoduleandpretensionersystemshould bereplacedbyaNISSANdealer. Theairbagmoduleandpretensionersystemcannotberepaired.

Safety—Seats, seatbeltsandsupplementalrestraintsystem 1-41

• Thefrontairbag, sideairbag and curtainairbagsystems and the pretensionersystem should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the frontor side portion of the vehicle.
• If you need to dispose of the supplemental airbag or pretensionersystems or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemental airbag and seat belt pretensionersystem disposals procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposals procedures could cause personal injury.

2Instrumentsandcontrols

Cockpit....2-3

Instrumentpanel....2-4

Metersandgauges....2-5

Speedometerandodometer....2-6

Tachometer....2-6

Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge....2-7

Fuelgauge....2-7

Triplemeter....2-8

Warning/indicatorlightsandaudiblereminders....2-9

Checkingbulbs....2-10

Warninglights....2-10

Indicatorlights....2-14

Audiblereminders....2-16

Vehicleinformationdisplay....2-17

Operationalindicators....2-18

Warningsandalerts....2-20

Maintenanceindicators....2-21

Tripcomputer....2-22

Securitysystems....2-27

VehicleSecuritySystem....2-27

NISSANVehicleImmobilizerSystem....2-28

Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch....2-29

Rearwindowdefrosterswitch....2-31

Headlightandturnsignalswitch....2-31

Xenonheadlights....2-31

Headlightswitch....2-32

Turnsignalswitch....2-35

Foglightswitch(ifsoequipped)....2-35

Hazardwarningflasherswitch....2-35

Horn....2-36

Heatedseats(ifsoequipped)....2-36

Climatecontrolledseats(ifsoequipped)......2-38

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)OFFswitch....2-39

Poweroutlet....2-39

Storage....2-40

Instrumentpocket(exceptfornavigationsystem equippedmodels)....2-40

Cupholders....2-40

Glovebox....2-41

Consolebox....2-42

Rearparcelbox....2-42

Cargocover(ifsoequipped)....2-43

Windows....2-44

Powerwindows....2-44

Interiorlights....2-46

Maplights....2-46

Interiorlightcontrolswitch....2-47

Vanitymirrorlights....2-48

Cargoareacourtesylight(Roadstermodels)......2-48

Cargolight(Coupemodels)....2-48

Trunklight(Roadstermodels)....2-49

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver(ifsoequipped)......2-49

ProgrammingHomeLink ^® 2-50

ProgrammingHomeLink ^® for

Canadiancustomers....2-51

OperatingtheHomeLink ^®

UniversalTransceiver....2-51

Programmingtrouble-diagnosis....2-51

Clearingtheprogrammedinformation....2-52

ReprogrammingasingleHomeLink ^® button......2-52

Ifyourvehicleisstolen....2-52

COCKPIT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SSI0652

1. VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)OFFswitch (P.5-28)
2. Headlight, foglight and turn signals switch (P.2-31)
   3.MetersandGauges(combimeter)(P.2-5)
   4.Triplemeter(P.2-8)
   5.Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch(P.2-29)

6.Hoodreleasehandle(P.3-16)
7.IntelligentKeyport(P.5-10)
8.Paddleshifter(ifsoequipped)(P.5-14)
9.Steering-wheel-mountedcontrols(leftside)

—Menucontrolswitchortuningswitch (P.4-77)

—BACKswitch(P.4-77)

—Phoneswitch(ifsoequipped)(P.4-81)
—Volumecontrolswitches(P.4-77)
—Sourceselectswitch(P.4-77)

10.Tiltsteeringlever(P.3-36)
11.Steeringwheel

—Horn(P.2-36)

—Driversupplementalairbag(P.1-28)

12.Steering-wheel-mountedcontrols(rightside)
—Cruisecontrolswitches(P.5-21)
13. Selectorleverforautomatictransmission
(P.5-12)/Shiftleverformanualtransmission (P.5-16)
14.Parkingbrake(P.5-20)

INSTRUMENTPANEL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 10 11 12 13 14 SSI0653

1. Ventilator(P.4-24)
2. Centerdisplayandmulti-functioncontrolpanel (ifsoequipped)(P.4-3)orInstrumentpocket(if soequipped)(P.2-40) —Navigationsystem*(ifsoequipped) —Vehicleinformationandsettingbuttons(ifso equipped)(P.4-7)

—Bluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhoneSystem(ifso equipped)(P.4-81,P.4-103)

3.Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight(P.1-33)
4.Frontpassengersupplementalairbag(P.1-28)
5.Fuseboxcover(P.8-22)
6.Push-buttonignitionswitch(P.5-8)
7.Hazardwarningflasherswitch(P.2-35)

8.Seatheaterswitch(ifsoequipped)(P.2-36)or Climatecontrolledseatswitch(ifsoequipped) (P.2-38)
9. Softtopoperatingswitch(forRoadstermodels) (P.3-21)
10. SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE) switch (ifsoequipped)(P.5-17)
11.Heaterandairconditioner(P.4-24) —Rearwindowdefrosterswitch(P.2-31)
12.Audiosystem(P.4-31)
13.Poweroutlet(P.2-39)
14.Glovebox(P.2-41)
*:RefertotheseparateNavigationSystem Owner'sManual.

2-4 Instrumentsandcontrols

METERSANDGAUGES

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 SSI0509

1. ENTER/NEXTswitch(P.2-22)
   2.Fuelgauge(P.2-7)
   3.Warning/Indicatorlights(P.2-9)
   4.Tachometer(P.2-6)
   5.Speedometer(P.2-6)
   6.Instrumentbrightnesscontrolswitch(P.2-34)

2. Vehicleinformationdisplay(P.2-17)

3. Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge(P.2-7)

4. Transmission position indicator(ifsoequipped) (P.2-16)
   —SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)indicator(ifsoequipped)(P.5-17)

12 13 14 SSI0521

10.Odometer/Twintripodometercontrolknob (P.2-6)
11.Odometer/Twintripodometer(P.2-6)
12.Engineoiltemperaturegauge(P.2-8)
13.Voltmeter(P.2-8)
14. Clock(P.2-8, P.2-25)

150 00 ① ② ③ SIC3973

SPEEDOMETERANDODOMETER

Speedometer

Thespeedometer indicates vehiclespeed in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour (km/h).

Odometer/twintripodometer

Theodometer ① andtwintripodometer ② aredisplayedwhentheignitionswitchisinthe ONposition.

Theodometerrecordsthetotaldistancethe vehiclehasbeendriven.

Thetwintripodometerrecordsthedistanceof individualtrips.

Changingthedisplay:

Pushing the TRIPA/BRESETknob ③

changesthedisplayasfollows:

TRIPA→TRIPB→TRIPA

Resettingthetripodometer:

PushingtheTRIPA/BRESETknob ③ formore than1 secondresetsthetripodometertozero.

① SIC3974

TACHOMETER

Thetachometerindicatesenginespeedin revolutionsperminute(RPM).Donotrevthe engineintotheredzone ①.

CAUTION

Whenenginespeedapproachesthered zone, shifttoahighergearorreduce enginespeed. Operatingtheenginein theredzonemaycauseseriousengine damage.

C H ① SIC3975

Thegaugeindicate the engine coolant temperature.

Theenginecoolanttemperatureiswithinthe normalrangewhenthegaugepointswithinthe zone ① shownintheillustration.

The enginecoolanttemperaturevarieswiththe outsideairtemperatureanddrivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot (H) end of the

normalrange, reduce vehicles speed to decrease temperature. If gauge is over then normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. See "If your vehicle overheats" (P.6-16) for immediate action required.

E F SIC3976

FUELGAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank.

Thegaugemaymoveslightlyduringbraking, turning,acceleration,orgoingupordownhills.

Refillthefueltankbeforethegauge registers“E”(Empty).

Thelowfuelwarning 📄 appearsonthevehicle informationdisplaywhentheamountoffuelin thetankisgettinglow.Refuelassoonasitis convenient,preferablybeforethegaugereaches "E".Therewillbeasmallreserveoffuelinthe tankwhenthefuelgaugereaches"E".

The ▶ indicate sthat the fuel - filler door is

Instrumentsandcontrols2-7

locatedonthepassenger'ssideofthevehicle.

CAUTION

• If the vehiclerunsoutoffuel, the SERVICE ENGINE malfunctionindicatorlight(MIL) may come on. Refuelassoon as possible. After afewdriving trips, the SERVICE ENGINE light should turn off. If the light remain on after afewdriving trips, havethe vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer.
• For additional information, see "MalfunctionIndicatorLight(MIL)" (P.2-14).

① ② ③ SIC4003

Triplemeter

1. Engineoiltemperaturegauge
   2.Voltmeter
2. Clock

TRIPLEMETER

Engineoiltemperaturegauge Iftheengineoiltemperaturegauge ① indicates more than 280°F (140°C) while driving, reduce the enginespeed(RPM) and drive at aslowspeed.

Whentheengineoiltemperatureishigh, theengineprotectionmode,whichhelps reduce the chance of engine damage, couldactivateandautomaticallydecrease enginepower.Drivingwhiletheengineoil

temperatureishhighmayresultinengine damage.

Voltmeter

WhentheignitionswitchisturnedtotheON position,thevoltmeter ② indicatesthebattery voltage.Whentheengineisrunning,itindicates thegeneratorvoltage.

Whilecrankingtheengine,thevoltsdropbelow the normal range. If the needle is not in the normalrange(11to15volts)whiletheengineis running,itmayindicatethatthechargingsystem isnotfunctioningproperly. Havethesystem checkedbyaNISSANdealer.

Clock

Ifnecessary,adjusttheclock ③ onthesetting screenofthevehicleinformationdisplay.(See "CLOCK"(P.2-25).)

If the powers supply is disconnected, the clock will not indicate the correct time. Readjust the time.

WARNING/INDICATORLIGHTSAND AUDIBLEREMINDERS

ABS Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)warning light MasterwarninglightRearfoglightindicatorlight* SeatbeltwarninglightandchimeSecurityindicatorlight* Soft top indicator light (Roadster models) AT CHECK Automatic transmission check warning light* Supplemental air bag warning light VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)warning light S BRAKE Brakewarninglight CRUISE CruiseindicatorlightTransmissionpositionindicat N/1 M ChargewarninglightFrontpassengerairbagstatus Signal/hazardindicatorlights VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)offindicator light EngineoilpressurewarninglightHighbeamindicatorlight IntelligentKeysystemwarninglightLowbeamindicatorlight*:ifsoequipped LowtirepressurewarninglightMalfunctionIndicator(MIL)

CHECKINGBULBS

Withalldoorsclosed,applytheparkingbrake andpushtheignitionswitchtotheONposition withoutstartingtheengine.Thefollowinglights willcomeon(ifsoequipped):

The following lights come on briefly and thengo off (if so equipped):

Ifanylightdoesnotcomeon, itmayindicatea burned-outbulboranopencircuitinthe electricalsystem.Havethesystemcheckedby aNISSANdealer.

Someindicatorsandwarningsarealsodis- playedonthevehicleinformationdisplay.(See "Vehicleinformationdisplay"(P.2-17).)

WARNINGLIGHTS

ABS or Anti-lockBrakingSystem (ABS)warninglight

WhentheignitionswitchisintheONposition, theAnti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates theABSisoperational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engineisrunning,orwhiledriving,itmay indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. HavethesystemcheckedbyaNISSANdealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.(See "Brakesystem"(P.5-25).)

AT CHECK Automatictransmissioncheck warninglight(ifsoequipped)

WhentheignitionswitchispushedtotheON position,thelightcomesonfor2seconds.Ifthe lightcomesonatanyothertime,itmayindicate the transmissionisnot functioningproperly. HaveyourNISSANdealercheckandrepair thetransmission.

Brakewarninglight

Thislightfunctions for both theparkingbrake and thefootbrakesystems.

Parkingbrakeindicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the light comes on when the parking brake is applied.

Lowbrakefluidwarninglight:

WhentheignitionswitchisintheONposition, thelightwarnsofalowbrakefluidlevel.Ifthe lightcomesonwhiletheengineisrunningwith theparkingbrakenotapplied,stopthevehicle andperformthefollowing:

1. Checkthebrakefluidlevel.Addbrakefluid asnecessary.(See"Brakeandclutchfluid"(P.8-14).)
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)warning indicator:

When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake warninglightandtheAnti-lockBrakingSystem (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brakesystemchecked,andifnecessaryre-

paired,byaNISSANdealerpromptly.(See "Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)warninglight" (P.2-10).)

WARNING

-Yourbrakesystemmaynotbe workingproperlyifthewarninglight ison.Drivingcouldbedangerous.If youjudgeittobesafe,drivecarefullytothenearestservicestation forrepairs.Otherwise,haveyour vehicletowedbecausedrivingit couldbedangerous.
- Pressingthebrakepedalwiththe enginestoppedand/orlowbrake fluidlevelmayincreaseyourstoppingdistanceandbrakingwillrequiregreaterpedaleffortaswellas pedaltravel.
- If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, donot drive until the brakes system has been checked at NISSAN dealer.

Chargewarninglight

Ifthelightcomesonwhiletheengineisrunning, itmayindcatethechargingsystemisnot functioningproperly.Turntheengineoffand checkthealternatorbelt.Ifthebeltisloose, broken,missingorifthelightremainson,seea NISSANdealerimmediately.

CAUTION

Donotcontinuedrivingifthealternator beltisloose,brokenormissing.

Engineoilpressurewarninglight Thislightwarnsoflowengineoilpressure.Ifthe lightflickersorcomesonduringnormaldriving, pullofftheroadinasafearea,stoptheengine immediatelyandcallaNISSANdealerorother authorizedrepairshop.

Theengineoilpressurewarninglightis notdesignedtoindicatealowoillevel. Usethedipsticktochecktheoillevel.(See "Engineoil"(P.8-11).)

CAUTION

Runningtheenginewiththeengineoil pressurewarninglightoncouldcause seriousdamagetotheenginealmost immediately.Suchdamageisnotcoveredbywarranty.Turnofftheengineas soonasitissafetodoso.

KEY IntelligentKeysystemwarninglight AftertheignitionswitchispushedtotheON position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds andthenturnsoff.

Thislightwarnsofamalfunctionwiththe IntelligentKeysystem.

Ifthelightcomesonwhiletheengineis stopped, it maybe impossible to start the engine. Ifthelightcomesonwhiletheengine is running, you can drive the vehicle. However in these cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible.

Lowtirepressurewarninglight YourvehicleisequippedwithaTirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS)thatmonitorsthetire pressureofalltiresexceptthespare.

Thelowtirepressurewarninglightwarnsoflow tirepressureorindicatesthattheTPMSisnot functioningproperly.

AftertheignitionswitchispushedON,thislight illuminatesforabout1secondandturnsoff.

Lowtirepressurewarning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate.

Whenthelowtirepressurewarninglight illuminates,youshouldstopandadjustthetire pressuretotherecommendedCOLDtire pressureshownontheTireandLoading Informationlabel.Thelowtirepressurewarning lightdoesnotautomaticallyturnoffwhenhetire pressureisadjusted.Afterthetireisinflatedto therecommendedpressure,thevehiclemustbe drivenatspeedsabove16MPH(25km/h)to activatetheTPMSandturnoffthelowtire pressurewarninglight.Useatirepressure gaugetocheckthetirepressure.

For additional information, see "TirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.5-3) and "Tire PressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.6-2).

TPMSmalfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Havethesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Foradditionalinformation,see"TirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS)("P.5-3).

WARNING

• Ifthelightdoesnotilluminatewith theignitionswitchpushedON,have thevehiclecheckedbyaNISSAN dealerassoonaspossible.
• Ifthelightilluminateswhiledriving, avoidsuddensteeringmaneuversor abruptbraking, reducevehicle speed,pullofftheroadtoasafe locationandstopthevehicleas soonaspossible.Drivingwithunder-inflatedtiresmaypermanently damagethetiresandincreasethe likelihoodoftirefailure.Serious vehicledamagecouldoccurand mayleadtoanaccidentandcould resultinseriouspersonalinjury. Checkthetirepressureforallfour

tires.Adjustthetirepressuretothe recommended COLD tire pressure shownontheTireandLoading Information label to turn the low tirepressurewarninglightOFF.If thelightstillilluminateswhiledrivingafteradjustingthetirepressure, atiremaybeflat.Ifyouhaveaflat tire,replaceitwithasparetireas soonaspossible.

• Whenasparetireismountedora wheelisreplaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.
• ReplacingtireswiththosenotoriginallyspecifiedbyNISSANcould affecttheproperoperationofthe TPMS.

CAUTION

•TheTPMSisnotasubstituteforthe regulartirepressurecheck.Besure tocheckthetirepressureregularly.
- If the vehicle is being driven at speed so flessthan 16MPH (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.
- Besuretoinstallthespecifiedsize oftirestothefourwheelscorrectly.

Masterwarninglight

WhentheignitionswitchisintheONposition, themasterwarninglightilluminatesifanyofthe followingaredisplayedonthevehicleinformationdisplay:

• Nokeywarning
  ●Lowfuelwarning
  ●Lowwasherfluidwarning
  ●Parkingbrakereleasewarning
  ●Door/rearhatchopenwarning
• Loosefuelcapwarning

See "Vehicleinformationdisplay" (P.2-17).

Seatbeltwarninglightandchime

Thelightandchimeremindyoutofastenseat belts. Thelightilluminateswhenevertheignition switchispushedtotheONposition, andwill remainilluminateduntilthedriver'sseatbeltis fastened. Atthesametime, thechimewillsound forabout6secondsunlessthedriver'sseatbelt issecurelyfastened.

Theseatbeltwarninglightforthefront passengerwillilluminateiftheseatbeltisnot fastenedwhenthefrontpassenger'sseatis occupied.For5secondsaftertheignition switchisintheONposition,thesystemdoes notactivatethewarninglightforthefront passenger.

See "Seatbelts" (P.1-9) for precaution on seat belt usage.

Supplementalairbagwarninglight

AfterpushingtheignitionswitchtotheON position,thesupplementalairbagwarninglight willilluminate.Theairbagwarninglightwillturn offafterabout7secondsifthefrontairbag,side airbagandcurtainairbagsystemsand/or pretensionersystemareoperational.

Ifanyofthefollowingconditionsoccur,thefront airbag,sideairbagandcurtainairbagsystems and/orpretensionersystemneedservicing,and yourvehiclemustbetakentoyournearest

NISSANdealer.

• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight remainsonafterapproximately7seconds.
  ●Thesupplementalairbagwarninglight flashes intermittently.
• Thesupplementalairbagwarninglightdoes notcomeonatall.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and orthepretensioner seat belt may not function properly.

For additional information, see "Supplemental restraintsystem" (P.1-28).

WARNING

If the supplemental airbag warning lightison, it could mean that the front airbag, side airbag and curtain airbag systems and/or pretension system will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself for others, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) warninglight

ThelightwillblinkwhentheVDCsystemorthe tractioncontrolsystemisoperating,thusalerting thedriverthatthevehicleisnearingitstraction limits.Theroadsurfacemaybeslippery.

Whenthevehicledynamiccontrolwarninglight illuminateswhenthevehicledynamiccontrol systemisturnedon, thislightalertsthedriverto thefactthatthevehicledynamiccontrol system'sfail-safemodeisoperating,forexample thevehicledynamiccontrolsystemmaynotbe functioningproperly.Havethesystemchecked byaNISSANdealer.Ifamalfunctionoccursin thesystem,thevehicledynamiccontrolsystem functionwillbecanceledbutthevehicleisstill driveable.Foradditionalinformation,see"VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)system"(P.5-28)of thismanual.

INDICATORLIGHTS

CRUISE Cruiseindicatorlight

Cruisemainswitchindicator:

Thislightilluminateswhenthecruisecontrol mainswitchispushed.Thelightturnsoffwhen themainswitchispushedagain.Whenthe cruisemainswitchindicatorlightilluminates,the cruisecontrolsystemisoperational.(See "Cruisecontrol"(P.5-21).)

Cruisemalfunction:

If the cruise indicator light blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See "Cruisecontrol" (P.5-21).)

OFF Frontpassengerairbagstatuslight

Thefrontpassengerairbagstatuslight(), locatedonthecenteroftheinstrumentpanel, willbelitandthepassengerfrontairbagwillbe OFFdependingonhowthefrontpassenger seatisbeingused.

Forfrontpassengerairbagstatuslightoperation, see "NISSANAdvancedAirBagSystem (frontseats)"(P.1-33) of this manual.

Highbeamindicatorlight

Thislightcomesonwhentheheadlighthigh beamisonandgoesoutwhenthelowbeamis selected.

EDGE Lowbeamindicatorlight

Thelightilluminateswhentheheadlight switch is turnedtothe position.

SERVICE ENGINE SOON MalfunctionIndicatorLight(MIL)

Ifthemalfunctionindicatorlightcomeson steadyorblinkswhiletheengineisrunning, it may indicate apotentiallemissioncontrolmal-function.

Themalfunction indicatorlightmayalsocome on steadyifthefuel-fillercapislooseormissing,or ifthevehiclerunsoutoffuel.Checktomake surethefuel-fillercapisinstalledandclosed tightly,andthatthevehiclehasatleast3US gallons(14liters)offuelinthefueltank.

Afterafewdrivingtrips, the SERVICE ENGINE light should turnoffifnootherpotentialemissioncontrol systemmalfunctionexists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See "Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test" (P.9-23).)

Operation:

Themalfunctionindicatorlightwillcomeonin oneoftwoways:

• Malfunctionindicatorlightonsteady—An emissioncontrolsystemmalfunctionhas beendetected. Checkthefuel-fillercapif theLOOSEFUELCAPwarningappearsin thevehicleinformationdisplay.Ifthefuel-fillercapislooseormissing,tightenorinstall thecapandcontinuetodrivethevehicle.
  The SERVICE lightshouldturnoffafterafew drivingtrips.Ifthe SERVICE lightdoesnotturnoff afterafewdrivingtrips,havethevehicle inspectedbyaNISSANdealer.Youdonot needtohaveyourvehicletowedtothe dealer.

- Malfunctionindicatorlightblinking—An enginemisfirehasbeendetectedwhichmay damagetheemissioncontrolsystem.

Toreduceoravoidemissioncontrolsystem damage:

—Donotdriveatspeedsabove45MPH (72km/h).
—Avoidhardaccelerationordeceleration.
—Avoidsteepuphillgrades.
—If possible, reduce the amount of cargo being hauledortowed.

Themalfunctionindicatorlightmaystop blinkingandremainon.

HavethevehicleinspectedbyaNISSAN dealer.Youdonotneedtohaveyourvehicle towedtothedealer.

CAUTION

Continuedvehicleoperationwithout havingtheemissioncontrolsystem checkedandrepairedasnecessary couldleadtopoordriveability,reduced fueleconomy,andpossibledamageto theemissioncontrolsystem.

Rearfoglightindicatorlight(ifso equipped)

Therearfoglightindicatorlightilluminateswhen therearfoglightison.(See“Foglightswitch”(P.2-35).)

Securityindicatorlight

Thelightblinkswhentheignitionswitchisinthe ACC,OFFForLOCKposition.Thisfunction indicatethesecuritysystemequippedonthe vehicleisoperational.

If these security system is misfunctioning, this light will remain on while the signitions switch in the ON position. For additional information, see "Security systems" (P.2-27).

Softtopindicatorlight(Roadster ls)

Thislightilluminateswhenthesofttopisbeing operatedoritisstoppedbeforereachingafull open/closestate.Whenthetopisfullyopened orclosed,thelightwillturnoff.

Thelightblinkswhilethesofttopisnotfully openedorclosedunderthefollowingconditions:

- Whenthevehicleisdriven.

- Whentheselectorleverorshiftleverisin theR(Reverse)position.

Besuretofullyopenorclosethesofttopwhen drivingthevehicle.

Thesofttopcanbemovedwiththesofttop operatingswitchonlyunderallofthefollowing conditions:

• Whenthevehicleisstopped.
• WhentheignitionswitchisON.
• Whenthetrunkisclosed.
• Whentheselectorleverorshiftleverisina positionotherthantheR(Reverse)position.

CAUTION

Operatethesofttopwiththeengine runningtopreventadischargedbattery.

Whenthesofttopisoperating,ifanyofthe aboveconditionsarediscontinuedoranyofthe followingconditionsaremet,thetopwillstop operating.

• Whentheselectorleverorshiftleverisin theR(Reverse)position.
• Whenthevehiclemovesataspeedof3 MPH(5km/h)ormore.
• Whenthebatteryvoltageisextremelylow.
• When the temperature of the soft top system becomes extremely high.

Releasetheoperatingswitch,andpushitagain undertheaboveconditionsuntilthetopisfully openedorclosed.Thesofttopindicatorlightwill turnoffwhenthetopoperationiscompletely finished.

If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the ignitions switch ON, it may indicate the electric soft top control unit is not functioning properly. Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

Formoredetailsabouttheelectricsofttop operation,see“Softtop(Roadstermodels)”(P.3-21).

5 SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)indicator(ifsoequipped)

This indicator will illuminate when the SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)isactivated.(See "SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)(ifsoequippedforManualTransmission models")(P.5-17).)

N/I ^M Transmissionpositionindicator(if soequipped)

WhentheignitionswitchispushedtotheON position, theindicatorshowsthetransmission position.

ForATmodels:

In the manual shift mode, when the transmission does not shift to these selected gearduetothe transmission protection mode, the AT position indicator light will blink and abuzzer will sound.

(See "Drivingthevehicle" (P.5-12).)

Turnsignal/hazardindicatorlights

Thelightflasheswhenthe turnsignalswitch leverorhazardswitchisturnedon.

OFF VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)off indicatorlight

Thelightcomesonwhenthevehicledynamic controloffswitchispushedtoOFF.This indicates that the vehicledynamiccontrol systemandtraction controlsystemarenot operating.

AUDIBLEREMINDERS

Keyreminderchime

A chime will sound if the driver side door is openedwhiletheignitionswitchispushedto the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the IntelligentKeyport.Makesuretheignition switchispushedtotheOFFposition,andtake theIntelligentKeywith youwhenleaving the vehicle.

Lightreminderchime

Achimewillsoundwhenthedriversidedooris openedwiththelightswitchinthe or position and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFF orLOCKposition.

Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle.

VEHICLEINFORMATIONDISPLAY

Parkingbrakereminderchime

Achimewillsoundifthevehiclespeedisabove 4MPH(7km/h)withtheparkingbrakeapplied. Stopthevehicleandreleasetheparkingbrake.

Brakepadwearwarning

Thediscbrakepadshaveaudiblewearwarnings. Whenabrakepadrequiresreplacement, it willmakeahighpitchedscrapingsoundwhen thevehicleisinmotion. Thisscrapingsoundwill firstoccuronlywhenthebrakepedalis depressed. Aftermorewearofthebrakepad thesoundwillalwaysbeheardevenifthebrake pedalisnotdepressed. Havethebrakes checkedassoonaspossibleifthewarning soundisheard.

E F ① C H SIC3977

The vehicle information display warnings and information.
① displaysthe

BRAKE 1 2 3 NO KEY 4 SHIFT 5 6 PUSH

F E CLUTCH 7 8

JVI0351X

OPERATIONALINDICATORS

1. Enginestartoperationindicator (Automatictransmissionmodels)

This indicator appears when these selector leveris in the P(Park) position.

This indicator mean that the engine will start by

pushingtheignitionswitchwiththebrakepedal depressed.

2-18 Instrumentsandcontrols

2.Keyinsertionindicator

This indicator appears when the key need to be inserted into the key port. (Forexample, the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.)

If this indicator appears, insert the key into the key port in the correct direction. (See "Push-buttonignitions switch" (P.5-8).)

1. Intelligent Keyremoval indicator

This indicator appears when the driver's door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF for LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the key port. A key reminder chime also sounds.

If this indicator appears, removeth Intelligent Key from the key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle.

1. NOKEY warning

This warning appears neither of the following conditions.

NoIntelligentKeyinsidethevehicle:

The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Keyleft outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position. Makes sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

UnregisteredIntelligentKey:

Thewarningappearswhentheignitionswitchis

pushedfromtheLOCKpositionandthe IntelligentKeycannotberecognizedbythe system.Youcannotstarttheenginewithan unregisteredkey.UsetheregisteredIntelligent Key.

See "IntelligentKeysystem" (P.3-6) form more details.

5.SHIFT"P" warning(Automatic Transmission models)

This warning appears when the ignitions switch is pushed to stop the engine with these selector lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, movetheselector lever to the P(Park) position or push the ignition switch to the ON position.

Aninsidewarningchimewillalsosound.(See "IntelligentKeysystem"(P.3-6).)

1. "PUSH" warning(Automatic Transmission models)

This warningappearswhenthesectorleveris movedtotheP(Park)positionwiththeignition switchintheACCpositionaftertheSHIFT"P" warningappears.

TopushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition, performthefollowingprocedure:

SHIFT“P”warning→(Movetheselector leverto“P”)→PUSHwarning→(Pushthe

ignitionswitch→ignitionswitchpositionis turnedtoON)→PUSHwarning→(Pushthe ignitionswitch→ignitionswitchpositionis turnedtoOFF)

1. Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator

This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery with anewone. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-25).)

1. Enginestartoperationindicator (ManualTransmissionmodels)

This indicatormeansthattheenginewillstartby pushingtheignitionswitchwiththeclutchpedal depressed.

WARNING 0/0 RELEASE PARKING BRAKE EXIT WARNING 0/0 RANGE 000 MILES EXIT WARNING 0/0 LOW WASHER EXIT WARNING 0/0 DOOR TRUNK OPEN EXIT

WARNING 0/0 LOOSE FUEL CAP EXIT RESET 5 6 7 8 ALERT EXIT 0.0 H 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ALERT -00 °F EXIT LOW OUTSIDE TEMP S-MODE WARNING 0/0 EXIT

SIC4677

inthetankwhenthefuelgaugereaches theempty(E)position.

3.Lowwasherfluidwarning

This warning appears when the washertank fluid is atalow level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See "Windowwasherfluid" (P.8-15).)

1. Door/rearhatch/trunkopenwarning (ignitionswitchisintheONposition)

This warning appears if any of the doors and/or therear hatch/trunk are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the display.

1. Loosefuelcapwarning

This warning appears when the fuel-fillercapis not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. (See "Fuel-fillercap" (P.3-34).)

1. "TIMER" indicator

This indicator appears when the set "TIMER" indicator activates. You can set the time for up to 6 hours. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-22).)

WARNINGSANDALERTS

1. Parkingbrakereleasewarning

This warning appears when the vehicles speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is applied.

2.Lowfuelwarning

This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge reach the empty (E) position.

Thereisasmallreserveoffuelremaining

2-20Instrumentsandcontrols

7.Lowoutsidetemperaturewarning

This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37^ F ( 3^ C). The warning can be set not to be displayed. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-22).)

1. SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE) warning

This warning appears if a system malfunction occurs. When the warning appears, the S-MODE function will not operate, but the manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued. Havethesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCEINDICATORS

1. Engineoilreplacementindicator

This indicator appears when the sometime comes for changing the engine oil. You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-22).)

1. Oilfilterreplacementindicator

This indicator appears when the sometime comes for replacing the oil filter. You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter. (See "Trip computer" (P.2-22).)

1. Tirereplacement indicator

This indicator appears when the sometime comes for replacing tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-22).)

4."OTHER"indicator

This indicator appears when these time comes for replacing item so other than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items. (See "Tripcomputer" (P.2-22).)

Modelswithnavigationsystem:

Moremaintenanceremindersarealsoavailable onthecenterdisplay.(See"HowtouseINFO button"(P.4-8).)

B A E F SIC3978

tripodometer→Distancetoempty→Outside airtemperature→Setting→Warningcheck

TRIPCOMPUTER

Switchesforthetripcomputerarelocated on the left side of the combination meter panel. To operate the trip computer, push the switches as shown above.

ENTERswitch

NEXTswitch

WhentheignitionswitchispushedtotheON position,modesofthetripcomputercanbe selectedbypushingthe □ switch (A)

Eachtimethe □ switch Ⓐ ispushed,the displaywillchangeasfollows:

Currentfuelconsumption→Averagefuel consumptionandspeed→Elapsedtimeand

2-22 Instrumentsandcontrols

Currentfuelconsumption(MPGorl (liter)/100km)

The current fuel consumption modes show the current fuel consumption.

MPG 000.0 MPH 000.0

SIC3674

Averagefuelconsumption(MPGorl (liter)/100km)andspeed(MPHorkm/h)

Fuelconsumption:

Theaveragefuelconsumptionmodeshowsthe averagefuelconsumptionsincethelastreset. Resettingisdonebypushingthe ● switch (B) forlongerthan1 second.(Theaveragespeedis alsoresetatthesametime.)

Thedisplayisupdatedevery30seconds.At aboutthefirst1/3mile(500m)afterareset,the displayshows“——”.

Speed:

Theaveragespeedmodeshowstheaverage vehiclespeedsincethelastreset. Resettingis

donebypushingthe ● switch Ⓑ forlonger than1 second.(Theaveragefuelconsumptionis alsoresetatthesametime.)

Thedisplayisupdatedevery30seconds.The first30secondsafterareset,thedisplayshows “——”.

TIME 00:00 MILES000.0

SIC4226

Elapsed time and tripodometer (MILES orkm)

Elapsedtime:

Theelapsedtimemodeshowsthetimesince thelastreset. Thedisplayedtimecanbereset bypushingthe ● switch (8) forlongerthan1 second.(Thetripodometerisalsoresetatthe sametime.)

Tripodometer:

The tripodometer modes show the total distance vehicle has been drivens in the last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the switch ⑧ for longer than 1 second. (The elapsed time is also set at the same time.)

Instrumentsandcontrols2-23

RANGE 0000 MILES

SIC3676

Distancetoempty(MILESorkm)

Thedistancetoempty(dte)modeprovidesyou withanestimationofthedistancethatcanbe drivenbeforerefueling. Thedteisconstantly beingcalculated, basedontheamountoffuelin thefueltankandtheactualfuelconsumption.

Thedisplayisupdatedevery30seconds.

Thedtemodeincludesalowrangewarning feature.Ifthefuellevelislow,thewarningis displayedonthescreen.

Whenthefuelleveldropsevenlower,thedte displaywillchangeto“——”.

- If the amount off fuel added small, the display just before the ignition switch is

2-24 Instrumentsandcontrols

pushedtotheOFFpositionmaycontinueto bedisplayed.

- Whendrivinguphillorroundingcurves, the fuelinthetankshifts, whichmaymomentarilychangethedisplay.

OUTSIDE TEMP

ICY 37°F

SIC4037

Outside air temperature (°F or °C)

The outside air temperature is displayed in °C for ^ C in the range of -22 to 131°F (-30 to 55°C).

The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 37^ F ( 3^ C), the warning "ICY" is displayed on the screen.

Theoutsidetemperaturesensorislocatedin frontoftheradiator. Thesensormaybeaffected by road or engine heat, wind directions and otherdrivingconditions. Thedisplaymaydiffer from the actual outside temperature or the temperaturedisplayedonvarioussignsorbill- boards.

SETTING > CLOCK > SKIP > MAINTENANCE > ALERT > OPTIONS ENTER ● NEXT SIC3992

Setting

Settingcannotbemadewhiledriving.A message"Settingcanonlybeoperated whenstopped"isalsodisplayedonthe vehicleinformationdisplay.

The □ switch Ⓐ andswitch Ⓑ are usedinthesettingmodetoselectanddecidea menu.

SKIP:

Pushthe ☐ switch Ⓐ tomovetothewarning checkmode.

Pushthe ● switch Ⓑ toselectothermenus.

ALERT:

Alertmenucanbesettonotifythefollowing items.

•UPSHIFT

Selectthissubmenutosettheenginespeed (RPM)oftheupshiftindicator.See"Upshift indicator"(P.5-19)(MTmodels)or"Manual shiftmode"(P.5-14)(ATmodels).

•TIMER

Selectthissubmenutospecifywhenthe "TIMER" indicatoractivates.

•ICY

Select this submenutodisplaythelow outsidetemperaturewarning.

Toreturntothetoppageofthesettingmode, select"BACK".

CLOCK:

Clockadjustmentcanbesetonthismenu.

- SETTING

Adjustthetime(hourandminute)ofthe clockonthetriplemeter.

- RESET

Selectthissubmenutosetthetimequickly tothepreviousornexthour.

MAINTENANCE:

Themaintenanceintervalsofthefollowingitems canbesetorresetforthereminders.

•OIL

Selectthissubmenutosetorresetthe distanceforchangingtheengineoil.

•FILTER

Select this submenutosetorreset the distance for replacing the oil filter.

•TIRE

Selectthissubmenutosetorresetthe distanceforreplacingtires.

•OTHER

Selectthissubmenuandsetorresetthe distanceforreplacingitemsotherthanthe engineoil,oilfilterandtires.

Toreturntothetoppageofthesettingmode, select"BACK".

OPTIONS:

The 3 option menus can be set to your preference.

•LANGUAGE

SelectthissubmenutochooseEnglishor Frenchfordisplay.

•UNIT

Selectthissubmenutochoosetheunitfrom USorMETRIC.

•EFFECTS

Selectthismenutosetthedialeffects describedbelowtoonoroff.

—The indicator needlessweep in the meters when the engine is started. Toreturntothetoppage of these setting mode, select "BACK".

WARNING X 1 > SKIP > DETAIL ENTER ● NEXT SIC3993

DETAIL:

Thisitemisavailableonlywhenawarningis displayed.

Selectthismenutoseethedetailsofwarnings.

Warningcheck

Toseeifthereareanyofthefollowingwarnings andcorrespondingdetails,selectthismenu.

• Nokeywarning
  ●Lowfuelwarning
  ●Lowwasherfluidwarning
  ●Parkingbrakereleasewarning
  ●Door/rearhatchopenwarning
• Loosefuelcapwarning

SKIP:

Pushthe ☐ switch Ⓐ tomovetothewarning checkmode.

Pushthe ● switch Ⓑ toselectothermenus.

2-26 Instrumentsandcontrols

SECURITYSYSTEMS

Diagram of a car with concentric circular patterns and directional arrows, no readable text or symbols present

Yourvehiclehastwotypesofsecuritysystems, asfollows:

●Vehiclesecuritysystem

•NISSANVehicleImmobilizerSystem

Theseurityconditionwillbeshownbythe securityindicatorlight.

VEHICLESECURITYSYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarmsignals if someone open the doors, hood rear hatch when the system is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection types system that activates when vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

Thesystemhelpsdetervehicletheftbutcannot preventit,norcanitpreventthetheftofinterior orexteriorvehiclecomponentsinallsituations. Alwayssecureyourvehicleevenifparkingfora briefperiod.NeverleaveyourIntelligentKey(s) inthevehicle,andalwayslockitwhenun-attended.Beawareofyoursurroundings,and parkinsecure,well-litareaswheneverpossible.

Manydevicesofferingadditionalprotection, suchascomponentlocks,identificationmarkers, andtrackingsystems,areavailableatauto supplystoresandspecialtyshops.Your NISSANdealermayalsooffersuchequipment. Checkwithyourinsurancecompanytoseef youmaybeeligiblefordiscountsforvarious theftprotectionfeatures.

Simple line drawing of a car silhouette with a key inserted into the center (no text or symbols)

SIC2045

Howtoarmthevehiclesecuritysystem

1.Closeallwindows.

Thesystemcanbearmedevenifthe windowsareopen.

1. Push the ignitions switch to the OFF position.

2. RemovethelIntelligentKeyfromthevehicle.

3. Closealldoors, hoodandrearhatch/trunk. Lockalldoorsandtrunk(Roadstermodels). ThedoorscanbelockedwiththeIntelligent Key, doorhandlerequestswitch, power doorlockswitchormechanicalkey.

4. Confirm that these security indicator light comes on. These security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle

Instrumentsandcontrols

securitysystemisnowpre-armed. After about 30 secondsthevehiclesecurity systemautomaticallyshifts into the armed phase. Theseuritylightbeginstoflash once every approximately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is pushed to ACCorON, the system will not arm.

Evenwhenthedriverand/orpassengers areinthevehicle,thesystemwillactivate withalldoors,hoodandrearhatchlocked withtheignitionswitchintheLOCK position.Whenpushingtheignitionswitch totheACCorONposition,thesystemwill bereleased.

Vehiclesecuritysystemactivation Thevehiclesecuritysystemwillgivethefollowingalarm:

●Theheadlightsblinkandthehornsounds intermittently.
- Thealarmautomaticallyturnsoffafter approximately1 minute. However, thealarm reactivatesifthevehicleistamperedwith again.

Thealarmisactivatedby:

- Unlockingthedoororopeningtherear hatchwithoutusingthebuttononthe

2-28 Instrumentsandcontrols

IntelligentKey, thedoorhandlerequest switchorthemechanicalkey. (Evenifthe doorisopenedbyreleasingthedoorinside lockknob, thealarmwillactivate.)

- Openingthehood.

Howtostopanactivatedalarm

Thealarmwillstopbyunlockingadoorby pushingtheunlockbuttonontheIntelligentKey, thedoorhandlerequestswitchorusingthe mechanicalkey.Thealarmwillnotstopifthe ignitionswitchispushedtotheACCorON position.

If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSANVEHICLEIMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

TheNISSANVehicleImmobilizerSystemwillnot allowtheenginetostartwithouttheuseofthe registeredIntelligentKey.Neverleavethese keysinthevehicle.

ForUSA:

ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must

acceptanyinterferencereceived,including interferencethatmaycauseundesired operation.

Note: Changesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedbythepartyresponsible forcompliancecouldvoid theuser's authoritytooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Simple line drawing of a car silhouette with a key on the roof (no text or symbols)

SIC2045

Securityindicatorlight

Theseurityindicatorlightislocatedonthe meterpanel.Itindicatesthestatusofthe NISSANVehicleImmobilizerSystem.

Thelightblinksaftertheignitionswitchisinthe LOCK,ACCorOFFposition.Thisfunction indicatethesecuritysystemsequippedonthe vehicleareoperational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Ifthelightstillremainsonand/orthe enginewillnotstart,seeaNISSANdealer forNISSANVehicleImmobilizerSystem

serviceassoonaspossible.Pleasebring allIntelligentKeysthatyouhavewhen visitingaNISSANdealerforservice.

• Donotoperatethewashercontinuouslyformorethan30seconds.
• Donotoperatethewasherifthe reservoirtankisempty.
• Donotfillthewindowwasher reservoirtankwithwasherfluid concentratesatfullstrength.Some methylalcoholbasedwasherfluid concentratesmaypermanentlystain thegrilleifspilledwhilefillingthe windowwasherreservoirtank.
• Pre-mixwasherfluidconcentrates withwatertothemanufacturer's recommendedlevelsbeforepouring thefluidintothewindowwasher

Instrumentsandcontrols2-29

reservoirtank.Donotusethe windowwasherreservoirtankto mixthewasherfluidconcentrate andwater.

MIST OFF INT LO H1 FRONT INT TIME A B ④ ⑤ ① ② ③ SIC3787

andoff, see "HowtouseSETTINGbutton" (P.4-11).

② Low—continuouslowspeedoperation
③ High—continuoushighspeedoperation

Pushtheleverup ④ tohaveonesweep operationofthewiper.

Pullthelevertowardyou ⑤ tooperatethe washer.Thenthewiperwillalsooperateseveral times.

Thewindshieldwiperandwasheroperates whentheignitionswitchisintheONposition. Pushtheleverdowntooperatethewiperatthe followingspeed:

① Intermittent—intermittentoperationcanbe adjusted by turning the knob toward (Slower) or Ⓑ (Faster).
When the speed sensing wiper interval function (formodels with navigation system) is turned on, the intermittent operationspeed varies in accordance with the vehiclespeed. (Forexample, when the vehiclespeed is high, the intermittent operationspeed will be faster.)
Modelswithnavigationsystem: Notethathefunctionissettodisabledasthe factorydefaultsetting.Toturnthisfunctionon

REARWINDOWDEFROSTER SWITCH

PUSH AUTO ① ② SIC3980

TypeA

SIC3979

TypeB

Todefog/defrosttherearwindowglassand outsidemirrors,starttheengineandpushthe switch ① on.Theindicatorlight ② willcome on.Pushtheswitchagaintoturnthedefroster off.

Itwillautomaticallyturnoffinapproximately15 minutes.

CAUTION

- Whencleaningtheinnersideofthe rearwindow, be careful not to scratchordamagetherearwindow defroster.

- Donotusetherearwindowdefrosterswitchwhilethesofttopisbeing operatedorfullyopened.Theheat maydamagethetopmaterialand/orcomponents(forRoadstermodels).

HEADLIGHT ANDTURN SIGNAL SWITCH

XENONHEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGHVOLTAGE

- When xenonheadlights are on, they produce a high voltage. Top prevent an electric shock, never attempt to modify or disassemble. Always have your xenonhead lights replaced a NISSAN dealer.

- Xenonheadlightsprovideconsiderablymorelightthanconventional headlights.Iftheyarenotcorrectly aimed,theymighttemporarilyblind anoncomingdriverorthedriver aheadofyouandcauseaserious accident.Ifheadlightsarenotaimed correctly, immediatelytake your vehicletoaNISSANdealerandhave theheadlights adjustedcorrectly.

When thexenonheadlightisinitiallyturnedon, itsbrightnessorcolorvariesslightly. However, the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

- Thelifeofxenonheadlightswillbe shortenedbyfrequenton-offoperation.Itisgenerallydesirablenottoturn

offtheheadlightsforshortintervals (forexample,whenthevehiclestopsat atrafficsignal).

- Ifthexenonheadlightbulbiscloseto burningout, thebrightnesswilldrasticallydecrease, the lightwill start blinking, or the color of the light will be comereddish. Ifoneormoreofthe abovesignsappear, contactaNISSAN dealer.

ED DE ① OFF AUTO OFF ON ② SIC3994

HEADLIGHTSWITCH

Lighting

① Turntheswitchtotheposition: Thefrontpark,sidemarker,tail,licenseplateand instrumentlightswillcomeon.
② Turntheswitchtotheposition: Headlightswillcomeonandalltheotherlights remainon.

OFF AUTO SIC3995 1 OFF AUTO SIC3995

Autolightsystem

Theautolightsystemallowstheheadlightstobe setsotheyturnonandoffautomatically.

Tosettheautolightsystem:

1. Makesuretheheadlightswitchisinthe AUTOposition ①.
2. PushtheignitionswitchtotheONposition.
3. The autolightsystem automatically turnsthe headlightson and off.

Toturntheautolightsystemoff,turntheswitch totheOFF, or position.

Theautolightsystemcanturnontheheadlights automaticallywhenitisdarkandturnoffthe

headlightswhenitislight.

If theignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued, the headlights remain on for 5 minutes.

Automaticheadlightsoffdelay:

Youcankeeptheheadlightsonforupto180 secondsafteryoupushtheignitionswitchto OFFandopenanydoorthencloseallthedoors.

You can adjust the period of the automatic headlight soff delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to

180seconds.Thefactorydefaultsettingis45 seconds.

Modelswithnavigationsystem:

Forautomaticheadlightsoffdelaysetting, see "LightOffDelay"(P.4-15).

Line drawing of a car interior showing dashboard and seat area (no text or symbols)

Besurenottoputanythingontopofthe photosensor locatedonthetopofthe instrumentpanel.Thephotosensorcontrolstheautolight;ifitiscovered,the photosensorreactsasifitisdarkandthe headlightswillilluminate.

① ② ③ SIC3996

Headlightbeamselect

① Toselectthelowbeam, puttheleverin the neutralpositionasshown.
② Toselectthehighbeam, pushtheleverforward while the switch is in the position. Pull it back to select the low beam.
③ Pullingthelevertowardyouwillflashthe headlighthighbeamevenwhentheheadlight switchisintheOFFposition.

Batterysaversystem

Achimewillsoundwhenthedriversidedooris openedwiththelightswitchinthe or positionandtheignitionswitchintheACC,OFF orLOCKposition.

Whentheheadlightswitchisinthe positionwhiletheignitionswitchisintheON position,thelightswillautomaticallyturnoff5 minutesaftertheignitionswitchhasbeen pushedtotheOFFposition.

Whentheheadlightswitchremainsinthe orpositionafterthelightsautomaticallyturn off,thelightswillturnonwhentheignition switchispushedtotheONposition.

CAUTION

• Whenyouturnontheheadlight switchagainafterthelightsautomaticallyturnoff,thelightswillnot turnoffautomatically.Besureto turnthelightswitchtotheOFF positionwhenyouleavethevehicle forextendedperiodsoftime,otherwisethebatterywillbedischarged.
• Neverleavethelightswitchon whentheengineisnotrunningfor extendedperiodsoftimevenifthe

headlightsturnoffautomatically.

Daytimerunninglightsystem(Canada only)

Thedaytimerunninglightsautomaticallyilluminatewhentheengineisstartedwiththeparkingbrakereleased. ThedaytimerunninglightsoperatewiththeheadlightswitchintheOFF positionorinthe position.Turn the head-lightswitchtothe positionforfullilluminationwhendrivingatnight.

If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the day timer running lights donot illuminate. The day timer running lightsilluminate on the parking brake is released. The daytime running light will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

Itisnecessaryatdusktoturnonyour headlights.Failureretodosocouldcause anaccidentinjuring yourself and others.

A B SIC3981

Instrumentbrightnesscontrol

The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the DQ , or AUTO position (with the autolights activated).

Pushtheupper Ⓐ orlower Ⓑ switchto brightenordimtheinstrumentpanellightswhen drivingatnight.

① ② ① ② OFF AUTO 3002 ID OFF C4 ① SIC3997

TURNSIGNALSWITCH

①Turnsignal

Movetheleverupordowntosignaltheturning direction. Whentethurniscompleted, theturn signalscancelautomatically.

②Lanechangesignal

Toindicatealanechange, movetheleverupor downtothepointwherelightsbeginflashing.

SIC4066

FOGLIGHT SWITCH(ifsoequipped)

Toturnontherearfoglight,turntheheadlight switchtothe ☐ position,thenturnthefoglight switchtothe ☐ position.

TheswitchreturnstotheOFFpositionautomatically,andtherearfoglightwillilluminate.

Makesuretheindicatorlightontheinstrument panelilluminates.

Toturnofftherearfoglight,turnthefoglight switchtothe Ⓠ positionagain.

Makesuretheindicatorlightontheinstrument panelturnsoff.

Simple geometric diagram showing a triangle with an arrow pointing downward (no text or symbols)

Pushtheswitchontowarnotherdriverswhen youmuststoporparkunderemergencyconditions.Allturnsignallightswillflash.

WARNING

• Ifstoppingforanemergency, be suretomovethevehiclewelloffthe road.
• Donotusethehazardwarning flasherswhilemovingonthehighwayunlessunusualcircumstances forceyoutodrivesoslowlythat yourvehiclemightbecomeahazard toothertraffic.

Instrumentsandcontrols2-35

HORNHEATEDSEATS(ifsoequipped)

-Turnsignalsdonotworkwhenthe hazardwarningflasherlightsare on.

Theflashercanbeactuatedwiththeignition switchinanyposition.

Somestatelawsmayprohibittheuseof thehazardwarningflasherswitchwhile driving.

Circular diagram with a central circular element and an arrow pointing to it, no text or symbols present.

SIC3982

Tosoundthehorn, pushthecenterpadarea of thesteeringwheel.

WARNING

Donotdisassemblethehorn.Doingso could affect proper operation of the supplemental front airbagsystem. Tampering with the supplemental front airbagsystem may result in serious personal injury.

WARNING

Donotuseorallowoccupantstouse theseatheaterifyouortheoccupants cannotmonitorelevatedseattemperaturesorhaveaninabilitytofeelpainin thosebodypartsincontactwiththe seat.Useoftheseatheaterbysuch peoplecouldresultinseriousinjury.

CAUTION

• The battery could rundown if the seatheater is operated while the engine is not running.
• Donotusetheseatheaterfor extendedperiodsorwhennoone isusingtheseat.
• Donotputanythingontheseat whichinsulatesheat,suchasa blanket,cushion,seatcover,etc. Otherwise,theseatmaybecome overheated.
• Donotplaceanythinghardorheavy ontheseatorpierceitwithapinor similarobject.Thismayresultin

damagetotheheater.

• Anyliquidspilledontheheatedseat shouldberemovedimmediately withadrycloth.
• Whencleaningtheseat,neveruse gasoline,thinner,oranysimilar materials.
• Ifanyabnormalitiesarefoundorthe heatedseatdoesnotoperate,turn theswitchoffandhavethesystem checkedbyaNISSANdealer.

Diagram showing two smartphone screens with labeled parts and directional arrows indicating movement or function.

SIC2770

Thefrontseatsarewarmedbybuilt-inheaters. Theswitcheslocatedonthecenterconsolecan beoperatedindependentlyofeachother.

1. Starttheengine.

2. Select the desired heat range.

3. Forhighheat, pushtheHIsideofthe switch ①.

4. Forlowheat, pushtheLOsideofthe switch ②.

5. Theindicatorlight ③ willilluminate whentheheaterison.

6. Toturnofftheheater, returntheswitch to the level position. Makesure that the indicator light turn soff.

Theheateriscontrolledbyathermostat, automaticallyturningtheheateronandoff. Theindicatorlightwillremainonaslongas theswitchison.

Whenthevehicle'sinterioriswarmed,or beforeyouleavethevehicle,besuretoturn offtheswitch.

CLIMATECONTROLLEDSEATS(if soequipped)

B ① ② ① ② A SIC2771

The climate controlled seat warmsuporcools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of these at. Theswitches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other.

Thesurfacetemperatureoftheclimatecontrolledseatsisautomaticallycontrolledatan optimumtemperature. However, adjust the temperature using the control knob if these seats are too hot or cold.

1. Starttheengine.

2.Turnthecontrolknob ① totheheatside ② .Theindicator light ③ onthecontrolknobwillilluminate.

1. Adjust the desired amount of the air using the control knob ①.
2. Whenthevehicle'sinterioriswarmedor cooled, and/or before you leave the vehicle, besuretoturnthe control knob to the OFF position (center). The indicator light ⑧ on the control knob goes off at the OFF position. To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

• Donotplaceobjectsinfrontofthe intakeinletslocatedbehindand underthefrontseat.Doingsocould causeimproperoperationorinterruptionoftheoperation.
  •The battery could rundown if the climate controlled seat is operated while the engine is not running.
• Donotusetheclimatecontrolled seatforextendedperiodsorwhen nooneisusingtheseat.
• Donotputanythingontheseat whichinsulatesheat,suchasa blanket,cushion,seatcover,etc. Otherwise,theseatmaybecome

overheated.

- Donotplaceanythinghardorheavy ontheseatorpierceitwithapinor similarobject. This may result in damagetheclimatecontrolled seat.

- Anyliquidspilledontheseatshould beremovedimmediatelywithadry cloth.

- Theclimatecontrolledseathasair filters.Donotoperatetheclimate controlledseatwithouttheairfilters.Thismayresultindamageto thesystem.

- Whencleaningtheseat,neveruse gasoline,thinner,oranysimilar materials.

- Ifanymalfunctionsarefoundorthe climatecontrolledseatdoesnot operate,turntheswitchoffand havethe systemchecked bya NISSANdealer.

VEHICLEDYNAMICCONTROL(VDC) OFFSWITCH

OFF SSD1161

The vehicles should be driven with the Vehicle DynamicControl(VDC) system on most driving conditions.

Ifthevehicleisstuckinmudorsnow,theVDC systemreducetheengineoutputtoreduce wheelspin.Theenginespeedwillbereduced eveniftheacceleratorisdepressedtothefloor. Ifmaximumenginepowerisneededtofreea stuckvehicle,turntheVDCsystemoff.

ToturnofftheVDCsystem,pushtheVDCOFF switch.The indicatorwillilluminate.

PushtheVDCOFFswitchagainorrestartthe enginetoturnonthesystem.(See"Vehicle DynamicControl(VDC)system"(P.5-28).)

POWEROUTLET

Diagram of a car interior showing a directional arrow indicating rotation or movement (no text or symbols present)

Centerconsole

Line drawing of a car door handle with a black arrow indicating a movement or force (no text or symbols)

Lowerglovebox

Thepoweroutletislocatedinthecenterconsole andonthelowerglovebox.

CAUTION

•Theoutletandplugmaybehot duringorimmediatelyafteruse.
- Donotusewithaccessoriesthat exceeda12volt,120W(10A)power draw.Donotusedoubleadaptersor morethanoneelectricalaccessory.
- Usepoweroutletwiththeengine runningtoavoiddischargingthe vehiclebattery.
- Avoidusingpoweroutletwhenthe airconditioner,headlightsorrear windowdefrosterison.
- Thispoweroutletisnot designed forusewithacigarettelighterunit.
- Pushthepluginasfarasitwillgo. Ifgoodcontactisnotmade,theplug may overheator theinternal temperaturefusemayblow.
- Beforeinsertingordisconnectinga plug, besure theelectricalaccessorybeingusedisturnedOFF.

STORAGE

- Whennotinuse, besuretoclose thecap. Donotallowwaterto contacttheoutlet.

SIC3987

INSTRUMENTPOCKET(exceptfornavigationsystemequippedmodels)

Toopentheliid, pushtheknobup ①.

Toclose, pushtheliddown.

WARNING

Keep the pocket lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop.

CUPHOLDERS

CAUTION

• Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cupholder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquidishot, it can scald you or your passenger.
• Useonlysoftcupsinthecupholder. Hardobjectscaninjureyouinan accident.

Diagram showing a hand using tweezers to adjust a circular component with a magnified inset (no text or symbols)

Acupholderislocatedonthecenterconsole.

Line drawing of a car interior showing the dashboard and seat area with a black arrow indicating a specific component (no text or symbols present)

Softbottleholder

① ③ ② SIC3999

GLOVEBOX

CAUTION

- Donotusebottleholderforany otherobjectsthatcouldbethrown aboutinthevehicleandpossibly injurepeopleduringsuddenbraking oranaccident.

- Donotusebottleholderforopen liquidcontainers.

WARNING

Keepgloveboxlidclosedwhiledriving tohelppreventinjuryinanaccidentora suddenstop.

Toopentheglovebox, pullthehandle ①.

Toclose, pushthelidin until the locklatches.

Tolock ② /unlock ③ theglovebox, usethe mechanicalkey. Forthemechanicalkeyusage, see "Keys" (P.3-2).

① SIC4070

CONSOLEBOX

Toopentheconsolebox, pushthebutton and pullupthelid.

Toclose, pushtheliddownuntillatched.

① ② ③ ④ SIC3989

REARPARCELBOX

Therearparcelboxislocatedbehindtheright-sideseat.

Toopentherearparcelbox, pulltheupperpart ofthelidtoposition ① or ②.

Toremovetherearparcelbox,pulthelidto position ③ withagreaterforceuntil unlatches.Andthen,pulltherearparcelboxto direction ④.

Toinstall, makesurethetwohingesoftherear parcelboxengagedwiththeholders, then performthestepsaboveinthereverseorder.

WARNING

Keeptherearparcelboxlidclosed whiledrivingtohelppreventinjuryinan accidentorasuddenstop.

① SIC4026

CARGOCOVER(ifsoequipped)

Thecargocoverkeepsthecontentsinthecargo areahiddenfromtheoutside.

Tousethecargocover, pullitoutandhangboth sidesonthehooks ① locatedontheinsideof therearhatch.

SIC3990

Toremovethecargocoverunit,stowthecover andpulltheholder ② totheoppositeside.

WARNING

• Neverputanythingonthecargo cover,nomatterhowsmall.Any objectonitcouldcauseaninjury inanaccidentorsuddenstop.
• Donotleavethecargocoverinthe vehiclewithitdisengagedfromthe holder.
  •Properlysecureallcargowithropes orstrapstohelppreventitfrom

slidingorshifting.Donotplace cargohigherthantheseatbacks.In asuddenstoporcollision,unsecuredcargocouldcausepersonal injury.

- Yourchildcouldbeseriouslyinjured orkilledinacollisionifthechild restrainttoptetherstrapisdamaged.

—Ifthecargocovercontactsthe toptetherstrapwhenitisattachedtothetoptetheranchor, removethecargocoverfromthe vehicleorsecureitonthecargo floorbelowitsattachmentlocation.Ifthecargocoverisnot removed,itmaydamagethetop tetherstrapduringacollision.

—Donotallowcargotocontact thetoptetherstrapwhenitis attachedtothetoptetheranchor.Properlysecurethecargo soitdoesnotcontactthetop tetherstrap.Cargothatisnot properlysecuredorthatcontactsthetoptetherstrapmay damagethetoptetherstrap duringacollision.

WINDOWS

POWERWINDOWS

WARNING

• Makesurethatallpassengershave theirhands,etc.insidethevehicle whileitisinmotionandbefore closingthewindows.Usethewindowlockswitchtopreventunexpecteduseofthepowerwindows.
• Donotleavechildrenunattended insidethevehicle.Theycouldunknowinglyactivateswitchesorcontrolsandbecometrappedinthe window.Unattendedchildrencould becomeinvolvedinseriousaccidents.

The powerwindowsoperatewhentheignition switchisintheONpositionorforabout45 secondsaftertheignitionswitchispushed to theOFFposition.Ifthedriver'sorfront passenger'sdoorisopenedduringthisperiod ofabout45seconds,powertothewindows is canceled.

The power windows switches will be deactivated during soft top operation (Roadster models).

1 A B 3 C 2 SIC3286

1. Driversidewindow
   2.Frontpassengersidewindow
2. Windowlockbutton

Mainpowerwindowswitch(driver's side)

To open or close the window, push down Ⓐ or pullup Ⓑ theswitchandholdit. Themain switch(driversideswitches)willopenorclose allthewindows.

Lockingpassengers'window

Whenthelock button © ispushedin, onlythe driversidewindowcanbeopenedorclosed. Pushitinagaintocancel.

2-44 Instrumentsandcontrols

Diagram of a car interior showing two directional buttons and arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Passengersidepowerwindowswitch Thepassengersideswitchwillopenorclose onlythecorrespondingwindow.Toopenor closethewindow,pushdownorpullupthe switchandholdit.

SIC3288

Automaticoperation

Tofullyopenorclosethewindow, completely pushdownorpulluptheswitchandreleaseit; it neednotbeheld. Thewindowwillautomatically openorclosealltheway. Tostopthewindow, justpushorlifttheswitchintheopposite direction.

Alightpushorpullontheswitchwillcausethe windowtoopenorcloseuntiltheswitchis released.

Autoreversefunction

WARNING

Therearesomesmalldistancesimmediatelybeforetheclosedpositionwhich cannotbedetected.Makesurethatall passengershavetheirhands,etc.,insidethevehiclebeforeclosingthe window.

If the control unit detect something caught in the window as it is closing, the window will be immediately lowered.

The autoreverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.

Dependingontheenvironmentordriving conditions,theautoreversefunctionmay beactivatedifanimpactorloadsimilarto somethingbeingcaughtinthewindow occurs.

Automaticwindowlowering(Roadster models)

Whenthesofttopoperatingswitchispressed, thepowerwindowswillautomaticallybeloweredcompletely. Thewindowsdonotrise automaticallyafterthesofttopopen/close operationiscompleted. Usethepowerwindow switchestoraisethem.

Automaticadjustingfunction

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal, donot close either of the front doors. The automatic window adjusting function will not work and the sideroof panel may be damaged.

The power window has an automatic adjusting function. Whentedoor is being opened, the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the sideroof panel. Whentedoor is closed, the window is automatically raised slightly.

While the automatic adjusting function does not work, the window will be controlled as follows:

• Whenthedoorisopened, the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds.
• Whilethedoorisopen,thewindowcannot beraised.

Ifthewindowsdonotcloseautomatically Ifthepowerwindowautomaticfunction(closing only)doesnotoperateproperly,performthe followingproceduretoinitializethepower windowsystem.

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheONposition.
2. Closethedoorandsofttop(Roadster models).
3. Openthewindowcompletelybyoperating thepowerwindowswitch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold to closet the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely.
5. Releasethepowerwindows switch. Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete.
6. Performsteps2 through 5 above for other windows.

If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

INTERIORLIGHTS

Simple line drawing of a device with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

MAPLIGHTS

Pushthebuttonasillustratedtoturnthelighton oroff.

① ② ③ ON DOOR OFF ON DOOR OFF 0 0 SIC4239

INTERIORLIGHTCONTROL SWITCH

Theinteriorlightcontrolswitchhasthree positions:ON,DOORandOFF.

ONposition

WhentheswitchisintheONposition ① the maplightswillilluminate.

DOORposition

WhentheswitchisintheDOORposition ②, themaplightswillilluminateunderthefollowing conditions:

-ignitionswitchisswitchedtotheOFFor LOCKposition

—remainonforabout15seconds.

• doorsareunlockedbypushingtheUN-LOCKbuttononthelIntelligentKeyordoor handlerequestswitchwiththeignition switchintheLOCKposition —remainonforabout15seconds.
  -anydoorisopenedandthenclosedwiththe ignitionswitchintheLOCKposition —remainonforabout15seconds.
  ●anydoorisopenedwiththeignitionswitch intheACCorONposition —remainonwhilethedoorisopened. Whenthedoorisclosed,thelightsgo off.

Thelightswill alsoturnoff after 15 minutes whenthelights remain illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF for LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

Modelswithnavigationsystem:

Whentheautointeriorilluminationissettothe OFFposition(see"Vehicleinformationand settings(modelswithnavigationsystem")(P.4-7)),thelightswillilluminateunderthefollowing condition:

●anydoorisopenedwiththeignitionswitch inanyposition

—remainonwhilethedoorisopened. Whenthedoorisclosed,thelightsgo off.

OFFposition

WhentheswitchisintheOFFposition ③, the lightswillnotilluminate, regardless of the condition.

CAUTION

Donotuseforextendedperiodsoftime withtheenginestopped.Thiscould resultinadischargedbattery.

VANITYMIRRORLIGHTS

Diagram of a car door handle with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

Thelightonthevanitymirrorwillturnonwhen thecoveronthevanitymirrorisopened.

Whenthecoverisclosed, the light will turn off.

Thelightswillalsoturnoffafter15 minuteswhenthelightsremainilluminatedtopreventthebatteryfrombecomingdischarged.

CARGOAREACOURTESYLIGHT (Roadstermodels)

Thelightilluminatessimultaneouslywiththemap light.See"Interiorlights"(P.2-46).

CARGOLIGHT(Coupemodels)

Thelightilluminateswhentherearhatchis opened. Whentherearhatchisclosed, thelight willturnoff.

Thelightwillalsoturnoffafter15minutes whenthelightremainsilluminatedafter theignitionswitchhasbeenpushedtothe OFForLOCKpositiontopreventthe batteryfrombecomingdischarged.

TRUNKLIGHT(Roadstermodels)

Thelightilluminateswhentetrunklidis opened. Whentetrunklidisclosed, thelight turnsoff.

HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER(ifsoequipped)

HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverprovides a convenient way to consolidate the function of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver:

• WilloperatemostRadioFrequency(RF) devicesuchasgaragedoors,gates,home andofficelighting,entrydoorlocksand securitysystems.
• lspoweredbyyourvehicle'sbattery.No separatebatteriesarerequired.Ifthe vehicle'sbatteryisdischargedorisdisconnected,HomeLink® willretainallprogramming.

OnceHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiveris programmed, retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes. For additional information, see “ProgrammingHomeLink” (P.2-50).

WARNING

- DonotuseHomeLink® Universal Transceiverwithanygaragedoor openerthatlackssafetystopand

reversefeaturesasrequiredby federalsafetystandards.(These standardsbecameeffective for openermodelsmanufacturedafter April1,1982.)Agaragedooropener whichcannotdetectan objectinthe pathofaclosinggaragedoorand thenautomaticallystop and reverse, doesnot meetcurrentfederal safety standards.Usingagaragedoor openerwithoutthesefeaturesincreasestheriskofseriousinjuryor death.

• During programming procedure, yourgaragedoorsecuritygate mayopenorclose.Makesurethat peopleandobjectsareclearofthe garagedoor,gate,etc.thatyouare programming.
  -Yourvehicle'sengineshouldbe turned off while programming HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver.

PROGRAMMINGHomeLink®

ToprogramyourHomeLink ^® Transceiverto operateagaragedoor, gate, oentrydoor opener, homeorofficelighting, youneedtobe atthesamelocationasthedevice. Note: Garagedooropeners(manufacturedafter 1996) have "rollingcodeprotection". Toprogramagaragedooropenerequipped with "rollingcodeprotection"; youwillneedtouse aladdertogetuptothegaragedooropener motortobeabletoaccessthe "smartorlearn" programbutton.

1. Tobegin, pushandholdthe2outer HomeLink® buttons (toclearthememory) until the indicator light Ⓐ blinks (after 20 seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter 1 to 3 in (20 to 70 mm) away from the HomeLink ^® surface.

SIC3613

1. Using both hands, simultaneously push and hold both the Home Link ^® button you want to program and the hand-held transmitter button.

DONOT releasethebuttonsuntilstep4has beencompleted.

4.Holddownbothbuttonsuntiltheindicator lightonHomeLink® flashes,changingfroma "slowblink"toa"rapidblink".Thiscould takeupto90seconds.Whentheindicator light blinks rapidly, both buttons may be released.Therapidlyflashinglightindicates successfulprogramming.Toactivatethe garagedoororotherprogrammeddevice, pushandholdtheprogrammedHomeLink®

button-releasingwhenthedevicebeginsto activate.

1. If the indicator lighton HomeLink ^ blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turn solid, HomeLink ^ has picked up a "rollingcode" garagedoor openersignal. You will need to proceed with the next step to train HomeLink ^ , completing the programming may require a ladder and another person for convenience.

2. Pushandreleasetheprogrambutton locatedonthegaragedooropener'smotor toactivatethe"trainingmode".Thisbuttonis usuallylocatedneartheantennawirethat hangsdownfromthemotor.lfthewire originatesfromunderalightlens,youwill needtoremovethelenstoaccessthe trainingbutton.

NOTE: Onceyouhavepushedandreleased thetrainingbuttononthegaragedoor opener'smotorandthe"traininglight" islit,youhave30secondsinwhichto performstep7.Forconvenience,use thehelpofasecondpersontoassist whenperformingthisstep.

1. Quickly(within30secondsofpushingand releasingthegaragedooropenertraining button)andfirmlypushandreleasethe

HomeLink® buttonyouhavejustprogrammed.PushandreleasetheHomeLink buttonuptothreetimestocompletethe training.

1. YourHomeLink ^® buttonshouldnowbe programmed.Toprogramtheremaining HomeLink ^® buttonsforadditionaldooror gateopeners,followsteps2through8only.

NOTE:

Donotrepeatstep1unlessyouwantto "clear" all previously programmed HomeLink® buttons.

If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink ^ buttons, please referto the Home Link ^ website at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMINGHomeLink ^® FORCANADIANCUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C.regulations required hand-held transmitter stostop transmitting after 2 seconds. Toprogram your hand-held transmitterto HomeLink ^ , continuetopushandhold the HomeLink ^ button (notesteps2 through 4 under "ProgrammingHomeLink ^ ") while you push andre-push ("cycle") your hand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator lightflashes rapidly (indicating successful programming).

NOTE:

If programmingagaragedooropener,etc., itisadvisedtounplugthedeviceduring the "cycling"processtopreventpossible damagetothegaragedooropenercomponents.

OPERATINGTHEHomeLink ^® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver(onceprogrammed)maynowbeusedtoactivatethe garagedoor,etc.Tooperate,simplypushthe appropriateprogrammedHomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton.Theredindicatorlightwill illuminatewhilethesignalisbeingtransmitted.

PROGRAMMINGTROUBLE-DIAGNO- SIS

IfHomeLink ^® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:

• replacethehand-heldtransmitterbatteries withnewbatteries.
• positionthehand-heldtransmitterwithits battery area facing away from the HomeLink® surface.
• pushandholdboththeHomeLink ^® and hand-heldtransmitterbuttonswithoutinterruption.
• positionthehand-heldtransmitter2to5in (50to127mm)awayfromtheHomeLink

surface.Holdthetransmitterinthatposition forupto15seconds.IfHomeLink ^® isnot programmedwithinthattime,tryholdingthe transmitterinanotherposition-keepingthe indicatorlightinviewatalltimes.

If you continuetohaveprogrammingdifficulties, please contact the NISSANConsumerAffairs Department. The phonenumbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner's Manual.

CLEARINGTHEPROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

Individualbuttonscannotbecleared,however to clearallprogramming,pushandholdthetwo outsidebuttonsandreleasewhentheindicator lightbeginstoflash(inapproximately 20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMINGASINGLE HomeLink® BUTTON

ToreprogramaHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverbutton,completethefollowing.

1.PushandholdthedesiredHomeLink button.Donotreleasethebuttonuntilstep 4hasbeencompleted.

1. Whentheindicatorlightbeginstoflash slowly(after20seconds), positionthe hand-heldtransmitter2to5in(50to127 mm)awayfromtheHomeLink ^® surface.

3.Pushandholdthehand-heldtransmitter button. 4.TheHomeLink ^® indicatorlightwillflash,first slowlyandthenrapidly.Whentheindicator lightbeginstoflashrapidly,releaseboth buttons.

TheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverbutton hasnowbeenreprogrammed. Thenewdevice canbeactivatedbypushingtheHomeLink ^® button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affectanyotherprogrammed HomeLink ^® buttons.

IFYOURVEHICLEISSTOLEN

Ifyourvehicleisstolen,youshouldchangethe codesofany non-rollingcodedevice thathas beenprogrammedintoHomeLink ^® .Consultthe Owner'sManualofeachdeviceorcallthe manufacturerordealerofthosedeVICESfor additionalinformation.

Whenyourvehicle is recovered, you will needtoreprogramtheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiverwithyour newtransmitter information.

FCCNotice:

ForUSA:

Thisdevicecomplieswith Part15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:

(1) This devicem may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedbythepartyresponsible forcompliancecould voidtheuser's authoritytooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

3Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

Keys....3-2

IntelligentKey....3-2

Valethand-off....3-3

Doors....3-4

Lockingwithmechanicalkey....3-4

Opening and closing windows with the mechanical key....3-4

Lockingwithinsidelockknob....3-5

Lockingwithpowerdoorlockswitch....3-5

Automaticdoorlocks....3-5

IntelligentKeysystem....3-6

IntelligentKeyoperatingrange....3-8

Doorlocks/unlocksprecaution....3-8

IntelligentKeyoperation....3-9

Batterysaversystem....3-11

Warningsignals....3-11

Troubleshootingguide....3-12

Remotekeylessentrysystem....3-13

Howtouseremotekeylessentrysystem....3-13

Hood....3-16

Rearhatch(Coupemodels)....3-16

Rearhatchopenerswitch....3-17

Secondaryrearhatchrelease....3-18

Trunklid(Roadstermodels)....3-18

Trunklidopenerswitch....3-19

Trunkreleasepowercancelswitch....3-19

Interiortrunklidrelease....3-19

Secondarytrunklidrelease....3-20

Softtop(Roadstermodels)....3-21

Beforeoperatingthetop....3-21

Whenoperatingthetop....3-23

Openingthetop....3-25

Closingthetop....3-25

OpeningthetopusingtheIntelligentKey......3-26

Troubleshootingguide....3-27

Ifthetopdoesnotopenorcloseeelectrically......3-28

Careofthesofttopandthevehiclebody....3-32

Front, side and rear unique parts (NISMO models).....3-32

Fuel-fillerdoor....3-34

Openingthefuel-fillerdoor....3-34

Fuel-fillercap....3-34

Tiltsteering....3-36

Manualoperation....3-36

Sunvisors....3-36

Mirrors....3-37

Insidemirror....3-37

Outsidemirrors....3-38

Vanitymirror....3-39

KEYS

Akeynumberplateissuppliedwithyourkeys. Recordthekeynumberandkeepitinasafe place(suchasyourwallet),notinthevehicle.If youloseyourkeys,seeaNISSANdealerfor duplicatesbyusingthekeynumber.NISSAN doesnotrecordanykeynumberssoitisvery importanttokeeptrackofyourkeynumberplate.

Akeynumberisonlynecessarywhenyouhave lostallkeysanddonothaveonetoduplicate from.Ifyoustillhaveakey,thiskeycanbe duplicatedbyaNISSANdealer.

1 2 3 xxxxx SPA2406

1. IntelligentKeys(2sets)
2. Mechanicalkeys(insidetheKeys)(2sets)
   3.Keynumberplate(1 set)

INTELLIGENTKEY

Yourvehiclecanonlybedrivenwiththe IntelligentKeyswhichareregisteredtoyour vehicle'sIntelligentKeysystemcomponentsand NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components.Asmanyas4IntelligentKeyscanbe registeredandusedwithonevehicle.Thenew keysmustberegisteredbyaNISSANdealer priortousewiththelIntelligentKeysystemand NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer Systemofyour vehicle.Sincetheregistrationprocessrequires erasingallmemoryinthelIntelligentKeycompo-

nentswhenregisteringnewkeys,besuretotake allIntelligentKeysthatyouhavetotheNISSAN dealer.

ItispossiblethattheIntelligentKeyfunctions becomecanceled.ContactaNISSANdealer.

CAUTION

• BesuretocarrytheIntelligentKey withyouwhendriving.TheIntelligentKeyisaprecisiondevicewith a built-intransmitter.Toavoiddamagingit,pleasenotethefollowing.
  —The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
  —Donotbend, droporstrikeit againstanotherobject.
  -If the outside temperature is below 14^(-10^) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
  —DonotplacethelIntelligentKey foranextendedperiodina placewhere temperatures ex-

ceed140°F(60°C).

—Donotchangeormodifythe IntelligentKey.
—Donotuseamagnetkeyholder.
—DonotplacetheIntelligentKey nearanelectricappliancesuch asatelevisionset, personal computerorcellularphone.
—DonotallowtheIntelligentKey tocomeintocontactwithwater orsaltwater, and donotwash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function.

- IfanIntelligentKeyislostorstolen, NISSANrecommendserasingtheID codeofthatIntelligentKey.Thiswill preventtheIntelligentKeyfrom unauthorizedsetounlockthe vehicle.Forinformationregarding theerasingprocedure,pleasecontactaNISSANdealer.

SPA2033

Mechanicalkey

Toremovethemechanicalkey, releasethelock knobatthebackofthelIntelligentKey.

Toinstallthemechanicalkey, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob return to the lock position.

Usethemechanicalkeytolockorunlockthe doors, and glovebox.

See "Doors"(P.3-4) and "Storage"(P.2-40).

CAUTION

AlwayscarrythemechanicalkeyinstalledintheKey.

VALETHAND-OFF

When you havetoleaveakeywithavalet, give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings.

Topreventthegloveboxfrombeingopened duringvalethand-off, followtheprocedures below.

1. Pushthetrunkreleasepowercancelswitch totheOFFside(Roadstermodels).
2. Remove the mechanical key from the IntelligentKey.
3. Lockthegloveboxwiththemechanicalkey.
4. HandthelIntelligentKeytothevalet, keeping themechanicalkeyinyourpocketorbagfor insertionintothelIntelligentKeywhenyou retrieveyourvehicle.

See"Storage"(P.2-40).

DOORS

WARNING

●Alwayshavethedoorslockedwhile driving. Alongwiththeuseofseat belts, thisprovidesgreatersafety in theeventofanaccidentbyhelping to prevent persons from being thrownfromthevehicle. Thisalso helpskeepchildrenandothersfrom unintentionallyopeningthedoors, andwillhelpkeepoutintruders.
- Beforeopeninganydoor,always lookforandavoidoncomingtraffic.
- Donotleavechildrenunattended insidethevehicle.Theycouldunknowinglyactivateswitchesorcontrols.Unattendedchildrencould becomeinvolvedinseriousaccidents.

① ② ③ ④ SPA2565

LOCKINGWITHMECHANICALKEY

Thepowerdoorlocksystemallowsyoutolock orunlockalldoorssimultaneouslyusingthe mechanicalkey.

●Turningthedriver'sdoorkeycylindertothe frontofthevehicle ① willlockalldoors.
- Turningthedriver'sdoorkeycylinderonctotherearofthevehicle ② willunlockthedriver'sdoor. Afterreturningthekeytotheneutralposition ③, turningittotherearagainwithin60secondswillunlockalldoors.

- Youcanswitchthelocksystemtothemode thatallowsyoutoopenallthedoorwhen thekeyisturnedonce.(See "Howtouse

SETTINGbutton"(P.4-11).) OPENINGANDCLOSINGWINDOWS WITHTHEMECHANICALKEY

The driver's door key operational also allows you to open and closet the window that is equipped with the automatic open/close function. (See "Powerwindows" (P.2-44).)

Toopenthewindow,turnthedriver'sdoorkey cylindertotherearofthevehicleforlonger than1second. Thedoorisunlockedandthe windowkeepsopeningwhileturningthekey.

Thisfunctioncanalsobeperformedbypushing andholdingtheUNLOCKbuttononthe IntelligentKey.(See"Remotekeylessentry system"(P.3-13).)

Toclosethewindow,turnthedriver'sdoorkey cylindertothefrontofthevehicleforlonger than1second. Thedoorislockedandthe windowkeepsclosingwhileturningthekey.

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

① ② SPA2566

LOCKINGWITHINSIDELOCKKNOB

Tolockthedoorindividually, movetheinside lockknobtothelockposition ① thenclosethe door.

Tounlock, movetheinsidelockknobtothe unlockposition ②.

WhenlockingthedoorwithoutanIntelligentKey,besurenottoleavethelIntelligentKeyinsidethevehicle.

① ② ① ② SPA2300

LOCKINGWITHPOWERDOORLOCK SWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors and trunk lid. The switches are located on the driver's sand front passenger's door arm rests.

Tolockthedoorsandtrunklid, pushthepower doorlockswitchtothelockposition ① withthe driver'sorfrontpassenger'sdooropen, then closethedoorandtrunklid.

Whenlockingthedoorthisway,becertain nottoleavethelIntelligentKeyinsidethe vehicle.

Tounlockthedoors, thefuel-fillerdoorandthe

trunk, pushthepowerdoorlockswitchtothe unlockposition ②.

Lockoutprotection

Whenthepowerdoorlockswitch(driverorfront passenger)ismovedtothelockpositionwith theIntelligentKeyintheportandanydooropen, alldoorsandthetrunklidwilllockandunlock automatically.WiththeIntelligentKeyleftinthe vehicle(notinthelIntelligentKeyport)andany dooropen,alldoorsandthetrunklidwillunlock automaticallyandachimewillsoundafterthe doorand/orthetrunklidareclosed.

ThesefunctionshelptopreventtheIntelligent Keyfrombeingaccidentallylockedinsidethe vehicle.

AUTOMATICDOORLOCKS

●Alldoorslockautomaticallywhenthevehicle speedreaches15MPH(24km/h).
- Alldoorsunlockautomaticallywhenthe ignitionswitchisplacedintheOFFposition.

The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated. To deactivate or activatethe automatic door unlock system, perform the following procedure:

1. Closealldoors.
2. PlacetheignitionswitchintheONposition.

INTELLIGENTKEYSYSTEM

1. Within 20 second of performing Step 2, push and hold the power door lock switch to the 🔒 position (UNLOCK) form more than 5 seconds.
2. When activated, the hazard indicator will flash twice. Whendeactivated, the hazard indicator will flash once.
3. Theignitionswitchmustbeplacedinthe OFFandONpositionagainbetweeneach settingchange.

Whentheautomaticdoorunlocksystemis deactivated, the doorsdonotunlockwhen the ignitionswitchisplacedintheOFFposition. To unlockthedoormanually, usetheinsidelock knoborthepowerdoorlockswitch(driver'sor frontpassenger'sside).

WARNING

•Radiowavescouldadverselyaffect electricmedicalequipment. Those whoseapacemakershouldcontacttheelectricmedicalequipment manufacturerforthepossibleinfluencesbeforeuse.
•The IntelligentKeytransmitsradio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAAadvisesthatthe radiowavesmayaffectaircraftnavigation and communicationsystems. Do not operate the IntelligentKeywhileonanairplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionallywhenthe unitisstoredduringaflight.

The Intelligent Keysystemcanoperate all the door and rear hatch/trunk lid locks using the remote controller function or pushing there-quest switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Keysystem operation.

Besuretoreadthefollowingbeforeusingthe IntelligentKeysystem.

CAUTION

• BesuretocarrytheIntelligentKey withyouwhenoperatingthevehicle.
• NeverleavetheIntelligentKeyin the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Keyisalways communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Keysystem transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Keysystem under the following operating conditions.

• When operating near a location where strongradiowavesaretransmitted, such asaTVtower,powerstationandbroadcastingstation.
• Wheninpossessionofwirelessequipment, suchasacellulartelephone,transceiver, andCBradio.
• WhentheIntelligentKeyisincontactwithor coveredbymetallicmaterials.
• Whenanytypeofradiowaveremotecontrol isusednearby.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

computer.

- Whenthevehicleisparkednearaparking meter.

Insuchcases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use themechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery's life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with anewone.

WhentheIntelligentKeybatteryisalmost discharged,inserttheIntelligentKeyintothe IntelligentKeyporttostarttheengine.Replace thedischargedbatterywithanewoneassoon aspossible.Formoredetails,see"Push-button ignitionswitch"(P.5-8).

SincethelIntelligentKeyiscontinuouslyreceivingradiowaves,ifthekeyisleftnerequipment whichtransmitsstrongradiowaves,suchas signalsfromaTVandpersonalcomputer,the batterylifemaybecomeshorter.

Forinformationregardingreplacementofa battery,see"IntelligentKeybatteryreplacement" (P.8-25).

Asmanyas4IntelligentKeyscanberegistered andusedwithonevehicle.Forinformationabout thepurchaseanduseofadditionalIntelligent Keys,contactaNISSANdealer.

CAUTION

- DonotallowtheIntelligentKey, whichcontainselectricalcomponents,tocomeintocontactwithwaterorsaltwater.Thiscouldaffect thesystemfunction.

•DonotdroptheIntelligentKey.

- DonotstrikethIntelligentKey sharplyagainstanotherobject.

- DonotchangeormodifytheIntelligentKey.

- WettingmaydamagetheIntelligent Key.IftheIntelligentKeygetswet, immediatelywipeuntilitiscompletelydry.

- If the outside temperature is below 14^ (-10^) , the battery of the Intelligent Keymay not function properly.

- DonotplacetheIntelligentKeyfor anextendedperiodin an areawhere temperaturesexceed140 °F(60 °C).

- DonotattachtheIntelligentKey withakeyholderthatcontainsa magnet.

- Do not placethe Intelligent Keynear equipment that produces amagnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computer or cellular phone.

IfanIntelligentKeyislostorstolen,NISSAN recommendserasingthe IDcode ofthat IntelligentKey fromthe vehicle.Thismayprevent theunauthorizeduseoftheIntelligentKeyto operathevehicle.Forinformationregarding theerasingprocedure,contactaNISSANdealer.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Top-down line drawing of a car with two wheels and a numbered annotation (1) indicating a specific point or location, no text or symbols present.

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from therequest switch ①.

WhenthelIntelligentKeybatteryisdischargedor strongradiowavesarepresentneartheoperat-

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

inglocation, the Intelligent Keysystem's operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Keymay not function properly.

Theoperatingrangeiswithin31.50in(80cm) fromeachrequestswitch ①.

IfthelIntelligentKeyistoooclosetothedoor glass,handleorrearbumpertherequest switchesmaynotfunction.

WhenthelIntelligentKeyiswithintheoperating range,itispossibleforanyonewhodesnot carrythelIntelligentKeytopushtherequest switchtolock/unlockthedoorsincludingthe rearhatch/trunklid.

Diagram of a hand holding a device with two crossed bands, no text or symbols present

DOORLOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

• Donotpushthedoorhandlerequestswitch withthelIntelligentKeyheldinyourhandas illustrated. Theclosedistancetothedoor handlewillcausethelIntelligentKeysystem tohavedifficultyrecognizingthatthelIntelligentKeyisoutsidethevehicle.
  ●Afterlockingwiththedoorhandlerequest switch,verifythedoorsaresecurelylocked bytestingthem.

• TopreventthelIntelligentKeyfrombeingleft insidethevehicle,makesureyoucarrythe keywithyouandthenlockthedoors.

• Donotpullthedoorhandlebeforepushing thedoorhandlerequestswitch. Thedoor willbeunlockedbutwillnotopen. Release thedoorhandleonceandpullitagainto openthedoor.

• Modelswithnavigationsystem: ThelIntelligentKeysystem(opening/closing doorswiththedoorhandlerequestswitch) canbesettoremaininactive.(See"Vehicle informationandsettings(modelswithnavigationsystem")(P.4-7).)

SPA2569

Coupemodels

Youcanlockorunlockthedoorswithouttaking thekeyoutfromyourpocketorbag.

Line drawing of a sports car front view with a close-up inset showing the dashboard and side panel (no text or symbols)

A B C SPA2571

Coupemodels

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-9

A B C SPA2680

Roadstermodels

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors and there are hatch/ trunk lid bypassing the door handle request switch (driver's or front passenger's) ① or the rear hatch/trunk request switch ② within the range of operation.

Whenyoulockorunlockthedoorsandtherear hatch/trunklid,thehazardindicatorwillflashand thehorn(ortheoutsidechime)willsoundasa confirmation.Fordetails,see"Settinghazard indicatorandhornmode"(P.3-14).

Lockingdoors, rearhatch/trunklidand fuel-fillerdoor

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition andmakesureyoucarrytheIntelligentKey withyou.*1

2. Closeallthedoorsandtherearhatch/trunk lid.*2

3. Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitch(driver'sorfrontpassenger's)ortherearhatch/trunkrequestswitchwhilecarryingtheIntelligentKeywithyou.*3

4. Allthedoors, rearhatch/trunklidandfuel- fillerdoorwilllock.

5. The hazard indicator flashest twice and the outside chimesound twice.

*1: Doorsandtherearhatch/trunklidwilllockwith theIntelligentKeywhiletheignitionswitchisin theACCorONposition.

*2: Doorsandtherearhatch/trunklidwillnotlock withtheIntelligentKeywhileanydoorortherear hatch/trunklidisopen.

*3: Doors and the rear hatch/trunk lid will not lock by pushingthedoorhandlerequestswitchorthe rearhatch/trunkrequestswitchwiththeIntelligentKeyinsidethevehicle. However, when an IntelligentKeyisinsidethevehicle, doors and therearhatch/trunk lidcanbe locked with another registered IntelligentKey.

Unlockingdoors, rearhatch/ trunklidand fuel-fillerdoor

1. Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitch(driver'sorfrontpassenger's)ortherearhatch/trunkrequestswitchoncewhilecarryingthe IntelligentKeywithyou.
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chimes sounds once. The corresponding door and the fuel-filler door or the rear hatch/trunk lid will unlock.
   3.Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitchorthe rearhatch/trunkrequestswitchagainwithin 60seconds.
3. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chimes sounds once again. All the doors and there are hatch/trunk lid will unlock.

Alldoors, therearhatch/trunklidandthefuel- fillerdoorwillbelockedautomaticallyunlessone ofthefollowingoperationsisperformedwithin1 minuteafterpushingtherequestswitchwhile thedoorsarelocked.

• Openinganydoorand/ortherearhatch/trunklid
• Pushingtheignitionswitch
• InsertingtheIntelligentKeyintotheIntelligentKeyport.

During this 1 - minutetime period, if the UNLOCK

buttononthelIntelligentKeyispushed,all

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

doorswillbelockedautomaticallyafteranother 1 minute.

Openingrearhatch/trunklid

To open only therear hatch/trunklid, perform the following procedure.

1. CarrytheIntelligentKey.
2. Pushtherearhatch/trunklidopenerswitch ⓒ.
3. Therearhatch/trunklidwillopen.

Lockoutprotection:

TopreventtheIntelligentKeyfrombeing accidentallylockedinthetrunk,lockoutprotectionisequippedwiththeIntelligentKeysystem.

WhenthetrunklidisclosedwiththeIntelligent Keyinsidethetrunk,theoutsidebuzzerwill soundandalldoorsandtherearhatch/trunklid willunlock.

BATTERYSAVERSYSTEM

When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes, the battery saversystem will cutoff the powersupply to prevent battery discharge.

●TheignitionswitchisintheACCposition, and
●Alldoorsareclosed, and
- TheselectorleverisintheP(Park)position (AutomaticTransmissionmodels).

WARNINGSIGNALS

Tohelppreventthevehiclefrommoving unexpectedlybyerroneousoperationofthe IntelligentKeylistedonthefollowingchartor tohelppreventthevehiclefrombeingstolen, chimeorbeepsoundsinsideandoutsidethe vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Whenachimeorbeepsoundsorthewarning displays,besuretocheckthevehicleand IntelligentKey.

See "Troubleshootingguide"(P.3-12) and "Vehicleinformationdisplay"(P.2-17).

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

SymptomPossiblecauseActiontotake
Whenpushingtheignitionswitch tostoptheengine	TheSHIFTPwarningappearsonthedisplay andtheinsidewarningchimesoundscontinuously(AutomaticTransmissionmodels).	TheselectorleverisnotintheP(Park) position.	ShifttheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position.
Whenopeningthedriver'sdoor togetoutofthevehicle	Theinsidewarningchimesoundscontinuously.	TheignitionswitchisintheACC position.	PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition.
		ThelntelligentKeyisinthelIntelligent Keyport.	RemovethelIntelligentKeyfromthelIntelligentKeyport.
Whenclosingthedooraftergettingoutofthevehicle	TheNOKEYwarningappearsonthedisplay, theoutsidechimesounds3timesandthe insidewarningchimesoundsforapproximately afewseconds.	TheignitionswitchisintheACCorON position.	PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition.
	TheSHIFTPwarningappearsonthedisplay andtheoutsidechimesoundscontinuously (AutomaticTransmissionmodels).	TheignitionswitchisintheACCorOFF positionandtheselectorleverisnotin theP(Park)position.	MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) positionandpushtheignitionswitchtothe OFFposition.
Whenclosingthedoorwiththe insidelockknobturnedtoLOCK	Theoutsidechimesoundsforafewseconds andallthedoorsunlock.	ThelntelligentKeyisinsidethevehicle andcargo/trunkroomarea.	CarrythelIntelligentKeywithyou.
Whenpushingthedoorhandle requestswitchtolockthedoor	Theoutsidechimesoundsforafewseconds.	ThelntelligentKeyisinsidethevehicle andcargo/trunkroomarea.	CarrythelIntelligentKeywithyou.
		Adoorisnotclosedsecurely.Closethedoorsecurely.
Whenclosingthetrunklid (Roadstermodels)	Theoutsidechimesoundsforafewseconds andalldoorsunlock.	ThelntelligentKeyisinsidethetrunk.CarrythelIntelligentKeywithyou.
Whenshiftingtheselectorlever totheP(Park)position	Theinsidewarningchimesoundscontinuously.The	gnitionswitchisintheONposition.	TheignitionswitchisintheOFFposition.

REMOTEKEYLESSENTRYSYSTEM

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The FAA advises that other radiowaves may affect aircraft navigation and communications systems. Donot operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Makes sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.

Itispossibletolock/unlockalldoors,fuel-filler door,activatethepanicalarmandopenthe windowsbypushingthebuttonsontheIntelligentKeyfromoutsidethevehicle.

Beforelockingthedoors, makesurethe IntelligentKeyisnotleftinthevehicle.

TheLOCK/UNLOCKbuttononthelntelligent Keycanoperateatadistanceofapproximately 33ft(10m)fromthevehicle.(Theeffective distancedependsupontheconditionsaround thevehicle.)

Asmanyas4IntelligentKeyscanbeusedwith onevehicle.Forinformationconcerningthe purchaseanduseofadditionalIntelligentKeys, contactaNISSANdealer.

ThelockandunlockbuttonsontheIntelligent Keywillnotoperatewhen:

• thedistancebetweentheIntelligentKeyand thevehicleisover33ft(10m).
  ●theIntelligentKeybatteryisdischarged. Afterlockingwiththeremotekeylessentry function,pullthedoorhandletomakesurethe doorsaresecurelylocked.

TheLOCK/UNLOCKoperatingrangevaries dependingontheenvironment.Tosecurely operatethelockandunlockbuttons,approach thevehicletoabout3ft(1m)fromthedoor.

graph TD
    A["Lock Icon"] --> B["Lock Icon"]
    C["Plug Icon"] --> D["Plug Icon"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

SPA2252B

1. LOCKbutton

2.UNLOCKbutton

3.PANICbutton

HOWTOUSEREMOTEKEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEM

Whenyoulockorunlockthedoorsandrear hatch/trunklid,thehazard indicator willflashand thehorn(ortheoutsidechime)willsoundasa confirmation.Fordetails,see"Settinghazard indicatorandhornmode"(P.3-14).

Lockingdoors, rearhatch/trunklidand fuel-fillerdoor

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition andmakesureyoucarrytheIntelligentKey withyou.*
2. Close all the doors and there are hatch/trunk lid.
3. Push the LOCK Intelligent Key. button ① on the
4. Allthedoors, therearhatch/trunklidand fuel-fillerdoorwilllock.
5. The hazard indicator flashestwice and the hornchirpsonce.
   *:Doorsandtherearhatch/trunklidwilllockwith theIntelligentKeywhiletheignitionswitchisin theACCorONposition.

Unlockingdoors, rearhatch/trunklidand fuel-fillerdoor

1. Push the UNLOCK button Intelligent Keyonce. ② on the
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The driver's door and fuel - filler door will unlock.
3. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds.
4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All the doors and therear hatch/trunklid will unlock.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Alldoorsandtherearhatch/trunklidwillbe lockedautomaticallyunlessoneofthefollowing operationsisperformedwithin1 minuteafter pushingtheUNLOCK 🔒 buttononthe IntelligentKeywhilethedoorsarelocked.If duringthis1-minutetimeperiod,theUNLOCK 🔒 buttononthelIntelligentKeyispushed,all doorsandtherearhatch/trunklidwillbelocked automaticallyafteranother1 minute.

• Openinganydoor
• Pushingtheignitionswitch
• InsertingtheIntelligentKeyintotheIntelligentKeyport

Openingwindows

The UNLOCK button operational so allows you to open a window that is equipped with the automatic open/close function. (See "Power windows" (P.2-44).)

Toopenthewindow, pushthedoor UNLOCK button ② onthelIntelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

Tostopopening, releasethe UNLOCK button.

Windowcannotbeclosedusingthelntelligent Key.

Thedoorwindowcanbeopenedorclosedby turningthemetalkeyinadoorlock.(See "Doors"(P.3-4).)

Usingpanicalarm

If you are necessary your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows:

1.PushthePANIC ➕ button ③ ontheKey formorethan1second.
2. The theft warning alarm and headlight will stay on for 25 seconds.
3. Thepanicalarmstopswhen:

- lthasrunfor25seconds,or

- AnyofthebuttonsonthelIntelligentKey arepushed.(Note: Panicbuttonshould bepushedformorethan1 second.)

Settinghazardindicatorandhornmode Thisvehicleissetinhazardindicatorandhorn modewhenyoufirstreceivethevehicle.

Inhazardindicatorandhornmode,whenthe LOCK 🔒 button ① ispushed,thehazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. WhentheUNLOCK 🔒 button ② ispushed, thehazardindicatorflashesonce.

Ifhornsarenotnecessary, thesystemcanbe switched to the hazard indicator mode.

Inhazardindicatormode,whentheLOCK buttonispushed,thehazardindicatorflashes twice.WhentheUNLOCK buttonis pushed,neitherthehazardindicatornorthe

hornoperates.Hazardindicatorandhornmode:

	DOORLOCKDOORUN	LOCK
IntelligentKeysystem(Usingdoorhandleorrearhatch/trunkrequestswitch)	HAZARD-twiceOUTSIDECHIME-twice	HAZARD-onceOUTSIDECHIME-once
Remotekeylessentrysystem(Using 📄 orbutton)	HAZARD-twiceHORN-once	HAZARD-onceHORN-none

Hazardindicatormode:

	DOORLOCKDOORUN	LOCK
IntelligentKeysystem(Usingdoorhandleorrearhatch/trunkrequestswitch)	HAZARD-twiceOUTSIDECHIME-none	HAZARD-noneOUTSIDECHIME-none
Remotekeylessentrysystem(Using 📄 orbution)	HAZARD-twiceHORN-none	HAZARD-noneHORN-none

Switchingprocedure:

Toswitchthehazardindicatorandhorn(chime) operation,pushtheLOCK ① andUN- LOCK ② buttononthelIntelligentKey simultaneouslyformorethan2seconds.

• Whenthehazardindicatormodeisset, the hazardindicatorflashes3times.
• Whenthehazardindicatorandhornmodeis set, thehazardindicatorflashesonce and thehornchirpsonce.

graph TD
    A["HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE"] --> B["Push (🔒) for more than 2 sec."]
    A --> C["• HAZARD - once"]
    A --> D["• HORN - once"]
    A --> E["• HAZARD - 3 times"]
    A --> F["Push (🔒) for more than 2 sec."]
    A --> G["HAZARD INDICATOR MODE"]
    G --> H["End"]

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-15

HOOD

Technical diagram showing car head assembly and safety instructions with numbered annotations

1. Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel; the hood will thens spring ups slightly.
2. Pullthelever ② upatthefrontofthehood withyourfingertipsandraisethehood.
   3.Holdtheinsulator ③ ofthesupportrod andinsertitsendintotheslot ④ onthe frontedgeofthehood.
3. When closing the hood, store the support rod to its original position, then slowly close the hood and makes sure it locks in place.

WARNING

• Makesurethehoodiscompletely closedandlatchedbeforedriving. Failuretodosocouldcausethe hoodtoflyopenandresultinan accident.
• If you se esteamorsmokecoming from the engine compartment, to avoid injury donotopenthehood.

WARNING

Donotdrivewiththerearhatchopen. Thiscouldallowdangerousexhaust gasestobedrawnintothevehicle. See"Exhaustgas(carbonmonoxide)" (P.5-2)ofthismanual.

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Line drawing of a car front view with an inset showing a component labeled 'SPA2573' (no text or symbols on the car itself)

REARHATCHOPENERSWITCH

Therearhatchcanbeopenedbypushingthe rearhatchopenerswitchwhentheIntelligent Keyiswithintheoperatingrangeoftherear hatchlock/unlockfunctionregardlessofthe insidelockknobposition.(See "IntelligentKey system"(P.3-6).)

Toclosetherearhatch, pushitdownsecurely.

A B SPA2646

NISMOmodels

CAUTION

Donotusetherearspoiler ○ A toopen orclosetherearhatch.Doingsomay

damagetherearspoiler.

Alwaysholdarea Ⓑ toopenorclosetherear hatch.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-17

① SPA2580

SECONDARYREARHATCHRELEASE

Thesecondaryrearhatchreleasemechanism allowsopeningtherearhatchintheeventof dischargedbatteryoremergency.

Thereleasehandleislocatedunderthecargo roomfloor.Toopentherearhatchfromthe passengercompartment,performthefollowing procedure.

1. Removethecargofloormat.
2. Findtherearhatchreleasehandle shownintheillustration.

3. Freethereleasehandlethatisfixedwith velcro.
   3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

4. Firmlypullthereleasehandleuntiltherear hatchreleases.

TRUNKLID(Roadstermodels)

WARNING

• Donotdrivewiththetrunklidopen. This could allow dangerous exhaust gas estobedrawn into the vehicle. See "Exhaustgas(carbonmonoxide)" (P.5-2) of this manual.
• Closelysupervisechildrenwhen theyarearoundcarstoprevent themfrom playing and becoming lockedinthe trunk wheretheycould beseriouslyinjured.Keepthecar locked,withthetrunkclosed,when notinuse, andpreventchildren's accesstolntelligentKeys.

Line drawing of a car front view with an inset showing a component labeled 'SPA2692' (no text or symbols on the car itself)

TRUNKLIDOPENERSWITCH

The trunklid can be opened by pushing the trunk lid openers switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunklock/unlock function regardless of the insidelock knob position. (See "Intelligent Keysystem" (P.3-6).)

OFF ON A B SPA2681

TRUNKRELEASEPOWERCANCEL SWITCH

Whentheswitchlocatedinsidethegloveboxis intheOFFposition Ⓐ, thepowertothetrunk lidwillbecanceledandthetrunklidcannotbe openedbythetrunklidopenerotrunkrequest switch.

Whenyouhavetoleavethevehiclewithavalet andwanttokeepyourbelongingssafeinthe gloveboxandthetrunk,pushthisswitchtoOFF andlockthegloveboxwiththemechanicalkey. ThenleavethevehicleandthelIntelligentKey withthevaletandkeepthemechanicalkeywith you.

See "Keys" (P.3-2).

Toconnectthepowertothetrunklid, push the switch to the ON ⑧ position.

INTERIORTRUNKLIDRELEASE

WARNING

Closelysupervisechildrenwhenthey arearoundcarstopreventthemfrom playingandbecominglockedinthe trunkwheretheycouldbeseriously injured.Keepthecarlocked,withthe trunklidsecurelylatched,whennotin use,andpreventchildren'saccessto IntelligentKeys.

Theinteriortrunklidreleasemechanismallows openingofthetrunklidintheeventthatpeople becomelockedinsidethetrunk.

SPA2682

Releasinginsidethetrunk

Toopenthetrunklidfromtheinside,pullthe releasehandle ① untilthelockreleasesand pushuponthetrunklid.Thereleaseleveris madeofamaterialthatglowsinthedarkaftera briefexposuretoambientlight.

Thehandle Ⓐ islocatedinsidethetrunk compartmentasillustrated.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with labeled components and a directional arrow indicating rotation or movement.

SECONDARYTRUNKLIDRELEASE

Thesecondarytrunklidreleasemechanism allowsopeningthetrunklidintheeventof dischargedbatteryoremergency.

1. Opentherearparcelbox.
   2.Removethecap ① withasuitabletool ②.
2. Insert the key into the key cylinder and turn it counterclockwise. The trunk lid will open.

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SOFTTOP(Roadstermodels)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SPA2685

Interior/exteriorview

1. Softtopindicatorlight(onthecombination meter)
   2.Softtopoperatingswitch
   3.Toplockhole
   4.Softtop
   5.Topstoragelid
   6.Trunklid
   7.Rearwindow

Thesofttopofthisvehicleiselectrically operated. You can fully open or closet the top only by pressing the operating switch located on the center console.

Thesofttopoperatingswitchmustbeoperated

underallofthefollowingconditions:

• Whentetrunkisclosed.
• Whenthevehicleisstopped.
• Whentheengineisrunning.
• WhentheignitionswitchisintheON position.
• Whentheselectorleverorshiftleverisina positionotherthantheR(Reverse)position.

CAUTION

Alwayskeeptheengine runningwhile operating the soft top. Thetopwill also

operatewhentheignitionswitchisin theONposition,butruntheengineto preventadischargedbattery.

Besuretofollowtheoperatinginstructions,and allthewarningsandcautionsinthissection. Improperoperationofthetopcouldcause asystemmalfunction,damage,ordeteriorationofthetopmaterialandrelated parts.

WARNING

•Parkthevehicleinasafeandlevel placeandapplytheparkingbrake.
- Makesuretheareaisclearof obstaclesandthereisenoughclearanceoverthetop(forexample,ina garageoracoveredarea).More thanapproximately6.6ft(2m)from thegroundisrequiredtoopenor closethetopsafely.Otherwise,the topmaydamageanyobjectsabove itwhilemoving.Thetopoperating systemcouldalsobedamaged.
- Donotoperatethetopinastrong wind.Itcouldbeblownbythewind, strikingsomeoneordamagethe

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

top.

• Donotallowanyonetostandupor extendanyportionoftheirbodyout oftheopeningwhilethevehicleisin motionorwhilethetopisbeing operated.
  •Inanaccidentyoucouldbethrown fromthevehiclewithanopentop. Alwaysuseseatbeltsandproper childrestraints.

CAUTION

• Donotoperatethetopwhen the temperature is below 32°F (0°C). This may result in damageto the top material or operatingsystem.
  -Removewaterdrops, snow, iceor sandfromthetop, and drythe surface of the top completely before opening it.
• Donotopenthetopwhenitiswet ordamp. This may cause interior water damage, stains or mildewon the top material.
• Besuretoturnofftherearwindow defrosterswitch.Neverturniton

3-22Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

whilethetopisbeingoperatedor fullyopened.Theheatmaydamage thetopmaterial.

Technical diagram showing a hand holding a tool intersecting a mechanical component (no text or symbols present)

CAUTION

• Donotplaceanyobjectsbetween thetopclothand thestructure. Doingsocouldinterferewithtop operationandcausedamagetothe topoperatingsystemortheobjects.

• Donotplaceanythingonthetop andthestoragelid. Evensmall itemsmayinterferewiththetop operationandcouldcausedamage tothetoporthevehiclebody.

• Donotplaceanythinginthetop storagearea.Thetopwillnotfit thereproperly,andthiscoulddamagethetopand/orthevehicle body.

• Donotsitorplaceexcessiveweight onthetopandthestoragelid, especiallywhenthetopisbeing operated.Thetopmaybedamaged.
• Donotdrivethevehiclewiththetop partiallyopened.Alwaysmakesure thetopiseitherfullyopenedor closedbeforedriving.
• Secureitemssothattheycannotbe blownfromthevehiclewhiledriving withthetopopen.
• Donotoperatethetopmanually exceptforemergencycases.Manual operationmaydamagethetop.
• Besuretofullyopenorfullyclose thetop.Donotreleasetheswitch halfwaythroughtheroofopening orclosingprocess.Ifthetopisonly partiallyopened,significantdamagetothetopcouldoccur.

Makesurethetrunklidissecurelyclosedbefore operatingthetop.

Technical line drawing of a car seatbelt assembly (no text or symbols)

WHENOPERATINGTHETOP

WARNING

Keephandsandotherpartsofthebody awayfrommovingpartssuchasthe top,storagelid,sideflap Ⓐ andpower windows.

CAUTION

Keepallpartsofthetoplinkageclearof obstructions, orthetoplatchmaynot

besecurelylocked.

NOTE:

•Incaseoflowbatteryorlowtemperature,thetopmaytemporarilylstop movingduringtheoperation.Thisfunctionstoprotectthetopcontrolmechanism,anditisnotamalfunction.

- Ifthetopisopenedandclosedrepeatedlyinashortperiodoftimeorthetop operationisstoppedwhileopeningor closing,thetopoperationmaybe automaticallystoppedtoprotectthe system.Waitforapproximately5minutesbeforeoperatingthetopagain.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-23

Silhouette of a car with two blades, no text or symbols present

Softtopindicatorlight

Thesofttopindicatorlightintheinstrument panelshowstheconditionsoftopoperation. Thelightilluminateswhenthesofttopisbeing operatedorifitisstoppedbeforereachingthe fullyopenedorclosedposition.Whenthetopis fullyopenedorclosed,thelightwillturnoff.

Thelightblinkswhilethesofttopisnotfully openedorclosedunderthefollowingconditions:

• Whenthevehicleisdriven.
• Whentheselectorleverorshiftleverisin theR(Reverse)position.

Besuretofullyopenorclosethesofttopwhen

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

drivingthevehicle.

Whenthesofttopisoperating, and any of the following conditions occur, the top will stop operating.

• Whentheselectorleverorshiftleverisin theR(Reverse)position.
• Whenthevehiclemovesataspeedof3 MPH(5km/h)ormore.
• Whenthebatteryvoltageisextremelylow.
• Whenthetemperatureofthesofttop systembecomesextremelyhigh.

Releasethesofttopoperatingswitch, and push theswitchagaintomovethetoptothefully openedorclosedposition. Thesofttopindicator lightwillturnoffwhenthetopoperationis completelyfinished.

If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the ignitions switch ON (whether the top is operated or not, and when the top is engaged), it may indicate the top operating system is not functioning properly. Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

Automaticwindowlowering

Whenthesofttopoperatingswitchispressed, thepowerwindowswillautomaticallybeloweredcompletely. Thewindowsdo not rise automaticallyafterthetopoperationiscompleted. Usethepowerwindowswitchestoraise them.

CLOSE OPEN SPA2632

NOTE:

If you releasetheswitchandpressit again while the top is being opened, the top will slightly moveto the closing direction, then start moving to the opening direction again. The top is designed to move in this way. It is not a malfunction.

CLOSE OPEN SPA2633

OPENINGTHETOP

1. Starttheengine.
   2.PushOPENonthesofttopoperatingswitch andholdituntilthetopisfullyopened.

2. Thesofttopindicatorlightwillilluminate whilethetopisinmotion.(Inabout20 seconds,theopeningmovementwill finishandtheindicatorlightturnsoff.)

3. Windowswillautomaticallybefully opened.

4. Releasetheswitchwhenthetopisfully opened.(Theindicatorlightturnsoff.)

CLOSINGTHETOP

1. Starttheengine.
   2.PushCLOSEonthesofttopoperating switchandholdituntilthetopisfullyclosed.

2. Thesofttopindicatorlightwillilluminate whilethetopisinmotion.(Inabout20 seconds,theclosingmovementwill finish.)

3. Windowswillautomaticallybefully opened.

4. Releasetheswitchwhenthetopisfully closed.(Theindicatorlightwillturnoff.)

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-25

OPENINGTHETOPUSINGTHEIN-TELLIGENTKEY

Thesofttopcanbeopenedusingtherequest switch.

Line drawing of a sports car front view with a side-view inset showing the dashboard and dashboard (no text or symbols)

Openingthesofttop

PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFpositionand makesuretocarrythelIntelligentKeywithyou.

Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitch(driver'sor passenger's) Ⓐ andholdituntilthesofttopis fullyopen.

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

If the soft top stops halfway during operation or does not operate normally, follow the procedures shown in the following table. If the procedures in the following table do not solve symptoms, immediately contact a NISSAN dealer for the inspection.

SymptomBeepPossiblecausePossiblesolution
TheOPENsideofthesofttopoperating switchispushed,butthesofttopdoesnot operate.	Soundstwice	TheOPENsideofthesofttopoperatingswitchis pushedwhilethesofttopisfullyopen,orthe CLOSEsideofthesofttopoperatingswitchis pushedwhilethesofttopisfullyclosed.	PushtheCLOSEsideofthesofttopoperating switchwhenthesofttopisfullyopen.Pushthe OPENsideofthesofttopoperatingswitchwhenthe softtopisfullyclosed.
	Soundstwice	Theselectorlever(automatictransmissionmodels only)ortheshiftlever(manualtransmissionmodels only)isintheR(Reverse)position.	Shifttheselectorlever(automatictransmission modelsonly)totheP(Park)orN(Neutral)position,or shifttheshiftlever(manualtransmissionmodelsonly) totheN(Neutral)position,andthenoperatethesoft top.
	SoundstwiceThe trunklidisopened.Fullyclosethetrunklid.
	DoesnotsoundThe batteryvoltageislow.Starttheengineagainandoperatethesofttop.
	DoesnotsoundThe operationstopstoprotectthesystem.Waitforapproximately5minutes.
Thesofttopstopshalfwayduringoperation.	Soundstwice	Objectsaretrappedinthemovingstructureofthe softtop.	Checkthatanobjectisnottrappedinsidetherear parcelshelf,sideflapandsofttop.Afterthecheck, turntheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition,startthe engineagainandthenoperatethesofttop.
	SoundstwiceThe batteryvoltageislow.Starttheengineagainandoperatethesofttop.
Whenthevehicleisbeingdriven,thebeep sounds.	Soundscontinuously	Thesofttopispartiallyopened.	Immediatelyparkthevehicleinasafelocationand fullyopenorfullyclosethesofttop.

IFTHETOPDOESNOTOPENOR CLOSEELECTRICALLY

If you cannot operate the soft top with the operating switch, first check whether all the following operating conditions are met.

• vehicleisstopped
• ignitionswitchisON(Runtheenginewhen operatingthetop.)
• thetrunkisclosed
• theselectorleverorshiftleverisinaposition otherthantheR(Reverse)position

Ifthetopstilldoesnotmoveundertheabove conditionsorhasanysystemmalfunction,seea NISSANdealerassoonaspossible.Whenyou mustclosethetopbyyourself,intheeventof emergencyorwhenanimmediatedealerservice isnotavailable,closethetopmanuallyaccordingtotheproceduresshowninthissection.

When closing the soft top manually:

• Movethevehicletoasafeplace,awayfrom traffic.
• Twopeopleshouldperformthisprocedure, assomeofthetoppartsareextremely heavy.

Thetopcannotbeopenedmanually.

WARNING

• Donotdrivewiththetoppartially opened.
• Ifthetopcannotbeoperatedproperly,seeaNISSANdealerassoon aspossibletohaveyourvehicle checked.

CAUTION

Thestoragelidisextremelyheavy.The storagelidshouldbemanuallyopened orclosedbytwopeople.

Technical diagram showing vehicle component assembly with numbered parts and a schematic diagram of the assembly process.

1. Openthetrunklid. In the event of a discharged battery, these secondary trunk releas mechanism should be operated. (See "Secondary trunk lid release" (P.3-20).)
2. Openthetopstoragelid a. Removetheboard ② insideofthetrunk byremovingtheclips ①. b. Pull the lock release cables (right and left) ③ as illustrated, then close the trunklid.

NOTE: Useaclothorothertooltoprotectyour handswhenpullingonthelockrelease

3-28Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

cables ③.

Line drawing showing two people interacting with a vehicle, one holding a car, with an arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

c.Pullupthestoragelidfromtheleftand rightsideofthevehiclebyhand.

Line drawing of a car interior with people interacting near the window (no text or symbols)

3.Closethesofttop.
a. Pullupthetopsimultaneously from the rightandleftside of the vehicle while holding the storagelid.

CAUTION

Makesuretoclosethetrunklidbefore openingthestoragelid. Thestoragelid maycontactthetrunklidanddamageit.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-29

A SPA2704

b. Whenthereartop ① is pulled up from the storage area, one person must hold the storage lid and another person must pull up the soft top.
c.Pullupthetopusingbothhands,holding thereartop Ⓐ asillustrated.

3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION

Makesuretoholdthereartop ○ A to avoidthefrontandrearpartsseparating. Otherwisethetopmaybedamaged.

SPA2705

d. Pulldownandslidethestoragelidto closewhileholdingtherearsofttopfrom therightandleftsideofthevehicle.

CAUTION

Makesuretoclosethestoragelid completely. Thestoragelidmaycontact thesofttopanddamageit.

Line drawing of a car interior showing steering wheel and dashboard (no text or symbols)

e. Closethefrontandrearpartsofthesoft topatthesametimeasillustrated.

① ② SPA2689

1. Lockthefrontpartofthesofttop.

a.Removethecap

① asillustrated.

b.Insertasuitabletool

② (locatedinthe

trunk)intotheholeandturnclockwise.

CAUTION

• Afterclosingthetopmanually, have thesystemcheckedand/orrepaired byaNISSANdealerassoonas possible.
• Avoidleavingthevehicleoutsidefor longperiodsordrivingathigh speeds.Therearofthetopisnot

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-31

lockedcompletely, and this may allow wind and a rainto get into your vehicle.

CAREOFTHESOFTTOPANDTHE VEHICLEBODY

TouseyourRoadstersafelyandcomfortably, youneedtoobserveallthewarningsand cautionsshowninthepreviouspages. Also, to maintainagoodappearanceofthesofttopand thevehiclebody,youneedtocareforthemby cleaningand/orwashingproperly.

CAUTION

• Donotuseanautomaticcarwashor ahigh-pressurecarwashtoclean yourvehicle. Thetopmaybedamaged and water may leak into the inside of the vehicle.
• Storethevehiclewiththetopclosed ifitisnottobeusedforlong periods. Keepingthetopstowed forlongperiodsmaycausewrinkles onthesurfaceofthetop.

See "Cleaningexterior"(P.7-2)fordetailed instructions.

3-32Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

• Aprotective cleartapeis applied to the top storagelidpainted surface where the soft top contact sthesurface. Whenthetopis fully closed, the apemay transmits some light, visible from the inside of the vehicle. This does not affect the water and air tightness of theseal.
  •Theinnersurfaceofthetrunkandtop storagelidsmayshowafibrous,ormarbled pattern.Thisisthenormalappearanceofthe materialusedintheseparts.

FRONT, SIDEANDREARUNIQUE PARTS(NISMOmodels)

Three line drawings of a car accident showing damage and collision (no text or symbols)

TheNISMOmodelshavethefollowingunique partsonthefront,sideandrearofthevehicle.

●Frontbumperwithanaerodynamicsplitter
- Sidesillextensions
●Rearbumperwithanaerodynamicdiffuser
•Large-diameterexhaustpipes
These parts are closetothegroundandmaybe damaged if they contact object such as curbs, parking blocks, etc.

CAUTION

Reducevehiclespeedtodecrease the possibility of damaging these parts when:

-drivingonbumpyorruttedroads
-enteringorexitingparkinggarages anddriveways
- drivingoverspeedbumps

Two cartoon-style cars on a track with directional arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)

Diagram of a hand using a tool to tie or grip a cable, with no visible text or symbols

CAUTION

The approach and departure angles are small. Reduce vehicles speed when the vehicle approaches or leaves a steep hill. Otherwise, the front bumper with anaerodynamics splitter, rear bumper with anaerodynamic diffuser and ex-haust pipes may contact three roads surface and bedamaged.

CAUTION

Donotsteponthefrontbumperwithan aerodynamicsplitter.Doingsocould damageit.

FUEL-FILLERDOOR

Diagram showing a circular object with an arrow pointing inward, surrounded by curved lines and a label 'SPA2581' at the bottom right (no readable text or symbols on the diagram itself)

OPENINGTHEFUEL-FILLERDOOR

Toopenthefuel-fillerdoor, unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the following operations, then push the left side of the door.

• Pushthedoorhandlerequestswitchwith theIntelligentKeycarriedwithyou.
• PushtheUNLOCKbuttonontheIntelligent Key.
• Insertthemechanicalkeyintothedoorlock cylinderandturnittotherearofthevehicle.
• Pushthepowerdoorlockswitchtothe UNLOCKposition.
  Tolock, closethefuel-fillerdoorsecurely and lockalldoorsbyoperatingthedoorhandle

3-34Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

requestswitch, theLOCKbuttononthe IntelligentKey, themechanicalkeyorthepower doorlockswitch.

FUEL-FILLERCAP

WARNING

• Gasolineisextremelyflammable andhighlyexplosiveundercertain conditions. Youcouldbeburnedor seriouslyinjuredifitismisusedor mishandled.Alwaysstopengine anddonotsmokeorallowopen flamesorsparksnearthevehicle whenrefueling.

- Donotattempttotopoffthefuel tankafterthefuelpumpnozzle shutsoffautomatically.Continued refuelingmaycausefueloverflow, resultinginfuelsprayandpossibly afire.

- Useonlyanoriginalequipmenttype fuel-fillercapasareplacement.It hasabuilt-insafetyvalveneeded forproperoperationofthefuel systemandemissioncontrolsystem.Anincorrectcapcanresultina seriousmalfunctionandpossible injury.Itcouldalsocausethemal-

functionindicatorlighttocomeon.

- Neverpourfuelintothethrottle bodytoattempttostartyourvehicle.

- Donotfillaportablefuelcontainer inthevehicleortrailer.Staticelectricitycancauseanexplosionof flammableliquid,vapororgasin anyvehicleortrailer.Toreducethe riskofseriousinjuryordeathwhen fillingportablefuelcontainers:

—Alwaysplacethecontaineron thegroundwhenfilling.

—Donotuseelectronicdevices whenfilling.

—Keepthepumpnozzleincontact withthecontainerwhileyouare fillingit.

—Useonlyapprovedportablefuel containersforflammableliquid.

CAUTION

- Iffuelisspilledonthevehiclebody, flushitawaywithwatertoavoid paintdamage.

- Insertthecapstraightintothefuel-fillertube, thentightenuntilthe fuel-fillercapclicks. Failuretotightenthefuel-fillercapproperlymay causethe malfunctionindicator light(MIL)toilluminate. If the lightilluminatesbecausethefuel-fillercapislooseormissing, tighten orinstallthecapandcontinueto drivethevehicle. The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light shouldturnoffafterafewdriving trips. If the SERVICE ENGINE SOON lightdoesnotturn offafterafewdrivingtrips, havethe vehicleinspectedbyaNISSANdealer.

•TheLOOSEFUELCAPwarningwill appearifthefuel-fillercapisnot properlytightened.Itmaytakeafew drivingtripsforthemessagetobe displayed.Failureretotightenthe fuel-fillercapproperlyafterthe LOOSEFUELCAPwarningappears maycausethe SERVICE MALFUNCTION IndicatorLight(MIL)toilluminate.

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with labeled components and motion indicators (no readable text or symbols)

Toremovethefuel-fillercap:

1. Turnthefuel-fillercapcounterclockwiseto remove.

2. Putthefuel-fillercaponthecapholderon thehook Ⓐ whilerefueling.

Toinstallthefuel-fillercap:

1. Insert the fuel-fillercap straight into the fuel-fillertube.

2. Turnthefuel-fillercapclockwiseuntila singleclickisheard.

A WARNING 0/0 LOOSE FUEL CAP EXIT RESET SPA2810

LOOSEFUELCAPwarning

TheLOOSEFUELCAPwarningappearsonthe vehicleinformationdisplaywhenthefuel-filler capisnottightenedcorrectlyafterthevehicle hasbeenrefueled.Itmaytakeafewdrivingtrips forthemessagetobedisplayed.

Toturnoffthewarning, perform the following steps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-fillercapassoon as possible. (See "Fuel-fillercap" (P.3-34).)

2. Tightenthefuel-fillercapuntilitclicks.

3.Pushthe ● switch Ⓐ forabout1 secondtoturnofftheLOOSEFUELCAP warningaftertighteningthefuelcap.

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments

TILTSTEERING

WARNING

• Donotadjustthesteeringwheel whiledriving.Youcouldlosecontrol ofyourvehicleandcauseanaccident.
• Donotadjustthesteeringwheel anyclosertoyouthanisnecessary forpropersteeringoperationand comfort. Thedriver'sairbaginflates withgreatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sittingsidewaysoroutofpositioninanyway, you are at greater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up again it when it inflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far away as practical from theesteering wheel. Always usetheseatbelts.

① SPA2583

MANUALOPERATION

Tiltoperation

Pushthelocklever ① downandadjustthe steeringwheelupordowntothedesired position.

Pullthelockleverupsecurelytolockthe steeringwheelinplace.

SUNVISORS

① ↓ ② SIC2872

1. Toblockoutglarefromthefront, swing downthemainsunvisor ①.
2. To block glare from the side, remove the mainsunvisorfromthecentermountand swingittotheside ②.

MIRRORS

Diagram of a car wheel with bidirectional arrows indicating clockwise motion (no text or symbols)

INSIDEMIRROR

Adjusttheheightandtheangleoftheinside mirrortothedesiredposition.

① ② SPA2143

Manualanti-glaretype

Thenightposition ① willreduceglarefromthe headlightsofvehiclesbehindyouatnight.

Usethedayposition ② whendrivingindaylight hours.

WARNING

Usethenightpositiononlywhennecessary, because it reduces rearview clarity.

C E A E D C SPA2450

Automaticanti-glaretype

The insidemirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlight so the following vehicle.

The anti-glaresystem will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.

Whentheanti-glaresystemisturnedon, the indicatorlight Ⓐ willilluminateandexcessive glarefromtheheadlightsofthevehiclebehind youwillbereduced.

Pushthe“○”switch ⓒ tomaketheinside rearviewmirroroperatenormally.Theindicator

Pre-drivingchecksandadjustments3-37

lightwillturnoff.Pushthe"l"switch thesystemon.

Donotallowanyobjecttocoverthe sensors Ⓔ orapplyglasscleaneron them.Doingsowillreducethesensitivity ofthesensor,resultinginimproperoperation.

FortheHomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiveroperation, see "HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver" (P.2-49).

OUTSIDEMIRRORS

WARNING

Objectsviewedintheoutsidemirroron thepassengersidearecloserthanthey appear.Becarefulwhenmovingtothe right.Usingonlythismirrorcouldcause anaccident.Usetheinsidemirroror glanceoveryourshouldertoproperly judgedistanceootherobjects.

① ② SPA2319

Adjustingoutsidemirrors

The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only when the ignitions switch this in the ACCorON position.

Turntheswitchrightorlefttoselecttherightor leftsidemirror ①, thenadjustusingthecontrol switch ②.

Defrostingoutsidemirrors

Theoutsidemirrorswillbeheatedwhentherear windowdefrosterswitchisoperated.

Diagram of a car wheel with an arrow indicating motion, no text or symbols present

Foldableoutsidemirrors

Foldtheoutsidemirrorbypushingittowardthe rearofthevehicle.

Diagram of a car door handle with directional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

VANITYMIRROR

Tousethefrontvanitymirror,pulldownthesun visorandpullupthecover.

MEMO

3-40 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

4Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Safetynote....4-3

Centermulti-functioncontrolpanel(modelswith

navigationsystem)....4-3

Howtousemulti-functioncontroller....4-4

Howtousetouchscreen....4-4

Menuoptions....4-6

Howtoselectmenusonthescreen....4-7

Vehicleinformationandsettings(modelswith

navigationsystem)....4-7

HowtouseSTATUSbutton....4-7

Howtousebrightnesscontrolanddisplay

ON/OFFbutton....4-7

HowtouseINFObutton....4-8

HowtouseSETTINGbutton....4-11

RearViewmonitor(modelswithnavigationsystem).....4-18

Howtoreaddisplayedlines....4-18

Howtoparkwithpredictedcourselines....4-19

Differencebetweenpredictedand

actualdistances....4-20

Howtoadjustscreen....4-23

Operatingtips....4-23

Ventilators....4-24

Centerventilators....4-24

Sideventilators....4-24

Heaterandairconditioner....4-24

Automaticairconditioner(TypeA)....4-25

Automaticairconditioner(TypeB)....4-28

Operatingtips....4-30

In-cabinmicrofilter....4-30

Servicingairconditioner....4-30

Audiosystem....4-31

Audiooperationprecautions....4-31

FM-AMradiowithCompactDisc(CD)player.....4-43

FM-AM-SATradiowithCompactDisc(CD)

changer(modelswithoutnavigationsystem)......4-47

FM-AM-SATradiowithCompactDisc(CD)player

(modelswithnavigationsystem)......4-52

DVD(DigitalVersatileDisc)playeroperation

(modelswithnavigationsystem)......4-56

USBmemoryoperation(modelswith

navigationsystem)......4-59

Bluetooth ^® streamingaudio(modelswith

navigationsystem)....4-63

iPod ^® playeroperation(modelswith

navigationsystem)......4-68

MusicBox ^® (ifsoequipped)......4-69

Auxiliaryinputjacks(modelswith

navigationsystem)....4-75

CD/DVD/USBmemorycareandcleaning....4-76

Steering-wheel-mountedcontrolsforaudio....4-77

Antenna....4-79

CarphoneorCBradio....4-80

Bluetooth ^® hands-freephonesystem(modelswith

navigationsystem)....4-81

Regulatoryinformation....4-82

Voicecommands....4-82

Controlbuttons....4-83

Connectingprocedure....4-83

Phoneselection....4-84

Vehiclephonebook....4-84

Makingacall....4-86

Receivingacall....4-87

Duringacall....4-88

Phonesetting....4-89

Troubleshootingguide....4-90

Bluetooth ^® hands-freephonesystem(modelswithout

navigationsystem)(ifsoequipped)......4-91

Regulatoryinformation....4-92

Usingthesystem....4-93

Listofvoicecommands....4-97

SpeakerAdaptation(SA)mode....4-100

Troubleshootingguide....4-102

NISSANVoiceRecognitionSystem(modelswith

navigationsystem)....4-103

NISSANvoicerecognitionStandardMode......4-103

Usingthesystem....4-106

NISSANvoicerecognitionAlternate

CommandMode....4-114

Usingthesystem....4-123

Troubleshootingguide....4-128

SAFETYNOTE

WARNING

• Donotdisassembleormodifythis system.Ifyoudo,itmayresultin accidents,fire,orelectricshock.
• Donotusethissystemifyounotice anyabnormality,suchasafrozen screenorlackofsound.Continued useofthesystemmayresultin accident,fireorelectricshock.
  •Incaseyounoticeanyforeign objectinthesystemhardware,spill liquidonit,ornoticsmokeorsmell comingfromit,stopusing the systemimmediatelyandcontact yournearestNISSANdealer.Ignoringsuchconditionsmayleadto accidents,fire,orelectricshock.
  •Parkthevehicleinasafelocation andapplytheparkingbraketoview theimagesonthefrontcenterdisplayscreen.

Donotattempttooperatethesystemin extremetemperatureconditions[below -4°F (-20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)]. Operatingthissystemunderthesecondi- tionsmayresultinsystemmalfunctions.

CENTERMULTI-FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL (modelswith navigation system)

1 STATUS DEST ROUTE ZOOM OUT ZOOM IN MAP ENTER 5 PHONE + INFO SETTING - BACK VOICE 7 8 9 10 11 SAA2273

1."STATUS"statusdisplaybutton(P.4-7)
2,3,7,8,9.
Fornavigationsystemcontrolbuttons(Referto theseparateNavigationSystemOwner'sManual.)
4.Multi-functioncontroller(P.4-4)
5."PHONE"Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystembutton(P.4-81)
6. OFF"brightnesscontrolanddisplayON/OFFbutton(P.4-7)
10. "INFO" vehicle and navigation information button (P.4-8)
11."SETTING"button(P.4-11)

① ② ③ ONEX VOLUME BACK ④ ⑤ VOICE ⑥ SAA2274

Chooseanitemonthedisplayusingthemain directionalbuttons ② (oradditionaldirectional buttons ③ withnavigationsystem)orcenter dial ⑤ ,andpushtheENTERbutton ① for operation.

PushtheBACKbutton ④ toreturnthedisplay tothepreviousscreenordeletecharacters. PushingBACKmayormaynotsavethesettings dependingonthemenu.

FortheVOICEbutton ⑥ functions, refertothe separateNavigationSystemOwner's Manual.

HOWTOUSETOUCHSCREEN

CAUTION

•Theglassscreenontheliquid crystaldisplaymaybreakifitishit withahardorsharpobject.Ifthe glassscreenbreaks,donottouchit. Doingsocouldresultinaninjury.

- Tocleanthedisplay,useasoft,dry cloth.Ifadditionalcleaningisnecessary,useasmallamountof neutraldetergentwithasoftcloth. Neverusearoughcloth,alcohol, benzine,thinneroranykindof solventorpapertowelwithachemicalcleaningagent.Theywill scratchordeterioratethepanel.

- Donotsplashanyliquidsuchas waterorcarfragranceonthedisplay.Contactwithliquidwillcause thesystemtomalfunction.

Toensuresafedriving, somefunctions cannot beoperatedwhiledriving.

Theon-screenfunctionsthatarenotavailable whiledrivingwillbe"grayedout"ormuted.

Parkthevehicleinasafelocationandthen

operatethenavigationsystem.

WARNING

•ALWAYSgiveyourfullattentionto driving.

- Avoidusingvehiclefeaturesthat could distract you. If distracted, you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

4-4 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

graph TD
    A["Navigation"] --> B["Audio"]
    B --> C["Phone"]
    C --> D["Bluetooth"]
    E["Volume & Beeps"] --> F["Display"]
    F --> G["Clock"]
    G --> H["Others"]
    I["②"] --> J["BACKS"]

Touchscreenoperation

Withthissystem,thesameoperationsasthose forthemulti-functioncontrollerarepossible usingthetouchscreenoperation.

Selectingtheitem:

Touchanitemtoselectit.Toselectthe"Audio" settings,touchthe"Audio"area ① onthe screen.

TouchtheBACK ② buttonotreturntothe previousscreen.

Settings ▶ Volume & Beeps Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Use volume knob to adjust during playback 1/7 SAA2474

Adjustinganitem:

Touchthe+ ① or- ② buttontoadjustthe settings.

Touchthe Ⓧ ③ or ⏰ ④ buttonomove tothepreviousornnextitem.

Touchthe ⑤ or ⑥ buttonomove tothepreviousornextpage.

Phone ▶ Phonebook 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O ① Q R S T U V W X Y Z ' - & _ Delete Symbols Space Lowercase OK SAA2475

Inputtingcharacters:

Touchtheletterornumber ①.

Therearesomeoptionsavailablewheninputting characters.

•Uppercase:

Showsuppercasecharacters.

•Lowercase:

Showslowercasecharacters.

Symbols:

Showssymbolssuchasthequestionmark (?).

•Space:

Insertsaspace.

- Delete:

Deletesthelastcharacterthathasbeen inputwithonetouch.Pushandholdthe buttontodeleteallofthecharacters.

•OK:

Completescharacterinputs.

Touchscreenmaintenance

If you clean the displays screen, use adry, soft cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a small amount of neutral detergent with as soft cloth. Neverspray the screen with water or detergent. Dampenthe cloth first, and then wipe the screen.

INTED SOURCE - + - SAA2143

MENUOPTIONS

Thestartmenucanbedisplayedusingthemenu controlswitchonthesteering-wheel-mounted controls.

1. While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed, push and hold themenu control switch until the "Menu Options" screen appears.
2. Highlightthepreferreditembytiltingthe menucontrolswitchupordown,andthen pushthemenucontrolswitchtoselectit.

Menu Options BACK Destination Route Info Settings 1/4 SAA2476

Availableitems

Destination/Route:

Theseitemsareforthenavigationsystem.See theseseparateNavigationSystemOwner'sManualfordetails.

Info:

Displaytheinformationscreen.ltisthesame screenthatappearswhenyoupushthelINFO button.

Settings:

Displaysthesettingsscreen.Itisthesame screenthatappears whenyoupush the SETTINGbutton.

Settings > Comfort Auto Interior Illumination Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay 0 sec Speed Sensing Wiper Interval ON Selective Door Unlock ON Adjust head lamp on time after shut-off 3/7 5 4 SAA2477

Vehiclefunctionsareviewedonthedisplay screeninmenus.Toselecteachkeyitem, highlightthepreferreditemusingthemulti-functioncontrollerandpushtheENTERbutton.

Wheneveramenuselectionismadeormenu itemishhighlighted, differentareaasonthescreen provideyouwithimportantinformation.Seethe followingfordetails.

1. Header:

Showsthepathusedtogettothecurrent screen.(i.e.pushSETTINGbutton> choose"Comfort"menuitem.)

2.MenuSelections:
Showstheoptionstochoosewithinthat menuscreen.
3.UP/DOWNMovementindicator:
Showsthatthemulti-functioncontrollermay beusedtomoveUP/DOWNonthescreen andselectmoreoptions.
4. Menultems Counter:
Showsthetotalnumberofitemslisted acrossallpagesforthecurrentmenu(i.e. 3/7).
5. Footer/InformationLine:
Provides more information (if available) about themenuselection currently highlighted. (i.e. Adjustheadlampontime after shut-off.)

VEHICLEINFORMATION AND SETTINGS(modelswithnavigation system)

HOWTOUSESTATUSBUTTON

Todisplaythestatusoftheaudio,airconditioner system,fuelconsumptionandnavigationsystem,pushtheSTATUSbutton.Thefollowing informationwillappearwhentheSTATUSbutton ispushedrepeatedly.

AudioandAirconditionersystem→Audioandfueleconomy→AudioandNavigationsystem

HOWTOUSEBRIGHTNESSCONTROLANDDISPLAY/OFFBUTTON

Pushthe" ✦/OFF"buttontoswitchthedisplay brightnessstothedaytimemodeorthenighttime mode, andtoadjustthedisplaybrightness using themulti-functioncontrollerwhiletheindicatoris displayedatthebottomofthescreen.

Thedisplaybrightnesscanalsobeadjusted usingthebrightnessUPbutton(+)orbrightnessDOWNbutton(-).

Pushandholdthe" OFF"buttonformore than2secondstoturnthedisplayoff.Pushthe buttonagaintoturnthedisplayon.

HOWTOUSEINFOBUTTON

Thedisplayscreenshowsvehicleandnavigation informationforyourconvenience.

Theinformationshownonthescreenshouldbe aguidetodeterminetheconditionofthevehicle.

Seethefollowingfordetails.

graph TD
    A["Fuel Economy"] --> B["Maintenance"]
    B --> C["Where am I?"]
    C --> D["Traffic Info"]
    E["Weather Info"] --> F["Map Update"]
    F --> G["Navigation Version"]
    G --> H["Others"]

-NavigationVersion

*WhentheignitionswitchisintheONposition, the"NavigationVersion"keyisdisplayedafter selectingthe"Others"key.

Vehicleinformationdisplay

1. PushtheINFObuttononthecontrolpanel.
2. SelectanitemfromtheINFOmenu.
3. Afterviewing or adjusting the information on the following screens, push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu.

SeetheseparateNavigationSystemOwner's

Manualforthefollowingitems:

• Whereaml?
• TrafficInfo
  -WeatherInfo
  -MapUpdate

4-8 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Information ► Fuel Economy Distance to Empty **** mile Avg Fuel Econ 26.0 MPG Fuel Econ 30 MPG 20 10 0 Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Eco History SAA2479

FuelEconomyinformation

Thedistancetoempty,averagefueleconomy andcurrentfueleconomywillbedisplayedfor reference.

Toresettheaveragefueleconomy(AvgFuel Econ),selectthe"ResetFuelEco"key.

If the "FuelEcoHistory" key is selected, the average fuel consumption history will be displayed graph formal on with the average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between "US" and "Metric". (See "HowtouseSETTINGbutton" (P.4-11).)

Thefueleconomyinformationmaydifferfromthe informationdisplayedonthevehicleinformation display. Thisisduetothetimingdifferencein updatingtheinformationanddoesnotindicatea malfunction.

Information > Maintenance BACK Engine Oil Oil Filter Tire Other Reminder 0 6000 12000 18000 0 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA2481

Maintenanceinformation

Themaintenanceintervalscanbedisplayedfor theengineoil,oilfilter,tireandotherreminders.

Tosetamaintenanceinterval,selectapreferred itemfromthelist.

Youcanalsosettodisplayamessagetoremind youthatthemaintenanceneedstobeperformed.

The following examples show to set the engine oil maintenance information. Use the same step to set the other maintenance information.

Information ► Engine Oil BACK Interval - 3000 miles + Reminder ON Reset Distance 1/3 0 6000 12000 18000 0 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA2482

1. Settheinterval(mileage)ofthemaintenance schedule. Todeterminethercommended maintenanceinterval, refertoyour "NISSAN ServiceandMaintenanceGuide".
2. Todisplaythereminderautomaticallywhen thedesireddistanceisreached,selectthe "Reminder"key.
3. Resetthedrivingdistancetothenew maintenanceschedule.
4. Toreturntothepreviousscreen, pushthe BACKbutton.

The unit can be converted between "US" and "Metric". (See "HowtouseSETTINGbutton" (P.4-11).)

Maintenance Engine Oil Maintenance due for: Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting. OK SAA3003

Example

TheReminderwillbeautomaticallydisplayed whenthespecifieddistancehasbeendriven andeverytimetheignitionswitchispushed to theACCorONposition.Thereminderwillnot appearwhiledriving.

Selectthe"OK"keytohidethereminderforthe restofthecurrentdrive.

Tostophereminderfromappearing,perform oneofthefollowingactions:

• Selectthe"ResetDistance".
• Deactivatethe"Reminder".
• Increase the "Interval" distancetobemore than the current distance being tracked.

Information > Others GPS Position Voice Recognition 1/2 Shows current GPS status SAA2483

Othersinformation

The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and selecting the "Others" key.

GPSPosition:

Forthedetailsofthisitem,seetheseparate NavigationSystemOwner'sManual.

VoiceRecognition:

Forthedetailsofthisitem,see“NISSANVoice RecognitionSystem (modelswithnavigation system)”(P.4-103).

4-10 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Settings Navigation Audio Phone Bluetooth Volume & Beeps Display Clock Others SAA2484

HOWTOUSESETTINGBUTTON

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhenthe SETTINGbuttonispushed.

Fornavigationsettings, refertotheseparate NavigationSystemOwner's Manual.

Settings ▶ Audio Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Vol. 1/7 SAA2485

Example

Audiosettings

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselectingthe "Audio"key.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:

Toadjustthespeakertonequalityandsound balance,selectthe"Bass", "Treble", "Balance" or "Fade" keyandadjustitwiththemulti-functioncontroller.

Theseitemscanalsobeadjustedbypushing andturningtheAUDIOknob.

SpeedSensitiveVol.:

The audiosystem's volume is increased with the vehiclespeed. Select the "SpeedSensitiveVol." and adjust the effect level with them multi-function controller. The SpeedSensitiveVolume function is turned off when the level is set to "OFF". Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehiclespeed.

DivX® RegistrationCode:

Theregistrationcodeforadevicethatisusedto downloadDivX ^® fileswillbedisplayedonthe screen.IfadiscisloadedoraUSBmemoryis connectedtotheaudiosystem,thisfunctionwill notbeactivated.

DisplayAlbumCoverArt:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,thealbumcover imageisdisplayedwhenplayingiPod ^ orMP3 musicfilesthroughaCD,DVDorUSBmemory. Whentheimageisnotproperlyembeddedin thefileordevice,theimagewillnotbe displayed.

Phonesettings

Fordetailsofthe"Phone"settings,see"Bluetooth® hands-freephonesystem(modelswith navigationsystem")(P.4-81).

Bluetooth ^® settings

Fordetailsofthe"Bluetooth"settings,see "Bluetooth® hands-freephonesystem(models withnavigationsystem)("P.4-81)or"Bluetooth streamingaudio(modelswithnavigationsystem)("P.4-63).

Settings ▶ Volume & Beeps Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call 1/7 Use volume knob to adjust during playback SAA2554

Example

VolumeandBeepssettings

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbutton,selectingthe"Volume&Beeps"key.

AudioVolume:

To increase or decrease the audio volume, select the "Audio Volume" and adjust it with them multi-function controller. You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob.

GuidanceVolume:

Toadjusttheguidancevoicevolumelouderor softer,selectthe"GuidanceVolume"andadjust

itwiththemulti-functioncontroller.

Youcanalsoadjusttheguidancevoicevolume byturningtheVOLUMEcontrolknobwhilevoice guidanceisbeingannounced.

Ringtone/IncomingCall/OutgoingCall:

Forthedetailsoftheseitems,see"Bluetooth hands-freephonesystem(modelswithnavigationsystem)("P.4-81).

SwitchBeeps:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,youwillheara beepsoundwhenyouuseabutton.

GuidanceVoice:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,youwillhear voiceguidanceinthenavigationoperationorin otheroperations.

NOTE:

Whenthevoiceguidanceisbeingannouncedduringaudioplayback,turning thevolumeknobdoesnotadjustthemusic level;itadjuststheguidancevolumelevel. Ifvoiceguidanceisnotbeingheard, pleasechecktheGuidanceVolumelevel.

Settings ▶ Display BACK Display Adjustment Color Theme Black 1/2 SAA2486

Displaysettings

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselectingthe "Display"key.

DisplayAdjustment:

Toadjustthedisplaysettings,selectthe"DisplayAdjustment"key.Thefollowingsettingsare available.

- Display

Toturnoffthescreen, pushtheENTERbutton andturnthe"Display"indicatoroff. The other methodistopushandholdthe" OFF" buttonformorethan2seconds.

Whenanymodebuttonispushedwiththe

screenoff, the screenturnson for further operation. Thescreenwillturnoff automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished.

Toturnonthescreen,setthisitemtotheON position,orpushandholdthe" OFF" button.

- Brightness/Contrast/BackgroundColor Toadjustthebrightnessandcontrastofthe screen,selectthe"Brightness"or"Contrast" key.

Then, you can adjust the brightness and contrast using them multi-function controller.

Forinformationonthe"BackgroundColor"key, refertotheseparateNavigationSystemOwner'sManual.

ForRoadstermodels:

Dependingonthedriver'sseatposition,the displaycouldbehardtoread.Adjustthe brightnessandcontrastofthedisplayonthe settingscreen.

ColorTheme:

Choosethemecolorofthemenuscreen from "Black", "Blue" or "Red".

Settings ▶ Clock ON-screen Clock ON Clock Format (24h) ON Offset (hour) 0 hr Offset (min) 0 min Daylight Savings Time ON Time Zone Eastern 1/6 SAA2487

Clocksettings

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselectingthe "Clock"key.

Theclocksettingsdisplaycannotbeoperated whiledriving. Stopthevehicleinasafeplace andapplytheparkingbrakebeforesettingthe clock.

On-screenClock:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,aclockis alwaysdisplayedintheupperrightcornerofthe screen.

Thisclockwillindicatethetimealmostexactly becauseitisalwaysadjustedbytheGPS

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems 4-13

system.

ClockFormat(24h):

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,the24-hour clockisdisplayed.Whenthisitemisnotturned toON,the12-hourclockisdisplayed.

Offset(hour)/(min):

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute.

DaylightSavingTime:

TurnthisitemtoONfordaylightsavingtime application.

TimeZone:

Choosethetimezonefromthefollowing

•Pacific
●Mountain
•Central
- Eastern
- Atlantic
●Newfoundland
•Hawaii
•Alaska

Settings ▶ Others BACK Comfort Language & Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer 1/4 Adjust comfort & convenience settings SAA2489

Otherssettings

The Otherssettingsdisplaywillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselectingthe "Others"key.

The following items are available:

• Comfort
  ●Language&Units
  ●VoiceRecognition
  -ImageViewer

Settings ▶ Comfort Auto Interior Illumination ○ ON Light Sensitivity ← |•••| + Light Off Delay 180 sec Speed Sensing Wiper Interval ○ ON Selective Door Unlock ○ ON 1/7 Cabin lighting when unlocking doors SAA2488

Example

Comfortsettings

Thedisplayasillustratedwillappearwhen pushingtheSETTINGbuttonandselectingthe "Others"key,andthenselectingthe"Comfort" key.Thiskeydoesnotappearonthedisplayuntil theignitionswitchispushedtotheONposition.

AutoInteriorIllumination:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,theinterior lightswillilluminateifanydoorisunlocked.

LightSensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher(right) or lower(left).

LightOffDelay:

Choosethedurationoftheautomaticheadlight offtimerfrom0,30,45,60,90,120,150and 180secondperiods.

SpeedSensingWiperInterval:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,thewiper intervalisadjustedautomaticallyaccording to thevehiclespeed.

SelectiveDoorUnlock:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,onlythedriver's doorisunlockedfirstafterthedoorunlock operation.Whenthedorhandlerequestswitch onthedriver'sorfrontpassenger'ssidedooris pushedtobeunlocked,onlythecorresponding doorisunlockedfirst.Allthedoorscanbe unlockedifthedoorunlockoperationisperformedagainwithin60seconds.

WhenthisitemisturnedtoOFF, allthedoors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.

IntelligentKeyLock/Unlock:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,doorlock/unlockfunctionbypushingthedoorhandlerequestswitchwillbeactivated.

ReturnAllSettingstoDefault:

Selectthisitemandthenselect"YES"toreturn allsettingstothedefault.

Settings ► Language & Units BACK Select Language English Select Units US 1/2 SAA2490

Language&Unitssettings

TheLanguage&Unitssettingsdisplaywill appearwhenpushingtheSETTINGbutton, selectingthe"Others"key,andthenselecting the"Language&Units"key.

SelectLanguage:

Selectthe"SelectLanguage"key.Choose "English", "Franc,ais"or"Espan \~ol"foryour favoritedisplayappearance.

If you select the "Franc, ais" key, the French language will be displayed, so please use the French Owner's Manual. To obtain a French Owner's Manual, see "Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information" (P.9-24).

SelectUnits:

Selectthe"SelectUnits"key.Choose"US"(Mile, °F,MPG)or"Metric"(km, °C,L/100km) foryourfavoritedisplayappearance.

VoiceRecognitionsettings

Fordetailsaboutthe"VoiceRecognition" settings,see"NISSANVoiceRecognitionSystem(modelswithnavigationsystem)("P.4-103).

Settings ► Camera Predictive Course Lines ON 1/1 Display of predictive course line SAA2404

CAMERAsettings

The "CAMERA" screenwillappearwhenselectingthe "Camera" key.

Fordetailsaboutthecamerasystemoperation, see "RearViewmonitor(modelswithnavigation system)"(P.4-18).

PredictiveCourseLines:

WhenthisitemisturnedON, thepredicted courelineswillbedisplayedonthemonitor whentheselector/shiftleverisintheR (Reverse)position.

Settings • Image Viewer 1 Image_1.jpg 2 Image_2.jpg 3 Image_3.jpg 4 Image_4.jpg 5 Image_5.jpg 6 Image_6.jpg 1/8 BACK Full Screen Display SAA2491

ImageViewer

The imagefilesintheUSBmemorywillbe displayed. TodisplaythelmageViewer, pushthe SETTINGbutton, selectthe "Other" key and thenselectthe "ImageViewer" key. The image of theselectedfile is displayed on the rights side of the screen.

When anumberoffolders are included in the USB memory, select a folder from the list to display the file list.

Imageswillnotbeshownonthedisplaywhile thevehicleisinanydrivepositiontoreduce driverdistraction.Toviewimages,stopthe vehicleinasafelocationandapplytheparking

brake.

4-16 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

BACK ▶ ■ → ← Settings SAA2492

FullScreenDisplay:

Thefullscreendisplaywillappearwhenselectingthe"FullScreenDisplay"key.

TooperatethelmageViewerortochangethe settings,selectthedesiredkeyusingthemultifunctioncontroller.

• ▶ (Start)

Selectthe" "keytostartplayingthe slideshow.

- (Stop)

Selectthe" ■ "keytostoptheslideshow.

• 📄 (Next)

Selectthe" 🔍 "keytodisplaythenextfile.

• Ⓦ (Previous)

Selectthe" "keytodisplaytheprevious file.

SettingthelmageViewer:

TheImageViewersettingdisplaywillappear whenselectingthe"Settings"keyonthefull screendisplay. Thefollowingsettingsare availableforthefullscreendisplay.

- SlideshowSpeed

Selectthe"SlideshowSpeed"key.Fromthe followingdisplay,selectthechangingtime from5,10,30,60secondsor"NoAuto Change".

- SlideshowOrder

Selectthe"SlideshowOrder"key.Fromthe followingdisplay,select"Random"or"Order List".For"OrderList",theimageorderisthe orderofthefilesasstoredontheUSB memory.

Operatingtips:

- Onlyfilesthatmeetthefollowingconditions willbedisplayed.

—Imagetype:JPEG

—FileExtensions:*.jpg,*jpeg

—MaximumResolution:2048 × 1536 pixels

—MaximumSize:2-MB

—Colors:32768(15-bit)

—MaximumFileNamelengths:253-Bytes

—MaximumFolders:500

—MaximumImagesperFolder:1024

- Ifanelectronic device(suchasadigital camera) is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable, no image will be displayed on the screen.

- If the filename is too long, some filenames may not be entirely displayed.

- Whenthetotalnumberofcharactersinthe filenameexceeds100orif1 filenameina directoryexceeds100characters,allfiles willshowashortened8-characterversion. Theimagewillstillbedisplayedwhen selected.

REARVIEWMONITOR(modelswith navigationsystem)

Whentheselector/shiftleverisshiftedintotheR (Reverse)position,themonitordisplayshows viewtotherearofthevehicle.

Thesystemisdesignedasanaidtothedriverin detectinglargestationaryobjectstohelpavoid damagingthevehicle. Thesystemwillnotdetect smallobjectsbelowthebumperandmaynot detectobjectsclosetothebumperoronthe ground.

WARNING

• Therearviewcameraisaconveniencebutilitisnotasubstitutefor properbackingup.Alwaysturnand checkthatitissafetodosobefore backingup.Alwaysbackupslowly.
• ObjectsviewedintheRearView Monitordifferfromactualdistance becauseawide-anglelensisused. ObjectsintheRearViewMonitor willappearvisuallyoppositelike onesviewedintheinsideandoutsidemirrors.
• Makesurethatthetrunkissecurely closedwhenbackingup.
  •Underneaththebumperandthe cornerareasofthebumpercannot beviewedontheRearViewmonitor

becauseofitsmonitoringrange limitation.

• Donotputanythingontherearview camera.Therearviewcamerais installedabovethelicenseplate.
• When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, besurenotto sprayitaround the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, malfunction, fireor an electric shock.
• Donotstrikethecamera.Itisa precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunctionorcausedamage resultinginafireoranelectric shock.

CAUTION

Thereisaplasticcoveroverthecamera. Donotscratchthecoverwhencleaning dirtorsnowfromthecover.

①②③④ ⑤ ⑥ A SAA1896

HOWTOREADDISPLAYEDLINES

Guidinglineswhichindicatethevehiclewidth anddistancestoobjectswithreferencetothe bumperline Ⓐ aredisplayedonthemonitor.

Distanceguidelines:

Indicated distances from the bumper.

●Redline ①:approx.1.5ft(0.5m)
●Yellowline ②:approx.3ft(1m)
●Greenline ③:approx.7ft(2m)
●Greenline ④:approx.10ft(3m)

Vehiclewidthguidelines ⑤ :

Indicatethevehiclewidthwhenbackingup.

Predictedcourselines ⑥ :

Indicatethepredictedcoursewhenbackingup. Thepredictedcourselineswillbedisplayedon themonitorwhentheselector/shiftleverisinthe R(Reverse)positionandthesteeringwheelis turned. Thepredictedcourselineswillmove dependingonhowmuchthesteeringwheelis turnedandwillnotbedisplayedwhilethe steeringwheelisintheneutralposition.

HOWTOPARKWITHPREDICTED COURSELINES

WARNING

• Alwaysturnandcheckthatitissafe toparkyourcarbeforebackingup. Alwaysbackupslowly.
• Usethedisplayedlinesasareference. Thelinesarehighlyaffected bythenumberofoccupants, fuel level, vehicleposition, roadconditionandroadgrade.
• Ifthetiresarereplacedwithdiffer-entsizedtires, thepredictedcourse linemaynotbedisplayedcorrectly.
• Onasnow-coveredorslipperyroad, theremaybeadifferencebetween thepredictedcourselineandthe

actualcourseline.

• If predicted courselines are displayed incorrectly, drivethe vehicle on a straight road for 110yd (100m) at as speed of above 20MPH (30 km/h).
• The displayed lines will appear slightly off to other right because the rearview camera is not installed in therearcenter of the vehicle.
• Thedistanceguidelineandthe vehiclewidthguidelineshouldbe usedasareferenceonlywhenthe vehicleisonalevelpavedsurface. Thedistanceviewedonthemonitor isforreferenceonlyandmaybe differentthantheactualdistance betweenthevehicleanddisplayed objects.
• Whenbackingupthevehicleupa hill,objectsviewedinthemonitor arefurtherthantheyappear.When backingupthevehicledownahill, objectsviewedinthemonitorare closerthantheyappear.Use the insidemirrororglanceoveryour shouldertoproperlyjudgedistancetootherobjects.

The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

Diagram showing a car under two different scenarios: top-down view of a curved road with a traffic light source, bottom-down view of a single car on a ramp, both without any text or symbols.

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.
2. Therearviewofthevehicleisdisplayedon thescreen Ⓐ asillustratedwhenthe selector/shiftleverismovedtotheR (Reverse)position.

B C D B C SAA1898

1. Slowly backup the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines ⑧ enter the parkingspace ⑨.

2. Maneuverthesteeringwheeltomakethe vehiclewidthguidelines ⑭ paralleltothe parkingspace ⑤ whilereferringtothe predictedcourselines.

3. Whenthevehicleisparkedinthespace completely, movetheselector/shiftleverto theP(Park)positionandapplytheparking brake.

DIFFERENCEBETWEENPREDICTED ANDACTUALDISTANCES

The distance guideline and the vehicle width guidelines should be used as reference only when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different from the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

4-20 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

A B SAA1899

Backinguponasteepuphill

Whenbackingupthevehicleupahill,the distanceguidelinesandthevehiclewidthguide linesareshowncloserthantheactualdistance.

Forexample, the display shows 3ft (1.0m) to the place Ⓐ, but the actual 3ft (1.0m)

distanceonthehillistheplace Ⓑ .Notethat

anyobjectonthehillisfurtherthanitappearson themonitor.

A B SAA1900

Backinguponasteepdownhill

Whenbackingupthevehicledownahill,the distanceguidelinesandthevehiclewidthguide linesareshownfurtherthantheactualdistance.

Forexample, the display shows 3ft(1.0m) to the place Ⓐ, but the actual 3ft(1.0m)

distanceonthehillistheplace Ⓑ .Notethat

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-21

anyobjectonthehilliscloserthanitappearson themonitor.

A SAA1923

Backingupnearaprojectingobject

Thepredictedcourselines ① donottouchthe objectinthedisplay. However, the vehicle may hit the object if project so over the actual backing up course.

C B A C A B SAA1924

Backingupbehindaprojectingobject

Theposition Ⓐ is shown further than the position Ⓑ in the display. However, the position Ⓐ is actually at the same distance astheposition Ⓐ . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position the object project so over the actual backing up

4-22 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

course.

HOWTOADJUSTSCREEN

ToadjusttheDisplayON/OFF,Brightness,Tint,Color,ContrastandBlackLeveloftheRearView monitor,pushtheSETTINGbuttonwiththe RearViewmonitoron,selectthe"Display"keyon thescreenandselecttheitemkeyandadjust thelevelusingthemulti-functioncontroller.

DonotadjusttheBrightness, Tint, Color, ContrastandBlackLeveloftheRearView monitorwhilethevehicleismoving. Makesure theparkingbrakeisfirmlyappliedandthe engineisnotrunning.

Thedisplayofthepredictedcourselinescanbe settoONorOFF.Fordetails,see"CAMERA settings"(P.4-16).

OPERATINGTIPS

• Whentheselector/shiftleverisshifted to the R(Reverse) position, themonitorscreen automaticallychangestothe RearView monitormode.

• It may take sometime until the Rear View monitor is displayed after the selector or shift lever has been shifted to R from another position or another position from "R". Objects may be distorted momentarily until the Rear View monitors screen is displayed completely.

• Whenthetemperatureisextremelyhighor low,thescreenmaynotclearlydisplay objects. Thisisnotamalfunction.

• When strong light directly enter the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. This is not a malfunction.
• Verticallinesmaybeseeninobjectsonthe screen. Thisisduetostrongreflectedlight fromthebumper. Thisisnotamalfunction.
• Thescreenmayflickerunderfluorescent light. This is not a malfunction.
• ThecolorsofobjectsontheRearView monitormaydiffersomewhatfromthoseof theactualobject.
• Objectsonthemonitormaynotbeclearina darkplaceor atnight. This isnota malfunction.
• Ifdirt, rainorsnowattachestothecamera, theRearViewmonitormaynotclearlydisplay objects.Cleanthecamera.
• Donotusealcohol, benzineorthinnerto cleanthecamera. This will cause discoloration. Tocleanthecamera, wipewithacloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipewithadrycloth.
• Donotdamagethecameraasthemonitor screenmaybeadverselyaffected.
• Donotusewaxonthecamerawindow. Wipeoffany waxwith acleancloth

dampenedwithmilddetergentdilutedwith water.

VENTILATORSHEATERANDAIRCONDITIONER

Diagram of a rectangular object with internal arrows and a central circle, no readable text or symbols present.

CENTERVENTILATORS

Openorclose, and adjust the airflow direction of ventilators.

SAA2288

SIDEVENTILATORS

Openorclose, and adjust the airflow direction of ventilators as illustrated.

WARNING

•The airconditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running.
- Donotleavechildrenoradultswho wouldnormallyrequirethesupport ofothersaloneinyourvehicle.Pets shouldnotbeleftaloneeither.On hot,sunnydays,temperaturesina closedvehiclecouldquicklybecome highenoughtocausesevereor possiblyfatalinjuriestopeopleor animals.
- Donotusetherecirculationmode forlongperiodsasitmaycausethe interiorairtobecomestaleandthe windowstofogup.

Starttheengineandoperatetheheaterandair conditionersystem.

4-24 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Status ► Audio OFF 75°F AUTO SAA2493

Forthemodelswithnavigationsystem, pushthe "STATUS" button to display the heater and air conditioner status screen. (See "Howtouse STATUSbutton" (P.4-7).)

1 PUSH A/C AUTO OFF + 4 2 75 TEMP PUSH 60 90 5 3 PUSH AUTO 6 SAA2277

1."fanscedcontroldial

1. Temperaturecontroldial*

*Thedisplayofdegrees:

"60-75-90"isusedfor°F(US).

"18-25-32" is used for C(Canada).

3.Airflowcontroldial

4."A/C"airconditionerbutton

5.Intakeaircontrolbutton("

"airrecirculation)

"outsideairand

1. " rearwindowdefrosterbutton(See"Rear windowdefrosterswitch"(P.2-31).)

AUTOMATICAIRCONDITIONER(Type A)

Inyourvehicle,theairconditionersystem isdesignedtoautomaticallyactivatethe coolingfunctionwhenoperatingtheir flowcontroldial,the" "fanspeed controldialorthe" "intakeair controlbutton.(Theindicatorlightonthe "A/C"buttonwillilluminate.)Pushthe "A/C"buttonoffwhenthecoolingfunction isnotnecessary.

Automaticoperation

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO):

Thismodemaybeusedallyearround. The systemworksautomaticallytocontroltheinside temperature,airflowdistributionandfanspeed afterthepreferredtemperatureissetmanually.

1.Turnthe "fanspeedcontroldialandair flowcontroldialtothe"AUTO"position.The airconditionerwillautomaticallyturnon. (The"A/C"buttonindicatorlightilluminates.)

1. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtosetthe desiredtemperature.

- Thetemperature can be set within the following range. - For U.S.: 60 to 90 °F (16 to 32 °C) - For Canada: 64 to 90 °F (18 to 32 °C)

- Thetemperatureofthepassengercompartmentwillbemaintainedautomatically.Air flowdistributionandfanspeedarealso controlledautomatically.

Avisiblemistmaybeseencomingfromthe ventilatorsinhot,humidconditionsastheairis cooledrapidly.Thisdoesnotindicateamal-function.

Heating(A/COFF):

Theairconditionerdoesnotactivate.Whenyou needtoheatonly,usethismode.

1. Turnthe" "fanspeedcontroldialandair flowcontroldialtothe"AUTO"position. (Theairconditionerwillturnon.)

2. Push the "A/C" button to turn off the air conditioner. (The "A/C" button indicator light will turn off.)

3. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtosetthe desiredtemperature.

4. Thetemperatureofthepassengercompartmentwillbemaintainedautomatically.Airflowdistributionandfanspeed arealsocontrolledautomatically.

5. Donotsetthetemperaturelowerthanthe outsideairtemperature. Otherwisethe systemmaynotworkproperly.
6. Notrecommendedifwindowsfogup.

Dehumidifieddefrostingordefogging:

1. Turnthe" "fanspeedcontroldialtothe desiredposition.
   2.Turntheairflowcontroldialto the" position.
2. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtosetthe desiredtemperature.

- Toquicklyremoveicefromtheoutsideof thewindows,turnthe" "fanspeed controldialtothemaximumposition.

- As soon as possible after the windshield is clean, turn the airflow control dial to

the "AUTO" position to return to the auto mode.

- Whentheairflowcontroldialisturned to the “” or “” position, the air conditioner will automatically be turned onatoutsidetemperatures above 23°F (-5°C) todefogthewindshield, and the air recirculationmode will automatically be turned off.

Outsideairisdrawnintothepassenger compartment toimprovethe defogging performance.

Manualoperation

Fanspeedcontrol:

Turnthe" * "fanspeedcontroldialclockwise (+)orcounterclockwise(-)tomanuallycontrol thefanspeed.

Turnthedialtothe "AUTO" positiontoreturnto automaticcontrolofthefanspeed.

Airrecirculation:

Pushthe" "intakeaircontrolbutton to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The indicator light on the " sidewill come on.

Theairrecirculationmodecannotbeactivated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode".

4-26 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Outsideaircirculation:

Pushthe" "intakeaircontrolbutton to drawoutsideairintothepassengercompartment. The indicatorlightonthe" "sidewill comeon.

Automaticintakeaircontrol:

IntheAUTOmode,theintakeairwillbe controlledautomatically.Tomanuallycontrol theintakeair,pushthe" "intakeair controlbutton.Toreturntotheautomaticcontrol mode,pushthe" "intakeaircontrol buttonforapproximately2seconds.Theindicatorlights(bothairrecirculationandoutsideair circulationsides)willflashtwice,andthenthe intakeairwillbecontrolledautomatically.

Airflowcontrol:

Turningtheairflowcontroldialselectstheair outletto:

:Airflowsfromcenterandsideventilators.
:Airflowsfromcenterandsideventilators andfootoutlets.
:Airflowsmainlyfromfootoutlets.
:Airflowsfromdefrosterandfootoutlets.
:Airflowsmainlyfromdefrosteroutlets.

Toturnthesystemoff

Turnthe"farspeedcontroldialtothe

"OFF"position.

1 PUSH O A/C 2 3 4 5 6 7 PUSH • MODE OFF PUSH • AUTO SAA2876

TypeB

1."A/C"airconditionerON/OFFbutton/"fan speedcontroldial
2. "frontdefrosterbutton
3. "C"intakeaircontrolbutton
4."AUTO"automaticairconditionerONbutton/Temperaturecontroldial
5. " rearwindowdefrosterbutton(See"Rear windowdefrosterswitch"(P.2-31).)
6."MODE"manualairflowcontrolbutton
7."OFF"button

AUTOMATICAIRCONDITIONER(Type B)

Automaticoperation

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO):

Thismodemaybeusedallyearround. The systemworksautomaticallytocontroltheinside temperature,airflowdistributionandfanspeed afterthepreferredtemperatureissetmanually.

1. Push the "AUTO" button on. (The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed.)

2. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtosetthe desiredtemperature.

3. Thetemperaturecanbesetwithinthe followingrange.

—ForU.S.:60to90°F(16to32°C)

—ForCanada:64to90°F(18to32°C)

- Thetemperatureofthepassengercompartmentwillbemaintainedautomatically.Air flowdistributionandfanspeedwillalsobe controlledautomatically.

Avisiblemistmaybeseencomingfromthe ventilatorsinhot,humidconditionsastheairis cooledrapidly.Thisdoesnotindicateamal-function.

Heating(A/COFF):

The air conditioner does not activate in this mode. When you need to eat only, use this mode.

1. Push the "AUTO" button on.
2. Push the "A/C" button. (The A/C indicator will turn off.)
3. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtosetthe desiredtemperature.
4. Thetemperatureofthepassengercompartmentwillbemaintainedautomatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

4-28 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

• Donotsetthetemperaturelowerthanthe outsideairtemperature. Otherwisethe systemmaynotworkproperly.
• Notrecommendedifwindowsfogup.

Dehumidifieddefrostingordefogging:

1. Pushthe "frontdefrosterbutton.(The indicatorlightonthebuttonwillcomeon.)
2. Turnthetemperaturecontroldialtosetthe desiredtemperature.
3. To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows, turn the " fanspeed control dialand set it to them a maximum position.
4. As soon as possible after the windshield is clean, push the "AUTO" button to return to the automode.
5. Whenthe" "frontdefrosterbuttonis pushed, the airconditioner will automatically be turned on at outsidetemperatures above 23^(-5^) to defog the windshield, and the air recirculatemodewill automatically be turned off. Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance.

Manualoperation

Fanspeedcontrol:

Turnthe" "fanspeedcontroldialto manuallycontrolthefanspeed.

Pushthe"AUTO"buttontoreturntoautomatic controlofthefanspeed.

Airrecirculation:

Pushthe" "intakeaircontrolbutton to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The indicatorlight" "willcomeon.

Theairrecirculationmodecannotbeactivated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode".

Outsideaircirculation:

Pushthe "intakeaircontrolbutton to changetheaircirculationfromtheintakeairto theoutsideair.Theindicatorlight" willturn off.

Automaticairintakecontrol:

IntheAUTOmode,theintakeairwillbe controlledautomatically.Tomanuallycontrol theintakeair,pushthe" "intakeaircontrol button.Toreturntotheautomaticcontrolmode, push the" "intake aircontrolbutton for approximately2seconds.Theindicator lights willflashtwice,andthentheintakeairwillbe controlledautomatically.

Airflowcontrol:

Pushingthe"MODE" manualairflow control buttonselectstheairoutletto:

Airflowsfromcenterandsideventilators.

Airflowsfromcenterandsideventilators andfootoutlets.

Airflowsmainlyfromfootoutlets.

Airflowsfromdefrosterandfootoutlets.

Toturnthesystemoff

Pushthe"OFF"button.

A SAA2324

OPERATINGTIPS

Whentheenginecoolanttemperature and outsideairtemperaturearelow, the airflow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds. This is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warmsup, air will flown normally from the foot outlets.

Thesensors and ontheinstrument panelhelpsmaintainaconstanttemperature.Do notputanythingonoraroundthissensor.

IN-CABINMICROFILTER

The airconditioningsystemisequipped with an in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen, dust, etc. Tomakesure the air conditioner heats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter in accordance with themaintenance schedule in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide. Tore placethe filter, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Thefiltershouldbereplacedifairflowis extremelydecreasedorwhenwindowsfog upeasilywhenoperatingheaterorair conditioningsystem.

SERVICINGAIRCONDITIONER

The airconditioningsysteminyourNISSANis chargedwitharefrigerantdesignedwiththe environmentinmind.Thisrefrigerantwillnot

harmtheearth'sozonelayer. However, specialchargingequipmentandlubricantare requiredwhenservicingyourNISSANairconditioner. Usingimproperrefrigerantsorlubricantswillcauseseveredamagetoyourair conditioningsystem.(See "Capacitiesand recommendedfuel/lubricants"(P.9-2)forair conditioningsystemrefrigerantandlubricant recommendations.)

YourNISSANdealerwillbeabletoserviceyour environmentallyfriendlyairconditioningsystem.

WARNING

Thesystemcontainsrefrigerantunder highpressure.Toavoidpersonalinjury, anyairconditionerservicesshouldbe doneonlybyanexperiencedtechnician withtheproperequipment.

Interior view of a car dashboard and steering wheel (no text or symbols visible)

4-30 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

AUDIOSYSTEM

AUDIOOPERATIONPRECAUTIONS

Radio

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON positionandpushtheradiobandselectbutton toturnotheradio.Ifyoulistentotheradiowith theenginenotrunning,theignitionswitch shouldbepushedtotheACCposition.

Radioreceptionisaffectedbystationsignal strength,distancefromradiotransmitter,buildings,bridges,mountainsandotherexternal influences.Intermittentchangesinreception qualitynormallyarecausedbytheseexternal influences.

Usingacellularphoneinornearthe vehiclemayinfluenceradioreception quality.

Radioreception:

YourNISSANradiosystemisequipped with state-of-the-artelectroniccircuitstoenhance radioreception. These circuits are designed to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

Howevertherearesomegeneralcharacteristics of both FM and AM radiosignal that can affect radioreception quality in an moving vehicle, even when the finest equipment is used. These characteristics are completely normal in given reception area, and donotindicate anymal-

functioninyourNISSANradiosystem.

Receptionconditionswillconstantlychange becauseofvehiclemovement.Buildings,terrain, signaldistanceandinterferencefromother vehiclescanworkagainstidealreception. Describedbelowaresomeofthefactorthat canaffectyourradioreception.

Somecellularphonesorotherdevicesmay causeinterferenceorabuzzingnoisetocome fromtheaudiosystemspeakers.Storingthe deviceinadifferentlocationmayreduceor eliminatethenoise.

MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES • FM 25 to 30 miles (40 to 48 km) • AM 60 to 130 miles (97 to 209 km) SAA0306

FMradioreception:

Range:FMrangeisnormallylimitedto25to30 miles(40to48km),withmonaural(single channel)FMhavingslightlymorerangethan stereoFM.Externalinfluencesmaysometimes interferewithFMstationreceptionevenifthe FMstationiswithin25miles(40km).The strengthoftheFMsignalisdirectlyrelatedtothe distancebetweenthetransmitterandreceiver. FMsignalsfollowaline-of-sightpath,exhibiting manyofthesamecharacteristicsaslight.For exampletheywillreflectoffobjects.

Fadeanddrift: As your vehicle moves away from astation transmitter, the signals will tend to fade and ordrift.

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-31

Staticandflutter: Duringsignalinterference from buildings, largehillsorduetoantennaposition, usually in conjunction within increased distance from the station transmitter, staticor flutter can be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the treblesetting to reduce the trebler response.

Multipathreception: Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected signals reach there receiver at the same time. The signals may cancel each other, resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AMradioreception:

AMsignals, because of their low frequency, can bendaround objects and skip along the ground. In addition, the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of these characteristics. AMsignals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmittentoreceiver.

Fading: Occurswhilethevehicleispassing throughfreewayunderpassesorinareaswith manytallbuildings.Itcanalsooccurforseveral secondsduringionosphericurbulenceevenin areaswherenoobstaclesexist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical powerlines, electricsignsandeventrafficlights.

Satelliteradioreception(ifsoequipped):

Whenthesatelliteradioisusedforthefirsttime orthebatteryhasbeenreplaced,thesatellite radiomaynotworkproperly. Thisisnota malfunction.Waitmorethan10minuteswiththe satelliteradioONandthevehicleoutsideofany metalorlargebuildingforthesatelliteradioto receiveallofthenecessarydata.

ThesatelliteradiomoderequiresanactiveXM SatelliteRadiosubscription.Thesatelliteradiois notavailableinAlaska,HawaiiandGuam.

Thesatelliteradioperformancemaybeaffected ifcargocarriedontheroofblocksthesatellite radiosignal.

If possible, donotputcargonearthesatellite antenna.

Abuildupoficeonthesatelliteradioantenna canaffectsatelliteradioperformance.Remove theicetorestoresatelliteradioreception.

®

COMPACT DISC DIGITAL AUDIO SAA0480

CompactDisc(CD)player

• DonotforceacompactdiscintotheCD insertslot.ThiscoulddamagetheCDand/orCDchanger/player.

• Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and/or CD changer.

• Duringcoldweatherorrainydays,theplayer maymalfunctionduetothehumidity.Ifthis occurs,removetheCDanddehumidifyor ventilatetheplayercompletely.
  ●Theplayermayskipwhiledrivingonrough roads.

• The CD players sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decreasethetemperature before use.
• Onlyusehighquality4.7in(12cm)round discsthathavethe"COMPACTdiscDIGITALAUDIO"logoonthediscorpackaging.
• DonotexposetheCDtodirectsunlight.
• CDsthatarefpoorquality, dirty, scratched, coveredwithfingerprints, orthathavepin holesmaynotworkproperly.
  ●ThefollowingCDsmaynotworkproperly:
  —Copycontrolcompactdiscs(CCCD)
  —Recordablecompactdiscs(CD-R)
  —Rewritablecompactdiscs(CD-RW)
• DonotusethefollowingCDsastheymay causetheCDplayertomalfunction.
  -3.1in(8cm)discs
  —CDsthatarenotround
  —CDswithapaperlabel
  —CDsthatarewarped, scratched, or have abnormaledges

- Thisaudiosystemcanonlyplayprerecorded CDs.Ithasnocapabilitiestorecordorburn CDs.

- If the CD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed. CHECKDISC:

—ConfirmthattheCDisinsertedcorrectly (thelabelsideisfacingup,etc.).
—ConfirmthattheCDisnotbentor warpedanditisfreeofscratches. PUSHEJECT:

Thisisanerrorduetothetemperatureinside theplayeristoohigh.RemovetheCDby pushingtheEJECTbutton,andafterashort timereinserttheCD.TheCDcanbeplayed whenthetemperatureoftheplayerreturns tonormal.

UNPLAYABLE:

Thefileisunplayableinthisaudiosystem (onlyMP3orWMACD).

A B LHA0484

DVD(DigitalVersatileDisc)player (modelswithnavigationsystem)

• DonotforceacompactdiscintotheCD/DVDinsertslot.ThiscoulddamagetheCD/DVDplayer.
  ●Duringcoldweatherorrainydays,theplayer maymalfunctionduetohumidity.Ifthis occurs,removetheCD/DVDanddehumidify

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

orventilatetheplayercompletely.

●Theplayermayskipwhiledrivingonrough roads.
●The CD/DVD players sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decreases the temperature before use.
- Onlyusehighquality4.7in(12cm)round discsthathavethe"COMPACTdiscDIGITALAUDIO"or"DVDVideo"logoonthe discorpackaging.
- DonotexposetheCD/DVDtodirect sunlight.
- CD/DVDsthatareofpoorquality, dirty, scratched, coveredwithfingerprints, orthat havepinholesmaynotworkproperly.
- The following CD/DVDs are not guaranteed to play: - Copy control compact discs (CCCD) - Recordable compact discs (CD-R) - Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) - Recordable DVDs (DVD ± R, DVD ± RDL) - Rewritable DVDs (DVD ± RW, DVD ± RW DL)
- DonotusethefollowingCD/DVDsasthey maycausetheCD/DVDplayertomalfunction.

-3.1in(8cm)discs
—CD/DVDsthatarenotround
—CD/DVDswithapaperlabel
—CD/DVDsthatarewarped, scratched or haveabnormaledges
—Thisaudiosystemcanonlyplaypre-recordedCD/DVDs.Ithasnocapabilities torecordorburnCD/DVDs.

- If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed.

DiscReadError:

—ConfirmthattheCD/DVDisinserted correctly(thelabelsideisfacingup, etc.).
—ConfirmthattheCD/DVDisnotbentor warpedanditisfreeofscratches.

PleaseEjectDisc:

—This maybe an error dueto the temperature insidethe player being too high. Removethe CD/DVD bypassing the EJECT button, and after a short time reinsert the CD/DVD. The CD/DVD can be played when the temperature of the player returnstonormal. If the error persists, consult your local dealership.
UnplayableFile:
—Thefilemaybecopyprotected.

—ThefileisnotMP3, WMA, AAC, M4Aor DivX® type.
RegionInvalid:
—TheDVDisnotforregion1orallregions. UseDVDswitharegioncode“1”, “ALL” or “1included”foryourDVDentertainmentsystem. (The regioncode ① is displayedasasmallsymbolprintedon thetopoftheDVD ②.)Thisvehicle-installedDVDplayercannotplayDVDs witharegioncodeotherthan“1” or “ALL”.

Copyrightandtrademark:

• ThetechnologyprotectedbytheU.S.patent andotherintellectualpropertyrightsowned byMacrovisionCorporationandotherright holdersisadoptedforthissystem.
• Thiscopyrightprotectedtechnologycannot beusedwithoutapermitfromMacrovision Corporation.Itislimitedtobepersonaluse, etc.,aslongasthepermitfromMacrovision Corporationisnotissued.
• Modifyingordisassemblingisprohibited.
  ●Dolbydigitalismanufacturedunderlicense from DolbyLaboratories, Inc.
• Dolby and the double D mark "DIGITAL" are trademarksofDolbyLaboratories,Inc.

- DTSandDTS2.0"areregistered trademarksofDTS,Inc.

Parentallevel(parentalcontrol):

DVDswiththeparentalcontrolsettingcanbe playedwiththissystem.Pleaseuseyourown judgementtosettheparentalcontrolwiththe system.

Discselection:

The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive.

•DVD-VIDEO
•VIDEO-CD
- CD-DA(ConventionalCompactDisc)
•DTS-CD

USB(UniversalSerialBus)(modelswith navigationsystem)

This systems supports various USB memory sticks, USB hard drives and iPod ^ players. There are some USB devices which may not be supported with this system.

• MakesurethattheUSBdeviceisconnected correctlyintotheUSBconnector.

• DonotforcethememorystickorUSBcable intotheUSBconnector. This could damage the connector.

• Duringcoldweatherorrainydays,theplayer maymalfunctionduetohumidity.Ifthis occurs,removetheUSBdeviceanddehumidifyorventilatetheUSBplayercompletely.

• The USB players sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decreasethetemperature before use.
• DonotleaveUSBmemoryinaplaceprone tostaticelectricityorwheretheairconditionerblowsdirectly.ThedataintheUSB memorymaybedamaged.
• The vehicle is not equipped with a USB memorystick.
• AUSBdevice cannot be formatted with this system. To format a USB device, use a personal computer.
• PartitionedUSBdevicesmaynotbeplayed correctly.
• Somecharactersusedinotherlanguages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed properly on the vehicle centers screen. Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended.
• DonotconnectaUSBdeviceifaconnector or cable is wet. Allow the cable and/or connectorstodrycompletelybeforeconnectingtheUSBdevice.Iftheconnectoris

exposedtofluidsotherthanwater,evaporativeresiduemaycauseashortbetweenthe connectorpins.

• Large video podcast files cause slow responsesinaniPod ^® .Thevehiclecenter displaymaymomentarilyblackout,butitwill soonrecover.
  -IfaniPod® automaticallyselectslargevideo podcastfileswhileintheshufflemode,the vehiclecenterdisplay maymomentarily blackout,butitwillsoonrecover.
  ●Audiobooksmaynotplayinthesameorder astheyappearonaniPod ^® .
• AniPodnano ^® (1stGeneration) may remain infastforwardorrewind modeifitis connected during a seek operation. In this case, pleasemanually reset theiPod ^® .
• AniPodnano ^® (2ndGeneration) will continue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation.
• Anincorrectsongtitlemayappearwhenthe PlayModeischangedwhileusingtheiPod nano® (2ndGeneration)

iPod ^® isattrademarkofAppleInc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

CompressedAudioFiles(MP3/WMA/AAC)

Explanationofterms:

• MP3—MP3isshortforMovingPictures ExpertsGroupAudioLayer3.MP3isthe mostwellknowncompresseddigitalaudio fileformat.Thisformatallowsfornear"CD quality"sound,butatafractionofthesize of normalaudiofiles.MP3conversionofan audiotrackcanreducethefilesizeby approximatelya 10:1 ratio(Sampling:44.1 kHz,Bitrate:128kbps)withvirtuallyno perceptiblelossinquality.Thecompression reducescertainpartsofsoundthatseem inaudibletomostpeople.
• WMA—WindowsMediaAudio(WMA)isa compressedaudioformatcreatedbyMicrosoftasanalternativetoMP3.TheWMA codeoffersgreaterfilecompressionthan theMP3codec,enablingstorageofmore digitalaudiotracksinthesameamountof spacewhencomparedtoMP3satthesame levelofquality.

• AAC/M4A—AdvancedAudioCoding (AAC)isalossyaudiocompressionformat. Audiofilesthathavebeenencodedwith AACaregenerallysmallerinsizeanddeliver ahigherqualityofsoundthanMP3.

• Bitrate—Bitratedenotesthenumberof bitspersecondusedbyadigitalmusicfile. Thesizeandqualityofacompresseddigital audiofileisdeterminedbythebitrateused whenencodingthefile.

• Samplingfrequency—Samplingfrequency istherateatwhichthesamplesofasignal areconvertedfromanalogtodigital(A/D conversion)persecond.
• Multisession—Multisessionisoneofthe methodsforwritingdatatomedia.Writing dataoncetothemediaiscaledasinglesession,andwritingmorethanonceis calledamultisession.
• ID3/WMATag—TheID3/WMAtagisthe partoftheencodedMP3orWMAfilethat containsinformationaboutthedigitalmusic filesuchassongtitle,artist,albumtitle, encodingbitrate,tracktimeduration,etc. ID3taginformationisdisplayonthe Album/Artist/Tracktitlelineonthedisplay.

*Windows ^® and WindowsMedia ^® areregisteredtrademarksorttrademarksofMicrosoft CorporationintheUnitedStatesofAmerica and/orothercountries.

• Thefoldernamesoffoldersnotcontaining compressedaudiofilesarenotshowninthe display.

• If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB, "RootFolder" is displayed.

• The playbackorderistheorderinwhichthe fileswerewrittenbythewritingsoftware,so thefilesmightnotplayinthedesiredorder.
  ●Music playback order of compressed audio files as illustrated.

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-37

Specificationchart:

SupportedmediaCD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD-ROM*5,DVD±			R*5,DVD±RW*5,DVD±RDL*5,USB2.0
Supportedfilesystems			CD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD-ROM*5,DVD±R*5,DVD±RW*5,DVD±RDL*5:ISO9660LEVEL1,ISO9660 LEVEL2,Romeo,Joliet*ISO9660Level3(packetwriting)isnotsupported.*FilessavedusingtheLiveFileSystemcomponent(onaWindowsVista-basedcomputer)arenotsupported.UDFBridge(UDF1.02+ISO9660),UDF1.5,UDF2.0*VDF1.5/VDF2.0(packetwriting)isnotsupported.
			USBmemory:FAT16,FAT32
Supported versions*1	MP3	VersionMPEG1AudioLayer3
		Samplingfrequency8kHz-48kHz
		Bitrate8kbps-320kbps,VBR*4
	WMA*2	VersionWMA7,WMA8,WMA9
		Samplingfrequency32kHz-48kHz
		Bitrate32kbps-192kbps,VBR(Ver.9)*4
	AAC*5	VersionMPEG-AAC
		Samplingfrequency8kHz-96kHz
		Bitrate16kbps-320kbps,VBR*4
Taginformation(SongtitleandArtistname)			ID3tagVER1.0,VER1.1,VER2.2,VER2.3,VER2.4(MP3only)
			WMAtag(WMAonly)
Folderlevels			Withnavigationsystem:Folderlevels:8,Folders:255(includingrootfolder),Files:512(Max.255filesforonefolder)Withoutnavigationsystem:Folderlevels:8,Foldersandfiles:999(Max.255filesforonefolder)
Textcharacternumberlimitation			Withnavigationsystem:100charactersWithoutnavigationsystem:64characters
Displayablecharactercodes*3			01:ASCII,02:ISO-8859-1,03:UNICODE(UTF-16BOMBigEndian),04:UNICODE(UTF-16Non-BOMBig Endian),05:UNICODE(UTF-8),06:UNICODE(Non-UTF-16BOMLittleEndian),07:SHIFT-JIS

*1 Filescreatedwithacombinationof48kHzsamplingfrequencyand64kbpsbitratecannotbeplayed.

4-38 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

*2ProtectedWMAfiles(DRM)cannotbeplayed.
*3Availablecodesdependonwhatkindofmedia,versionsandinformationaregoingtobedisplayed.
*4WhenVBRfilesareplayed,theplaybacktimemaynotbedisplayedcorrectly.
*5Modelswithnavigationsystem

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-39

Troubleshootingguide:

SymptomCauseandCount	intermeasure
Cannotplay	CheckifthediscorUSBdevicewasinsertedcorrectly.
	Checkifthediscisscratchedordirty.
	Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.
	Ifthereisatemperatureincreaseerror,theplayerwillplaycorrectlyafteritreturnstothenormaltemperature.
	If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will beplayed.
	Files with extensions other than ".MP3 (.mp3)", ".WMA (.wma)", ".AAC (.aac)", ".M4A (.m4a)", or ".AA3 (.aa3)" cannot be played. In addition,thecharactercodesandnumberofcharactersforfoldernamesandfilenamesshouldbeincompliancewiththe specifications.
	Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressedaudiowritingapplicationsorothertexteditingapplications.
	Checkifthefinalizationprocess,suchassessioncloseanddiscclose,isdoneforthedisc.
	CheckifthediscorUSBdeviceisprotectedbycopyright.
PoorsoundqualityCheckifthediscisscratchedordirty.
Ittakesarelativelylongtimebefore themusicstartsplaying.	If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.
Musiccutsofforskips	The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not matchthespecifications.Tryusingtheslowestwritingspeed.
SkippingwithhighbitratefilesSkippingmayoccurwithlargequantitiesofdata,suchasforhighbitratedata.
Moveimmediatelytothenextsong whenplaying.	If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection,theplayerwillskiptothenextsong.
Thesongsdonot playbackinthe desiredorder.	The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.
	Random/ShufflemaybeactiveontheaudiosystemoronaUSBdevice.

4-40 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

CompressedVideoFiles(modelswith navigationsystem)

Explanationofterms:

• DivX ^ -DivX ^ referstotheDivX ^ codec ownedbyDivX,Inc.usedforalossy compressionofvideobasedonMPEG-4.
  ●AVI-AVIsstandsforAudioVideoInterleave. Itisastandardfileformatororiginated by MicrosoftCorporation.A".divx"encodedfile canbesavedintothe".avi"fileformat for playbackonthissystemifmeetsthe requirementsstatedinthetableinthis section. However, notallthe".avi"filesare playableonthissystemsincedifferent encodingscanbeusedthantheDivX codec.
• ASF-ASFstandsforAdvancedSystems Format.ItisafleformatownedbyMicrosoft Corporation. Note:Only".asf"filesthatmeet therequirementsstatedinthetableinthis sectioncanbeplayed.
• Bitrate—Bitratedenotesthenumberof bitspersecondusedbyadigitalvideofile. Thesizeandqualityofacompresseddigital audiofileisdeterminedbythebitrateused whenencodingthefile.

RequirementforSupportingVideoPlayback:

MediaCD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD,DVD±R,DVD±RW,DVD±RWDL,USB2.0Memory
FileSystemsCD,	CD-R,CD-RW,DVD,DVD±R,DVD±RW,DVD±RWDL	ISO9660LEVEL1,ISO9660LEVEL2,Romeo,Joliet,UDFBridge(UDF1.02+ISO9660),UDF1.5,UDF2.0-ISO9660Level3(packetwriting)isnotsupported.-FilessavedusingtheLiveFileSystemcomponent(onaWindows Vista-basedcomputer)arenotsupported.-VDF1.5/VDF2.0(packetwriting)isnotsupported.
	USBMemory	FAT16,FAT32
File Types	.divx,.avi	Video Codecs	DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6
		AudioCodecs	MP3,MPEG2.5AudioLayer3,AC3,LPCM
	.asf	VideoCodec	ISO-MPEG4
		AudioCodec	G.726
Bit Rates	.divx,.avi	Maximum Average	4Mbps
		MaximumPeak	8Mbps
Resolution	.divx,.avi	Minimum	32 × 32
		Maximum	720 × 480
	.asf	Minimum	32 × 32
		Maximum	720 × 576

Bluetooth® Audioplayer(modelswith navigationsystem)

• SomeBluetooth ^ audiodevicesmaynotbe recognizedbythein-vehicleaudiosystem.
• It is necessary to setup the wireless connection between incompatible Bluetooth® audiodevice and their vehicle Bluetooth® module before using the Blue-

tooth ^® audioplayer.

• Operating procedure of the Bluetooth audioplayer will vary depending on the device. Makes sure it is understood how to operate an audiodevice before using it with this system.
  ●TheBluetooth ^® audioplayer maybe stoppedunderthefollowingconditions:

Center display, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

—Receivingahands-freecall.

—Checkingtheconnectiontothehands-freephone.

- DonotplaceaBluetooth ^ audiodevicein anareasurroundedbymetalorfaraway fromthein-vehicleBluetooth ^ modulo to preventtonequalitydegradationandwirelessconnectiondisruption.

- Whileanaudiodeviceisconnectedthrough aBluetooth ^ wirelessconnection,thebatterypowerofthedevicemaydischarge quickerthanusual.

- This system supports the Bluetooth ^® Audio Distribution Profile(A2DP, AVRCP).

●WirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth® functionssharethesamefrequencyband (2.4GHz).UsingtheBluetooth® andthe wirelessLANfunctionsatthesametimemay slowdownordisconnectthecommunica-tionandcauseundesirednoise.It is recommendedthatyouturnoffthewireless LAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingtheBluetooth® functions.

- Bluetooth ^ isatrademark owned by BluetoothSIG, Inc. and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

Bluetooth

Music Box ^® (if so equipped)

Recording:

• Notethatdatathatislostandnotstoredto theharddriveduetosystemdamage, improperoperationormalfunctionisnot underwarranty.
• Vehicle owners are not permitted to record musicwithoutpermissionoftheownerofthecopyrightexceptforpersonaluse.
• Checkifthemusicisappropriatelyrecorded totheharddriveafterrecordingwhenthe compactdisc cannot bererecorded.
• Somemusic cannot be recorded depending on the discondition duetohigh-speed recording.
• Jumpingsoundsmayberecordedwhena compactdiscisrecordedwhiledrivingon roughroadsandexcessivevibrationoccurs.
• Amarkindicatingjumpingsoundsisdis-playedifjumpingsoundsarerecorded.
• No sounds may be recorded if jumping sounds occurs the discis in poor condition.
• TracksthatincludeSerialCopyManagementSystem(SCMS)arenotrecorded.
• Ifacompactdiscisscratchedordirty, it may not berecorded, jumpingsoundsmayoccur oritmaytakealongtimetorecord.

Automatictitledownload:

• Thetitleinformationthatisautomatically downloadedmaydifferfromtheactualtitle.
• When newly released compact discs are recorded, their title information may not be downloaded.
• Thetitleinformationintheharddrivecanbe updated. (See "Playing recorded songs" (P.4-71).)

1 2 3 FM-AM CD SEEK 4 5 6 7 AUX MENU TUNE 1 RDM VOL RPT 4 2 PWR 5 3 SCAN AU IN 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SAA2742

1.FM·AMradiobandselectbutton
2.CDEJECTbutton
3.CDbutton
4. Stationandpresetselectbuttons
5.Audiodisplay
6.AUX(auxiliary)button
7.MENUbutton

8.SEEK/APS(automaticprogramsearch)FF(fast forward)·APSREW(rewind)button
9.RDM(random)button
10.PWR(power)button/VOL(volume)controlknob
11.SCANtuningbutton
12.AUXINjack
13.RPT(repeat)button

14.TUNE/FF·REWbutton

FM-AMRADIOWITHCOMPACTDISC (CD)PLAYER

Foralloperationprecautions, see "Audiooperation precautions" (P.4-31).

Audiomainoperation

Headunit:

Theautoloudnesscircuitenhancesthelowand highfrequencyrangesautomaticallyinboth radioreceptionandCDplayback.

ON-OFF/Volumecontrol:

PlacetheignitionswitchintheACCorON position, and then push the PWRbutton while the system is of to call up themode (radio, CD or AUX) which was playing immediately before the system was turned off. While the system is on, pushing the PWRbutton turns the system off.

TurntheVOLcontrolknobtoadjustthevolume.

MENU MENUbutton:

PushtheMENUbuttontochangetheselecting modeasfollows.

PushtheTUNEororSEEKor▶▶

▶▶ buttontoadjustBass, Treble, Fadeand

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems 4-43

Balancetothedesiredlevel.Fadeadjuststhe soundlevelbetweenthefrontandrearspeakers and Balanceadjuststhesoundbetweenthe rightandleftspeakers.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level, push the MENU button repeatedly until theradioor CD display reappears (normal mode). Otherwise, theradioor CD display will automatically reappear after approximately 10 seconds.

Clockadjustment:

PushtheMENUbuttonuntiltheCLOCKmode appears. ThenpushtheTUNEorSEEKbutton toselect"CLK-ON" or "CLK-OFF" toturnthe clockonoroff.

"CLK-ON"needstobeselectedbeforeadjustingtheclockdisplay.

1. Push the MENU button.
2. Push the MENU button again. The clock display start to flash.
3. Push the TUNE or SEEK button to adjust the hours.
4. Push the MENU button again. Thedisplay will switch to the minute adjustment mode.

5. Push the TUNE or SEEK button to adjust the minutes.

6. Push the MENU button again to exit the clock mode.

Thedisplaywillreturntotheregularclock displayafter5seconds.

Toresettheminutetozero,holldownthe MENUbuttonandthenpushtheTUNEorSEEK button,thetimewillberesetasfollows.

• Incasethedisplayedminuteisintherange of00-29, thehourwillstaythesame and theminutewillberesetto00.
• Incasethedisplayedminuteisintherange of30-59,thehourwillbeadvancedbyone hourandtheminutewillberesetto00.

Forexample, if the MENU and TUNE buttons are pushed while the time is between "8:00" and "8:29", the display will be reset to "8:00". If pushed while the time is between "8:30" and "8:59", the display will be reset to "9:00". At the sametimethedisplay will return to the previous audiomode.

FM-AMradiooperation

Radio(FM/AM)bandselect:

Pushing the radio band select button will changethebandasfollows:

AM→FM1→FM2→AM

Whentheradiobandselectbuttonispushed whiletheignitionswitchisintheACCorON position,theradiowillcomeonatthestationlast played.

Thelaststationplayedwillalsocomeonwhen thePWRbuttonispushedtoON.

Ifanotheraudiosourceisplayingwhetheradio bandselectbuttonispushed,theaudiosource willautomaticallybeturnedoffandthelastradio stationplayedwillcomeon.

Whenthestereobroadcastsignalisweak, the radiowillautomaticallychangefromstereoto monauralreception.

TUNE(Tuning):

PushtheTUNEbutton tuning.

◀◀ or ▶▶ formanual

SEEKtuning:

PushtheSEEKbutton ◀◀ or ▶▶ totunefrom lowtohighorhightolowfrequenciesandto stopatthenextbroadcastingstation.

4-44 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

SCAN SCANtuning:

PushtheSCANtuningbuttontotunefromlow tohighfrequenciesandstopsateachbroadcastingstationfor5seconds.Pushingthe buttonagainduringthis5secondsperiodwill stopSCANtuningandtheradiowillremain tunedtothatstation.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning movesto then next station.

1 to Stationmemoryoperations:

TwelvestationscanbesetfortheFMband(6 eachforFM1 and FM2)and6stationscanbe setfortheAMband.

1. ChoosetheradiobandAM, FM1 or FM2 usingtheradiobandselectbutton.
2. TunetothedesiredstationusingtheSEEK, SCANorTUNEbutton.
3. Selectthedesiredstationandpushand holdthedesiredstationpresetbuttons1 to 6untilabeepsoundisheard.(Theradio muteswhentheselectbuttonispushed.)
4. Thestationindicatorwillthencomeonand thesoundwillresume.Memorizingisnow complete.
5. Otherbuttonscanbesetinthesame manner.

If the batterycable is disconnected, or if the fuse blows, theradiomemory will be erased. In that case, reset the desired stations.

CompactDisc(CD)playeroperation PlacetheignitionswitchintheACCorON position,andinserttheCDintotheslotwiththe labelsidefacingup.TheCDwillbeguided automaticallyintotheslotandstartplaying.

Afterloadingthedisc,thenumberoftrackson thediscwillappearonthedisplay.

Iftheradioisalreadyoperating, itwillautomaticallyturnoffandtheCDwillplay. IfthesystemhasbeenturnedoffwhiletheCD wasplaying, pushingthePWRbuttonwillstart theCD.

MP3orWMACDsarenotsupportedwiththis CDplayer.IfanMP3orWMACDisinserted intotheslot,thecounterontheaudiodisplay automaticallyadvanceswithoutsound.However thisisaspecificationoftheCDmechanismand notamalfunction.

Donotuse3.1in(8cm)discs.

CD CDPLAY:

When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded and theradioplaying, theradiow will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play.

← TUNE → FF(FastForward), REW(Rewind):

When the ▶▶ or ◀◀ of the TUNE button is pushed while the CD is being played, the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding.

Whenthebuttonisreleased, the CD will return tonormalplayspeed.

SEEK APS(AutomaticProgramSearch)FF, APSREW:

Whenthe ▶▶ oftheSEEKbuttonispushed whiletheCDisbeingplayed,thenextrackor thecurrenttrackontheCD willstarttoplayfrom its beginning. Push several times to skip through tracks. The CD will advance the number of times thebuttonispushed.(Whenthelastrackon the CD is skipped through, the first track will be played.)

Whenthe ◀ buttonis pushed, thetrack being playedreturnstoitsbeginning.Pushseveral timestoskipbackthroughtracks.TheCDwill gobackthenumberoftimesthebuttonis pushed.

RPT RDM REPEAT(RPT)/RANDOM (RDM)play:

WhentheRPTorRDMbuttonispushedwhilea CDisbeingplayed,theplaypatterncanbe changedasfollows:

RPTbutton:

1DiscRepeat(Normalplay)↔1TrackRepeat RDMbutton:

1DiscRepeat(Normalplay) 1DiscRandom Thedisplayshowsthefollowingsymbols:

(Nomark):1DiscRepeat 1:1TrackRepeat RDM:1DiscRandom

CDEJECT:

When the CDEJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

WhenthisbuttonispushedwhiletheCDis beingplayed,theCDwillcomeoutandthe systemwillturnoff.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it.

SCAN SCANtuning:

WhentheSCANtuningbuttonispushedwhile

theCDisbeingplayed, thebeginningofallthe tracksoftheCDswillbeplayedfor10seconds insequence.

Pushingthebuttonagainduringthis10second periodwillstopSCANtuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds, SCAN tuning continues to remain next CD track.

AUX(Auxiliary)input

AUXINjack:

TheAUXINjackislocatedontheaudiounit. TheAUXINaudioinputjackacceptsany standardanalogaudioinputsuchasfroma portablecassettetape/CDplayer,MP3playeror laptopcomputer.

AUX AUX(Auxiliary)button:

PushtheAUXbuttontoplayacompatible devicewhenitispluggedintotheAUXINjack. WhentheAUXbuttonispushedwithnodevice pluggedintothejack, theaudiosystemdoesnot changetotheAUXmode(theAUXbuttonis invalid).

NISSANstronglyrecommendsusingastereo miniplugcablewhenconnectingyourmusic devicetotheaudiosystem.Musicmaynotplay properlywhenamonauralcableisused.

1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 LOAD DISP SEEK TRACK CAT FILE 7 8 9 10 11 12 AUDIO SCAN PUSH ON+OFF RPT RDM FM-AM SAT DISC AUX VOL 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 AUX IN SCRL TUNE CH FOLDER REW SAA2280

1.CDEJECTbutton
2.DISP(display)button
3.Radiostationpreset/CDselectbuttons
4.Audiodisplay
5.SCRL(scroll)button
6. LOADbutton
7.SEEKtheTRACK,CAT(category)orFILE/APS

(automaticprogramsearch)FF(fastforward)-APSREW(rewind)button

8.MUTEbutton

9.FM-AMbandselectbutton

10.AUDIObutton

11.SAT(satellite)bandselectbutton

12.SCANtuningbutton

13.ON-OFFbutton/VOL(volume)controlknob

14.DISCbutton

15.RPT(repeat)button

16.AUX(auxiliary)button

17.RDM(random)button

18.AUXINjack

19.TUNEtheCH(channel)orFOLDER/FF·REW button

FM-AM-SATRADIOWITHCOMPACT DISC(CD)CHANGER(modelswithout navigationsystem)

Foralloperationprecautions,see"Audiooperationprecautions"(P.4-31).

ThesatelliteradiomoderequiresanactiveXM SatelliteRadiosubscription. Thesatelliteradiois notavailable in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

It may takes some time to receive the activation signal letters subscribed to the XMSatellite Radio. After receiving the activations signal, an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio. For XM, push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.

Audiomainoperation

Headunit:

Theautoloudnesscircuitenhancesthelowand highfrequencyrangesautomaticallyinboth radioreceptionandCDplayback.

ON-OFF/Volumecontrol:

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON position, and then push the ON-OFFbutton while the system is so fftocallupthemode (radio, CDorAUX) which was playing immediately before the system wasturned off. While the system is on, pushing the ON-OFF button turns the system off.

TurntheVOLcontrolknobtoadjustthevolume.

MUTEbutton:

Pushthe Ⓞ buttonomutetheaudiosound. Pushthe Ⓞ buttonagaintoreleasethemute.

Adjustingtonequalityandspeakerbalance:

ToadjustBass, Treble, BalanceandFade, push the Audiobutton. Whenthedisplayshowsthe settingyouwanttochange(Bass, Treble, BalanceandFade), pushtheSEEKorTUNE buttonosetthedesiredsetting.

Theseitemscanalsobeadjustedbypushing theAUDIObutton.

• SpeedSensitiveVol. Soundvolumeisincreasedaccordingtothe vehiclespeed.Choosetheeffectlevelfrom "HIGH", "MID", "LOW" or "OFF".
• Beeptuning WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,youwillhear abeepsoundwhenyouuseabutton.

FM-AM-SATradiooperation

FM • AM radio(FM/AM)bandselect:

Pushingtheradiobandselectbuttonwill changethebandasfollows:

AM→FM1→FM2→AM

SAT radio(SAT)bandselect:

Pushingtheradiobandselectbuttonwill changethebandasfollows:

XM1→XM2→XM3→XM1

Whentheradiobandselectbuttonispushed whiletheignitionswitchisintheACCorON position,theradiowillcomeonatthechannel lastplayed.

Thelastchannelplayedwillalsocomeonwhen theON-OFFbuttonispushedtoON.

ThesatelliteradiomoderequiresanactiveXM SatelliteRadiosubscription. Thesatelliteradiois notavailable in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

Ifanotheraudiosourceisplayingwhetheradio bandselectbuttonisturnedtoON,theaudio sourcewillautomaticallybeturnedoffandthe lastradiochannelplayedwillcomeon.

Whenthestereobroadcastsignalisweak, the radiowillautomaticallychangefromstereoto monauralreception.

TUNE(Tuning):

-ForAMandFMradio

PushtheTUNEbutton manualtuning.

or for

-ForXMSatelliteRadio

PushtheTUNEbutton ⬆ or ⬇ toseek channelsfromallofthecategorieswhenany CATisnotselected.

SEEktuning/CATEGORY (CAT):

-ForAMandFMradio

PushtheSEEKbutton ☒ or ☒ to tune from low to high or high low frequencies and to stop at then next broadcasting station.

- ForXMSatelliteRadio

PushtheSEEKbutton ☒ or ☒ totune tothefirstchannelofthenextorprevious category.

Duringsatelliteradioreception, the following

4-48 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

noticeswillbedisplayedundercertainconditions.

• NOSIGNAL(Nosignalisreceivedwhilethe SATtunerisconnected.)
• OFFAIR(Broadcastingsignedoff)
• CHECKANTENNA(Antennaconnection error)
• LOADING(When the initial setting is performed)
• UPDATING(Whenthesatelliteradiosubscriptionisnotactive)

SCAN SCANtuning:

PushtheSCANtuningbuttontotunefromlow tohighfrequenciesandstopateachbroadcastingstation/channelfor5seconds.Pushing thebuttonagainduringthis5secondsperiod willstopSCANtuningandtheradiowillremain tunedtothatstation/channel.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning movesto then next station/channel.

① to ⑥ Stationmemoryoperations:

18 stations/channelscanbesetfortheSAT band(6eachforXM1,XM2andXM3),12can besetfortheFMband(6eachforFM1 and FM2),and6canbesetfortheAMband.

1. Choosetheradiobandusingtheradioband selectbutton.
2. Tunetothedesiredstation/channelusing theSEEK, SCANorTUNEbutton.
3. Pushandholdthedesiredradiostation presetbutton ① to ⑥ untilabeepsound isheard.(Theradiomuteswhentheselect buttonispushed.)
4. Thestation indicator will then come on and the sound will resume. Memorizing is now complete.
5. Otherbuttonscanbesetinthesame manner.
   If the batterycable is disconnected, or if the refuse opens, theradiomemory will be erased. In that case, reset the desired stations.

DISP RADIODISPLAYchange:

WhentheDISPbuttonispushedwhiletheradio isbeingplayed,theaudiodisplaywillchangeas follows:

CompactDisc(CD)changeroperation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position, pushtheLOADbuttonandinsertthe CDintotheslotwiththelabelsidefacingup. TheCDwillbeguidedautomaticallyintotheslot andstartplaying.

AfterloadingtheCD,thenumberoftrackson theCDandtheplaytimewillappearonthe display.

If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turnoff and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing, pushing the ON-OFF button will start the CD.

LOAD CDLOAD:

ToinsertaCDintheCDchanger, push the LOADbuttonforlessthan1.5seconds.Select theloadingpositionbypushingtheCDinsert selectbutton ① to ⑥, theninserttheCD.

Toinsert6CDstotheCDchangerin succession, push the LOAD button for more than1.5seconds.

Theinsertedslotnumberswillilluminateonthe display.

DISC

PLAY:

WhentheDISC(CDplay)buttonispushedwith thesystemoffandtheCDloaded,thesystem willturnonandtheCDwillstarttoplay.

WhentheDISCbuttonispushedwiththeCD loadedandtheradioplaying,theradiowill automaticallybeturnedoffandtheCDwillstart toplay.

WhentheDISCbuttonispushedwhileaCDis loadedandamediumisplayedusingthe auxiliaryinputjacks,youcantoggleback and forthbetweenCDandmedium.

DISP

CDDISPLAYinformation:

WhentheDISPbuttonispushedwhiletheCD isbeingplayed,theaudiodisplaywillchangeas follows:

CD:

CDwithMP3orWMA:

FF(FastForward), REW(Re-

CD:

When the button is pushed while the CD is being played, the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the CD will return on normal play speed.

CDwithMP3orWMA:

When the ▲ or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the folders in the CD will change.

When the button is pushed more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding. When the button is released, the CD will return to then normal playspeed.

APS(AutomaticProgram APSREW:

Whenthe buttonispushedwhiletheCDis beingplayed,theprogramnexttothepresent onewillstarttoplayfromitsbeginning.Push severaltimestoskipthroughprograms.TheCD willadvancethenumberoftimesthebuttonis pushed.(WhenthelastprogramontheCDis skippedthrough,thefirstprogramwillbe played.)Whenthe buttonispushed,the

programbeingplayedreturnstoitsbeginning. Pushseveraltimestoskipbackthrough programs.TheCDwillgobackthenumberof timesthebuttonispushed.

CDPLAYselection:

TochangetoanotherCDalreadyloadedintothe player, push the CDplayselect buttons ① to ⑥.

RPT

REPEAT(RPT)play:

WhentheRPTbuttonispushedwhiletheCDis played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

(CD)

(CDwithMP3orWMA)

4-50 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

RDM RANDOM(RDM)play:

WhentheRDMbuttonispushedwhiletheCD isplayed,theplaypatterncanbechangedas follows:

(CD)

(CDwithMP3orWMA)

SCRL Scroll(SCRL)button:

Whenthetitleisdisplayedbutitisalongone, thewholetitleisnotshowninthedisplay. In this case, pushthe SCRL buttonoscrollthetitle. Whenthetitleissrolledtotheendofit, the displaywillstopmovingandreturntothefirst condition.

CDEJECT:

When the CDEJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

ToejectthediscsselectedbytheCDselect button,pushtheEJECTbuttonforlessthan1.5 seconds.

Toejectallthediscs, pushtheEJECTbuttonfor morethan1.5seconds.

WhenthisbuttonispushedwhiletheCDis beingplayed,theCDwillcomeoutandthe systemwillturnoff.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it.

AUX(Auxiliary)input

AUXINjack:

TheAUXINjackislocatedontheaudiounit.

The AUXINaudioinputjackacceptsany standardanalogaudioinputsuchasfroma portablecassettetape/CDplayer,MP3playeror laptopcomputer.

AUX AUX(Auxiliary)button:

PushtheAUXbuttontoplayacompatible devicewhenitispluggedintotheAUXINjack. WhentheAUXbuttonispushedwithnodevice pluggedintothejack, theaudiosystemdoesnot changetotheAUXmode(theAUXbuttonis invalid).

NISSANstronglyrecommendsusingastereo miniplugcablewhenconnectingyourmusic devicetotheaudiosystem.Musicmaynotplay properlywhenamonauralcableisused.

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-51

1 2 3 4 5 6 VOL 1 2 3 4 5 6 TUNE / FOLDER PUSH ON • OFF FM•AM SAT DISC•AUX SCAN RPT RDM SEEK CAT TRACK 6 7 8 9 10 11 SAA2495

1. DVD-CDEJECTbutton
   2.ON-OFFbutton/VOL(volume)controlknob
   3.Radiostationpresetselectbuttons
   4.DISC·AUX(auxiliary)button
2. RadioTUNE(tuning)folderselector/AUDIO controlknob
   6.RadioSCANtuningbutton

7.FM-AMbandselectbutton
8.CDRPT(repeat)/RDM(random)playbutton
9.SAT(satellite)button
10. RadioCAT(category)/REW(rewind)buttonfor SEEK/TRACK
11.FF(fastforward)buttonforSEEK/TRACK

4-52 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

FM-AM-SATRADIOWITHCOMPACT DISC(CD)PLAYER(modelswithnavigationsystem)

Foralloperationprecautions, see "Audiooperationprecautions" (P.4-31).

ThesatelliteradiomoderequiresanactiveXM SatelliteRadiosubscription.Thesatelliteradiois notavailableinAlaska,HawaiiandGuam.

It may takes sometime to receive the activation signal afters subscribing the XMSatellite Radio. After receiving the activations signal, an available channellist will be automatically updated in the radio. For XM, push the ignitions switch from LOCK to ACC to updatethe channellist.

Audiomainoperation

Headunit:

The autoloudness circuitenhancesthelowand highfrequencyrangesautomaticallyinboth radioreceptionandCD playback.

ON-OFF/Volumecontrol:

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON position,andthenpushtheON-OFFbutton whilethesystemisofftoturnonthelastaudio source,whichwasplayingimmediatelybefore thesystemwasturnedoff.Whilethesystem is on,pushingtheON-OFFbuttonturnsthesystem off.

TurntheVOLcontrolknobtoadjustthevolume.

Adjustingtonequalityandspeakerbalance:

ToadjustBass, Treble, BalanceandFade, push theAudiocontrolknob. Whenthedisplayshows the setting you want to change (Bass, Treble, BalanceandFade), rotate the Audiocontrol knob to set the desired setting. For the other setting methods, see "HowtouseSETTING button" (P.4-11).

This vehicle hassomesoundeffect functions as follows:

●SpeedSensitiveVol.

Formoredetails,see"HowtouseSETTING button"(P.4-11).

Switchingthedisplay:

PushingtheDISC·AUXbuttonwillswitchthe displaysasfollows:

iPod ^® /USB→CD/DVD→MusicBox ^® (ifso equipped)→Bluetooth ^® Audio→AUX→iPod ^® /USB

FM-AM-SATradiooperation

FM • AM radio(FM/AM)bandselect:

Pushingtheradiobandselectbuttonwill changethebandasfollows:

AM→FM1→FM2→AM

SAT radio(SAT)bandselect:

Pushingtheradiobandselectbuttonwill changethebandasfollows:

XM1→XM2→XM3→XM1

Whentheradiobandselectbuttonispushed whiletheignitionswitchisintheACCorON position,theradiowillcomeonatthechannel lastplayed.

Thelastchannelplayedwillalsocomeonwhen theON-OFFbuttonispushedtoON.

ThesatelliteradioisnotavailableinAlaska, HawaiiandGuam.

Ifanotheraudiosourceisplayingwhetheradio bandselectbuttonisturnedtoON, theaudio sourcewillautomaticallybeturnedoffandthe lastradiochannelplayedwillcomeon.

Whenthestereobroadcastsignalisweak, the radiowillautomaticallychangefromstereoto monauralreception.

TUNE(Tuning):

-ForAMandFMradio

TurntheradioTUNEknobformanualtuning.

●ForXMSatelliteRadio

TurntheradioTUNEknobtoseekchannels fromallofthecategorieswhenanycategory isnotselected.

SEEK CAT TRACK SEEKtuning/CATEGORY

(CAT):

●ForAMandFMradio

PushtheSEEKbutton 🏠◀ SEE OR TAG▶▶ totune fromlowtohighorhightolowfrequencies andtostopatthenextbroadcastingstation.

- ForXMSatelliteRadio

PushtheSEEKbutton 🏠◀ SEE OR 18/03▶▶ totune tothefirstchannelofthenextorprevious category.

Duringsatelliteradioreception, the following notices will be displayed under certain conditions.

●NOSIGNAL(Nosignalisreceivedwhilethe SATtunerisconnected.)

- OFFAIR(Broadcastingsignedoff)

- CHECKANTENNA(Antennaconnection error)

- LOADING(When the initial setting is performed)

- UPDATING(Whenthesatelliteradiosubscriptionisnotactive)

SCAN SCANtuning:

PushtheSCANtuningbuttontotunefromlow tohighfrequenciesandstopateachbroad-castingstation/channelfor5seconds.Pushing thebuttonagainduringthis5secondsperiod willstopSCANtuningandtheradiowillremain tunedtothatstation/channel.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning movesto then next station/channel.

① to ⑥ Stationmemoryoperations:

12 stations/channelscanbesetfortheFMband (6eachforFM1 and FM2), 18 for XMradio(6 eachforXM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 stations canbesetfortheAMband.

1. Choosetheradiobandusingtheradioband selectbutton.

2. Tunetothedesiredstation/channelusing theSEEK/TRACK, SCANbuttonorthe radioTUNEknob.

3. Pushandholdthedesiredstationpreset button ① to ⑥ untiltheradiomutes.

4. Thestationindicatorwillthencomeonand thesoundwillresume.Memorizingisnow complete.

5. Otherbuttonscanbesetinthesame manner.

If the batterycable is disconnected, or if the fuse opens, theradiomemory will be erased. In that case, reset the desired stations/channels.

List(AMandFMradio):

Whenthe"List"keyonthedisplayisselected whiletheFMorAMradioisbeingplayed,the presetstationlistwillbedisplayed.

If1 of the6presetstations listedistouched and held, the current station will bestored as the new preset.

Menu(XMSatelliteRadio):

When the "Menu" keyonthedisplayisselected while the XMSatelliteRadioisbeing played, the menulist will be displayed.

The following items are available.

- PresetList

Displaysthepresetchannellist.If1 ofthe6 presetstationslistedistouchedandheld, thecurrentstationwillbestoredasthenew preset.

- CustomizeChannelList

Selectsspecificchannelstoskipwhileusing theTUNE,SEEK/CATEGORY orMenu-Categoriesfeature.

●FavoriteArtists&Songs

Storesthecurrentartistor song that is being played. Touch the "Alert" key to be reminded when the stored artist songs is playing a station while listening to XM.

- Categories

Selecting a category will go to the first channelinthatcategoryasdefinedbyXM Radio.

- DirectTune

Inputsthechannelnumberbyusinga keypad.

CompactDisc(CD)playeroperation

Pushtheignitionswitchtothe ACCor ON positionandinserttheCompactDisc(CD)into theslotwith thelabelsidefacingup.TheCDwill beguidedautomaticallyintotheslotandstart playing.

AfterloadingtheCD, thenumberoftrackson theCDandtheplaytimewillappearonthe display.

Iftheradioisalready operating, it will automatically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing, pushing the ON-OFF button will start the CD.

Donotuse3.1in(8cm)discs.

4-54 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

PLAY:

When the DISC-AUX(CDplay) button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will start to play.

When the DISC-AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and theradioplying, theradiow will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play.

Menu:

When the "Menu" keyonthedisplayisselected while the CDisbeing played, themenuscreen will be displayed. The following menu options are available.

• FolderList(forCDwithcompressedaudio files)
  Displaysthefolderlist.

-TrackList

Displaysthetracklist.

-PlayMode

Selectaplaymodefromthefollowingitems.

—Normal
-1 FolderRepeat(forCDwithcompressedaudiofiles)
-1TrackRepeat
-1DiscRandom

-1 FolderRandom(forCDwithcompressedaudiofiles)

• RecordtoMusicBox equipped) (forCD)(ifso
  SelecttochoosespecificsongsontheCD torecordtotheMusicBox ^® .

- TitleTextPriority(forCD)

SettheprioritytoCDDB(CompactDisc DataBase)toacquiretrackinformationfrom theGracenoteDatabase,orsetthepriority toCD-TEXTtoacquiretheinformationfrom CDs.

●Automatic Recording(for CD)(if so equipped)

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,theMusic Box® harddriveautomaticallystartsrecordingwhenaCDisinserted.

- RecordingQuality(forCD)(ifsoequipped) Thelargernumber(132)willincreasethe recordedsoundqualitywhiletakingupmore spaceontheMusicBox ^® leavinglessroom formoresongs.

ForthedetailsofMusicBox ^® ,see“MusicBox ^® ” (P.4-69).

Next/PreviousTrackandFast

Forward/Rewind:

When the button is pushed more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,

theCDwillplaywhilefastforwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, the CDwillreturntonormalplayspeed.

When the or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, then next track the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played.

Whentherewindbuttonispushedforlessthan 1.5secondswithin3secondsafterthecurrent trackstartsplaying,theprevioustrackwillbe played.

REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

(CD)

(CDwithcompressedaudiofiles)

CDEJECT:

When the CDEJECT button is pushed with the CDloaded, the CD will beejected.

WhenthisbuttonispushedwhiletheCDis beingplayed,theCDwillbeejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it.

DVD(DigitalVersatileDisc)PLAYER OPERATION(modelswithnavigation system)

Precautions

StarttheenginewhenusingtheDVDentertainmentsystem.

Movieswillnotbeshownonthefrontdisplay whilethevehicleisinanydrivepositionto reducedriverdistraction.Audioisavailable whenamovieisplayed.Toviewmoviesinthe frontdisplay,stopthevehicleinasafelocation, movetheselectorlevertotheP(Park)position andapplytheparkingbrake.

WARNING

●The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may begin to vehicle operation.

- Donotattempttomodifythesystem todisplayamovieonthefront screenwhilethevehicleisbeing driven.Doingsomaydistractthe driverandmaycauseacollisionand seriouspersonalinjuryordeath.

CAUTION

- OnlyoperatetheDVDwhilethe vehicleengineisrunning.Operating theDVDforextendedperiodsof timewiththeengineOFFcandis- chargethevehiclebattery.

- Donotallowthesystemtogetwet. Excessivemoisturesuchasspilled liquidsmaycausethesystem to malfunction.

- WhileplayingVIDEO-CDmedia, this DVDplayerdoesnotguarantee completefunctionalityofallVIDEO-CDformats.

Displaysettings

Toadjustthefrontdisplaymode, pushthe SETTINGbuttonwhiletheDVDisbeingplayed, selectthe "Others" keyandthenselectthe "Display" key.

ToadjustthedisplayON/OFF,brightness,tint,colorandcontrast,selectthe"DisplayAdjustment"keyandthenselecteachkey.

Thenyoucanadjusteachitemusingthemmulti-functioncontroller.Afterchangeshavebeen madepushtheBACKbuttontosavethesetting.

DVD 1-1 0:00:00 Wide BACK Pause Stop Skip Skip CM >> CM << SAA2497 5.1 ch Settings Top Menu

PlayingaDVD

DISC·AUXbutton:

Parkthevehicleinasafelocationforthe frontseatoccupantstoooperatetheDVD drivewhilewatchingtheimages.

PushtheDISC-AUXbuttonontheinstrument panelandturnthedisplaytotheDVDmode.

WhenaDVDisloaded, it will bereplayed automatically.

The operations screen will be turned on when the DISC-AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played, and it will turn off automatically after a period of time. Toturniton again, push the DISC-AUX

buttonagain.

DVDoperationkeys:

WhentheDVDisplayingwithouttheoperation screenbeingshown,youmayusethetouch screentoselectitemsfromthedisplayedvideo. Youmayalsousethemultifunctioncontrollerto selectanitemfromthedisplayedvideo.When theoperationscreenisbeingshown,usethe multifunctioncontrollerortouchscreentoselect anitemfromthedisplayedmenus.

II PAUSE:

Selectthe" "keytopausetheDVD.To resumeplayingtheDVD,usethe"PLAY"key.

PLAY:

Selectthe" ▶ "keytostartplayingtheDVD, forexample,afterpausingtheDVD.

STOP:

Selectthe" ■ "keytostopplayingtheDVD.

/Next/PreviousChapter:

Selectthe" >>" or "keytoskipthe chapter(s)ofthediscforward/backward.The chapterswilladvance/gobackthenumberof timesthiskeyisselected.

CommercialSkip:

ThisfunctionisonlyforDVD-VIDEO,DVD-VR. Selectthe" |►" or "◀| "keytoskipforwardor backwardsbythesetamountasdefinedinthe DVDSettingsmenu.

TopMenu:

Whenthe"TopMenu"keyisselectedinthe screenwhileaDVDisbeingplayed,thetop menuspecifictoeachdiscwillbedisplayed.For details,seetheinstructionsonthedisc.

DVD > Setting BACK Key Title Menu Title Search 1 + 10Key Search Angle Angle Mark ON 1/15 Example SAA2498

DVDsettings

Selectthe"Settings"keytoadjustthefollowing settings.

Key(DVD-VIDEO):

KeysfortheDVDmenuoperationaredisplayed.

:MovethecursortoselectaDVDmenu.

Enter:Entertheselectedmenu.

Move: Changethedisplaylocationbymovingthe operationkey.

Back: Return to the previous screen.

◀▶ Hide:Hidetheoperationkey.

TitleMenu(DVD-VIDEO):

Somemenusspecifictoeachdiscwillbe shown. Fordetails, seetheinstructionsonthe disc.

TitleSearch(DVD-VIDEO,DVD-VR):

Thescenewiththespecifiedtitlewillbe displayedeachtimethe“+”sideor“-”sideis selected.

GroupSearch(VIDEOCD):

Asceneinthespecifiedgroupwillbedisplayed eachtimethe“+”sideor“-”sideisselected.

10KeySearch(DVD-VIDEO,VIDEO-CD, CD-DA,DVD-VR):

Selectthe"10KeySearch"keytoopenthe number entry screen. Input the number to be searchedandselectthe"OK" key.Thespecified Title/ChapterorGroup/Trackwillbeplayed.

SelectNo.(VIDEO-CD):

Selectthe"SelectNo."keytoopenthenumber entryscreen.Inputthenumbertobesearched andselectthe "OK"key.Thespecified scene

willbeplayed.

Angle(DVD-VIDEO):

If the DVD contains different angles (such as movingimages), the current image angle can be switched to another one. Select the "Angle" key. The angle will change each time the "+" side or "-" side is selected.

AngleMark(DVD-VIDEO):

Whenthisitemisturnedon, ananglemarkwill be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scenecanbeseenfromadifferentangle.

MenuSkip(DVD-VIDEO):

DVDmenus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the "MenuSkip" keyisturnedon. Notethatsome discsmaynotbeplayeddirectly even if this item isturnedon.

CMSkip(DVD-VIDEO):

Selectthe"CMSkip"key.Choosethesetting timefrom15,30or60secondsbyselectingthe "+"sideor"-"side.

DRC(DynamicRangeCompression)automatically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintainamoreevensoundtothespeakers.

DVDLanguage(DVD-VIDEO,VIDEO-CD):

Selectthe“DVDLanguage”keytoopenthe numberentryscreen.Inputthenumbercorrespondingtothepreferredlanguageandselect the“OK”key.TheDVDtopmenulanguagewill bechangedtotheonespecified.

Display:

Toadjusttheimagequalityofthescreen,select thepreferredadjustmentitems.

Audio:

Select the preferred language for audio.

Subtitle(DVD-VIDEO,DVD-VR):

Select the preferred language for subtitles.

DisplayMode(DVD-VIDEO,VIDEO-CD, DVD-VR):

Selectfromthe"Full","Wide","Normal"or"Cinema"modes.

TitleList(DVD-VR):

Selectthepreferredtitlefromthelist.

PlayMode:

Selectthepreferredplaymode.

PG/PLMode(DVD-VR):

Selectthe"PG"or"PL"mode.

Line drawing of a car seatbelt switch with a black arrow pointing to the socket (no text or symbols)

USBMEMORYOPERATION(models withnavigationsystem)

Audiomainoperation

OpentheconsolelidandconnectaUSB memoryasillustrated. Then, pushtheDISC-AUX buttonrepeatedlytoswitchtotheUSBmemory mode.

If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing, pushing the ON-OFF/VOL control knob will start the USB memory.

USB This USB device contains multisession contents. Please select item to play. Play Movie Contents Play Audio Contents SAA2500

Fileselection

When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory, them do select screen is displayed. Select the preferred content to play.

When there is only one type off file, the audio or movie operations screen is displayed and starts to play.

Ifavideofilerestrictsthenumberofplaybacks,a pop-upscreenwillappeartoconfirmitisokto play.Answeryesornoasrequestedbythe display.

USB Artist XXXXXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXXXXX TUNE●Folder Folder 1 of 3 Track 1 of 61 0:07 Menu SAA2501

Audiofileoperation

PLAY:

WhentheDISC·AUXbuttonispushedwiththe systemoffandtheUSBmemoryinserted,the systemwillturnon.

IfanotheraudiosourceisplayingandaUSB memoryisinserted, pushtheDISC-AUXbutton repeatedly until thecenterdisplaychangesto theUSBmemorymode.

Next/PreviousFileandFast

Forward/Rewind:

Whenthe 📂 orbuttonispushedformore

than1.5secondswhileaUSBmemoryisbeing played,theUSBmemorywillplaywhileforwardingorrewinding.Whenthebuttonis released,theUSBmemorywillreturntonormal playspeed.

When the button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the USB memory is being played, then next track the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played.

When therewindbutton is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing, the previous track will be played.

Themulti-functioncontrollercanalsobeusedto selecttrackswhentheUSBmemoryisbeing played.

Folderselection:

TochangetoanotherfolderintheUSBmemory, turnthefolderselectororchooseafolder displayedonthescreenusingthemulti-function controller.

REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

WhentheRPTbuttonispushedwhiletheUSB memoryisplayed,theplaypatterncanbe changeasfollows.

Tochangetheplaymode, pushtheRPTbutton

repeatedlyandthemodewillchangeasfollows.

Normal→1FolderRepeat→1TrackRepeat→AllRandom→1FolderRandom→Normal

USB ► Menu Movie Playback Folder List Track List Play Mode Normal 1/3 SAA2502

Menu:

Therearesomeoptionsavailableduringplay-back.Selectoneofthefollowingoptionsthat aredisplayedonthescreenifnecessary.Refer tothefollowinginformationforeachitem.

•MoviePlayback

Switchtothemovie playbackmode. This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files.

- FolderList/TrackList

Displaysthefolderortracklist.The "Movie Playback" keyisalsodisplayedinthislist screen, and enablesswitchingtothemovie playbackmode.

-PlayMode

Select the preferred playmode.

USB 1 - 1 0:00:00 Wide Back Play Stop Skip Skip Settings List SAA2503

Moviefileoperation

Parkthevehicleinasafelocationforthe frontseatoccupantstooperatetheUSB memorywhilewatchingtheimages.

DISC AUX

PLAY:

WhentheDISC-AUXbuttonispushedwiththe systemoffandtheUSBmemoryinserted,the systemwillturnon.

IfanotheraudiosourceisplayingandaUSB memoryisinserted, pushtheDISC·AUXbutton repeatedlyuntilthecenterdisplaychangesto theUSBmemorymode.

Operationkeys:

TooperatetheUSBmemory,selectthedesired keydisplayedontheoperationscreenusingthe multi-functioncontroller.

Pause

Selectthe“ □”keytopausethemoviefile.To resumeplayingthemoviefile,selectthe“ ▶”key.

Play

Selectthe"▶"keytostartplayingamoviefile, forexample,afterpausingamoviefile.

STOP

Selectthe" ■ "keytostopplayingamoviefile.

Skip(Nextchapter)

Selectthe"▶▶1"keytoskipthechapter(s)of thediscforward.Thechapterswilladvancethe numberoftimestheENTERbuttonispushed.

Skip(Previouschapter)

Selectthe“ [◀◀]”keytoskipthecapter(s)of thediscbackward.Thechapterswillgoback thenumberoftimesthe“ [◀◀]”keyisselected.

List:

Selectthe"List"keyonthemoviefileoperation screentodisplaythefilelist.

USB ▶ Settings Audio File Play Back Play Mode Normal 10Key Search Display DRC 1 + Audio 1/7 SAA2504

Example

Settings:

Selectthe"Settings"keytoadjustthefollowing settings.

●AudioFilePlayback

Switchtotheaudioplaybackmode. This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files.

-PlayMode

Selectthe"Normal"or"1TrackRepeat"play mode.

•10KeySearch

Selectthe"10KeySearch"keytoopenthe numberentryscreen. Inputthenumbertobesearchedandselect

4-62 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

the"OK"key.

Thespecifiedfolder/filewillbeplayed.

- Display

Toadjusttheimagequalityofthescreen, selectthepreferredadjustmentitems.

•DRC

DRC(DynamicRangeCompression) automaticallyadjuststhesoundtrackvolume leveltomaintainamoreevensoundtothe speakers.

●Audio

Select the preferred language for audio.

- Subtitle

Select the preferred language for subtitle.

- Display Mode

Selectthe "Normal", "Wide", "Cinema" or "Full" mode.

Bluetooth ^® STREAMINGAUDIO(modelswithnavigationsystem)

YourNISSANisequippedwithBluetooth StreamingAudio.Ifyouhaveacompatible Bluetooth® devicewithstreamingaudio(A2DP profile),youcansetupthewirelessconnection betweenyourBluetooth® deviceandthein-vehicleaudiosystem.Thisconnectionallows youtolistentotheaudiofromtheBluetooth® deviceusingyourvehiclespeakers.Italsomay allowbasiccontrolofthedeviceforplayingand skippingaudiofilesusingtheAVRCPBluetooth® profile.AllBluetooth® Devicesdonot havethesamelevelofcontrolsforAVRCP. PleaseconsultthemanualforyourBluetooth® Deviceformoredetails.

OnceyourBluetooth ^® deviceisconnectedto their-vehicleaudiosystem, itwillautomatically reconnectwheneverthedeviceispresentinthe vehicleandyouselectBluetooth ^® Audiofrom youraudiosystem. Youdonotneedtomanually reconnectforeachusage.

WirelesLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth ^ functionssharethesamefrequency band (2.4GHz). UsingtheBluetooth ^ andthewirelessLAN functionsatthesametimemayslowdownor disconnectthecommunicationandcauseundesirednoise.Itisrecommendedthatyouturn ofthewirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingthe

Bluetooth ^® functions.

Regulatoryinformation

FCC Regulatory information:

- CAUTION: Tomaintaincompliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachmentscoulddamage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.

- Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwo conditions:

1) This device may not cause interference and

2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information:

●Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwo conditions:

1) This device may not cause interference, and

2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

- ThisClassBdigitalapparatusmeetsall requirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations.

Bluetoothtrademark:

Bluetooth

Bluetooth® isattrademarkowned byBluetoothSIG,Inc.andlicensedtoClarionCo.,Ltd.

Settings Navigation Audio Phone Bluetooth Volume & Beeps Display Clock Others Adds or Edits the Bluetooth Phones and Audio Devices SAA2505

Connectingprocedure

1. Push the SETTING button and select the "Bluetooth" key.

Settings > Bluetooth Back Bluetooth ON Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone 2/5 SAA2506

1. Selectthe "ConnectBluetooth" key.

Settings ▶ Bluetooth Back Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with the handfree phone system? For audio devices, please select "No." Yes No Cancel 2/5 SAA2507

3.Aconfirmationscreenwillbedisplayed.

Select"No".

Note: Selecting "Yes" will only connect the handsfreephone portion of a Bluetooth device.

Settings ▶ Connect Bluetooth XXXX_ 1 2 3 Delete 4 5 6 OK 7 8 9 0 Please input passkey SAA3005

1. ChooseaPINcodetousewith the compatibleBluetoothaudiodeviceusing thenumberinputscreen.ThePINcodewill needtobeenteredintotheBluetooth audiodeviceafterstep5.Selectthe"OK" key.

Settings ▶ Connect Bluetooth XXXX_ Start connecting your Bluetooth Audio device. The PIN is XXXX. Cancel 7 8 9 0 Please input passkey SAA3006

1. Thestandbymessagescreenwillappear.

OperatethecompatibleBluetooth ^ audio device. For the connecting procedure of the audiodevice, seetheBluetooth ^ audio instructions.

Whentheconnectingiscompleted, the screenwillreturntotheBluetooth ^® setup display.

Bluetooth Audio Artist XXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0:11 Menu ▶ Play ▪ Pause SAA2510

Audiomainoperation

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON position.Then,pushtheDISC-AUXbutton repeatedlytoswitchtotheBluetooth ^® audio mode.Ifthesystemhasbeenturnedoffwhile theBluetooth ^® audiodevicewasplaying,pushingtheON-OFF/VOLcontrolknobwillstartthe Bluetooth ^® audiodevice.

Theabilitytopause,changetracks,fastforward,rewind,randomizeandrepeatmusicmaybe differentbetweendevices.Someorallofthese functionsmaynotbesupportedoneachdevice.

TRACK ➕ ➕ BEEK CAT Next/PreviousTrackandFast Forward/Rewind:

Whenthe 🎯 or button is pushed more than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth ^ audio file is being played, the Bluetooth ^ audiodevice will play while forwarding or rewinding. Whenthe button is released, the Bluetooth ^ audiodevice will return on normal playspeed.

When the button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while a Bluetooth ^ audio file is being played, then next track the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth ^ audiodevice will be played.

When therewindbutton is pushed for less than 1.5 secondswithin3 secondsafterthecurrent trackstartsplaying, the previous track will be played.

Themulti-functioncontrollercanalsobeusedto selecttrackwhentheBluetooth ^® audioplay modescreenisshownonthedisplay.(“Bluetoothaudio”willbeindicatedontheheaderofthescreen.)

RPT RDM REPEAT(RPT),RANDOM(RDM): Tochangetheplaymode,pushthe RPT button repeatedlyandthemodechangesasfollows. Normal→ShuffleAllTracks→ShuffleGroup →Repeat1Track→RepeatAllTracks→ RepeatGroup→Normal

Operationkeys:

TooperateaBluetooth ^® audiodevice,selecta keydisplayedontheoperationscreenusingthe multi-functioncontroller.

Play

Selectthe"▶"keytostartplayingwhen pausing.Selectthiskeyagaintopausethe audioplay.

II Pause

Selectthe" □ "keytopausetheBluetooth audiodevice.Selectthiskeyagaintoresume playing.

PlayMode:

Theplaymodesettingdisplaywillappearwhen the "Menu" keyisselected.

Choosethepreferredplaymodefromthe followingitems.

•Shuffle

Choose "ShuffleOFF", "ShuffleAllTracks" and "ShuffleGroup".

- Repeat

Choose from "RepeatOFF", "Repeat1 Track", "RepeatAllTracks" and "Repeat Group".

Settings ▶ Bluetooth Bluetooth ON Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info Replace Connected Phone 1/5 SAA2511

Bluetooth ^® settings

TosetuptheBluetooth ^ devicesystemtothe preferredsettings, pushtheSETTINGbutton andselectthe"Bluetooth"key.

Bluetooth:

If this setting is turned off, the connection between the Bluetooth ^ devices and their vehicle Bluetooth ^ module will be canceled.

ConnectBluetooth:

ConnectstotheBluetooth ^ device.See"Connectingprocedure"(P.4-64).Upto5devices canberegistered.

ConnectedDevices:

Registereddevicesareshownonthelist.Select aBluetooth ^® devicefromthelist, the following optionswillbeavailable.

-Select

Select"Select"toconnecttheselected device to the vehicle. If there is different device currently connected, these selected device will replace the current device.

•Edit

RenametheselectedBluetooth ^ device usingthekeypaddisplayedonthescreen. (See"Howtousetouchscreen"(P.4-4).)

- Delete

DeletetheselectedBluetooth ^® device.

EditBluetoothInfo:

Changethenamebroadcastedbythissystem overBluetooth ^® .ChangethePINcodethatis enteredwhenconnectingahandsfreedeviceto thissystem.

ReplaceConnectedPhone:

Replace the Bluetooth ^ connection with a connected Bluetooth ^ cellular phone. For details about Hands-Free Phone System, see "Bluetooth ^ hands-free phonesystem (models with navigation system)" (P.4-81).

Diagram of a car interior showing a switch connected to a digital multimeter (no text or symbols visible)

iPod ^® PLAYEROPERATION(models withnavigationsystem)

ConnectingiPod®

OpentheconsolelidandconnecttheiPod cabletotheUSBconnector.Ifcompatible,the batteryoftheiPod ^® ischargedwhilethe connectiontothevehicle.

DependingontheversionoftheiPod ^® , the displayontheiPod ^® showsaNISSANor AccessoryAttachedscreenwhentheconnectioniscompleted. WhentheiPod ^® isconnected tothevehicle, theiPod ^® musiclibrarycanonly beoperatedbythevehicleaudiocontrols.

* i P o ^® disatrademarkofAppleInc., registeredin

theU.S.andothercountries.

Compatibility

The following models are available:

●FifthgenerationiPod ^® (version1.2.3or later)

- iPodClassic ^® (version1.1.1 or later)

- FirstgenerationiPodtouch orlater) ^® (version2.0.0

- SecondgenerationiPodtouch ^ (version 1.2.3orlater)

- FirstgenerationiPodnano ^ (version1.3.1 or later)

- SecondgenerationiPodnano ^ (version 1.1.3orlater)

- ThirdgenerationiPodnano ^ (version1.1or later)

- FourthgenerationiPodnano ^ (version1.0.2 orlater)

MakesurethattheiPod ^® versionisupdated.

Audiomainoperation

PushtheignitionswitchtotheACCorON position.Then,pushthe DISC·AUXbutton repeatedlytoswitchtotheiPod ^® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the Pod was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will start the Pod ^® .

DISC AUX

DISC-AUXbutton:

WhentheDISC-AUXbuttonispushedwiththe systemoffandtheiPod ^ connected,thesystem willturnon.Ifanotheraudiosourceisplaying andtheiPod ^ isconnected,pushtheDISC-AUX buttonrepeatedly untilthe centerdisplay changestotheiPod ^ mode.

Interface:

TheinterfaceforiPod ^ operationshownonthe vehiclecenterdisplayissimilartotheiPod interface.Usethemulti-functioncontroller and theENTERorBACKbuttontoplaytheiPod withyourfavoritesettings.

The following item scan bechosen from the menulistscreen. For further information about each item, seetheiPod ^® Owner's Manual.

-NowPlaying

- Playlists

4-68 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

•Artists
•Albums
•Songs
- Podcasts
-Genres
•Composers
●Audiobooks
- ShuffleSongs

The followingtouch-panelbuttonsshownonthe screenarealsoavailable:

• MENU: returnstothepreviousscreen.
  • ▶II :plays/pausesthemusicselected.

Next/PreviousTrackandFast

Forward/Rewind:

Whenthe button is pushed more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod is playing, the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewing. Whenthe button is released, the iPod will return to then normal plays speed.

When the 🎨 or button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the iPod ® is playing, the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod ® will be played.

When therewindbutton is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing, the previous track will be played.

Themulti-functioncontrollercanalsobeusedto selecttrackswhentheiPod ^ isplaying.

RPT RDM REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

WhentheRPTbuttonispushedwhileatrackis beingplayed,theplaypatterncanbechanged asfollows:

graph TD
    A["Shuffle Off Repeat Off"] --> B["Shuffle Off Repeat One"]
    B --> C["Shuffle Off Repeat All"]
    C --> D["Shuffle Songs Repeat Off"]
    D --> E["Shuffle Songs Repeat All"]
    E --> F["Shuffle Albums Repeat All"]
    F --> G["Shuffle Albums Repeat Off"]
    G --> A

MusicBox ^® (ifsoequipped)

TheMusicBox ^® canstoresongsfromCDs beingplayed.Thesystemhas9.3GBstorage capacityinmodelswithnavigationsystem.

The following CDscanberecorded in the Music Box ^® audiosystem.

• CDsthatcontainuncompressedaudiofiles
  ●HybridCompactDiscDigitalAudio(Hybrid CD-DA)specificationinSuperAudioCDs
• CompactDiscDigitalAudio(CD-DA)specificationinCD-Extras
• Firstsessionofmultisessiondisc

Extremetemperatureconditions[below -4°F (-20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)] could affect the performance of the hard drive.

NOTE:

If the system need to be replaced due to a malfunction, all stored music data will be erased.

CD Artist XXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXX TUNE ● Track 0:53 Track 1 of 13 Menu Start REC SAA2513

RecordingCDs

1. OperatetheaudiosystemtoplayaCD. For the detail of playing CDs, see "Compact Disc(CD)playeroperation" (P.4-54).
2. Selectthe "StartREC" key.

NOTE:

• Thesystemstartsplayingandrecordingthe1sttrackontheCDwhenthe "StartREC"keyisselected.
• Therecordingprocesscanbestopped atanytime.Alltracksthatwereplayed beforetheCDwasstoppedarestored.
• Individualtrackscanbedeletedfrom theharddriveaftertheCDisrecorded.

CD Artist XXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXX TUNE ● Track 0:08 Track 1 of 13 Menu Stop REC REC Track 3 of 13 SAA2514

If the title information of the track being recorded is stored either in the hard drive or in the CD, the title is automatically displayed on the screen. For title acquisition from the hard drive, music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote ^® .

Ifatrackisnotrecordedsuccessfullydueto skipping sounds, the ⏰ mark is displayed behindthetracknumber.

The "Music Box®" hard drive cannot perform recording under the following conditions.

• Thereisnotenoughspaceintheharddrive
• Thenumberofalbumsreachesthemaximum of500.

- Thenumberoftracksreachesthemaximum of3,000.

Automaticrecording:

If the "AutomaticRecording" functionisturned to ON, recording start when a CD inserted. (See "MusicBox ^® settings" (P.4-73).)

Stoppingrecording:

Tostoptherecording, select the "StopREC" keybutton by touching the screen or using the multi-function controller.

If the CDisejected, the audiosystemisturned off the ignitions switch is pushed to the OFF position, there cording alsostops.

4-70 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Music Box My Playlists Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX TUNE ● Track Track 1 of 1 1:31 Menu Tag Track SAA2515

Playingrecordedsongs

Selectthe"MusicBox ^® audiosystembyusing oneofthefollowingmethods.

• Pushtheaudiosourceswitchonthe steeringwheelrepeatedlyuntilthecenter displaychangestotheMusicBox ^ mode. (See"Steering-wheel-mountedcontrolsfor audio"(P.4-77).)
• PushtheDISC-AUXbuttonrepeatedlyuntil thecenterdisplaychangestotheMusic Box® mode.
• Givevoicecommands.(See“NISSANVoice RecognitionSystem(modelswithnavigation system”)(P.4-103).)

Stopping playback:

Thesystemstopsplayingwhen:

1. anothermode(radio, CD, DVD, USB memory, iPod ^® or AUX) is selected.
   2.theaudiosystemisturnedoff.
   3.theignitionswitchispushedtotheLOCK position.

TRACK SEEK Next/PreviousTrackandFast Forward/Rewind:

Whenthe 🐎▶ or 🔊◀ buttonispushedformore than1.5secondswhileatrackisbeingplayed, the track will play while fast forwarding or rewinding.Whenthe buttonisreleased, the trackwillreturntothenormalplayspeed.

When the ▶ or ◀ button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while at track is being played, then next track or the beginning of the current track will be played.

Whentherewindbuttonispushedforlessthan 1.5secondswithin3secondsafterthecurrent track starts playing, the previous track will be played.

Themulti-functioncontrollercanalsobeusedto selecttrackswhenatrackisbeingplayed.

Playmodeselection:

The TUNE/FOLDER knob will skip from album to

albumunlessitisplaying"AllSongs"fromthe MusicLibrarymenu.Whenplaying"AllSongs", the knob will change the track instead of the album. The upper right corner of the main screen will indicate if the TUNE knob is changing by trackoralbum.

RPT RDM REPEAT(RPT), RANDOM(RDM):

When the RPT·RDM button is pushed while a track is being played, the play pattern can be changed as follows:

(Normal)→1AlbumRepeat→1TrackRepeat →1AlbumRandom→AllRandom→(Normal)

TagTrack:

Select"Tag Track"keyonthe screenwhena trackisbeingplayed.Amenuwillshowthe5 availableplaylists.Selectoneoftheplayliststo addthecurrentsongtothatplaylist.Ifapaylist isnotselectable(textisgrayedout),itmeans thesongalreadyexistsinthatplaylist.

Music Box ► Menu BACK Now Playing Music Library My Playlists Play Mode 1 Album Repeat Edit Music Information Music Box Settings 1/6 SAA2516

Example

Therearesomeoptionsavailablebyselecting the"Menu"keyonthescreenduring playback. Selectoneofthefollowingoptionsthatare displayedonthescreenifnecessary.

NowPlaying:

Displaysatracklisttochooseapreferredtrack for playback.

MusicLibrary:

Therearesomeoptionsavailableduringplay-back.Selectoneofthefollowingoptionsthat aredisplayedonthescreenifnecessary.

•Artists

Playtracksbyanartistwhosemusicis

currentlybeingplayed.Theartistsaresorted inalphabeticalorder.

•Albums

Playtracksineachalbum. The albums are sorted in alphabetical order.

•AllSongs

Playtracksfromallrecordedtracks.The tracksaresortedinalphabeticalorder.

-Genres

Playtracksbyaselectedgenre.

MyPlaylists:

DisplaysthePlaylistandeditsthePlaylistif necessary.

Selectthe"Edit"key.

The following items are available

- AddCurrentSongs

AddacurrenttracktothePlaylist.

- AddSongsbyAlbum

Displaysalistofalbumsinalphabetical order.Selectinganalbumdisplaysallofthe tracksinthealbum.Selecttracksfromthe listtoaddtothePlaylist.

- AddSongsbyArtist

Displaysalistofartistsinalphabeticalorder. Selectinganartistdisplaysallofthetracks bytheartist.Selecttracksfromthelistto addtothePlaylist.

- EditSongsOrder

ReorderthetracksinthePlaylistbyselectingatrackandspecifyingtheorder.

- EditName

EditthenameofthePlaylistusingthekeypaddisplayedonthescreen.(See "Howtousemulti-functioncontroller"(P.4-4).)

- DeleteSongs

Delete tracks in the Playlist by selecting from thedisplayedsonglist.

PlayMode:

Choosethepreferredplaymodefromthe followingitems.

Normal

- 1 AlbumRepeat

-1TrackRepeat

-1 PlaylistRandom

- 1 ArtistRandom

-1AlbumRandom

-1 AllTrackRandom

-1AllRandom

EditMusicInformation:

Displaysthefollowinginformationaboutthe MusicBox ^® harddrivetoeditifnecessary.

4-72 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

•EditInformationofCurrentSong

Editthe "Track", "Artist" and "Genre" information of the current track using the keypaddisplayed on the screen. (See "How to set touchscreen" (P.4-4).)

Editthe"Mode"informationbyselecting fromthelist.

•EditInformationbyAlbum

Editthedisplayednameandofaselected albumandthetrackinformationinthealbum.

- UpdateGracenotefromUSBDevice

Updatethein-vehicleGracenoteDatabase usingaUSBmemory.Searchthetitlefroma informationacquiredonthelnternet.Visit www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/fordetails.

•TransferMissingTitlestoUSB

Transfertheinformationofanalbumre-cordedwithouttitlestoaUSBmemory.Visit www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/fordetails.

- UpdateGracenotefromHDD

Searchthetitleusingthedatabaseinthe harddrive.

Music Box ► Music Box Settings BACK Music Box Used/Free Space Automatic Recording ON Delete Songs from Music Box Recording Quality 132 kbps CDDB Version 1/5 SAA2517

MusicBox ^® settings

TosettheMusicbox ^® harddrivetoyour preferredsettings,selectthe"Menu"keyduring playback,andthe"MusicBoxSettings"key withthemulti-functioncontroller,andthenpush theENTERbutton.

MusicBox ^® Used/FreeSpace:

Informationabout "SavedAlbum", " SavedTrack" and "RemainingTime" is displayed.

AutomaticRecording:

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,theMusicBox harddriveautomaticallystartsrecordingwhena CDisinserted.

DeleteSongsfromMusicBox®:

Delete the current song, selected songs or albums by choosing from the list, or all songs / albums in the Music Box ^® .

RecordingQuality:

Settherecordingqualityof105kbpsor132 kbps. Thedefaultissetto105kbps.

CDDBVersion:

Theversionofthebuilt-inGracenoteDatabase isdisplayed.

Gracenote

NOTE:

- The information contained in the GracenoteDatabaseisnotfullyguaranteed.

- TheserviceoftheGracenoteDatabase ontheInternetmaybestoppedwithout priornoticeformaintenance.

End-UserLicenseAgreement

USEOFTHISPRODUCTIMPLIESACCEPTANCEOFTHETERMSBELOW.

Gracenote® MusicID® TermsofUse

This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). Thesoftware from Gracenote

(the"GracenoteSoftware")enablethisapplicationtoperformdiscand/orfileidentification andobtainmusic-relatedinformation,including name,artist,track,andtitleinformation("GracenoteData")fromonlineserversorembedded databases(collectively,"GracenoteServers") andtoperformotherfunctions.Youmayuse GracenoteDataonlybymeansoftheintended End-Userfunctionsofthisapplicationordevice. YouagreethatyouwilluseGracenoteData,the GracenoteSoftware,andGracenoteServersfor yourownpersonalnon-commercialuseonly. Youagreenottoassign,copy,transferor transmittheGracenoteSoftwareoranyGracenoteDatatoanythirdparty.YOUAGREENOT TOUSEOREXPLOITGRACENOTEDATA, THEGRACENOTESOFTWARE,ORGRACENOTESERVERS,EXCEPTASEXPRESSLY PERMITTEDHEREIN.

Youagreethatyournon-exclusivelicensetouse theGracenoteData,theGracenoteSoftware, andGracenoteServerswillterminateifyou violatetheserestrictions.Ifyourlicenseterminates,youagreetoceaseanyandalluseofthe GracenoteData,theGracenoteSoftware,and GracenoteServers.Gracenotereservesall rightsinGracenoteData,theGracenoteSoftware,andtheGracenoteServers,includingall ownershiprights.Undernocircumstanceswill Gracenotebecomeliableforanypaymenttoyou foranyinformationthatyouprovide.

YouagreethatGracenote,Inc.mayenforceits rightsunderthisAgreementagainstyoudirectly initsownname.

TheGracenoteserviceusesauniqueidentifier totrackqueriesforstatisticalpurposes.The purposeofarandomlyassignednumericidentifieristoallowtheGracenoteservicetocount querieswithoutknowinganythingaboutwho youare.Formoreinformation,seethewebpage fortheGracenotePrivacyPolicyfortheGracenoteservice.

TheGracenoteSoftwareandeachitemof GracenoteDataarelicensedtoyou"ASIS." Gracenotemakesnorepresentationsorwarranties,expressorimplied,regardingtheaccuracy ofanyGracenoteDatafromintheGracenote Servers.Gracenotereservestherighttodelete datafromtheGracenoteServersortochange datacategoriesforanycausethatGracenote deemssufficient.Nowarrantyismadethatthe GracenoteSoftwareorGracenoteServersare error-freeorthatfunctioningofGracenote SoftwareorGracenoteServerswillbeuninterrupted.Gracenoteisnotobligatedtoprovide youwithnewenhancedoradditionaldatatypes orcategorieisthatGracenotemayprovideinthe futureandisfreetodiscontinueitsservicesat anytime.

GRACENOTEDISCLAIMSALLWARRANTIES EXPRESSORIMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITEDTO, IMPLIEDWARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE, TITLE, ANDNON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANTTHERESULTSTHATWILLBE OBTAINEDBYYOURUSEOFTHEGRACE-NOTESOFTWAREORANYGRACENOTE SERVER.INNOCASEWILLGRACENOTE BELIABLEFORANYCONSEQUENTIALOR INCIDENTALDAMAGESORFORANYLOST PROFITSORLOSTREVENUES.

Copyright:

Musicrecognitiontechnologyandrelateddata areprovidedbyGracenote ^® . Gracenoteisthe industrystandardinmusicrecognitiontechnologyandrelatedcontentdelivery. Formore information, please visit www.gracenote.com.

CDandmusic-relateddatafromGracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000-2009Gracenote. GracenoteSoftware,copyright © 2000-2009 Gracenote.Thisproductandservicemay practiceoneormoreofthefollowingU.S. Patents: #5,987,525; #6,061,680; #6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192, #6,230,207,#6,240,459,#6,330,593,and otherpatentsissuedorpending.Someservices suppliedunderlicensefromOpenGlobe,Inc.

4-74 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

forU.S.Patent:#6,304,523.

Gracenote and CDDBareregistered trademark of Gracenote. The Gracenotelogo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo are trademark of Gracenote.

Line drawing of a car interior showing dashboard, seatbelt, and exhaust pipe (no text or symbols)

- Red-rightchannelaudioinput Beforeconnectingadevicetoajack,turnoffthe poweroftheportabledevice.

With a compatible device connected to the jacks, push the DISC-AUX button repeatedly until the display switch the AUX mode. The output from the device will be played through the monitor and audiosystem.

AUXILIARYINPUTJACKS(modelswith navigationsystem)

Theauxiliaryinputjacksarelocatedinthecenter console.NTSC/PALcompatibledevicessuch asvideogames,camcordersandportablevideo playerscanbeconnectedtotheauxiliaryjacks. Compatibleaudiodevices,suchassomeMP3 players,canalsobeconnectedtothesystem throughtheauxiliaryjacks.

Theauxiliaryjacksarecolorcodedforidentificationpurposes.

●Yellow-videoinput
●White-leftchannelaudioinput

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-75

AUX ▶ Menu Display Mode Wide Volume Settings High Display 1/3 SAA2496

AUXMenu

Whenthe"Menu"keyonthedisplayisselected whileintheAUXmode,themenuscreenwillbe displayed.

DisplayMode:

Choosethedisplaymodefromthefollowing items.

Normal

•Wide

Cinema

VolumeSettings:

Choosethevolumesettingfromthefollowing items.

Low

Medium

●High

Display:

Adjusttheimagequalityofthescreen,selectthe preferredadjustmentitems.

Four hand-drawn diagrams showing a disc being cut, with no text or symbols present.

CD/DVD/USBMEMORYCAREAND CLEANING

CD/DVD

• HandleaCD/DVDbyitsedges.Nevertouch thesurfaceofthedisc.Donotbendthe disc.
  ●Alwaysplacethediscsinthestoragecase whentheyarenotbeingused.
• Tocleanadisc, wipethesurface from the centertotheouteredge using a clean, soft cloth. Donotwipethediscusing a circular motion.

Donotuseaconventionalrecordcleaneror alcoholintendedforindustrialuse.

4-76 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

- Anewdiscmayberoughontheinnerand outeredges.Removetheroughedgesby rubbingtheinnerandouteredgeswiththe sideofapenorpencilasillustrated.

USBmemory

• NevertouchtheterminalportionoftheUSB memory.
• DonotplaceheavyobjectsontheUSB memory.
• DonotstoretheUSBmemoryinhighly humidlocations.
• DonotexposetheUSBmemorytodirect sunlight.
• DonotspillanyliquidsontheUSBmemory. RefertotheUSBmemoryOwner'sManualfor thedetails.

1 2 3 4 SAA2555

Withnavigationsystem

CONVOC 1 2 - + 4 SAA2556

While the display is showing a MAP (navigation system only), STATUS or Audioscreen, til the switch upward downward to select a station, track, CDor folder. Formostudiosources, tilting the switch up/down for more than 1.5 seconds provides different function that tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds.

AMandFMradio:

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthepreset station.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5seconds willseekupordowntothenextstation.
• Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillshow thelistofpresetstations.

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems4-77

XMSatelliteRadio(ifsoequipped):

• Tiltingup/downforless than 1.5 seconds will scrollupordownthrough the preset channel.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5seconds willgotothenextorpreviouscategory.
• Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillshow theXMMenu.

iPod ^® (modelswithnavigationsystem):

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthetrack number.
• Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillshow theiPodMenu.

CD:

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthetrack number.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan 1.5 seconds will scrollupordownthroughthefolder number(ifplayingcompressedaudiofiles).
• Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillshow theCDMenu.

DVD(modelswithnavigationsystem):

- Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthetrack number.

• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthetitle number.
• Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillselect anitemfromtheDVDdisplay.
• Whenthetransparentoperationmenuappears,theswitchwillcontrolthemenu.

USB(modelswithnavigationsystem):

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthetrack number.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthefolder number
• Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillshow theUSBMenu.

MusicBox ^® (ifsoequipped):

• Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthetrack number.
• Tiltingup/downformorethan 1.5 seconds will scrollupordownthroughthealbum (folder) number(if playing compressed audiofiles).
• Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillshow theMusicBox ^® Menu.

Bluetooth® Audio(modelswithnavigation system):

- Tiltingup/downforlessthan1.5seconds willscrollupordownthroughthetrack number.

AUX:

- Pushingthemenucontrolswitchwillshow theAUXMenu.

BACKswitch(modelswithnavigationsystem)

Pushthisswitchtogobacktotheprevious screenorcanceltheselectionifitisnot completed.

Volumecontrolswitches

Pushtheupper(+)orlower(-)sideswitchto increaseordecreasethevolume.

Audiosourceswitch

Pushtheaudiosourceswitchtochangethe modeasfollows.

●Modelswithnavigationsystem

AM → FM → SAT → CD/DVD → Music

Box ^® →USB/iPod ^® →Bluetooth ^® Audio→AUX

●Modelswithoutnavigationsystem

AM → FM → CD → AUX → SAT*

*:ifsoequipped

4-78 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Medianotconnected/insertedwillbeskipped.

ANTENNA

Windowantenna(forCoupemodels)

Theantennapatternisprintedinsidetherear window.

CAUTION

• Donotplacemetalizedfilmnearthe rearwindowglassorattachany metalpartstoit.Thismaycause poorreceptionornoise.
• Whencleaningtheinsideoftherear window,becarefulnottoscratchor damagetherearwindowantenna. Lightlywipealongtheantennawith adampenedsoftcloth.

Line drawing of a hand holding a pen and a small object, with no text or symbols present.

Trunkmountedantenna(forRoadster models)

Removingtheantenna:

Youcanremovetheantennaifnecessary.

Holdthebottomoftheantennaandremoveby turningcounterclockwise.

CAUTION

•Toavoiddamagingordeformingthe antenna,besuretoremovethe antennaunderthefollowingconditions.

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-79

CARPHONEORCBRADIO

—Thevehicleentersanautomatic carwash.
—Thevehicleentersagaragewith alowceiling.
—Thevehicleiscoveredwithacar cover.

●Alwaysproperlytightentheantenna rodduringinstallation. Otherwise, theantennarodmaybreakduring vehicleoperation.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness.

WARNING

• Acellularphones should not be used for any purpose while drivings of full attention may begin to live operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving.
• If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operational mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extremecution at all times of full attention maybe giventovehicle operation.
• Ifaconversationinamovingvehicle requiresyoutotakenotes,pulloff theroadtoasafelocationandstop yourvehiclebeforedoingso.

CAUTION

• Keeptheantennaasfarawayas possiblefromtheelectroniccontrol modules.
• Keeptheantennawiremorethan8 in(20cm)awayfromtheelectronic controlsystemharness.Donot routetheantennawirenexttoany harness.
• Adjusttheantennastanding-wave ratioasrecommendedbytheman- facturer.
• Connectthegroundwirefromthe CBradiochassistothebody.
  •Fordetails,consultaNISSANdealer.

Bluetooth® HANDS-FREEPHONE SYSTEM(modelswithnavigation system)

WARNING

- Useaphoneafterstoppingyour vehicleinasafelocation.Ifyou havetouseaphonewhiledriving, exerciseextremecautionatall timessofullattentionmaybegiven tovehicleoperation.

- If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pulloff therad to as a location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine.

YourNISSANisequippedwithBluetooth Hands-FreePhoneSystem.Ifyouareanowner ofacompatibleBluetooth enabledcellular phone,youcansetupthewirelessconnection betweenyourcellularphoneandthein-vehicle phonemodule.WithBluetooth wirelesstechnology,youcanmakeorreceiveatelephonecall withyourcellularphoneinyourpocket.

Onceacellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phonemodule, nophone connecting procedure is required anymore. Your phone is automatically connected with the in-vehicle phonemodule when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phoneturned on and carried in the vehicle.

Youcanregisterupto5differentBluetooth cellularphonesinthein-vehiclephonemodule. However, you cantalkononlyonecellularphone atatime.

TheNISSANVoiceRecognitionsystemsupportsthephonecommands,sodialingaphone numberusingyourvoiceispossible.Formore details,see“NISSANVoiceRecognitionSystem (modelswithnavigationsystem)”(P.4-103).

BeforeusingtheBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhone System, refertothefollowingnotes.

- WirelessLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth® functions share the same frequency band (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the wirelessLANfunctionsatthesametimemay slowdownordisconnectthecommunicationandcauseundesirednoise.It is recommendedthatyouturnoffthewireless LAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingtheBluetooth® functions.

- Setupthewirelessconnectionbetweena compatiblecellularphoneandthein-vehicle phonemodulebeforeusingtheBluetooth Hands-FreePhoneSystem.

- SomeBluetooth ^ enabledcellular phones may not be recognized by their vehicle phonemodule. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetoothforarecommendedphonelist.

- You will not be able to use a hands-free phoneunderthefollowingconditions:

—Yourvehicleisoutsideofthetelephone servicearea.

—Your vehicleisinanareawhereitis difficulttoreceiveradiowaves;suchasin atunnel,inanundergroundparking garage,behindatallbuildingorina mountainousarea.

—Yourcellularphoneislockedinordernot tobedialed.

- Whentheradiowaveconditionisnotideal orambientsoundistooloud, itmaybe difficult to hear the other person's voice during acall.

- Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position, it maybe impossible to receive a call for a short period of time.

• Donotplacethecellularphoneinanarea surroundedbymetalorfarawayfromthein-vehiclephonemoduletopreventtonequality degradationandwirelessconnectiondisruption.
• Whileacellularphoneisconnectedthrough theBluetooth ^ wirelessconnection,the batterypowerofthecellularphonemay dischargequickerthanusual.
• If the Bluetooth ^15 Hands-Free Phone System seemstobemalfunctioning, please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetoothfortrouble-shootinghelp.
• Somecellularphonesorotherdevicesmay causeinterferenceorabuzzingnoiseto comefromtheaudiosystemspeakers. Storingthedeviceinadifferentlocation mayreduceoreliminatethenoise.
• RefertothecellularphoneOwner's Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone, battery charging, cellular phone antenna, etc.
• Theantennadisplayonthemonitorwillnot coincidewiththeantennadisplayofsome cellularphones.
• Keeptheinteriorofthevehicleasquietas possibletohearthecaller'svoiceclearlyas wellastominimizeitsechoes.

- Ifreceptionbetweencallersisunclear, adjustingtheincomingoroutgoingcall volumemayimprovetheclarity.

REGULATORYINFORMATION

FCCRegulatoryinformation

- CAUTION: Tomaintaincompliance with FCC's RFexposureguidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachment could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.

- Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwo conditions:

1. thisdevicemaynotcauseinterference and
2. thisdevicemustacceptanyinterference, includinginterferencethat may causeun-desiredoperationofthedevice

ICRegulatoryinformation

• Operationis subjecttothefollowingtwo conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
• ThisClassBdigitalapparatusmeetsall requirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations.

Bluetoothtrademark:

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth® isattrademarkowned byBluetoothSIG,Inc.,and licensedtoClarionCo.,Ltd.

VOICECOMMANDS

Youcanusevoicecommandstooperatevarious Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystemfeatures usingtheNISSANVoiceRecognitionsystem.

Formoredetails, see "NISSANVoiceRecognition System (models with navigation system)" (P.4-103).

① PHONE ② SAA2518

CONTROLBUTTONS

1)PHONEbutton

2) TALK /PHONESENDbutton

graph TD
    A["Vehicle Phonebook"] --> B["Call History"]
    B --> C["Handset Phonebook"]
    C --> D["Dial Number"]
    E["Volume"] --> F["Connect Phone"]
    F --> G["Connected Phone"]

CONNECTINGPROCEDURE

1. Push the PHONE button or the button, and select the "Connect Phone" key.

The system is searching for your phone. Using your handset, lock for a Bluetooth device called MY-CAR. When requested by the handset, enter the PIN 1234. Exiting screen cancels search. Cancel Help Connects a phone using Bluetooth SAA2520

1. WhenaPINcodeappearonthescreen, operatethecompatibleBluetooth ^ cellular phonetoenterthePINcode.

Theconnectingprocedureofthecellular phonevariesaccordingtoeachcellular phone.SeethecellularphoneOwner's Manualforthedetails.Youcanalsovisit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or call NISSANConsumerAffairsDepartmentfor instructionsonpairingNISSANrecommendedcellularphones.

When the connection process is completed, the screen will return to the Phonemeu display.

PHONESELECTION

Upto5cellularphonescanberegisteredtothe system.Toswitchtoconnectanothercellular phone,pushPHONEbuttonandselectthe "ConnectedPhones"key.Theregisteredcellular phonesareshownonthelist.Ifyouselecta cellularphonethatisdifferentfromtheone currentlyconnected,thenewlyselectedphone willbeconnectedtothesystem.

VEHICLEPHONEBOOK

Thisvehiclehastwophonebooksavailablefor hands-freeuse. Dependingonthephone, the systemmayautomaticallydownloadtheentire cellphone'sphonebookintothe"Handset Phonebook". Forthedetailsaboutdownloading aphonebook, see "Phonesetting"(P.4-89). Ifa phonebookdoesnotautomaticallydownload, thevehiclephonebookmaybesetforupto 1.000entries. Thisphonebookallowsthe recordingofanametospeakwhileusingvoice recognition.

Settings ► Edit Vehicle Phonebook Add New 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX 1/2 SAA2521

1. Push the PHONE button and select the "Vehicle Phonebook" key.
2. Selectthe "AddNew" keyatthetopofthe screen.

Settings ► Vehicle Phonebook Copy from Call History Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad 3/3 SAA2522

1. Choosethemethodforenteringthephone-bookentry.Forthisexample,select"Enter NumberbyKeypad".

4.Inputthenameandphonenumbermanually usingthekeypaddisplayedonthescreen. (See"Howtousetouchscreen"(P.4-4).)

Settings ► Vehicle Phonebook OK Entry # 1 Name David Number 111-111-1111 Type Voicetag 2/5 SAA2523

1. Select the "Voicetag" keytorecordaname to speak when using the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem.
2. Select the "Store" key and prepare to speak the name after the tone.
3. Whenthevoicetagissuccessfullysaved, selectthe"OK"keytosavethephonebook entry.
4. After the phone book entry is saved, it will show a screen that is ready to call the number. Pressthe BACK button to return to the Vehicle Phonebook.

Therearedifferentmethodstoinputaphone number.Selectoneofthefollowingoptions

insteadof"EnterNumberbyKeypad"instep3.

•CopyfromCallHistory

Thesystemwillshowalistofincoming, outgoingormissedcallsthatweredown-loadedfromtheconnectedcellularphone (dependingonthephone'scompatibility). Selectoneoftheseentriestosaveinthe vehiclephonebook.

•CopyfromtheHandset

Thesystemwillshowtheconnectedcellular phone'sphonebookthatwasdownloaded (dependingon the phone's compatibility). Selectoneoftheseentriestosaveinthe vehiclephonebook.

Phone ▶ Vehicle Phonebook XXXX XXXXXXXXXX Call Edit Delete 2/3 SAA2620

EditingtheVehiclePhonebook

1. Push the PHONE button and select the "Vehicle Phonebook" key.
2. Select the desired entry from the displayed list.
3. Selectthe "Edit" key.
4. Select the desired item to change.

Settings ► Vehicle Phonebook OK Entry # 1 Name David Number 111-111-1111 Type Voicetag 2/5 SAA2523

alloweasydialingusingtheNISSANVoice

Recognitionsystem.(See "NISSANVoice

RecognitionSystem(modelswithnavigation system)"(P.4-103).)

Todeleteanentry,selectthe"Delete"keyat step3.

Phone Vehicle Phonebook Call History Handset Phonebook Dial Number Volume Connect Phone Connected Phones Help Calls a phonebook entry saved to the vehicle SAA2524

The followingeditingitemsareavailable:

-Entry#

Changesthedisplayednumberofthe selectedentry.

Name

Editthenameoftheentryusingthekeypad displayedonthescreen.

●Number

Editthephonenumberusingthekeypad displayedonthescreen.

- Type

Selectaniconfromtheiconlist.

•Voicetag

Confirmandstorethevoicetag.Voicetags

4-86 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

MAKINGACALL

Tomakeacall, follow this procedure.

1. Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel or the button on the steering wheel. The "PHONE" screen will appear on the display.

2. Select the "HandsetPhonebook" key on the "PHONE" menu.

3. Select the desired entry from the list.

4. Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list.

Phone ▶ Handset Phonebook 0:15 XXXX XXXXXXXXXX Call Phonebook Delete One Del Phone No. 1/4 SAA2621

1. Selectthe "Call" keytostartdialing the number.

Therearedifferentmethodstomakeacall. Selectoneofthefollowingoptionsinsteadof "HandsetPhonebook"instep2above.

•VehiclePhonebook

SelectanentrystoredintheVehicle's Phonebook.

- CallHistory

Selectanoutgoing, incomingormissedcall downloadedfromyourcellphone(dependingonyourphone'scompatibility).

•DialNumber

Input the phonenumbermanually using the

keypaddisplayedonthescreen.(See "How tousetouchscreen"(P.4-4).)

Phone Incoming Call 0:00 XXXXXXXXXX Answer Hold Call Reject Call 1/3 SAA2525

RECEIVINGACALL

Whenyouhearaphonering, the display will changetotheincomingcallmode. Toreceivea call, performoneofthefollowingprocedures listed below.

1. Selectthe"Answer"key.

2. Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel.

3.Pushthe buttononthesteeringwheel.

There are some options available when receiving acall.Selectoneofthefollowingdisplayedon thescreen.

-Answer

Acceptanincomingcalltotalk.

- HoldCall

Putanincomingcallonhold.

-RejectCall

Rejectanincomingcall.

To finish the call, perform one of the following procedures listed below.

1. Selectthe"Hangup"key.
2. Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel.
3. Push the button on the steering wheel.

Phone Call in Progress 0:15 XXXXXXXXXX Hang up Use Handset Mute Keypad Switch Call 1/5 SAA3587

DURINGACALL

Therearesomeoptionsavailableduringacall. Selectoneofthefollowingdisplayedonthe screenifnecessary.

●Hangup

Finishthecall.

•UseHandset

Transferthecalltothecellularphone.

•Mute

Muteyourvoicetotheperson.

•Keypad

Usingthetouchtone, senddigitstothe connectedpartyforusingservicessuchas voicemail.

- CancelMute

Thiswillappearafter"Mute"isselected. Mutewillbecanceled.

- SwitchCall\*

Select"SwitchCall"toansweranother incomingcall.Byselecting"Hangup",you canendacallandcanspeaktoacallerwho isonholdagain.

*Thisfunctionmaynotbeusable,dependingonthemodelofphone.

Toadjusttheperson'svoicetobelouderor quieter,pushthevolumecontrolswitch(+or-) onthesteeringwheelorturnthevolumecontrol knobontheinstrumentpanelwhiletalkingon thephone.Thisadjustmentisalsoavailable in theSETTINGmode.

4-88 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Settings ▶ Phone Edit Vehicle Phonebook Delete Phonebook Download Handset Phonebook Volume & Ringtone Auto Downloaded ON 1/5 Add or edit phonebook entries JVH0136M

PHONESETTING

TosetuptheBluetooth® Hands-FreePhone Systemtoyourpreferredsettings, pushthe SETTINGbuttonontheinstrumentpaneland selectthe"PHONE"key.

EditVehiclePhonebook

Toeditthevehiclephonebook, usethesame procedure as described in "Vehiclephonebook" (P.4-84).

DeletePhonebook

The vehicle phone book entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one.

DownloadHandsetPhonebook

DownloadthecontactsregisteredinaBluetooth® cellularphone.Availabilityofthisfunction dependsoneachcellularphone.Thememory downloadingprocedurefromthecellularphone alsovariesaccordingtoeachcellularphone. SeecellularphoneOwner'sManualfordetails.

Volume&Ringtone

The following kind of phone volume can be set. Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the "Volume & Ringtone" key can also operate the same settings.

•Ringtone/IncomingCall/OutgoingCall

To increase or decrease the volume, select the "Ringtone", "IncomingCall" or "OutgoingCall" key and adjust it with them multifunction controller.

●AutomaticHold

Whenthisfunctionisactivated,anincoming phonecallisautomaticallyheld.

- VehicleRingtone

Whenthisfunctionisactivated,aspecific ringtonethatisdifferentfromthecellular phonewillsoundwhenreceivingacall.

AutoDownload

Whenthisitemisactivated, thephonebookofa hands-freephoneisautomaticallydownloaded atthesametimethatthehands-freephoneis connected.

Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems 4-89

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions. Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

SymptomSolution
Systemfailstointerpretthecommand correctly.	1.Ensurethatthecommandisvalid.(See“NISSANVoiceRecognitionSystem(modelswithnavigationsystem)("P.4-103).)
	2.Ensurethatthecommandisspokenafterthetone.
	3.Speakclearlywithoutpausingbetweenwordsandatalevelappropriatetotheambientnoiselevelinthevehicle.
	4.Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to usethephone,itislikelythatthevoicecommandswillnotberecognized.
	5.Ifmorethanonecommandwassaidatatime,trysayingthecommandsseparately.
Thesystemconsistentlyselectsthe wrongvoicetag.	1.Ensurethatthevoicetagrequestedmatcheswhatwasoriginallystored.(See“Vehiclephonebook”(P.4-84).)
	2.Replaceoneofthenamesbeingconfusedwithanewname.
Thesystemcannotbeoperated.	Closethesofttop(forRoadstermodels).

Bluetooth® HANDS-FREEPHONE SYSTEM(modelswithout navigationsystem)(ifsoequipped)

WARNING

•Useaphoneafterstoppingyour vehicleinasafelocation.Ifyou havetouseaphonewhiledriving, exerciseextremecautionatall timessofullattentionmaybegiven tovehicleoperation.

- If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pulloff therad to as a location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine.

1 2 3 4 SAA2528

1. Volumecontrolswitch=/+

2.PHONESEND button

3.PHONEEND button

1. Microphone

YourNISSANisequippedwiththeBluetooth Hands-FreePhoneSystem.Ifyouhavea compatibleBluetooth® enabledcellularphone, youcansetupthewirelessconnectionbetween yourcellularphoneandthein-vehiclephone module.WithBluetooth® wirelesstechnology, youcanmakeorreceiveahands-freetelephone callinyourvehicle.

Once your cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phonemodule, no other phone connecting procedure is required. Your phone is

automatically connected with the in-vehicle phonemodule when the ignitions switch this pushed to the ON position with the connected cellular phoneturned on and carried in the vehicle.

Youcanconnectupto5differentBluetooth cellularphonesinthein-vehiclephonemodule. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone atatime.

BeforeusingtheBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhone System, refertothefollowingnotes.

●WirelesLAN(Wi-Fi)andtheBluetooth® functionssharethesamefrequencyband (2.4GHz).UsingtheBluetooth® andthe wireless LAN functions at the same time may

slowdownordisconnectthecommunicationandcauseundesirednoise.Itis recommendedthatyouturnoffthewireless LAN(Wi-Fi)whenusingtheBluetooth functions.

- Setupthewirelessconnectionbetweena compatiblecellularphoneandthein-vehicle phonemodulebeforeusingtheBluetooth Hands-FreePhoneSystem.

- SomeBluetooth ^ enabledcellularphones may not be recognized by their vehicle phonemodule. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetoothforarecommendedphone listandconnecting.

- Youwillnotbeabletouseahands-free phoneunderthefollowingconditions: -Yourvehicleisoutsideofthetelephone servicearea. -Yourvehicleisinanareawhereitis difficulttoreceiveradiowaves;suchasin atunnel,inanundergroundparking garage,nearatallbuildingorina mountainousarea. -Yourcellularphoneislockedtopreventit frombeingdialed.

- Whentheradiowaveconditionisnotideal orambientsoundistooloud, it maybe difficult to hear the other person's voice during acall.

• Immediatelyaftertheignitionswitchis pushedtotheONposition,itmaybe impossibletoreceiveacallforashort periodoftime.
• Donotplacethecellularphoneinanarea surroundedbymetalorfarawayfromthein-vehiclephonemoduletopreventtonequality degradationandwirelessconnectiondisruption.
• Whileacellularphoneisconnectedthrough theBluetooth® wirelessconnection,the batterypower ofthe cellularphone may discharge quickerthanusual.TheBluetooth® Hands-FreePhoneSystemcannot chargecellularphones.
• IftheBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhoneSystem seemstobemalfunctioning,see“Troubleshootingguide”laterinthissection.Youcan alsovisitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetoothfortroubleshootinghelp.
• Somecellularphonesorotherdevicesmay causeinterferenceorabuzzingnoiseto comefromtheaudiosystemspeakers. Storingthedeviceinadifferentlocation mayreduceoreliminatethenoise.

• RefertothecellularphoneOwner's Manual regarding battery charging, cellularphone antenna, etc.

• Thiswirelesshandsfreecarkitisbasedon Bluetooth® technology,
  —Frequency:2402MHz-2480MHz
  —OutputPower:4.14dBmE.I.R.P
  —Modulation: FHSSGFSK8DPSK,π/4DQPSK
  —NumberofChannel:79
  —Thiswirelessequipmentcan'tbeused foranyservicesrelatedtosafetybecause thereisthepossibilityofradiointerference.

REGULATORYINFORMATION

FCCRegulatoryinformation

• CAUTION: Tomaintaincompliance with FCC's RF exposure guidelines, use only the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, modification, or attachment should damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.
• Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwo conditions:
• thisdevicemaynotcauseinterference and
• thisdevicemustacceptanyinterference, includinginterferencethatmaycauseundesiredoperationofthedevice

ICRegulatoryinformation

• Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwo conditions:(1)thisdevicemaynotcause interference,and(2)thisdevicemustaccept anyinterference,includinginterferencethat maycauseundesiredoperationofthe device.
• ThisClassBdigitalapparatusmeetsall requirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations.

Bluetoothtrademark:

Bluetooth®

Bluetooth® isattrademarkowned byBluetoothSIG,Inc.,and licensedtoVisteonCorporation.

USINGTHESYSTEM

TheNISSANVoiceRecognitionsystemallows hands-freeoperationoftheBluetooth ^® Hands-FreePhoneSystem.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may not be available as full attention may begin to vehicle operation.

Initialization

WhentheignitionswitchispushedtotheON position,NISSANVoiceRecognitionisinitialized,whichmaytakeuptooneminute.Ifthe

buttonispushedbeforetheinitialization completes,thesystemwillacceptanycommand.

Operatingtips

TogetthebestperformanceoutoftheNISSAN VoiceRecognitionsystem,observethefollowing:

• Keeptheinteriorofthevehicleasquietas possible. Closethewindowstoeliminate surroundingnoises(trafficnoises,vibration sounds,etc.),whichmaypreventthesystem fromrecognizingvoicecommandscorrectly.
• Waituntilthetonesoundsbeforespeakinga command. Otherwise, the command will not bereceived properly.
  -Startspeakingacommandwithin5seconds afterthetonesounds.
• Speakinanaturalvoicewithoutpausing betweenwords.

Givingvoicecommand

TooperateNISSANVoiceRecognition, push and release the button located on the steeringwheel. After the tonesounds, speak a command.

The command given is picked up by the microphone, and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted.

- If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again, say "Help" and the system will repeat them.

• Ifacommandisnotrecognized, thesystem announces, "Commandnotrecognized. Pleasesayagain." Repeat the command in aclearvoice.
• If you want to go back to the previous command, you cansay "Goback" or "Correction" any timethesystem is waiting for a response.
• Youcan cancelacommandwhen the systemiswaitingforaresponsebysaying, "Cancel"or"Quit."Thesystemannounces "Cancel"andendstheVRsession.Youcan alsopushandholdthe buttonfor5 secondsonthesteeringwheelatanytimeto canceltheVRsession.WhenevertheVR session iscancelled,a doublebeep is playedto indicateyouhaveexited the system.
• If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback, push the volume control switch (+ or - ) on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback. You can also use the radio volume control knob.
• Inmostcasesyoucaninterruptthevoice feedbacktospeakthenextcommandby pressingthe buttononthesteering wheel.
• Tousethesystemfaster, youmayspeakthe secondlevelcommandswiththemainmenu

commandonthemainmenu. Forexample, pressthe buttonandafterthetonesay, "CallRedial." Note: The combined commandofCalland(aName) cannotbeused.

Howtosaynumbers

NISSANVoiceRecognitionrequiresacertain waytospeaknumbersinvoicecommands. Refertotherulesandexamplesbelow.

- Either"zero"or"oh"canbeusedfor"0". Example:1-800-662-6200

—“Oneeightohohsixsixtwosixtwooh oh”,or

—“Oneeightzerozerosixsixtwosixtwo ohoh”

- Wordscanbeusedforthefirst4digits placesonly. Example:1-800-662-6200

—“Oneeighthundredsixsixtwosixtwooh oh”,

—NOT“Oneeighthundredsixsixtwosixty twohundred, and

—NOT“Oneeightohohsixsixtwosixty twohundred.

- Numberscanbespokeninsmallgroups. Thesystemwillpromptyoutocontinuing enteringdigits, ifdesired. Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“Oneeightzerozero” Thesystemrepeatsthenumbersand promptsyoutoentermore.

—“sixsixtwo” Thesystemrepeatsthenumbersand promptsyoutoentermore.

—“sixtwozerozero”

- Youcansay "Star" for "*" and "Pound" for "#" at any time in any position of the phone number. (Available only when using the "SpecialDialing" command.) Example: 1-555-1212*123

—“Onefivefivefiveonetwoonetwostar onetwothree”

- Say "pound" for "#". Say "star" for "**(availablewhenusingthe"SpecialDialing" commandandthe"Send"commandduring acall).

- Say"plus"for"+" (availableonlywhenusing the"SpecialDialing"command).

- Say"pause"fora2secondpause(available onlywhenstoringaphonebooknumber). See "Makingacallbyenteringaphone number"(P.4-96)and"Listofvoicecommands"(P.4-97)formoreinformation.

NOTE:

Forbestresults, sayphonenumbersas singledigits.

Thevoicecommand"Help"isavailableatany time.Pleasesaythe"Help"commandtoget informationabouthowtousethesystem. INFO

- If you are controlling the telephonesystem by voice command for the first time, then know the appropriate voice command, speak "Help". The system announces the available commands.

- Whenyouspeaknumbers,youcanspeak both"zero"or"oh"for"0".

Manualcommandselection

Commandscanbeselectedmanually. While the commandsaredisplayedonthaudioscreen, selectacommandbyoperatingtheaudiotuning switch, and then push the switch.Oncea command is manually selected, the voice commandfunctioniscancelled. Toreturnto voicecommandmode, push the switch to cancel the current operation, and then perform the first procedure of voice command.

SAA2557

CONTROLBUTTONS

The control buttons for the Bluetooth ^ Hands-Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel.

PHONESEND

Pushthe 📣 buttonontinitiateaVRsessionor answeranincomingcall.

Youcanalsousethe buttononterrupt systemfeedbackandgiveacommandatonce.

PHONEEND

While the voicerecognition system is active, press the button to go back on the step. Press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voicerecognition system at any time.

GETTINGSTARTED

The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth ^ Hands-Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition. For additional command options, refer to "List of voice commands" (P.4-97).

Choosingalanguage

Youcan interact with the Bluetooth ^ Hands-Free Phone System using English, Spanish or French.

Tochangethelanguage, perform the following.

1. Pressandholdthe 5seconds.

buttonformorethan

1. Thesystemannounces: "PressthePHONE SEND( 📞 )buttonforthehands-free phonesystemtoenterthespeakeradaptationmodeorpressthePHONEEND( 📞 ) buttontoselectadifferentlanguage."

2. Pushthe

button.

Forinformationonspeakeradaptation,see "SpeakerAdaptation(SA)mode"(P.4-100).

1. Thesystemannounce the current language and gives you the option to change the language to Spanish (in Spanish) or French (in French). Use the following chart to select the language.

NOTE:

Youmustpushthe buttonorthe buttonwithin5secondstochange thelanguage.

Currentlan-guage	Push (TALK/PHONESEND) toselect	Push (MODE/PHONEEND) toselect
English	Spanish	French
Spanish	English	French
French	English	Spanish

1. If you decide not to change the language, do not press either button. After 5 seconds, the VR session will end, and the language will not be changed.

Connectingprocedure

NOTE:

Theconnectingproceduremustbeperformedwhenthevehicleisstationary.If thevehiclestartsmovingduringtheprocedure,theprocedurewillbecancelled.

Main menu

"Connect Phone" A

"Add Phone" Ⓑ

Initiate from handset ©

Name phone Ⓓ

1. Push the button on the steering wheel. Thesystemannouncestheavailablecom- mands.
   2.Say:"ConnectPhone" Ⓐ .Thesystem acknowledges the command and announce the next set of available commands.
   3.Say: "Addphone" ⑧. Thesystemacknowledgesthecommandandasksyoutoinitiate pairingfromthephonehandset ⑨.
   Theconnectingprocedureofthecellular phonevariesaccordingtoeachcellular phone.SeethecellularphoneOwner's Manualfordetails.Youcanalsovisitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetoothforinstructionson connectingNISSANrecommendedcellular phones.
   When prompted fora Passkeycode, enter "1234" from the handset. The Passkeycode "1234" has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed.
2. Thesystemasksyoutosayanameforthe phone Ⓓ.
   Ifthenameistoolongortooshort,the systemtellsyou,thenpromptsyoufora nameagain.
   Also, if more than one phone is connected and then names soundstoom much like an name already used, the system tells you, then

promptsyouforanameagain.

Makingacallbyenteringaphone number

Main menu "Call" Ⓐ "Phone Number" (speak digits) Ⓑ "Dial" Ⓒ

1. Push the button on steering wheel. A tonewillsound.
   2.Say: "Call" A. Thesystemacknowledges the command and announce the next set of available commands.
   3.Say:"PhoneNumber" B. Thesystem acknowledges the command and announce the next set of available commands. Say:"SpecialDialing" todialmorethan 10 digits or any special characters.
2. Saythenumberyouwishtocallstartingwith the area code in single digit format. If the systemhastroublerecognizingthecorrect phonenumber, tryenteringthenumber in thefollowinggroups:3-digitareacode, 3-digitprefixandthelast4-digits. Forexample, 555-121-3354 canbesaidas "fivefivefive" asthe1stgroup, then "onetwoone" asthe 2ndgroup, and "threethreefivefour" asthe 3rdgroup. Fordialingmorethan10digitsor

anyspecialcharacters, say "SpecialDial-ing". See "How to say numbers" (P.4-94), formoreinformation.

1. When you have finished speaking the phone number, the system repeats it back and announce the available commands.

6.Say:"Dial" ©. Thesystemacknowledges the command and make the call.

Foradditionalcommandoptions,see"Listof voicecommands"(P.4-97).

Receivingacall

Whenyouheartheringtone, press the button on the steering wheel.

Oncethecallhasended, press the onthesteeringwheel.

NOTE:

If you donotwishtotakethecall when you heartheringtone, press the button on thesteeringwheeltorejectthecall.

4-96 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

LISTOFVOICECOMMANDS

Main menu

"Call"

"Phonebook"

"Recent Calls"

"Connect Phone"

When you push and release the button on the steering wheel, you can choose from the command on the Main Menu. The following pages describe these commands and the commands in each sub-menu.

Remembertowaitforthetonebefore speaking.

Youcansay"Help"tohearthelistofcommands currentlyavailableanytimethesystemiswaiting foraresponse.

Amenuitemcanalsobeselectedbyscrolling thedisplaywiththeSEEKswitchandentering bypassingthe button.

If you want to end an action without completing it, you can say "Cancel" or "Quit" at any time the system is waiting for a response. The system will end the VR session. Whenever the VR session is cancelled, adouble beep is played to indicate you have exited the system.

If you want to go back to the previous command, you can say "Goback" or "Correction" anytime

thesystemiswaitingforaresponse.

Call

Main menu

"Call" or "Call International"

Name (speak name) Ⓐ

Phone Number (speak digits) Ⓑ

"Redial" ©

"Call Back" D

Name(aname) A

If there are entries stored in the phonebook, a number associated with an name and location can be dialed.

See "Phonebook(phoneswithoutautomatic phonebookdownloadfunction)"(P.4-98) to learnhowtostoreentries.

When prompted by the system, say the name of the phone book entry to call. The system acknowledges name.

If there are multiple locations associated with the name, the system mask the userto choose the location.

Oncethenameandlocationareconfirmed,the systembeginsthecall.

PhoneNumber(speakdigits) Ⓑ

When prompted by the system, say then number

tocall.Referto"Makingacallbyenteringa phonenumber"(P.4-96)formoredetails.

"Redial" ©

Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed.

Thesystemacknowledgesthecommand, repeatsthenumberandbeginsdialing.

Ifaredialnumberdoesnotexist, thesystem announces, "Thereisnonumbertoredial" and endstheVRsession.

"Callback" D

UsetheCallBackcommandtodialthenumber ofthelastincomingcallwithinthevehicle.

Thesystemacknowledgesthecommand, repeatsthenumberandbeginsdialing.

Ifacallbacknumberdoesnotexist, thesystem announces, "Thereisnonumbertocallback" and ends the VRsession.

SpecialDialing

Todialmorethan10digitsoranyspecial characters,please say "SpecialDialing".When thesystemacknowledgesthecommand,the systemwillpromptyoutospeakthenumber.

Duringacall

During acallthereareseveralcommandoptions available. Push the buttononthesteering wheeltomutethereceivingvoiceandenter

commands.

• "Help"—Thesystemannouncestheavailablecommands.
• "Goback/Correction"—Thesystemannounces"Goback," endstheVRsession and returnstothecall.
• "Cancel/Quit"—Thesystemannounces "Cancel," endstheVRsessionandreturns tothecall.
• "Send/Enter/Call/Dial"—UsetheSend commandtoenternumbers,"*”or“#” duringacall.Forexample, ifyouwere directedtodialanextensionbyanautomatedsystem:
  Say: "Sendonetwothreefour." Thesystemacknowledgesthecommand andsendsthetonesassociatedwiththe numbers.ThesystemthenendstheVR sessionandreturnstothecall.Say"star"for "*",say"pound"for"#".
• "Transfercall"—Use the Transfer Call command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired. Thesystem announces, "Transfercall. Call transferred top privacy mode." Thesystem then ends the VR session. Toreconnect acall from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phonesys

tem, pushthe button.

- "Mute"—Use the Mutecommandtomute your voicesotheotherpartycannothearit. Use themutecommandagaintounmute your voice.

NOTE:

Ifacallisendedorthecellularphone networkconnectionislostwhiletheMute featureison,theMutefeaturewillbereset to"off"forthenextcallsotheotherparty canhearyourvoice.

Phonebook(phoneswithoutautomatic phonebookdownloadfunction)

Main menu

"Phonebook"

Transfer Entry A

Delete Entry B

List Names C

"TransferEntry" Ⓐ

UsetheTransferEntrycommandtostoreanew nameinthesystem.

When prompted by the system, say then a name you would like to give them new entry.

Forexample, say: "Mary."

Ifthenameistoolongortooshort,thesystem tellsyou,thenpromptsyouforanameagain.

Also, if then namesoundstoomuchlikeaname already stored, the system tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Thesystemwillaskyoutotransferaphone numberstoredinthecellularphone'smemory.

Toenteraphonenumberbyvoicecommand:

Forexample, say: "fivefivefiveonetwoone two." See "Howtosaynumbers" (P.4-94) for more information.

Totransferaphonenumberstoredinthecellular phone'smemory:

Say: "Transferentry." Thesystemacknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset. Then new contact phonenumber will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth ^ communication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone. Se the cellular phone Owner's Manual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetoothforinstructionsontransferring phonenumbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones.

Thesystemrepeatsthenumberandprompts youforthenextcommand.Whenyouhave finishedenteringnumbersortransferringan entry,choose"Store."

Thesystemconfirmsthename, location and

4-98 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

number.

"DeleteEntry" B

UsetheDeleteEntrycommandtodeleteone entryfromthephonebook. After the system acknowledges acommand, say thenameto deleteorsay "ListNames" to choose an entry.

"ListNames" ©

Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook. Thesystem recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phonenumbers. When playback of the list is complete, the system return to themain menu.

Playbackofthelistcanbestoppedatanytime bypushingthe buttononthesteering wheel.ThesystemendstheVRsession.

Phonebook(phoneswithautomatic phonebookdownloadfunction)

NOTE:

Phonebookcommandsarenotavailable whenthevehicleismoving.

Main menu

"List names" Ⓐ

"Record Name" Ⓑ

Forphonesthatsupportautomaticdownloadof thephonebook(PBAPBluetoothprofile),the

"Phonebook" commandisusedtomanage entriestothevehiclephonebook. Youcansay thenameofanentryatthismenutoinitiate dialingofthatentry.

Thephonebookstoresupto1000namesfor eachphonepairedwiththesystem.Eachname canhaveupto4locations/phonenumbers associatedwithit.

Whenaphoneisconnectedtothesystem,the phonebookisautomaticallydownloadedtothe vehicle.Thisfeatureallowsyoutoaccessyour phonebookfromtheBluetooth® systemandcall contactsbyname.Youcanrecordacustom voicetagforcontactnamesthatthesystemhas difficultyrecognizing.Formoreinformationsee "RecordName"inthissection.

NOTE:

Eachphonehasitsownseparatephone-book.YoucannotaccessPhoneA'sphone-bookifyouarecurrentlyconnectedwithPhoneB.

"Listnames" Ⓐ

UsetheListNamescommandtohearallthe namesandlocationsinthephonebook.

Thesystemrecitesthephonebookentriesbut doesnotincludetheactualphonenumbers. Whentheplaybackofthelistiscomplete, the systemgoesbacktothemainmenu.

Youcanstoptheplaybackofthelistatanytime bypassingthe buttononthesteering wheel.ThesystemendstheVRsession.Seethe "RecordName" commandinthissectionfor informationaboutrecordingcustomvoicetags forlistentriesthatthesystemhasdifficulty pronouncing.

"Recordname" B

Thesystemallowsyoutorecordcustomvoice tagsforcontactnamesinthephonebookthat thevehiclehas difficultyrecognizing.This featurecanalsobeusedtorecordvoicetags todirectlydialanentrywithmultiplenumbers. Upto40voicetagscanberecordedtothe system.

RecentCalls

Main menu

"Recent Calls"

"Outgoing" Ⓐ

"Incoming" Ⓑ

"Missed" ©

UsetheRecentCallscommandtoaccess outgoing, incomingormissedcalls.

"Outgoing" Ⓐ

UsetheOutgoingcommandtolisttheoutgoing

callsmadefromthevehicle.

"Incoming" Ⓑ

UsethelIncomingcommandtolisttheincoming callsmadefromthevehicle.

"Missed" ©

UsetheMissedcommandtolistthemissed callsmadetothevehiclethatwerenot answered.

ConnectPhone

NOTE:

AddPhonecommandisnotavailable whenthevehicleismoving.

Main menu "Connect Phone" "Add Phone" Ⓐ "Select Phone" Ⓑ "Delete Phone" Ⓒ "Turn Bluetooth Off" Ⓓ

UsetheConnectPhonecommandstomanage thephonesconnectingtothevehicleorto enabletheBluetooth ^® functiononthevehicle.

"AddPhone" A

UsetheAddPhonecommandtoaddaphoneto the vehicle. See "Connecting procedure" (P.4-95) form more information.

"SelectPhone" Ⓑ

Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle. The system will list then names assigned to each phone and then promptly you for the phone you wish to select. Only one phone can be active at time.

"DeletePhone" ©

Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phonethatisconnected to the vehicle. The system will list then names assigned to each phone and then promptly you for the phone you wish to delete. Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also do let that phone book for that phone.

BluetoothOff D

UsetheBluetoothOffcommandtopreventa wirelessconnectiontoyourphone.

1. Positionthevehicleinareasonablyquiet outdoorlocation.
2. Sitinthedriver'sseatwiththeengine running, theparkingbrakeon, and the transmissioninPark.
3. Pressandholdthe buttonformorethan 5seconds.

4. Thesystemannounces: "PressthePHONE SEND( 📞 )buttonforthehands-free phonesystemtoenterthespeakeradaptationmodeorpressthePHONEEND( 📞 ) buttontoselectadifferentlanguage."

5. Pressthe 📋 button.

Forinformationonselectingadifferent language,see"Choosingalanguage"(P.4-95).

4-100 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

1. If the connected phone is already in use, the system will promptly out to overwrite. Follow the instructions provided by the system.
2. When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin, press the button.
3. The SAmodewillbeexplained.Followthe instructionsprovidedbythesystem.
4. Whentrainingisfinished, thesystemwilltell youanadequatenumberofphraseshave beenrecorded.
5. Thesystemwillannouncethatspeaker adaptationhasbeencompletedandthe systemisready.
   ●The buttonispressedformorethan5 secondsinSAmode.
   ●ThevehicleisdrivenduringSAmode.
   ●TheignitionswitchisturnedtotheOFFFor LOCKposition.
   During the SA mode, the system instructs you to say the following phrases.
   (Thesystemwillpromptyouforeachphrase.)
6. phonebooktransferentry
   -dial30429

TheSAmodewillstopif:

Trainingphrases

• deletecallbacknumber
  ●Incoming
• Transferentry
  -8pause932pause7
• deleteallentries
• call72409
• phonebookdeleteentry
• nextentry
• dialstar2170
• yes
  •no
• select
  Missed

-dial85692

- Bluetooth

-Outgoing

•call31902

●97pausepause308

- cancel

- callbacknumber

- callstar2095

- deletephone

-dial83051

- RecordName

-43pause29pause0

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions. Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

SymptomSolution
Systemfailstointerpretthecommandcorrectly.	1.Ensurethatthecommandisvalid.See"Listofvoicecommands"(P.4-97).
	2.Ensurethatthecommandisspokenafterthetone.
	3.Speakclearlywithoutpausingbetweenwordsandatalevelappropriatetotheambientnoiselevelinthevehicle.
	4.Ensurethattheambientnoiselevelisnotexcessive(forexample,windowsopenordefrosteron).NOTE:Ifitistoo noisytousethephone,itislikelythatthevoicecommandswillnotberecognized.
	5.Ifmorethanonecommandwassaidatatime,trysayingthecommandssseparately.
	6.Ifthesystemconsistentlyfailstorecognizecommands,thevoicetrainingproceduresshouldbecarriedoutto improvetherecognitionresponseforthespeaker.See"SpeakerAdaptation(SA)mode"(P.4-100).
Thesystemconsistentlyselectsthewrongentryfrom thephonebook.	1.Ensurethatthephonebookentrynamerequestedmatcheswhatwasoriginallystored.Thiscanbeconfirmedby usingthe"ListNames"command.See"Phonebook(phoneswithoutautomaticphonebookdownloadfunction)("P.4-98).
	2.Replaceoneofthenamesbeingconfusedwithanewname.

NISSANVOICERECOGNITION SYSTEM(modelswithnavigation system)

NISSANVoiceRecognitionallowshands-free operationofthePhone,Navigation,Information and Audiosystemsinoneoftwomodes, StandardModeorAlternateCommandMode.

InStandardMode, commandsthatareavailable arealwaysshownonthedisplayandannounced bythesystem.Youcancompleteyourdesired operationbysimplyfollowingthepromptsgiven bythesystem.(See“NISSANvoicerecognition StandardMode”(P.4-103)fordetails.)

Foradvancedoperation,youcanusethe AlternateCommandMode.(See“NISSANvoice recognitionAlternateCommandMode”(P.4-114)fordetails.)Whenthismodeisactive,an expandedlistofcommandscanbespokenafter pushingtheTALK switch,andthevoice commandmenupromptsareturnedoff.Review theexpandedcommandlist,whichisavailable whenthismodeisactive.Notethatinthismode therecognitionsuccessratemaybeaffectedas thenumberofavailablecommandsandtheways ofspeakingeachcommandareincreased.

Toswitchonemodetoanother,seeeachmode descriptionlaterinthissection.

Toimprovetherecognitionsuccessratewhen AlternateCommandModeisactive,tryusingthe SpeakerAdaptationFunctionavailableinthat mode. Otherwise,itisrecommendedthat AlternateCommandModebeturnedoffand

StandardModebeusedforthebestrecognition performance.

Forthevoicecommandsforthenavigation system, refertotheNavigationSystemOwner's Manualofyourvehicle.

ForRoadstermodels:

Thevoicerecognitionsystemcannotbeoperatedwhenthesofttopisnotclosed.

NISSANVOICERECOGNITION STANDARDMODE

The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated.

TheStandardModeenablesyoutocomplete thedesiredoperationbysimplyfollowingthe promptsthatappearonthedisplayandalsoare announcedbythesystem.

Settings > Others Comfort Language & Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer 3/4 Adjust voice recognition settings SAA2529

ActivatingStandardMode

When the Alternate Command Mode is active, perform the following step to switch to the Standard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel.
2. Selectthe "Others" key.
3. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.

Settings ▶ Voice recognition BACK Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode ON Minimize Voice Feedback ON 4/5 Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2530

1. Selectthe "AlternateCommandMode" key.
2. The indicator turn soff and the Standard Mode activates.

Displayinguserguide

IfyouusetheNISSANVoiceRecognition systemforthefirsttimeoryoudonotknow howtooperateit,youcandisplaytheUser Guideforconfirmation.

Youcanconfirmhowtousevoicecommandsby accessingasimplifiedUserGuide,which containsbasicinstructionsandtutorialsfor severalvoicecommands.

Information ► User Guide Getting Started Let's Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1/6 SAA2531

1. PushtheINFObuttonontheinstrument panel.
2. Selectthe "Others" key.
3. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
4. Selectthe"UserGuide"key.
5. Selectapreferreditem.
   Youcanskipsteps1 and3 aboveifyousay "Help".

Availableitems:

- GettingStarted

Describesthebasicsofhowtooperatethe NISSANVoiceRecognitionsystem.

- Let's Practice

Modethatallowspracticingbyfollowingthe instructionsofthesystemvoice.

●UsingtheAddressBook

Tutorialforenteringadestinationbyusing theAddressBook.

●FindingaStreetAddress(ifsoequipped)

Tutorialforenteringadestinationbystreet address.

- PlacingCalls

Tutorialformakingaphonecallbyvoice commandoperation.

- HelponSpeaking

Displays useful tips of speaking for correct commandrecognitionbythesystem.

NotethattheCommand Listfeature isonly available when Alternate Command Mode is active.

Information ► User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition, you can use voice commands to control navigation, audio, phone and other functions. To start the voice recognition system, push the TALK switch on the steering wheel. Then say a command after the tone. TALK switch 1/9 SAA2532

GettingStarted

BeforeusingtheNISSANVoiceRecognition systemforthefirsttime,youcanconfirmhowto usecommandsbyviewingtheGettingStarted sectionoftheUserGuide.

1. Selectthe"GettingStarted"key.
2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using them multi-function controller.

TutorialsontheoperationoftheNISSAN VoiceRecognitionsystem

If you choose "Using the Address Book", "Finding a Street Address" or "Placing Calls", you can view tutorial on how to perform these operations using NISSAN Voice Recognition.

Information ▶ User Guide 88066262200 Digits were not recognized correctly. Please check the analysis of your speech for possible improvements. Volume of voice Soft Good Lowd Slow Good Fast Speed Early Good Late Start of speaking Try Again Done SAA2534

Let'sPractice

ThismodehelpslearnhowtousetheNISSAN VoiceRecognitionsystem.

1. Selectthe "Let'sPractice" key.
2. Afterthemessagescreenappears, push the TALK switchonthesteeringwheel.
3. Speak the displayed number after the time. The evaluations screen will be displayed and the result can be confirmed.

Information ► User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands - Say commands when there are minimal background sounds. - Say voice commands clearly. - Avoid talking slow or with long pauses. - Say commands after the tone. 1/3 SAA2533

Usefultipsforcorrectoperation

Youcandisplayusefulspeakingtipstohelpthe systemrecognizeyourvoicecommandscorrectly.

Select"HelponSpeaking"tostartdisplay.

USINGTHESYSTEM

Initialization

WhentheignitionswitchispushedtotheON position,NISSANVoiceRecognitionisinitialized,whichmaytakeuptooneminute.When completed,thesystemisreadytoacceptvoice commands.IftheTALK switchispushed beforetheinitializationcompletes,thedisplay willshowthemessage:"Systemnotready."ora beepsounds.

Beforestarting

Togetthebestrecognitionperformancefrom NISSANVoiceRecognition,observethefollowing:

• The interior of the vehicles should be as possible. Closethewindowsto eliminate the surrounding noises (traffic noise and vibrations sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands.
• Waituntilthetonesoundsbeforespeakinga command.
• Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words.
• If the air conditioner is set to "Auto", the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your command scan be recognized more easily.

SOURCE INTED - + - SAA2167

Givingvoicecommands

1. PushtheTALK switchlocatedonthe steeringwheel.

Voice Recognition BACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Practice To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2535

1. Alistofcommandsappearsonthescreen, andthesystemannounces, "Wouldyoulike toaccessPhone,Navigation,Information, AudioorHelp?".
2. Afterthetonesoundsandtheicononthe screenchangesfrom ☐ to ☐, speak a command.

Selectingthe"Practice"keywillstartthe practicemode.See"Let'sPractice"(P.4-105).

1. Continuetofollowthevoicemenuprompts andspeakafterthetonesoundsuntilyour desiredoperationiscompleted.

Selectingthe"Help"keycandisplaythe

4-106 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

detailedinformationoftheeachcommand.

Operatingtips:

●Sayacommandafterthetone.
- Commandsthatareavailablearealways shownonthedisplayandspokenthrough voicemenuprompts.Commandsotherthan thosethataredisplayedarenotaccepted. Pleasefollowthepromptsgivenbythe system.
- If the command is not recognized, the system announces, "Pleasesayagain". Repeat the command in a clear voice.
- PushtheBACKbuttononcetoreturntothe previoussscreen.
- Toexitthevoicerecognitionsystem, push andholdtheTALK switch. Theme-sage, "Voicecanceled" will be announced.
- Toskipthevoiceguidancefunctionandgive thecommandimmediately, press the TALK switch to interrupt the system. Remembertospeak after the tone.
- If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback, push the volume control buttons [+] or [-] on the steerings switchor use the audiosystem volume knob while the system is making an announcement.

Howtospeaknumbers:

NISSANVoiceRecognitionrequiresacertain waytospeaknumberswhengivingvoice commands.Refertothefollowingexamples.

Generalrule

Onlysingledigits0(zero)to9canbeused.(For example, if you would like to say 500, "five zero zero" can be used, but "five hundred" cannot.)

Examples

●1-800-662-6200

—“Oneeightzerozerosixsixtwosixtwo zerozero”

Improving Recognition of Phonenumbers

Youcanimprovetherecognitionofphone numbersbysayingthephonenumberinthree groupsofnumbers. Forexample,whenyoutryto call800-662-6200,say"eightzerozero"first, andthesystemwillthenaskyouforthenext threedigits.Then,say"sixsixtwo".After recognition,thesystemwillthenaskforthelast fourdigits.Say,"sixtwozerozero".Usingthis methodofphonedigitentrycanimprove recognitionperformance.

Whenspeakingahousenumber,speakthe number"0"as"zero".Iftheletter"o(Oh)"is includedinthehousenumber,itwillnotbe recognizedasthenumber"0(zero)"evenifyou speak"oh"insteadof"zero".Pleasespeak

"zero" forthenumber "0(zero)", "oh" for theletter "o(oh)"

Senddigitsusingdialtone:

• PresstheTALK switchduringaphone call.
• Themenuwillbelaunchedandyouwillbe provided with the following guidance: "Pleasesaythedigitstodial".
• Afterguidance, saythedigitsofthenumber youwanttosend. Afterthis, thedigitsthat have been recognized will bereadout.
• If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on them multi-function controller, these selected digits will be sent.

CommandList

CategoryCommand:

CommandAction
PhoneOperatesthePhonefunction
NavigationOperatestheNavigationfunction
InformationDisplaysthevehicleInformationfunction
AudioOperatestheAudiofunction.
HelpDisplaysUserGuide

• PhoneCommand:

CommandAction
DialNumberMakesacalltoaspokenphonenumberupto10digits.
VehiclePhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstoredintheVehiclePhonebook.
HandsetPhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstoredinthemobilephone.
Call history	Incoming Calls	Makes a call to the incoming call number.
	OutgoingCalls	Makesacalltothedialednumber.
	MissedCalls	MakesacalltotheMissedcallsnumber.
InternationalCall		Makesaninternationalcallbyallowingmorethan10digitstobespoken.
Change Number		Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).

●NavigationCommand:

CommandAction
DestinationHome	SetsaroutetoyourhomethatisstoredintheAddressBook.
Address	Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.
Places	Setsaroutetoafacilitynearthecurrentvehiclelocation.
AddressBook	SearchesforstoredinformationintheAddressBook.

4-108 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

CommandAction
PreviousDestinationsSetsaroutetoapreviousdestination.

●InformationCommand:

CommandAction
FuelEconomyDisplaysfueleconomyinformation.
MaintenanceDisplaysmaintenanceinformation.
TrafficInformationTurnsthetrafficinformationsystemONandOFF.
Whereaml?Displaysyourcurrentlocation.

●AudioCommand:

CommandAction
AMTurnstotheAMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
FMTurnstotheFMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
XMTurnstotheXMSatelliteband,selectingthechannellastplayed.
MusicBox(ifsoequipped)Turnsonthe"MusicBox"harddriveaudiosystem.
CDStartstoplayaCD.

• GeneralCommands

CommandAction
GobackCorrectsthelastrecognitionresulttoreturnothepreviousscreen
ExitCancelsVoiceRecognition

Voicecommandexamples

TousetheNISSANVoiceRecognitionfunction, speakingonecommandissometimesufficient, butatothertimesitisnecessarytospeaktwoor morecommands. Asexamples, someadditional basicoperationsbyvoicecommandsare describedhere.

Fornavigationsystemcommands,seethe separateNavigationSystemOwner'sManual.

SOURCE INTED - + - WE SAA2167

Example1-Placingacalltothephone number800-662-6200:

1. Push the TALK steering wheel. switch located on the

Voice Recognition BACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Practice To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2535

1. Thesystemannounces, "Wouldyouliketo accessPhone, Navigation, Information, AudioorHelp?"

3.Speak"Phone".

4-110 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Voice Recognition ▶ Phone Dial Number Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Call History International Call To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2536

1. Speak "DialNumber".

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number BACK Please say the entire number or groups of numbers Help (Manual Controls) To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2537

5.Speak"800".
Selecting the "Manual Controls" key switchesthescreentothekeypadtoinput thephonenumbermanually.

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number 800 Dial Number Change Number Help Manual Controls Say the next three digits, "Dial", or say "Change Number" To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2538

1. Thesystemannounces, "Pleasesaythenext threedigitsordial, orsaychangenumber."
   7.Speak"662".

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number 800-662 Change Number Help Manual Controls ① Say the last four digits or say "Change Number" To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2539

1. Thesystemannounces, "Pleasesaythelast fourdigits" or saychangenumber.
   9.Speak"6 2 0 0".

Voice Recognition ▶ Dial Number 800-662-6200 Dial Change Number Please say "Dial" or say "Change Number" Help Manual Controls To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2540

1. Thesystemannounces, "DialorChange Number?"
   11.Speak"Dial".
2. Thesystemmakesacallto800-662-6200.

Note:

• Youcanalsospeak"800-662-6200"(10 continuousdigits)or"662-6200"(7continuousdigits),iftheareacodeisnot necessary.However,the3-3-4digitgroupingisrecommendedforimprovedrecognition.(See"Howtosaynumbers"(P.4-94).)

- Youcanonlysayaphonenumberusingthe 3-3-4grouping,7digits,and10digitsusing thiscommand.Pleaseusethe"International

Call"commandforallotherformats.

• Ifyousay"ChangeNumber"duringphone numberentry,thesystemwillautomatically request that you repeat the number using the3-3-4format.Inthiscasepleasesaythe areacodefirstandthenfollowtheprompts.
• Donotadda "1"infrontoftheareacode whenspeakingphonenumbers.
• If the system does not recognize your command, please try repeating the command using a natural voice. Speaking too slow to loudly may further decrease recognition performance.

4-112 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

SAA2167

Example2-Placinganinternationalcallto thephonenumber011-81-111-222-3333:

1. Push the TALK steering wheel. switch located on the

Voice Recognition BACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Practice To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2535

1. Thesystemannounces, "Wouldyouliketo accessPhone, Navigation, Informationor Help?"

3.Speak"Phone".

Voice Recognition ▶ Phone BACK Dial Number Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Call History International Call To exit, hold the TALK switch Help SAA2536

1. Speak "InternationalCall".

Voice Recognition ▶ International Call BACK ① Say the entire number or groups of numbers. Say 0 - 9, pound (#), star (*) or plus (+). Help Manual Controls To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2541

5.Speak"011811112223333".

Voice Recognition ▶ International Call 011811112223333 Dial Change Number Please continue, or say "Dial" Help Manual Controls To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2542

6.Speak"Dial".
7. Systemmakesacallto011-81-111-222-3333.

Note:

Anydigitinputformatisavailableinthe InternationalNumberinputprocess.

NISSANVOICERECOGNITIONAL-TERNATECOMMANDMODE

The following section is applicable when Alternate Command Mode is activated.

WhenAlternateCommandModeisactivated, anexpandedlistofcommandscanbeusedafter pressingtheTALK switch.Inthismode, availablecommandsarenotfullyshownonthe displayorprompted.Reviewtheexpanded commandlistwhenthismodeisactive.See examplesofAlternateCommandModescreens.

Pleasenotethatinthismodetherecognition successratemaybeaffectedasthenumberof availablecommandsandwaysofspeakingeach commandareincreased.Toimprovetherecognitionsuccessrate,tryusingtheSpeaker AdaptationFunctionavailableinthatmode. (See"Speakeradaptationfunction(forAlternate CommandMode)("P.4-125).)Otherwiseitis recommendedthatAlternateCommandMode beturnedOFFandStandardModebeusedfor thebestrecognitionperformance.

4-114 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Settings ▶ Others Comfort Language & Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer 3/4 Adjust voice recognition settings SAA2529

ActivatingAlternateCommandMode WhentheStandardModeisactive,performthe followingstepstoswitchtotheAlternate CommandMode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel.
2. Highlightthe "Others" key.
3. Highlightthe"VoiceRecognition"key.

Settings ▶ Voice Recognition User Guide Alternate Command Mode ON 2/2 Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2543

1. Highlightthe"AlternateCommandMode" key.
2. The confirmation message is displayed on the screen. Push the "OK" keyto activate the AlternateCommandMode.

Displayingcommandlist

If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time, order not know the appropriate voice command, perform the following procedure for displaying the voice command list (available only in Alternate Command Mode).

Information ► Voice Recognition Command List User Guide 1/2 Display the commands of voice recognition SAA2544

1. PushtheINFObuttonontheinstrument panel.
2. Selectthe "Others" key.
3. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
4. Selectthe"CommandList"key.

Information ► Command List Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands 1/5 Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2545

1. Selectacategoryfromthelist.

Information ► Command List BACK Dial Number Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook International Call Incoming Calls Previous Next 1/2 Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2546

6.Selectanitem.
7. If necessary, scroll the screen using the multi-function controller to view the entire list.
8.PresstheBACKbuttontoreturntothe previoussscreen.

4-116 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

CommandsList

PhoneCommands:

CommandAction
DialNumberMakesacalltoaspokenphonenumber.
VehiclePhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstoredin		heVehiclePhonebook.
HandsetPhonebookMakesacalltoacontactthatisstoredin		themobilephone.
CallHistoryIncomingCalls	Makesacalltotheincomingcall	number.
	OutgoingCallsMakesacallto	hedialednumber.
	MissedCallsMakesacalltothe	Missedcallsnumber.
InternationalCallMakesaninternationalcallbyallowingmd		ethan10digitstobespoken.
Call		Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Vehicle Phonebook or Handset Phonebook. Please say “Call” followedbyastoredname.
ChangeNumberCorrectstherecognizedphonenumber(		availableduringphonenumberentry).

NavigationCommands:

CommandAction
DestinationHomeSetsaroutetoyourhomethatisstoredintheAddressBook.
AddressSearchesforalocationbythestreetaddressspecified,andsetsaroutetothelocation.
PlacesSetsaroutetoafacilitynearthecurrentvehiclelocation.
AddressBookSearchesforstoredinformationintheAddressBook.
PreviousDestinationsSetsaroutetoapreviousdestination.
PreviousStartPointSetsaroutetoapreviousstartingpoint.
DeleteDestinationDeletesadestination.

InformationCommands:

CommandAction
FuelEconomyDisplaysfueleconomyinformation.
MaintenanceDisplaysmaintenanceinformation.
Whereaml?Displaysyourcurrentlocation.
TrafficInformationTurnsthetrafficinformationsystemONandOFF.
WeatherInformationDisplaysweatherinformation.
WeatherMapDisplaysaweathermap.

AudioCommands:

CommandAction
MusicBox(ifsoequipped)Turnsonthe"MusicBox"harddriveaudiosystem.
CDStartstoplayaCD.
FMTurnstotheFMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
AMTurnstotheAMband,selectingthestationlastplayed.
XMTurnstotheXMSatelliteRadioband,selectingthechannellastplayed.
USBTurnsontheUSBmemory.
BluetoothAudioTurnsontheBluetooth	® audioplayer.
AUXTurnsontheAUX.

HelpCommands:

CommandAction
CommandListNavigation	CommandsDisplaysthenavigation	ioncommandlist.
	PhoneCommandsDisplaysth	ephonecommandlist.
	AudioCommandsDisplaysth	baudiocommandlist.
	InformationCommandsDisplaystheinformationcommandlist.
	HelpCommandsDisplaysth	helpcommandlist.
UserGuideDisplaystheUserGuide.
SpeakerAdaptationThesystemcanmemorizethevoiceso		uptothreepersons.

GeneralCommands:

CommandAction
GobackCorrectsthelastrecognitionresulttoreturntothepreviousscreen
ExitCancelsVoiceRecognition

Information ► User Guide Getting Started Let's Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1/8 SAA2547

Displayinguserguide

Youcanconfirmhowtousevoicecommandsby accessingasimplifiedUserGuide, which containsbasicinstructionsandtutorialsfor severalvoicecommands.

1. PushtheINFObuttonontheinstrument panel.
2. Select the "Others" key using them multi-function controller and push the ENTER button.

3. Highlightthe"VoiceRecognition"keyusing themulti-functioncontrollerandpushthe ENTERbutton.

4. Highlightthe "UserGuide" key using the multi-function controller and push the ENTERbutton.

5. Highlightanitemusingthemulti-function controllerandpushtheENTERbutton.

Availableitems:

- GettingStarted

Describethebasicsofhowtooperatethe NISSANVoiceRecognitionsystem.

- Let's Practice

Modethatallowspracticingbyfollowingthe instructionsofthesystemvoice.

●UsingtheAddressBook

RefertoNavigationSystemOwner's Manual.

●FindingaStreetAddress(ifsoequipped)

RefertoNavigationSystemOwner's Manual.

- PlacingCalls

Tutorialformakingaphonecallbyvoice commandoperation.

- HelponSpeaking

Displaysusefultipsforhowtocorrectly speakcommandsinorderforthemtobe properlyrecognizedbythesystem.

●VoiceRecognitionSettings

Describestheavailablevoicerecognition

settings.

Tutorialadaptingthesystemtoyourvoice.

USINGTHESYSTEM

Initialization

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position,NISSANVoiceRecognitionisinitialized, which may take up to one minute. When completed,thesystemisreadyto acceptvoice commands.IftheTALK switchispushed before the initialization completes the display will showthemessage:"Systemnotready."ora beepsounds.

Before starting

TogetthebestperformancefromNISSAN VoiceRecognition,observethefollowing.

• Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible. Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises(traffic noises, vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice command correctly.
• WhentheairconditionerisintheAUTO mode, thefanspeeddecreasesautomaticallyforeasyrecognition.
• Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command.

- Speakinanaturalvoicewithoutpausing betweenwords.

INTEP - + - SAA2167

Givingvoicecommand

1. PushandreleasetheTALKswitch locatedonthesteeringwheel.

Voice Recognition BACK Phone Navigation Information Audio Help Alternate Command Mode ON To exit, hold the TALK switch Practice SAA2548

2.Alistofcommandsappearsonthescreen, andthesystemannounces,"Pleasesaya command".
3. Afterthetonesoundsandtheicononthe screenchangesfrom to, speak command.

Operatingtips:

●Voice commands cannot be accepted when the iconis ☐.
- Thelistdisplayedcanbescrolledbytilting themenucontrolswitchonthesteering wheel.
- If the command is not recognized, the system announces, "Please say again".

4-124 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Repeat the commandinaclearvoice.

• PushtheBACKbuttononcetoreturntothe previoussscreen.
• If you want to cancel the command, push and hold the TALK switch for 1 second. Themessage "Voice canceled" will be announced.
• Toskipthevoiceguidancefunctionandgive thecommandimmediately, press the TALK switch to interrupt the system. Remembertospeak after the tone.
• If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback, push the volume control switch (+ or -) on the steering wheel or use the audiosystem volume knob while the system is making an announcement.

Howtospeaknumbers:

NISSANVoiceRecognitionrequiresacertain waytospeaknumberswhengivingvoice commands.Refertothefollowingexamples.

Generalrule

Onlysingledigits0(zero)to9canbeused.(For example, if you would like to say 500, "five zero zero" can be used, but "five hundred" cannot.

Phonenumbers

Speakphonenumbersaccordingtothefollowingexamples:

-1-800-662-6200 —“Dialoneeightzerozerosixsixtwosix twozerozero.”
Note1: For the best voice recognition phone dialing results, say phonenumbersassingle digits.
Note2: You cannot say 555-6000 as "five five fivesixthousands".
Note3: Whenspeakingahousenumber, speak thenumber "0" as "zero". If the letter "o(oh)" is included in the house number, it will not be recognized asthenumber "0(zero)" even if you speak "oh" instead of "zero". Please speak "zero" for thenumber "0(zero)", "oh" for the letter "o(oh)".

Senddigitsusingdialtone:

• PresstheTALK switchduringaphone call.
• Themenuwillbelaunchedandyouwillbe provided with the following guidance: "Pleasesaythedigitstodial".
• Afterguidance, saythedigitsofthenumber youwanttosend. Afterthis, thedigitsthat have been recognized will bereadout.
• If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on them multi-function controller, these selected digits will be sent.

Settings ▶ Voice recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode ON Minimize Voice Feedback ON 3/5 System learning mode for recognition improvement SAA2549

Speakeradaptationfunction(forAlternateCommandMode)

Thevoicerecognitionsystemhasafunctionto learntheuser'svoiceforbettervoicerecognition performance. Thesystemcanmemorizethe voicesofuptothreepersons.

Havingthesystemlearntheuser'svoice:

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the "Others" key.
2. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
3. Selectthe "SpeakerAdaptation" key.

Settings ► Speaker Adaptation BACS User 1 None User 2 None User 3 None 1/3 Store, delete, or edit voice data for User 1 SAA2550

1. Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system.
2. Select the "StartSpeakerAdaptationLearning" key.

Settings ► Speaker Adaptation Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands 1/5 SAA2551

1. Selectacategorytobelearnedbythe systemfromthefollowinglist.

2. PhoneCommands

3. NavigationCommands
   • InformationCommands
4. AudioCommands
5. HelpCommands

The voice commands in the category are displayed.

1. Selectavoicecommandandthenpushthe ENTERbutton.

Thevoicerecognitionsystemstarts.

Settings ► Speaker Adaptation BACK Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Command Mode ON To exit, hold the TALK switch SAA2552

1. Thesystemrequeststhatyourepeata commandafteratone.
2. After the tones sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to, speak the command that the system requested.
3. Whenthesystemhasrecognizedthevoice command, thevoiceoftheuserislearned.

Pushthe switchorBACKbuttontoreturn tothepreviousscreen.

If the system has learned the command correctly, the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from "None" to "Stored".

4-126 Centerdisplay, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognitionsystems

Settings ► Speaker Adaptation Edit User Name User 1 Delete Voice Data Continuous Learning ON 1/3 Identify voice data by adding a name SAA2553

Minimizevoicefeedback(forAlternate CommandMode)

Tominimize the voice feedback from the system, perform the following steps.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel.
2. Selectthe "Others" key.
3. Selectthe"VoiceRecognition"key.
4. Selectthe "MinimizeVoiceFeedback" key.
5. ThesettingisturnedtoONandthevoice guidancewillnowbereducedwhenusing theVoiceRecognitionsystem.

SpeakerAdaptationfunctionsettings: EditUserName

Edittheusernameusingthekeypaddisplayed onthescreen.

DeleteVoiceData

Resetstheuser'svoicethatthevoicerecognitionsystemhaslearned.

ContinuousLearning

WhenthisitemisturnedtoON,youcanhave thesystemlearnthevoicecommandsin succession,withoutselectingcommandsone byone.

TROUBLESHOOTINGGUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/errormessageSolution
Displays“COMMANDNOTRECOGNIZED”orthe systemfailstointerpretthecommandcorrectly.	1.Ensurethatthecommandformatisvalid,see“CommandList”(P.4-108).
	2.Speakclearlywithoutpausingbetweenwordsandatalevelappropriatetotheambientnoiselevel.
	3.Ensurethattheambientnoiselevelisnotexcessive,forexample,windowsopenordefroston.NOTE:Ifitistoonoisytousethephone,itislikelythatvoicecommandswillnotberecognized.
	4.Ifoptionalwordsofthecommandhavebeenomitted,thenthecommandshouldbetriedwiththeseinplace.
Thesystemconsistentlyselectsthewrongvoicetagin thephonebook.	1.Ensurethatthevoicetagrequestedmatcheswhatwasoriginallystored.(See“Bluetooth®hands-freephone system(modelswithnavigationsystem)”(P.4-81).)
	2.Replaceoneofthevoicetagsbeingconfusedwithadifferentvoicetag.
The system cannot be operated.	1.Make sure that the soft top (for Roadster models) is usable. If the soft top is not working, contact a NISSAN dealer.
	2.Closethesofttop(forRoadstermodels).
	3.Openandclosethesofttop(forRoadstermodels)beforeoperatingthesystem.

5Startinganddriving

Precautionswhenstartinganddriving....5-2

Exhaustgas(carbonmonoxide)....5-2

Three-waycatalyst....5-3

TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)....5-3

Avoidingcollisionandrollover....5-6

Off-roadrecovery....5-6

Rapidairpressureloss....5-6

Drinkingalcohol/drugsanddriving....5-7

Push-buttonignitionswitch....5-8

Operatingrangeforenginestartfunction....5-8

Push-buttonignitionswitchoperation....5-9

Push-buttonignitionswitchpositions....5-9

Emergencyengineshutoff....5-10

IntelligentKeybatterydischarge....5-10

Beforestartingtheengine....5-11

Startingtheengine....5-11

Drivingthevehicle....5-12

Automatictransmission....5-12

ManualTransmission....5-16

Parkingbrake....5-20

Cruisecontrol....5-21

Precautionsoncruisecontrol....5-21

Cruisecontroloperations....5-22

Break-inschedule....5-23

Increasingfueleconomy....5-23

Parking/parkingonhills....5-24

Powersteering....5-25

Brakesystem....5-25

Brakingprecautions....5-25

Parkingbrakebreak-in....5-26

Brakeassist....5-26

Brakeassist....5-26

Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)....5-26

VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)system....5-28

Performancedampers(NISMOmodels)....5-30

Coldweatherdriving....5-31

Freeingafrozendoorlock....5-31

Antifreeze....5-31

Battery....5-31

Drainingofcoolantwater....5-31

Tireequipment....5-31

Specialwinterequipment....5-31

Drivingonsnoworice....5-31

Engineblockheater(ifsoequipped)....5-32

PRECAUTIONSWHENSTARTING AND DRIVING

WARNING

• Donotleavechildrenoradultswho wouldnormallyrequirethesupport ofothersaloneinyourvehicle.Pets shouldnotbeleftaloneeither.They couldaccidentallyinjurethemselves orothersthroughinadvertentoperationofthevehicle.Also,onhot, sunnydays,temperaturesina closedvehiclecouldquicklybecome highenoughtocausesevereor possiblyfatalinjuriestopeopleor animals.
  •Properlysecureallcargotohelp preventitfromslidingorshifting. Donotplacecargohigherthanthe seatbacks.Inasuddenstopor collision,unsecuredcargocould causepersonalinjury(Coupemodels).
• Closelysupervisechildrenwhen theyarearoundcarstoprevent themfromplayingandbecoming lockedinthetrunkwheretheycould beseriouslyinjured.Keepthecar lockedwiththetrunkclosedwhen notinuse,andpreventchildren's

accesstocarkeys(Roadstermodels).

If the engine oil temperature is high, the engine protection mode, which helps reduce the chance of engaged damage, could activate and automatically decrease engine power. Driving while the engine oil temperature is high may result in engine damage.

EXHAUSTGAS(carbonmonoxide)

WARNING

• Donotbreatheexhaustgases;they containcolorlessandodorlesscarbonmonoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.
• Ifyoususpectthatexhaustfumes areenteringthevehicle,drivewith allwindowsfullyopen,andhavethe vehicleinspectedimmediately.
• Donotruntheengineinclosed spacessuchasagarage.
• Donotparkthevehiclewiththe engineerunningforanyextended lengthoftime.

- Keeptherearhatch/trunklidclosed whiledriving,otherwiseexhaust gasescouldbedrawnintothe passengercompartment.If you mustdrivewiththerearhatch/trunk lidopen,followtheseprecautions:

1) Openallthewindows.
2) Setthe airrecirculation to off and the fan control to highto circulatetheair.

•The exhaustsystem and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever:

—Thevehicleisraisedforservice.
—Yoususpectthatexhaustfumes areenteringintothepassenger compartment.
—Younoticeachangeinthe soundoftheexhaustsystem.
—Youhavehadanaccidentinvolvingdamagetotheexhaust system,underbody,orrearof thevehicle.

THREE-WAYCATALYST

Thethree-waycatalystisanemissioncontrol deviceinstalledintheexhaustsystem.Exhaust gasesinthethree-waycatalystareburnedat hightemperaturestohelpreducepollutants.

WARNING

•Theexhaustgasandtheexhaust systemareveryhot.Keeppeople, animalsorflammablematerials awayfromtheexhaustsystemcomponents.
- Donotstoporparkthevehicleover flammablematerialssuchasdry grass,wastepaperorrags.They mayigniteandcauseafire.

CAUTION

• Donotuseleadedgasoline.Depositsfromleadedgasolineseriously reducethethree-waycatalyst'sabilitytohelpreduceexhaustpollutants.
• Keepyourenginetunedup.Mal-functionsintheignition,fuelinjec-

tion,orelectricalsystemscancause overrichfuelflowintothethree-way catalyst,causingittooverheat.Do notkeepdrivingiftheenginemis-fires,orifnoticeablelossofperformanceorotherunusualoperating conditionsaredetected.Havethe vehicleinspectedpromptlybya NISSANdealer.

• Avoiddrivingwithanextremelylow fuellevel.Runningoutoffuelcould causetheenginetomisfire,dama-gingthethree-waycatalyst.
• Donotracetheenginewhilewarm-ingitup.
• Donotpushortowyourvehicletostarttheengine.

TIREPRESSUREMONITORINGSYSTEM(TPMS)

Eachtire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placardortire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of different sizing thanthesize indicated on the vehicle placardortire inflation pressure label, you should determin the proper tire inflation pressure forthosetires.)

Asanadded safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates alow tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under inflated tire cause the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

PleasenotethattheTPMSisnotasubstitutefor propertiremaintenance,anditisthedriver's responsibilitytomaintaincorrecttirepressure, evenifunder-inflationhasnotreachedthelevel totriggerilluminationoftheTPMSlowtire

pressuretelltale.

Yourvehiclehasalsobeenequippedwitha TPMSmalfunctionindicatortoindicatewhenthe systemisnotoperatingproperly.TheTPMS malfunctionindicatoriscombinedwiththelow tirepressuretelltale.Whenthesystemdetectsa malfunction,thetelltalewillflashforapproximatelyoneminuteandthenremaincontinuously illuminated. Thissequencewillcontinueupon subsequentvehiclestart-upsaslongasthe malfunctionexists.Whenthemalfunctionindicatorisilluminated,thesystemmaynotbeable todetectorsignallowtirepressureasintended. TPMSmalfunctionsmayoccurforvarietyof reasons,includingtheinstallationofreplacementoralternatetiresorwheelsonthevehicle thatpreventtheTPMSfromfunctioningproperly. AlwayschecktheTPMSmalfunctiontelltale afterreplacingoneormoretiresorwheelson yourvehicletoensurethatthereplacementor alternatetiresandwheelsallowtheTPMSto continuetofunctionproperly.

Additional information

• The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressureofthesparetire.
• The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect as undendropintire pressure (forexamplea

flattirewhiledriving).

●Thelowtirepressurewarninglightdoesnot automaticallyturnoffwhenthetirepressure isadjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turnoff the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.
- Tirepressurerisesandfallsdependingon theheatcausedbythevehicle'soperation andtheoutsidetemperature.Lowoutside temperaturecanlowerthetemperature of theairinsidethetirewhichcancausea lowertireinflationpressure.Thismaycause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate.lfthewarninglightilluminatesin lowambienttemperature, checkthetire pressureforallfourtires.

For additional information, see "Lowtirepressure warninglight" (P.2-12) and "TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" (P.6-2).

WARNING

- Ifthelowtirepressurewarninglight illuminateswhiledriving,avoidsuddensteeringmaneuversorabrupt braking,reducevehiclespeed,pull

offtheroadtoasafelocationand stopthevehicleassoonaspossible.Drivingwithunder-inflatedtires maypermanentlydamagethetires andincreasethelikelihoodoftire failure. Serious vehicle damage couldoccurand mayleadtoan accidentandcouldresultinserious personalinjury.Checkthetirepressureforallfourtires.Adjustthetire pressuretotherecommendedCOLD tirepressureshownontheTireand LoadingInformationlabeltoturn thelowtirepressurewarninglight OFF.Ifthelight stillilluminates whiledrivingafteradjustingthetire pressure,atiremaybeflat.Ifyou haveaflattire,replaceitwitha spare tireassoonaspossible.(See "Flattire"(P.6-2)forchangingaflat tire.)

- Whenasparetireismountedora wheelisreplaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Contact your NISSAN dealeras soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

5-4 Startinganddriving

• ReplacingtireswiththosenotoriallyspecifiedbyNISSANcould affecttheproperoperationofthe TPMS.
• Donotinjectanytireliquidor aerosoltiresealantintothetires, asthismaycauseamalfunction of the tirepressuresensors(formodelsnotequipped with the emergency tirepuncturerepairkit).
• If you used the Emergency Tire Sealantorepairaminortirepuncture, your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire (formelsequipped with the emergency tire puncturer repair kit).
  •NISSAN recommends using only NISSANG Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Othertire sealants may damage the valvestemseal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure (formodels equipped with the emergency tire puncturerepair kit).

CAUTION

• TheTPMSmaynotfunctionproperly whentewheelsareequippedwith tirechainsorthewheelsareburied insnow.
• Donotplacemetalizedfilmorany metalparts(antenna,etc.)onthe windows.Thismaycausepoorreceptionofthesignalsfromthetire pressuresensors,andtheTPMSwill notfunctionproperly.

Somedevicesandtransmittersmaytemporarily interferewiththeoperationoftheTPMSand causethelowtirepressurewarninglighttoilluminate.Someexamplesare:

●Facilitiesorelectricdevicesusingsimilar radiofrequenciesarenearthevehicle.
- Ifatransmittersettosimilarfrequenciesis beingusedinornearthevehicle.
- Ifacomputer(orsimilarequipment)oraDC/ACconverterisbeingusedinornearthe vehicle.

FCCNotice:

ForUSA:

ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:

(1) This devicem may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this devicem must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedbythepartyresponsible forcompliancecould voidtheuser's authoritytooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

AVOIDINGCOLLISIONANDROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failuretooperatethisvehicleinasafe andprudentmannermayresultinloss ofcontroloranaccident.

Bealertanddrivedefensivelyataalltimes.Obey alltrafficregulations.Avoidexcessivespeed, highspeedcornering,orsuddensteering maneuvers,becausethesedrivingpractices couldcauseyoutolosecontrolofyourvehicle.

Aswithanyvehicle, alossofcontrol could result in acollision with other vehicles or objects, or cause the vehicletorollover, particularly if the lossof control causes the vehicletoslidesideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may causedrowsiness). Always weary our seat belt as outlined in the "Seat belts" (P.1-9) of this manual, and also instruct your passengerstodoso.

Seatbeltshelpreducetheriskofinjuryin collisionsandrollovers.Inarollovercrash,an unbeltedorimproperlybeltedpersonis

5-6 Starting and driving

significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROADRECOVERY

While driving, therightside or leftsidewheels may unintentionally leave other roads surface. If this occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Pleasenotethat this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must bedriven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remaincalmanddonotoverreact.
2. Donotapplythebrakes.
3. Maintainafirmgriponthesteeringwheel withbothhandsandtrytoholdastraight course.
4. When appropriate, slowly releasethe acceleratorpedaltogradually slow the vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicletofollowtheroadwhilethevehicle speedisreduced.Donotattempttodrive thevehiclebackontotheroadsurfaceuntil vehiclespeedisreduced.
6. Whenitissafetodoso, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the roads surface. When all tires are on the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriated driving lane.

- If you decide that it is not safet return the vehicle to other roads surface based on vehicle, road traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to as topinasafe place off the road.

RAPIDAIRPRESSURELOSS

Rapidairpressurelossora"blow-out" can occur if the treispunctured or is damaged due to hitting acurborpothole. Rapidairpressure loscanalsobecased by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapidairpressurelosscanaffectthehandling andstabilityofthevehicle,especiallyathighway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage. See "Wheels and tires" (P.8-31) of this manual.

Ifatirerapidlylosesairpressureor"blows-out" whiledrivingmaintaincontrolofthevehicleby followingtheprocedurebelow.Pleasenotethat this procedure is only a general guide. The vehiclemustbedrivenasappropriatebasedon theconditionsofthevehicle,roadandtraffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury.

•Thevehiclegenerallymovesorpulls inthedirectionoftheflattire.
- Donotrapidlyapplythebrakes.
- Donotrapidlyreleasetheacceleratorpedal.
- Donotrapidlyturnthesteering wheel.

1. Remaincalmanddonotoverreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.
3. When appropriate, slowly releasethe acceleratorpedaltogradually slow the vehicle.
4. Graduallysteerthevehicletoasafelocation offtheroadandawayfromtrafficifpossible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.

6. Turnonthehazardwarningflashersand eithercontactaroadsideemergencyservice tochangethetireorsee "Changingaflat tire(formodelswithsparetire)"(P.6-3) of thisOwner's Manual.

DRINKINGALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

WARNING

Neverdriveundertheinfluence of alcoholordrugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in accident injurying yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase severity of the injury.

NISSANiscommittedtosafedriving. However, youmustchoosenottodriveundertheinfluence ofalcohol.Everyyearthousandsofpeopleare injuredorkilledinalcohol-relatedaccidents. Although the localaws vary on what is consideredtobelegallyintoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all peopled differently and most people underestimate the effect of

alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don't mix! And that istruefordrugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegaldrugs). Don't drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

PUSH-BUTTONIGNITIONSWITCH

WARNING

Donotoperatethepush-buttonignition switchwhiledrivingthevehicleexcept inanemergency.(Theenginewillstop whentheignitionswitchispushed3 consecutivetimesortheignitionswitch ispushedandheldformorethan2 seconds.)Iftheenginestopswhilethe vehicleisbeingdriven,thiscouldlead toacrashandseriousinjury.

Before operating the push-button ignition switch, besuretomovetheselectorlevento the P(Park) position (for automatic transmission model) ortheshiftleverto the N(Neutral) position (form manual transmission model).

Top-down schematic of a car with shaded interior area and labeled point (1), no text or symbols present

WhentheIntelligentKeybatteryisalmost dischargedorstrongradiowavesarepresent neartheoperatinglocation, theIntelligentKey system'soperatingrangebecomesnarrower andmaynotfunctionproperly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, topush the ignition switch to start the engine.

• Thecargo/trunkroomareaisnotincludedin theoperatingrangebuttheIntelligentKey mayfunction.
• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, inside the glovebox door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function.
• IfthelIntelligentKeyisplacednearthedoor orwindowoutsidethevehicle,thelIntelligent Keymayfunction.

graph TD
    A["LOCK"] --> B["ACC"]
    B --> C["ON"]
    D["(OFF)"] --> C
    E["LOCK"] --> F["ACC"]
    F --> G["ON"]
    H["START STOP LINE"] --> I["Arrow pointing inward"]
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

PUSH-BUTTONIGNITIONSWITCH OPERATION

When the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal (automatic transmission model) or the clutch pedal (manual transmission model), the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

• PushcenteroncetochangetoACC.
• PushcentertwotimestochangetoON.
• PushcenterthreetimestochangetoOFF. (Nopositionilluminates.)
• PushcenterfourtimestoreturntoACC.
• OpenorcloseanydoortoreturntoLOCK duringtheOFFposition.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the push-buttonignitions switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display. (See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-17).)

Automatictransmissionmodels

Theignitionlockisdesignedsothattheignition switchpositioncannotbeswitchedtoLOCK untiltheselectorleverismovedtotheP(Park) position.

Whentheignitionswitchcannotbepushed towardtheLOCKposition,proceedasfollows:

1. MovetheselectorleverintotheP(Park) position.
2. PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFposition. Theignitionswitchpositionindicatorwillnot illuminate.
3. Openthedoor. Theignitionswitchwill changetotheLOCKposition.

TheselectorlevercanbemovedfromtheP (Park) position if the ignition switch is in theONpositionandthebrakepedalis depressed.

PUSH-BUTTONIGNITIONSWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK(Normalparkingposition)

The ignition switch can only be locked in this position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port.

ACC(Accessories)

Thispositionactivateselectricalaccessories suchastheradio,whentheengineisnot running.

ON(Normaloperatingposition)

This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories.

OFF

Theenginecanbeturnedoffinthisposition.

Automatictransmissionmodels:Theignition lockisdesignedsothattheignitionswitch cannotbeswitchedtotheLOCKpositionuntil theselectorleverismovedtotheP(Park) position.

EMERGENCYENGINESHUTOFF

Toshutofftheengineinanemergencysituation whiledrivingperformthefollowingprocedure:

●Rapidlypushthepush-buttonignitionswitch 3consecutivetimes,or
- Pushandholdthepush-buttonignition switchformorethan2seconds.

CAUTION

Donotleavethevehiclewiththepush-buttonignitionswitchinACCorON positionswhentheengineisnotrunningforanextendedperiod.Thiscan dischargethebattery.

A B ① SSD0826

INTELLIGENTKEYBATTERYDIS- CHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged, the guidelight ⑧ of the Intelligent Key port ⑨ blinks and the indicator appears on the vehicle information display. (See "Vehicle information display" (P.2-17).)

Inthiscase, inserting the Intelligent Key into the port ① allows you to start the engine. Make sure that the key rings side faces backward as illustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until its latched and secured.

ToremovetheIntelligentKeyfromtheport,push theignitionswitchtotheOFFpositionandpull theIntelligentKeyoutoftheport.

NOTE:

The Intelligent Keyport does not charge the Intelligent Key battery. If you see the low battery indicator in the vehicle information display, replace the battery as soon as possible. (See "Intelligent Key battery replacement" (P.8-25).)

CAUTION

• Neverplaceanything exceptthe IntelligentKeyin theIntelligent Keyport.Doingsomaycausedamagetotheequipment.
• MakesurethIntelligentKeyisin thecorrectdirectionwheninserting ittothIntelligentKeyport.The enginemaynotstartifitisinthe incorrectdirection.
• RemovetheIntelligentKeyfromthe IntelligentKeyportaftertheignition switchispushedtotheOFFposition.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

●Makesuretheareaaroundthevehicleis clear.
- Checkfluidlevelssuchasengineoil,coolant,brakefluidandwindowwasherfluidas frequentlyaspossible,oratleastwhenever yourefuel.
- Check that all windows and lights are clean.
- Visuallyinspecttiresfortheirappearance andcondition.Alsochecktiresforproper inflation.
- Lockalldoors.
- Positionseatandadjustheadrestraints.
- Adjustinsideandoutsidemirrors.
- Fastenseatbeltsandaskallpassengersto dolikewise.
- Checktheoperationofwarninglightswhen theignitionswitchispushedtotheON position.(See"Warning/indicatorlightsand audiblereminders"(P.2-9).)

STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Apply the parking brake.
2. AutomaticTransmission(AT)model:
   MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park)orN(Neutral)position.(Pisrecommended.)
   Thestarterisdesignednottooperateunless theselectorleverisineitheroftheabove positions.

ManualTransmission(MT)model:

MovetheshiftlevertotheN(Neutral) position.Depresstheclutchpedalfully to thefloor.

Thestarterisdesignednottooperateunless theclutchpedalisfullydepressed.

The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignitions switch.

1. Push the ignitions switch to the ON position. Depressthe brake pedal (AT model) or the clutch pedal (MT model) and push the ignitions switch to start the engine.

Tostarttheengineimmediately, pushand releasetheignitionswitchwhiledepressing thebrakepedalwiththeignitionswitchin anyposition.

- Iftheengineisveryhardtostart in extremelycoldweatherorwhenrestarting,depresstheacceleratorpedalalittle (approximately1/3tothefloor)andwhile holding,cranktheengine.Releasethe

acceleratorpedalwhentheenginestarts.
- Iftheengineisveryhardtostartbecause it isflooded, depressthe accelerator pedalallthewaytothefloorandholdit. PushtheignitionswitchtotheON positionto startcrankingtheengine. After5or 6 seconds,stopcrankingby pushingtheignitionswitchtoOFF.After crankingtheengine,releasetheacceleratorpedal.Cranktheenginewithyour footofftheacceleratorpedalby depressingthebrakepedalandpushing thepush-buttonignitionswitchtostart theengine.If theenginestarts, butfails torun,repeattheaboveprocedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15secondsatatime.Iftheengine doesnotstart,pushtheignitionswitch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before crankingagain, otherwisethe starter couldbedamaged.

4.Warm-up

Allowtheenginetoidleforatleast30 secondsafterstarting.Do notracethe enginewhilewarmingitup.Driveat

Startinganddriving

DRIVINGTHEVEHICLE

moderatespeedforashortdistancefirst, especiallyincoldweather.Incoldweather, keeptheengine running for a minimum of 2-3 minutes before shutting it off.Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of timemaymak the vehicle more difficult to start.

When racing the engine upto 4,500rpmor more undernoload condition, the engine will enter the fuel cut mode.

1. Tostoptheengine, shifttheselectorleverto theP(Park)position(ATmodel)ormovethe shiftlevertotheN(Neutral)position(MT model), and pushtheignitionswitchtothe OFF position.

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION

7speedautomatictransmission

The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by transmission control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation.

Shownonthefollowingpagesaretherecommendedoperatingproceduresforthistransmission.Followtheseproceduresformaximum vehicleperformanceanddrivingenjoyment.

Startingthevehicle

Afterstartingtheengine,fullydepressthefoot brakepedalandpushtheselectorleverbutton beforeshiftingtheselectorlevertotheR (Reverse),N(Neutral),D(Drive)orManualshift modeposition.Besurethevehicleisfully stoppedbeforeattemptingtoshifttheselector lever.

This automatic transmission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON.

Theselectorlevercannotbemovedoutof theP(Park)positionandintoanyofthe othergearpositionsiftheignitionswitch ispushedtotheLOCK,OFForACC

position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push these selector lever button to shift into a driving gear.

2. Releasetheparkingbrakeandfootbrake, thengraduallystartthevehicleinmotion.

WARNING

• Donotdepress theaccelerator pedalwhileshiftingfromP(Park) orN(Neutral)toR(Reverse)D (Drive),ormanualshiftmode.Alwaysdepressthebrakepedaluntil shiftingiscompleted.Failuretodosocouldcauseyoutolosecontrol andhaveanaccident.
• Coldengineidlespeedishigh,so usecautionwhenshiftingintoa forwardorreversegearbeforethe enginehaswarmedup.
• Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)whilevehicleismovingforward.NevershifttoP(Park)orD(Drive)whilevehicleismovingrearward.Failuretodosocouldcauseyouto losecontroland havean accident.

CAUTION

• Whenstoppingthevehicleonan uphillgrade, donotholdthevehicle bydepressingtheacceleratorpedal. Thefootbrakeshouldbeusedfor thispurpose.
• Donotdownshiftabruptlyonslipperyroads. This may cause all loss of control.

graph TD
    A["Motor"] --> B["Drive"]
    B --> C["Motor Shift"]
    C --> D["Motor Control"]
    D --> E["Motor Pulling"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

Selectorlever

Tomovetheselectorlever,

Pushthebuttonwhiledepressingthe brakepedal.

Pushthebutton.

Justmovetheselectorlever.

Shifting

Afterstartingtheengine,fullydepressthebrake pedalandshifttheselectorleverfromP(Park) toR(Reverse),N(Neutral),D(Drive)orManual shiftmodeposition.

PushthebuttontoshiftintoP(Park)orR (Reverse).Allotherpositionscanbeselected withoutpushingthebutton.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if these selector leverisin any position while the engine is not running. Failure to dosocould causethe vehicletomove unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

Makesurethevehicleiscompletely stoppedandthetransmissionisinthe P(Park)position.

P(Park)position:

Usethisselectorpositionwhenthevehicleis parkedorwhenstartingtheengine.Makesure thevehicleiscompletelystopped.Thebrake pedalmustbedepressedandtheselector leverbuttonpushedintomovetheselectorleverfromtheN(Neutral)positionor anydrivepositiontotheP(Park)position. Applytheparkingbrake.Whenparkingonahill, applytheparkingbrakefirst,thenmovethe selectorlevertotheP(Park)position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.

R(Reverse):

Use this position to backup. Always besure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal must be depressed and these selector lever button pushed into movetheselector lever from the P (Park) position, the N (Neutral) position or any drive position to the R (Reverse) position.

N(Neutral):

Neitherforwardnorreversegearisengaged. Theenginecanbestartedinthisposition.You mayshifttotheN(Neutral)positionandrestarta stalledenginewhilethevehicleismoving.

D(Drive):

Usethispositionforallnormalforwarddriving.

B A SSD0828

Paddleshifter

Manualshiftmode

Whentheselectorleverisinthemanualshift gate, the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode. Shiftrangescanbeselected manually by moving theselector lever up or down, or pulling the right-side or left-side paddleshifter.

Whenshiftingup, movetheselectorlevertothe +(up)sideorpulltheright-sidepaddleshifter (+) Ⓐ .Thetransmissionshiftstothehigher range.

Whenshiftingdown, movetheselectorleverto the-(down)sideorpulltheleft-sidepaddle shifter(-) Ⓑ .Thetransmissionshiftstothe

lowerrange.

Whencancelingthemanualshiftmode, return theselectorlevertotheD(Drive)position. The transmissionreturnstothenormaldrivingmode.

When you pull the paddleshifter while in the D (Drive) position, the transmission will shift to the upper or lower ran get temporarily. The transmission will automatically return to the D (Drive) position after a short period of time. If you want to return to the D (Drive) position manually, pull and hold the paddleshifter for about 1.5 seconds.

Inthemanualshiftmode, theshiftrangeis displayedonthetransmissionpositionindicator inthemeter.

Shiftrangesupordownonebyoneasfollows:

$$ 1 ^ {M} \stackrel {{\rightarrow}} {{\leftarrow}} 2 ^ {M} \stackrel {{\rightarrow}} {{\leftarrow}} 3 ^ {M} \stackrel {{\rightarrow}} {{\leftarrow}} 4 ^ {M} \stackrel {{\rightarrow}} {{\leftarrow}} 5 ^ {M} \stackrel {{\rightarrow}} {{\leftarrow}} 6 ^ {M} \stackrel {{\rightarrow}} {{\leftarrow}} 7 ^ {M} $$

7^M (7th):

Use this position for all normal forward driving at highways speeds.

6^M (6th)and 5^M (5th):

Usethesepositionswhendrivinguplong slopes,orforenginebrakingwhendrivingdown longslopes.

4^M (4th), 3^M (3rd) and 2^M (2nd):

Usethesepositionsforhillclimbingorengine brakingondownhillgrades.

1^M (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or drivings slowly through deep snow, or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades.

• Remembernottodriveathighspeedsfor extendedperiodsoftimeinlowerthan7th gear. Thisreducesfueleconomy.
• Movingtheselectorleverrapidlytothesame sidetwicewillshifttherangesinsuccession.
  •Inthemanualshiftmode, the transmission may not shift to these selected gear. This helps maintain driving performance and reduce the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control.

Whenthissituationoccurs, the Automatic Transmission(AT)positionindicatorlight(on the vehicle information display)willblink and the buzzerwill sound.

•Inthemanualshiftmode, the transmission automatically shifts downto 1st gear before the vehicle comestoa stop. When accelerating again, it is necessary to shift up to the desired range.

REV SSD0832

Upshiftindicator:

Theup-shiftindicatorislocatedinthetachometerandshowsthedriverthetimingtoshift intoahighergearbyilluminating. Theuseofthe up-shiftindicatorwillhelpyoutoupshiftata constantenginespeedfromanygear.

Theup-shiftindicatorwillstartflashingwhenthe enginespeedreachesabout500rpmbeforethe setfigurewhiledriving,andthenilluminateafter theenginespeedreachesthesetfigure.

Theenginespeedforupshiftingcanbeseton thevehicleinformationdisplay.See"Tripcomputer"(P.2-22).

Theremaybeaslightdifferencebetween

thetimingoftheup-shiftindicatorilluminationandthetachometerindication.

Acceleratordownshift—InD(Drive) position—

Forpassingorhillclimbing,fullydepressthe acceleratorpedaltothefloor. Thisshifts the transmissiondownintothelowergear,dependingthevehiclespeed.

Fail-safe

Whenthefail-safeoperationoccurs, notethat the transmission will belocked in any of the forward gears according to the condition.

Ifthevehicleisdrivenunderextreme conditions,suchasexcessivewheelspinningandsubsequenthardbraking,the fail-safesystemmaybeactivated.Thiswill occurevenifallelectricalcircuitsare functioningproperly.Inthiscase,push theignitionswitchtotheOFFpositionand waitfor3seconds.Thenpushtheignition switchbacktotheONposition.Thevehicle shouldreturntoitsnormaloperating condition.Ifitdoesnotreturntoitsnormal operatingcondition,haveaNISSANdealer checkthetransmissionand repairifnecessary.

A B C D SSD0829

Shiftlockrelease

If the battery charge is slow, discharged, the selector lever may not be moved from the P (Park) position even with the brake pedal depressed and these selector lever button pushed.

Tomovetheselectorlever, perform the following procedure:

1. PushtheignitionswitchtotheOFFForLOCK position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Removetheshiftlockcover suitabletool. Ⓐ usinga

5-16 Startinganddriving

4.Pushdowntheshiftlock suitabletoolasillustrated. ⑧ usinga

1. Pushtheselectorleverbutton © andmove theselectorlevertotheN(Neutral)position D whileholdingdowntheshiftlock.

Nowthevehiclemaybemovedtothedesired location.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible.

MANUALTRANSMISSION

WARNING

• Donotdownshiftabruptlyonslip-peryroads. This may cause all loss of control.
• Donotover-revtheengine when shiftingtoalowergear. This may cause a loss of controlor engine damage.

CAUTION

- Donotrestyourfootontheclutch pedal whiledriving.This maydamagetheclutch.

• Fullydepresstheclutchpedalbeforeshiftingtohelppreventtransmissiondamage.
• Stopyourvehiclecompletelybefore shiftingintoR(Reverse).
• When the vehicle is stopped with the engineer running (forexample, at astoplight), shift to N (Neutral) and releasethe clutchpedal with the footbrake applied.

1 2 3 4 5 6 R SSD0536

Shifting

Tochangegears,orwhenupshiftingordown-shifting,fullydepresstheclutchpedal,shiftinto anappropriategear,andthenslowlyand smoothlyreleasetheclutchpedal.

This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission. To ensure smooth gearchanges, besuretofully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. If the clutch pedalis not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted, age noisemaybe heard. Transmission damage could occur.

Startthevehiclein1stgearandupshiftto2nd, 3rd,4th,5thand6thgearinsequenceaccord-

ingtothevehiclespeed.

Tobackup, depresstheshiftknobandthen movetheshiftlevertotheR(Reverse)position afterstoppingthevehiclecompletely.

Theshiftknobreturnstoitsoriginalposition whentheshiftleverismovedtotheN(Neutral) position.

IfitisdifficulttomovetheshiftleverintoR (Reverse)or1st(Lowgear), shifttoN(Neutral), then releasetheclutchpedal. Fully depress the clutchpedalagainandshiftintoRor1st.

SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)(if soequippedforManualTransmission models)

The Synchro RevMatchmode(S-MODE) automatically adjust the engines speed to match the selecting gear ratio while changing gears.

Precautions:

• Shiftleverandclutchpedaloperationsare notdifferentthanaconventionalmanual transmission.
  ●Fullydepresstheclutchpedal.Insufficient pedaldepressionmaycauseslowresponse ofthissystem.
• Whentheclutchpedalisdepressedwith thegearstillengaged, theenginespeedis keptattheproperlevelfortheengaged

gear. Thus, the enginespeed may be kept high depending on the gear position and vehiclespeed.

• Whentheclutchpedalisdepressedwith the transmission in neutral, the system operates for approximately 2 seconds, and thentheenginespeed will decrease to the idlespeed.
• When the engine coolant temperature is low right after starting the engine, enginespeed synchronization will be delayed or maybe insufficient.
• Thesystemcontrolstheenginespeedupto therevlimit. NotethatS-MODEisnota functionthatpreventsover-revvingresulting fromshiftingmistakes.
• Thesystemdoesnotoperatewhilethe vehicleisbackingup.
• If the enginespeed is limited lower than usual when the engine oil temperature is extremely high, the system will control up to the limited enginespeed.
• Ifthemalfunctionindicatorlightilluminates, thesystemmaynotoperateandtheS-MODEindicatorturnsoff.

WARNING 0/0 EXIT S-MODE SSD0830

SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)warning:

The SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE) warning will appear on the vehicle information display and the S-MODE indicator will turn off if a system malfunction occurs.

If the warning appears, the S-MODE function will not operate, but manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued. Havethesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

N S C B A H S MODE SSD0831

Activatingthesystem:

ToactivatetheS-MODE,pushtheS-MODE switch Ⓐ.TheS-MODEindicator Ⓑ onthe tachometerwillshow"S".Todeactivate,push andholdtheS-MODEswitchformorethan1 second.TheS-MODEindicatorwillturnoff.

WhiletheS-MODEisoff,youcandrivethe

vehicleasaconventionalmanualtransmission model.

NotethatthestatusoftheS-MODE(onoroff)is memorizedevenaftertheignitionswitchis turnedoff;however,itwillbeinitialized(off) whenthebatteryisdisconnected.

The transmission position indicator ⓒ shows theselected gear: N(Neutral), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, R (Reverse).

SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)operation:

The Synchro RevMatchmode(S-MODE) automatically adjust the enginespeed by controlling the enginethrottle. The accelerator pedal does not have to be depressed.

Thesystemdetectstheclutchpedalandshift leveroperations, and then calculate the target enginespeed using the shifting gear position and the vehicles speed information.

Thesystemprovidesaccurateenginespeed controlthathelpsachievequickgearshifting andreducesshiftshockonclutchengagement.

•Whendownshifting:

Theenginespeedisautomaticallyincreased tothetargetenginespeedbeforetheclutch isengaged.

- Whenupshifting:

Theenginespeedisautomaticallykeptafter

theenginespeedlowerstothetarget enginespeed.

Rapidclutchengagementbeforetheengine speedlowerstothetargetenginespeed maycauseshiftshock.

- Whenidepressing the clutchpedal with the gear engaged:

Theenginespeedisautomaticallykeptat theproperenginespeedfortheengaged gear.

Thisfunctionwillnotoperatewhenlow(1st) gearisselected.

Thereisdelaybetweentheclutchpedal operationandtheS-MODEoperation.Make suretheenginespeedisadjustedbefore engagingtheclutchagain.

REV SSD0832

Upshiftindicator

Theup-shiftindicatorislocatedinthetachometerandshowsthedriverthetimingtoshift intoahighergearbyilluminating. Theuseofthe up-shiftindicatorwillhelpyoutoupshiftata constantenginespeedfromanygear.

Theup-shiftindicatorwillstartflashingwhenthe enginespeedreachesabout500rpmbeforethe setfigurewhiledriving,andthenilluminateafter theenginespeedreachesthesetfigure.

Theenginespeedforupshiftingcanbeseton thevehicleinformationdisplay.See "Tripcomputer"(P.2-22).

Theremaybeaslightdifferencebetween the timing of the up-shift indicator illumination and the tachometer indication.

Suggestedup-shiftspeeds

Shownbelowaresuggestedvehiclespeedsfor shiftingintoahighergear.Thesesuggestions relatetofueleconomyandvehicleperformance.

Actualup-shiftspeedswillvaryaccordingto roadconditions, theweatherandindividual drivinghabits.

Fornormalaccelerationinlowaltitudeareas [lessthan4,000ft(1,219m)]:

GearchangeMPH(km/h)

1stto2nd8(13)

2ndto3rd 16(26)

3rdto4th 25(40)

4thto5th 28(45)

5thto6th 33(53)

For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]:

GearchangeMPH(km/h)

1stto2nd15(24)

2ndto3rd25(40)

3rdto4th40(64)

4thto5th45(72)

5thto6th 50(80)

Suggested maximumspeedineachgear Downshifttoalowergeariftheengineisnot runningsmoothly,orifyouneedtoaccelerate.

Donotexceedthemaximumsuggestedspeed (shownbelow)inanygear.Forlevelroad driving,usethehighestgearsuggestedforthat speed.Alwaysobservepostedspeedlimits,and driveaccordingtotheroadconditions,which willensuresafeoperation.Donotover-revthe enginewhenshiftingtoalowergearasitmay causeenginedamageorlossofvehiclecontrol.

GearMPH(km/h)

1st38(62)

2nd 63(102)

3rd 91(146)

4th —

5th —

6th

PARKINGBRAKE

WARNING

• Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving. Failureto dosocancausebrakefailureand leadtoanaccident.
• Do not release the parking brake from outsidethevehicle.
• Donotusethegearshiftinplaceof theparkingbrake. Whenparking, be surethe parking brakeis fully engaged.
• Donotleavechildrenunattended in a vehicle. They could releasethe parking brake and cause an accident.

② ① ③ SPA2110

Toapply: Pull the parking brake leverup ①.

Torelease:

1. Firmlyapplythefootbrake.
2. While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly, push the button ② and lower the lever completely ③.
3. Before driving, besure the brakewarning light goes out.

CRUISECONTROL

PRECAUTIONSONCRUISECONTROL

• If the cruise control system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The CRUISE indicator light on themeter panel will then blink to warn the driver.
• If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the cruise control system will cancel automatically.
• If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn the cruise control mains switchoff and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
  ●TheCRUISEindicatorlightmayblinkwhen thecruisecontrolmainswitchisturnedON whilepushingtheACCEL/RES,COAST/SETorCANCELswitch.Toproperlysetthe cruisecontrolsystem,performthefollowing procedures.

WARNING

Donotusethecruisecontrolwhen drivingunderthefollowingconditions:

- whenitisnotpossibletokeepthe vehicleatasetspeed

•inheavytrafficorintrafficthat variesinspeed

•onwindingorhillyroads
• onslipperyroads(rain, snow, ice, etc.)
•inverywindyareas
Doingsocouldcausealossofvehicle controlandresultinanaccident.

CAUTION

Onmanualtransmissionmodels, donot shift into N(Neutral) without depressing the clutchpedal when the cruise control is set. Should this occur, depress the clutchpedal and turn the mains with choff immediately. Failure to dosomay cause engaged damage.

3 CANCEL ACCEL/RES 1 COAST/SET 2 4 ON/OFF SSD0833

1.ACCEL/RESswitch
2.COAST/SETswitch
3.CANCELswitch
4.MAIN(ON-OFF)switch

CRUISECONTROLOPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

Toturnonthecruisecontrol, push the MAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator light will illuminate.

Tosetcruisingspeed,acceleratethevehicle tothedesiredspeed,pushtheCOAST/SET switchandreleaseit.Takeyourfootoffthe

5-22Startinganddriving

acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

• Topassanothervehicle, depress the acceleratorpedal. When you are a set the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously setspeed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the sets speed on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, drivewithout the cruise control.

Tocancelthepresetspeed,useoneofthe followingmethods:

●PushtheCANCELswitch.
●Tapthebrakepedal.
●TurntheMAINswitchoff.TheCRUISElight willturnoff.

-Ifyoudepressthebrakepedalwhile pushingtheACCEL/RESorCOAST/SETswitchandresetatthecruising speed,thecruisecontrolwilldisengage. TurntheMAINswitchchoffonceandthen turnitonagain.
—Thecruisecontrolwillautomatically cancelifthevehicleslowsmorethan8 MPH(13km/h)belowthesetspeed.
- If you movethes electorlevertotheN (Neutral) position(AutomaticTransmissionmodels) or depress the clutchpedal (ManualTransmissionmodels), the cruise control will be canceled.

Toresetatafastercruisingspeed,useone ofthefollowingmethods:

• Depresstheacceleratorpedal. Whenthe vehicleattainsthedesiredspeed, pushand releasetheCOAST/SETswitch.
• PushandholdtheACCEL/RESswitch. Whenthevehicleattainsthedesiredspeed, releasetheswitch.
• Push, then quickly releasetheACCEL/RES switch. Each time you do this, the sets speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Toresetataslowercruisingspeed,useone ofthefollowingmethods:

●Lightlytapthebrakepedal. Whenthe vehicleattainsthedesiredspeed, pushthe COAST/SETswitchandreleaseit.
- PushandholdtheCOAST/SETswitch. Releasetheswitchwhenthevehicleslows downtothedesiredspeed.
- Push, then quickly release the COAST/ SETT switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Toresumethepresetspeed, pushand releasetheACCEL/RESswitch. The vehicle will resumethelastsetcruisingspeed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 MPH (40km/h).

BREAK-INSCHEDULEINCREASINGFUELECONOMY

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow the recommendation to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the futurer reliability and economy of your new vehicle.

Failuretofollowtheserecommendationsmayresultinshortenedengine lifeandreducedengineperformance.

• Avoiddrivingforlongperiodsatconstant speed,eitherfastorslow.Donotrunthe engineover4,000rpm.
• Donotaccelerateatfullthrottleinanygear.

• Avoidquickstarts.
  ●Avoidhardbrakingasmuchaspossible.

• Accelerateslowlyandsmoothly.Maintain cruisingspeedswithaconstantaccelerator position.
  ●Driveatmoderatespeedsonthehighway.

• Avoidunnecessarystoppingandbraking. Keepasafedistancebehindothervehicles.
• Selectagearrangesuitabletoroadconditions.
  ●Avoidunnecessaryprolongedengineidling.
• Keepyourenginetunedup.
• Followtherecommendedperiodicmaintenanceschedule.
• Keep the tires inflated at the correct pressure. Improper time pressure will increase wear and wasteful.
• Makesurethefrontwheelsareproperly aligned.Improperalignmentwillcausepre-maturetirewearandlowerfueleconomy.
  ●Airconditioneroperationlowersfueleconomy. Usetheairconditioneronlywhen necessary.
• Whencruisingathighwayspeeds, itismore economicaltousetheairconditioner and leavethewindowsclosedtoreducedrag.

PARKING/PARKINGONHILLS

①
□ □ □ □

②

□ □ □ □

③

□ □ □ □

SD1006MA

WARNING

• Donotstoporparkthevehicleover flammablematerialssuchasdry grass,wastepaperorrags.They mayigniteandcauseafire.
• Neverleavetheengine running while the vehicle is unattended.
• Donotleavechildrenunattended insidethevehicle.Theycouldunknowinglyactivateswitchesorcontrols.Unattendedchildrencould becomeinvolvedinseriousacci-

dents.

● Safeparking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P(Park) for Automatic Transmission(AT) model or an appropriate gear for Manual Transmission (MT) model. Failure to dosocould cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident.
- Makesuretheautomatictransmissionsselectorleverhasbeenpushed asfarforwardasitcangoand

cannotbemovedwithoutdepressingthefootbrakepedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Automatictransmissionmodels:

MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park) position.

Manualtransmissionmodels:

PlacetheshiftleverintheR(Reverse)gear. Whenparkingonanuphillgrade, placethe shiftleverinthe1stgear.

1. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on as sloping drive way, it is good to turn the wheels as illustrated.

2. HEADEDDOWNHILLWITHCURB: ① Turnthewheelsintothecurbandmove thevehicleforwarduntilthecurbside wheelgentlytouchesthecurb.

3. HEADEDUPHILLWITHCURB: ② Turnthewheelsawayfromthecurband movethevehiclebackuntilthecurbside wheelgentlytouchesthecurb.
4. HEADEDUPHILLORDOWNHILL, NO CURB: ③

Turnthewheelstowardthesideofthe roadsothevehiclewillmoveawayfrom thecenteroftheroadifitmoves.

If the engine is not running oristurned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will behard to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering. If the engine stops through drive belt breaks, you will still have control of the vehicle. However, much greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and latlowspeeds.

BRAKINGPRECAUTIONS

Thebrakesystemhastwoseparatehydraulic circuits. Ifonecircuitmalfunctions, you will still have braking attwowheels.

Vacuumassistedbrakes

Thebrakeboosteraidsbrakingbyusingengine vacuum.lftheenginestops,youcanstopthe vehiclebydepressingthebrakepedal.However, greaterfootpressureonthebrakepedalwillbe requiredtostopthevehicleandthestopping distancewillbelonger.

Whenthebrakepedalisdepressedslowly and firmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation. This is normal and indicate that the Brake Assist System is operating.

Wetbrakes

Whenthevehicleiswashedordriventhrough water,thebrakesmaygetwet.Asaresult,your brakingdistancewillbelongerandthevehicle maypulltoonesideduringbraking.

Todrybrakes, drivethevehicleatasafespeed whilelightlytappingthebrakepedaltoheat-up thebrakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Breakintheparkingbrakeshoeswheneverthe stoppingeffectoftheparkingbrakeisweakened orwhenevertheparkingbrakeshoesand/or drums/rotorsarereplaced,inordertoassurethe bestbrakingperformance.

This procedure is described in the vehicle servicemanual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer.

Usingthebrakes

Avoidrestingyourfootonthebrakepedalwhile driving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gasmileage.

Tohelpsavethebrakesandtopreventthe brakesfromoverheating,reducespeedand downshifttoalowergearbeforegoingdowna slopeorlonggrade.Overheatedbrakesmay reducebrakingperformanceandcouldresultin lossofvehiclecontrol.

WARNING

- While driving on aslippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating order down shifting. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheelstoskid and result in an

5-26 Startinganddriving

accident.

- Iftheengineisnotrunningoris turnedoffwhiledriving, thepower assistforthebrakeswillnotwork. Brakingwillbeharder.

BRAKEASSIST

BRAKEASSIST

Whentheforceappliedtothebrakepedal exceedsacertainlevel,theBrakeAssistis activatedgeneratinggreaterbrakingforcethana conventionalbrakeboosterevenwithlightpedal force.

WARNING

TheBrakeAssistisonlyanaidtoassist brakingoperationandisnotacollision warningoravoidancedevice.Itisthe driver'sresponsibilitytostayalert,drive safelyandbeincontrolofthevehicleat alltimes.

ANTI-LOCKBRAKINGSYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

•TheAnti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS) isasophisticateddevice,but it cannotpreventaccidentsresulting fromcarelessordangerousdriving techniques.Itcanhelpmaintain vehiclecontrolduringbrakingon slipperysurfaces.Rememberthat stoppingdistancesonslipperysurfaceswillbelongerthanonnormal

surfacesevenwithABS.Stopping distancesmayalsobelongeron rough, gravelorsnowcovered roads, orifyouareusingtirechains. Alwaysmaintainasafedistance fromthevehicleinfrontofyou. Ultimately, thedriverisresponsible forsafety.

•Tiretypeandconditionmayalso affectbrakingeffectiveness.

—Whenreplacingtires,installthe specifiedsizeoftiresonallfour wheels.

—Wheninstallingasparetire, makesurethatitistheproper sizeandtypeasspecifiedonthe TireandLoadingInformation label.See“TireandLoading Informationlabel”(P.9-13)of thismanual.

—Fordetailedinformation,see "Wheelsandtires"(P.8-31)of thismanual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakessothewheelsdonotlockduringhard brakingorwhenbrakingonslippery surfaces. Thesystemdetectstherotationspeedateach

wheelandvariesthebrakefluidpressure to preventeachwheelfromlockingandsliding. By preventingeachwheelfromlocking, thesystem helpsthedrivermaintainsteeringcontrol and helpstominimizeswervingandspinning on slippery surfaces.

Usingthesystem

Depressthebrakepedalandholditdown. Depressthebrakepedalwithfirmsteady pressure, but donotpumpthebrakes. The ABSwilloperatetopreventthewheelsfrom lockingup. Steerthevehicletoavoidobstacles.

WARNING

Donotpumpthebrakepedal.Doingso mayresultinincreasedstoppingdistances.

Self-testfeature

TheABSincludeselectronicsensors,electric pumps,hydraulicsolenoidsandacomputer.The computerhasabuilt-indiagnosticfeaturethat teststhesystemeachtimeyoustarttheengine andmovethevehicletatalowspeedinforward orreverse.Whentheself-testoccurs,youmay heara"clunk"noiseand/orfeelapulsationinthe brakepedal.Thisisnormalanddoesnot

indicateamalfunction.Ifthecomputersenses amalfunction,itswitchestheABSoffand illuminatestheABSwarninglightonthe instrumentpanel.Thebrakesystemthenoper- atesnormally,butwithoutanti-lockassistance. IftheABSwarninglightilluminatesduringthe self-testorwhiledriving,havethevehicle checkedbyaNISSANdealer.

Normaloperation

TheABSoperatesatspeedsabove3to6MPH (5to10km/h).

When the ABS sensesthatoneormorewheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel apulsation in the brake pedalandhearanoise from under the hoodor feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicate that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extracare is required while driving.

VEHICLEDYNAMICCONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses various sensorstomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system help stop performance following functions.

• Controlsbrakepressuretoreducewheel slipononeslippingdrivewheelsopoweris transferredtoanonslippingdrivewheelon thesameaxle.
• Controlsbrakepressureandengineoutput toreducedrivewheelslipbasedonvehicle speed(tractioncontrolfunction).
• Controlsbrakepressureatindividualwheels andengineoutputtohelpthedrivermaintain controlofthevehicleinthefollowing conditions:

—understeer(vehicletendstonotfollow thesteeredpath despite increased steeringinput)
—oversteer(vehicletendstospindueto certainroadordrivingconditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all drivings situations.

WhentheVDCsystemoperates,theVDC warninglight intheinstrumentpanelflashes sonotethefollowing:

- Theroadmaybelipperyorthesystemmay determinesomeactionisrequiredtohelp

5-28 Startinganddriving

keepthevehicleonthesteeredpath.

• Youmayfeelapulsationinthebrakepedal andhearanoiseorvibrationfromunderthe hood. Thisisnormalandindicatesthatthe VDCsystemisworkingproperly.
• Adjustyourspeedanddrivingtotheroad conditions.

See "VehicleDynamicControl(VDC)warning light" (P.2-14).

Ifamalfunctionoccursinthesystem,theVDC warninglight illuminatesintheinstrument panel.TheVDCsystemautomaticallyturnsoff.

TheVDCOFFswitchisusedtoturnofftheVDC system.TheVDCoffindicator 🌐 illuminatesto indicatetheVDCsystemisoff.WhentheVDC switchisusedtoturnoffthesystem,theVDC systemstilloperatestopreventonedrivewheel fromslippingbytransferringpowertoanon slippingdrivewheel.TheVDCwarninglight flashesifthisoccurs.AllotherVDCfunctions areoff,andtheVDCwarninglight 🌐 willnot flash.TheVDCsystemisautomaticallyresetto onwhentheignitionswitchisplacedintheoff positionthenbacktotheonposition.

See "VehicleDynamicControl(VDC) warning light"(P.2-14) and "VehicleDynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light"(P.2-16).

Thecomputerhasabuilt-indiagnosticfeature thatteststhesystemeachtimeyoustartthe

engineandmovethevehicleforwardorin reverseataslowspeed.Whentheself-test occurs,youmayheara"clunk"noiseand/orfeel apulsationinthebrakepedal.Thisisnormaland isnotanindicationofamalfunction.

WARNING

•TheVDCsystemisdesignedtohelp thedrivermaintainstabilitybut doesnotpreventaccidentsdueto abruptsteering operation athigh speedsorbycarelessordangerous drivingtechniques.Reducevehicle speedandbeespeciallycareful whendrivingandcorneringonslip-perysurfacesandalwaysdrivecarefully.
- Donotmodifythevehicle'ssuspension. If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers,struts,springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheelsarenotNISSAN recommendedforyourvehicleorare extremelydeteriorated,theVDC systemmay not operate properly. Thiscouldadverselyaffectvehicle handlingperformance,andtheVDC warninglight mayilluminate.

• Ifbrakerelatedpartssuchasbrake pads,rotorsandcalipersarenot NISSANrecommendedorareextremelydeteriorated,theVDCsystem maynotoperateproperlyandthe VDCwarninglight mayilluminate.
• Ifenginecontrolrelatedpartsare notNISSANrecommendedorare extremelydeteriorated,theVDC warninglight mayilluminate.
• Whendrivingonextremelyinclined surfacesuchashigherbanked corners,theVDCsystemmaynot operateproperlyandtheVDCwarninglight mayilluminate.Donot driveonthesetypesofroads.
• Whendrivingonanunstablesurfacesuchasaturntable,ferry, elevatororramp,theVDCwarning light mayilluminate.Thisisnot amalfunction.Restarttheengine afterdrivingontoastablesurface.
• If wheels sortires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate.

•TheVDCsystemisnotasubstitute forwintertiresortirechainsona snowcoveredroad.

PERFORMANCEDAMPERS(NISMO models)

Technical diagram showing car rear panel and internal suspension components with labeled parts 1 and 2, plus a vehicle body section.

1.Frontperformancedamper
2. Rearperformedamper
The performance dampers are installed in the front and rear part of the NISMO models for improved handling and ride.

WARNING

•High-pressure nitrogen gas is sealed insidetheperformedampers. Donotattempttomodifyor disassemblethem.
•Fordisposaloftheperformance dampersorwhenscrappingthe vehicle,contactaNISSANdealer. Neverburnorpuncturetheperformedampers.Incorrectdisposal procedurescouldcauseseriouspersonalinjury.

COLDWEATHERDRIVING

FREEINGAFROZENDOORLOCK

Topreventadoorlockfromfreezing,apply deicerthroughthekeyhole.Ifthelockbecomes frozen,heatthekeybeforeinsertingitintothe keyholeorusethelIntelligentKeysystem.

ANTIFREEZE

Inthewinterwhenitisanticipatedthatthe outside temperature will drop below 32^ F ( 0^ C), checkantifreezetoassureproperwinterprotection. For additional information, see "Engine coolingsystem" (P.8-9).

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly. For additional information, see "Battery" (P.8-16).

DRAININGOFCOOLANTWATER

If the vehicle is the be left outsidewithout antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. Ford details, see "Engine cooling system" (P.8-9).

TIREEQUIPMENT

SUMMERtireshaveatreaddesignedtoprovide superiorperformanceondrypavement. However, the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and dry conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommend the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. Consulta NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires maybe used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.

Skidandtractioncapabilitiesofstudded snowtires,onwetordrysurfaces,maybe poorerthanthatofnon-studdedsnow tires.

Tirechainsmaybeused. Fordetails, see "Tire chains" (P.8-37) of this manual.

SPECIALWINTEREQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter:

- Ascraper and stiff-bristled brushtoremove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades.

• Asturdy, flatboardtobeplaced under the jacktogiveitfirmsupport.
• Ashoveltodigthevehicleoutofsnowdrifts.
• Extrawindowwasherfluidtorefillthe reservoirtank.

DRIVINGONSNOWORICE

WARNING

• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will havemuchlesstraction or "grip" under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road dissalted or sanded.
• Whateverthecondition,drivewith caution.Accelerateandslowdown withcare.Ifacceleratingordown-shiftingtoofast,thedrivewheels willloseevenmoretraction.
• Allowmorestoppingdistanceunder theseconditions.Brakingshouldbe startedsoonerthanondrypavement.

• Allowgreaterfollowingdistances onslipperyroads.

• Watchforslipperyspots(glareice). These may appear on another wise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.

• Donotusethecruisecontrol on slipperyroads.
• Snowcantrapdangerousexhaust gasesundryourvehicle. Keep snowclearoftheexhaustpipe and fromaroundyourvehicle.

ENGINEBLOCKHEATER(ifso equipped)

Engineblockheatersareusedtoassistwith coldtemperaturestarting.

The engine blockheaters should be used when the outside temperature is 20^ F ( -7^ C) or lower.

Tousetheengineblockheater

1. Turntheengineoff.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine blockheatercord.
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4.PlugtheextensioncordintoaGroundFault Interrupt(GFI)protected,grounded110-voltAC(VAC)outlet.
5. The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on outside temperatures, to properly warm the engine coolant. Use an appropriatetimerto turn the engine block heater on.
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts.

WARNING

• Donotuseyourengineblockheater withanungroundedelectricalsystemora2-pronged adapter. You can beseriouslyinjuredbyanelectrical shockifyou useanungrounded connection.
• Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine. Damageto the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury.
• Useaheavy-duty3-wire,3-pronged extensioncord ratedforatleast 10A.Plugtheextensioncordintoa

GroundFaultInterrupt(GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failuretousetheproperextension cordoragroundedoutletcanresult inafireorelectricalshockand causeseriouspersonalinjury.

MEMO

Startinganddriving5-33

MEMO

5-34 Starting and driving

6Incaseofemergency

Emergencyengineshutoff....6-2

Flattire....6-2

TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)......6-2

Changingaflattire(formodelswithsparetire)......6-3

Repairingflattire(formodelswithemergencytire puncturerepairkit)....6-8

Jumpstarting....6-14

Pushstarting....6-16

If your vehicle overheats....6-16

Towingyourvehicle....6-18

TowingrecommendedbyNISSAN(exceptfor NISMOmodels)....6-19

TowingrecommendedbyNISSAN (NISMOmodels)....6-20

Vehiclerecovery(freeingastuckvehicle)......6-21

EMERGENCYENGINESHUTOFF

Toshutofftheengineinanemergencysituation whiledriving,performthefollowingprocedure:

• Rapidlypushthepush-buttonignitionswitch 3consecutivetimes,or
• Pushandholdthepush-buttonignition switchformorethan2seconds.

FLATTIRE

TIREPRESSUREMONITORINGSYSTEM(TPMS)

ThisvehicleisequippedwiththeTirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS).Itmonitorstire pressureofalltiresexceptthespare.When thelowtirepressurewarninglightislit,oneor moreofyourtiresissignificantlyunder-inflated. Ifthevehicleisbeingdrivenwithlowtire pressure,theTPMSwillactivateandwarnyou ofitbythelowtirepressurewarninglight.This systemwillactivateonlywhenthevehicleis drivenatspeedsabove16MPH(25km/h).For moredetails,see"Warning/indicatorlightsand audiblereminders"(P.2-9)and"TirePressure MonitoringSystem(TPMS)("P.5-3).

WARNING

- Ifthelowtirepressurewarninglight illuminateswhiledriving,avoidsuddensteeringmaneuversorabrupt braking,reducevehiclespeed,pull offtheroadtoasafelocation and stopthevehicleassoonaspossible.Drivingwithunder-inflatedtires maypermanentlydamagethetires andincreasethelikelihoodoftire failure.Seriousvehicledamage couldoccurandmayleadtoan

accidentandcouldresultinserious personalinjury.Checkthetirepressureforallfourtires.Adjustthetire pressuretotherecommendedCOLD tirepressureshownontheTireand LoadingInformationlabeltoturn thelowtirepressurewarninglight OFF.Ifthelightstillilluminates whiledrivingafteradjustingthetire pressure,atiremaybeflat.Ifyou haveaflattire,replaceitwitha spare tireassoonaspossible.

• Whenasparetireismountedora wheelisreplaced,theTPMSwillnot functionandthelowtirepressure warninglightwillflashforapproximately1 minute.Thelightwill remainonafter1minute.Contact yourNISSANdealerassoonas possiblefortirereplacementand/orsystemresetting.
• ReplacingtireswiththosenotoriallyspecifiedbyNISSANcould affecttheproperoperationofthe TPMS.
• Donotinjectanytireliquidor aerosoltiresealantintothetires, asthismaycauseamalfunction of the tirepressuresensors(formod-

elsnotequippedwiththeemergencytirepuncturerepairkit).

- If you used the Emergency Tire Sealantorepairaminortirepuncture, your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire (formelsequipped with the emergency tire puncturer repair kit).

•NISSAN recommends using only NISSANG Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Othertire sealants may damage the valvestemseal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure (formodels equipped with the emergency tire puncturerepair kit).

CHANGINGAFLATTIRE(formodels withsparetire)

If you have a flattire, follow the instructions below.

Stoppingthevehicle

1. Safelymovethevehicleofftheroadand awayfromtraffic.

2. Turnonthehazardwarningflashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake.MovetheselectorlevertotheP (Park)position(Automatictransmission models).MovetheshiftlevertotheR (Reverse)gear(Manualtransmissionmodels).

4. Turnofftheengine.

5. Raisethehoodtowarnothertraffic, and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and standinasafe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

- Makesuretheparkingbrakeis securelyappliedandthemanual transmissionisshiftedintoR(Re-

verse), ortheautomatictransmissionintoP(Park).

- Neverchangetireswhenthevehicle isonaslope,iceorslipperyareas. Thisishazardous.

- Neverchangetiresifoncoming trafficisclosetoyourvehicle.Wait forprofessionalroadassistance.

MCE0001A

Blockingwheels

Placesuitableblocks ① atboththefrontand backofthewheeldiagonallyoppositetheflat tiretopreventthevehiclefrommovingwhenitis jackedup.

WARNING

Besuretoblockthewheelasthe vehiclemaymoveandresultinpersonal injury.

A B C SCE0844

Withoutsubwoofer

A B C D SCE0807

Withsubwoofer
Gettingthesparetireandtools

Removejackingtools ① locatedunderthe cargoroom/trunkasillustrated.

ForCoupemodels, unfastenthebeltsandliftthe jackuptoremove.

Modelswithoutsubwoofer:

Removethespacer Ⓑ, andturntheretainer ⓒ counterclockwise, thenremovethespare tire.

Modelswithsubwoofer:

Removethesparetirecover Ⓐ.Turnthe retainer Ⓑ counterclockwise,removethe subwoofer Ⓓ andplaceitonthesideofthe cargoroom(withtheflatsurfacefacingdown), thencarefullyremovethesparetire.

Jackingupthevehicleandremovingthe damagedtire

WARNING

• Nevergetunderthevehiclewhileit issupportedonlybythejack.Ifitis necessarytoworkunderthevehicle, supportitwithsafetystands.
  •Useonlythejackprovidedwithyour vehicletoliftthevehicle.Donotuse thejackprovidedwithyourvehicle

onothervehicles.Thejackisdesignedforliftingonlyyourvehicle duringatirechange.

• Use the correct jack-uppoints. Never use any other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.
• Neverjackupthevehiclemorethan necessary.
• Neveruseblocksonorunderthe jack.
• Donotstartorruntheenginewhile vehicleisonthejack,asitmay causethevehicletomove.This is especiallytrueforvehicleswith limitedslipdifferentials.
• Donotallowpassengerstostayin thevehiclewhileitisonthejack.

Carefullyreadthecautionlabelattached tothejackbodyandthefollowinginstructions.

SCE0790

Jack-uppoint

1. Placethejackdirectlyunderthejack-up pointasillustratedsothetopofthejack contactsthevehicleatthejack-uppoint. Alignthejackheadbetweenthetwo notchesinthefrontortherearasshown. Alsofitthegrooveofthejackheadbetween thenotchesasshown.

Thejackshouldbeusedonlevelfirm ground.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing two steps of car wheel mounting and tool installation (no text or symbols)

1. Looseneachwheelnutoneortwoturnsby turningcounterclockwisewiththewheelnut wrench. Donotremovethewheelnuts untilthetireisofftheground.
   3.Toliftthevehicle,securelyholdthejacklever androdwithbothhandsasshownabove. Carefullyraisethevehicleuntilthetireclears theground.Removethewheelnuts,and thenremovethetire.

6-6 Incaseofemergency

SCE0661

Installingthesparetire

The T-typesparetire is designed for emergency use. (Seespecific instructions undertheheading "Wheelsandtires" (P.8-31).)

1. Cleananymudordirtfromthesurface betweenthewheelandhub.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts fingertight. Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheels surface horizontally.

Modelsequippedwithdifferentsized tiresinthefrontandrear:

Whenreplacingafronttire,makesurethat

theholeinthesparetirewheelisaligned withthepinonthebrakerotor.

1. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in these sequence as illustrated (①, ②, ③, ④, ⑤) until they are tight.
2. Lowerthe vehicles slowly until the tire touchesthe ground. Then, with the wheel nutwrench, tightent the wheel nuts securely in these sequence as illustrated. Lowerthe vehicle completely.

WARNING

• Incorrectwheelnutsorimproperly tightenedwheelnutscancausethe wheeltobecomelooseorcomeoff. Thiscouldcauseanaccident.
• Donotuseoilorgreaseonthe wheelstudsornuts. This could cause thenutstobecomeloose.
• Retightenthewheelnutswhenthe vehiclehasbeendrivenfor600 miles(1,000km)(alsoincasesofa flattire,etc.).

- As soon as possible, tightenthewheel nutstothespecified torque with a

torquewrench. Wheelnuttighteningtorque: 80ft-lb(108N·m)

The wheelnuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval.

-AdjusttirepressuretotheCOLDpressure.

COLDpressure: Afterthevehiclehasbeenparkedfor threehoursormoreordrivenlessthan 1mile(1.6km).

COLDtirepressuresareshownonthe TireandLoadingInformationlabel affixedtothedriversidecenterpillar.

Stowingthedamagedtireandtools

Coupemodels:

1. Securelystorethedamagedtireandjacking toolsinthestoragearea.
2. Placethesparetirecoverandthecargo roomcarpetoverthedamagedtire.
   3.Closetherearhatch.

A B SCE0845

Roadstermodels:

Securelystorethejackingtoolsinthestorage area.
Placethesparetirecoverandtrunkroomcarpet backinthetrunk, and thenclosethetrunklid.
Securelystorethedamagedtireaccording to the followingprocedureasillustrated.

1. Putthedamaged tire in the plastic bag stored in the trunk. (A)
   2.Movethepassengerseatforward,andthen placethedamagedtire Ⓑ wrappedinthe plasticbagbehindtheseat.
   3.Movethepassengerseatbackwardto securethedamagedtire.

Incaseofemergency

WARNING

●Alwaysmakesurethatthesparetire andjackingequipmentareproperly securedafteruse.Suchitemscan becomedangerousprojectilesinan accidentorsuddenstop.
- Thesparetireisdesignedforemergencyuse.Seespecificinstructions undertheheading"Wheelsand tires"(P.8-31).

REPAIRINGFLATTIRE(formodelswith emergencytirepuncturerepairkit)

WARNING

• Afterusing Emergency Tire Sealant torepairaminortirepuncture, do not drivethe vehicleatspeeds faster than 50 MPH (80km/h).
• ImmediatelyafterusingtheEmergencyTireSealanttorepairaminor tirepuncture,takeyourvehicletoa NISSANdealertoinspect,andrepairorreplacethetire.TheEmergency Tire Sealant cannot permanentlysealapuncturedtire.

Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tirerepair can lead to acrash.

• If you used the Emergency Tire Sealantorepairaminortirepuncture, your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire.
  •NISSAN recommends using only NISSANG Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Othertire sealants may damage the valvestem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.

This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The emergency tire puncturerepairkit (Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead of asparetire. It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures.

If possible, havethe vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flattire. Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressures sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate.

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below.

CAUTION

•Toavoidtheemergencytirepuncturekitbeingdamagedduringstorageoruse:

—Onlyusetheemergencytire puncturerepairkitonyourvehicle.Donotuseitonother vehicles.
— Only use the kit to inflate the tiresofyourvehicleandto checkthevehicle'stirepressure.
—Onlyplugthecompressorintoa 12VDCcarpowerpoint.
—Keepthekitfreeofwaterand dirt.
— Do not disassemble or modify thekit.
—Donotdrophekitorallowhard impactstothekit.

- Donotusetheemergencytire puncturerepairkitunderthefollowing conditions. Contact a NISSAN dealer or professional road assistance.

—whenthesealanthaspassedits expirationdate(shownonthe labelattachedtothebottle)
—whenthecutorthepunctureis approximately0.25in(6mm)or longer
—whenthetiresidewallisdamaged
—whenthevehiclehasbeendri-venwithextremelylowtire pressure
—when the tire has come off the inside or the outside of the wheel.
—whenthetirewheelisdamaged
—whentwoormoretiresareflat

Stoppingthevehicle

1. Safelymovethevehicleofftheroadand awayfromtraffic.
2. Turnonthehazardwarningflashers.
3. Parkonalevel surface and apply the parking brake.
4. AutomaticTransmissionmodels:

MovetheselectorlevertotheP(Park)

position.

ManualTransmissionmodels:

MovetheshiftlevertotheR(Reverse) position.

1. Turnofftheengine.
2. Raisethehoodtowarnothertrafficandto signalprofessionalroadassistancepersonnelthatyouneedassistance.
3. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and standinasafe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

Makesuretheparkingbrakeissecurely appliedandthemanualtransmissionis shiftedintoR(Reverse)ortheautomatictransmissionintoP(Park).

• Neverrepairtireswhenthevehicle isonaslope,iceorslipperyareas. Thisishazardous.
  ●Neverrepairtiresifoncomingtraffic isclosetoyourvehicle.Waitfor professionalroadassistance.

① ② ③ SCE0866

Gettingemergencytirepuncturerepair kit

Takeouttheemergencytirepuncturerepairkit locatedunderthecargoroomorinthetrunk.

Therepairkitconsistsofthefollowingitems:

① Tiresealantbottle
② Aircompressor
③ Speedrestrictionsticker

NOTE:

Formodelswiththeemergencytirepunc- turerepairkit,asparetire,jackandrodare notequippedasstandard.Thesepartsare dealeroptions.ContactaNISSANdealer aboutobtainingtheseparts.See"Chan-

gingaflattire(formodelswithsparetire)"(P.6-3)forusageofjackingtoolsandtire replacement.

Beforeusingemergencytirepuncture repairkit

- Ifanyforeignobject(forexample,ascrewor nail)isembeddedinthetire,donotremove it.

- Checktheexpirationdateofthesealant (shownonthelabelattachedtothebottle). Neveruseasealantwhoseexpirationdate haspassed.

Repairingtire

WARNING

Observethefollowing precautions when using the tirerepair compound.

• Swallowing the compound is dangerous. Immediately drink a much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance.
• Rinsewellwithlotsofwaterifthe compoundcomesintocontactwith skinoreyes.Ifirritationpersists, seekpromptmedicalattention.

- Keeptherepaircompoundoutof thereachofchildren.

•The emergency repair compound may cause malfunction of the tire pressures sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Havethetire pressures sensor replaced as soon as possible.

NOTE:

Donotremoveanynailsorscrewsthat havepenetratedthetirewhenperforming repairs.

80 km/h SCE0867

1. Openthelidoftheaircompressorandtake outthespeedrestrictionsticker, thenputit inalocationwherethedrivercan seeit while driving.

CAUTION

Donot putthe speedrestriction label onthesteeringwheelpad,thespeedometerorthewarninglightlocations.

Technical diagram showing two-step assembly steps of a mechanical device, labeled with numbered components and a reference number SCE0868.

1. Takethehose ① and the power plug out of the air compressor. Remov the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor.

Illustration of a hand using a tool to press or install a component, with no visible text or symbols.

1. Removethecapfromthetiresealantbottle, andscrewthebottleclockwiseontothe bottleholder.(Leavethebottlesealintact. Screwingthebottleontothebottleholder willpiercethesealofthebottle.)
2. Removethecapfromthetirevalveonthe flattire.

A B SCE0870

1. Removetheprotectivecap Ⓐ of thehose andscrew the hoses securely onto the tire valve. Makesure that the pressurerelease valve Ⓑ is securely tightened. Makesure that the air compressors switch this the OFF (○) position, and then insert its power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle.

Illustration of a hand inserting a device into a device with an arrow indicating the action (no text or symbols present)

1. Pushtheignitionswitchtothe "ACC" position. Thenturnthecompressorswitch totheON(-)positionandinflatethetireup tothepressurethatisspecifiedonthetire andloadinginformationlabelaffixedtothe driver'ssidecenterpillarifpossible,ortothe minimumof180kPa(26psi).Turntheair compressoroffbrieflyinordertocheck the tirepressurewiththepressuregauge. Ifthetireisinflatedtohigherthan the specifiedpressure,lowerthetirepressure byreleasingairwiththepressurerelease valve.

NOTE:

The compressortirepressuregauge mayshowapressurereadingof87psi (600kPa)forabout30secondswhile inflatingthetire.Thepressuregaugeis indicatingthepressureinsidethesealantcan.Whenthesealanthasbeen injectedintothetirethepressure gaugewilldropandindicateactualtire pressure.

WARNING

•Toavoidseriouspersonalinjury while using the emergency tire puncturerepairkit:

—Securelytightenthecompressor hosetothetirevalve. Failureto dosocancausethesealantto sprayintotheairandgetinto youreyesorontheskin.

- Donotstanddirectlybesidethe damaged tirewhileitisbeing inflatedbecauseoftheriskofthe rupture.Ifthereareanycracksor bumps,turnthecompressoroff immediately.

If the tire pressure does not increase to 180

kPa(26psi)within10minutes, the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot berepaired with thistirerepair kit. ContactaNISSAN dealer.

1. Whenthetirepressureisatthespecified amount, turn the air compressor off. If the pressure cannot be inflated to these specified amount, the air compressor can be turned off at the minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi). Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve. Attach the protective cap and valvecap. Properly stow the emergency tire puncture repair kit in the trunk.

CAUTION

Toavoidseriouspersonalinjurywhen stowingtheemergencytire puncture repairkit:

- Keepthesealantbottlescrewed intothecompressor.Failureretodo socancausethesealanttospray intotheairandgetintoyoureyesor ontheskin.

1. Immediately drivethe vehicle for 10 minutes or 3 km (2 miles) at as speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or less.

2. Afterdriving, makesurethattheaircompressorswitchisintheOFFposition, then screwthehosesecurelyontothetirevalve. Checkthetirepressurewiththepressure gauge. The temporaryrepairiscompleted if the tirepressuredoesnotdrop.

Makesurethepressureisadjustedtothe pressurethatisspecifiedonthetireand loadinginformationlabelbeforedriving.

1. If the tire pressured drops, repeat the steps from 5 to 9. If the pressured drops again or under 130 kPa (19 psi), the tire cannot be repaired with this trierepair kit. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

Thesealantbottleandhosecannotbe reusedtorepairanotherpuncturedtire. ContactaNISSANdealertopurchase replacements.

Afterrepairingtire

SeeaNISSANdealerfortirerepair/replacement as soon as possible.

WARNING

- Afterusing Emergency Tire Sealant to repairs a minortirepuncture, do not drivethe vehicle speeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

- ImmediatelyafterusingEmergency TireSealanttorepairaminortire puncture,takeyourvehicletoa NISSANdealertoinspect,andrepairorreplacethetire.TheEmergency Tire Sealant cannot permanentlysealapuncturedtire. Continuingoperationofthevehicle withoutapermanenttirerepaircan leadtoacrash.

- IfyouusedEmergencyTireSealant torepairaminortirepuncture,your NISSANdealerwillalsoneedto replacetheTPMSsensorinaddition torepairingorreplacingthetire.

•NISSAN recommends using only NISSANGenuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Othertire sealants may damage the valvestemseal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.

JUMPSTARTING

Tostartyourenginewithaboosterbattery,the instructionsandprecautionsbelowmustbe followed.

WARNING

• If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.
• Explosivehydrogengasisalways presentinthevicinityofthebattery. Keepallsparksandflamesaway fromthebattery.
• Donotallowbatteryfluidtocome intocontactwitheyes,skin,clothing orpaintedsurfaces.Batteryfluidis acorrosivesulphuricacidsolution whichcancausesevereburns.Ifthe fluidshouldcomeintocontactwith anything,immediatelyflushthecontactedareawithwater.

• Keepthebatteryoutofthereachof children.
  •Theboosterbatterymustberatedat 12volts.Useofanimproperlyrated batterycandamageyourvehicle.

• Whenever working on near a battery, always wears suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrials safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Donotlean over the battery when jump starting.

• Donotattempttojumpstarta frozenbattery.Itcouldexplode andcauseseriousinjury.
• Yourvehiclehasanautomaticenginecoolingfan.Itcouldcomeonat anytime.Keephandsandother objectsawayfromit.

A ①+ ②+ ③- C B ①+ ④- C ①-②-③-④ SCE0791

WARNING

Alwaysfollowtheinstructionsbelow. Failuretodosocouldresultindamage tothechargingsystemandcause personalinjury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle

Ⓐ ,positionthetwovehicles( Ⓐ and Ⓑ ) tobringtheirbatteriesintocloseproximityto eachother.

Donotallowthetwovehiclestotouch.

1. Applyparkingbrake. Movetheselectorlever totheP(Park)position(Automatictransmissionmodels). MovetheshiftlevertotheN (Neutral)position(Manualtransmission models). Switchoffallunnecessaryelectricalsystems(light, heater, airconditioner, etc.).
2. Removeventcapsonthebattery(ifso equipped). Coverthebatterywithafirmly wrungoutmoistcloth © toreduce explosionhazard.
3. Connectjumpercablesinthesequenceas illustrated( ① → ② → ③ → ④ ).

CAUTION

• Alwaysconnectpositive(+)topositive(+)andnegative(-)tobody ground(asillustrated)—nottothe battery.

• Makesurethejumpercablesdonot touchmovingpartsintheengine compartmentandthatclampsdo notcontactanyothermetal.

• Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes.

A

1. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle Ⓐ at about 2,000 rpm, and start the engine of the vehicle being jumped started Ⓑ.

CAUTION

Donotkeepthestartermotorengaged formorethan10seconds.Iftheengine does not start right away, push the ignition switchtothe OFFposition andwait10 secondsbeforetrying again.

1. After starting your engine, carefully disconnect then negative cable and then the positive cable (④ → ③ → ② → ①).
2. Replacetheventcaps(ifsoequipped). Be suretodisposeoftheclothusedtocover theventholesasitmaybecontaminated withcorrosiveacid.
3. Putthebatterycoveron.

PUSHSTARTING

Donotattempttostarttheenginebypushing.

CAUTION

●Automatictransmissionmodels cannotbepush-startedortow-started.Attemptingtodosomay causetransmissiondamage.
- Threewaycatalystequippedmodels shouldnotbestedbypushing sincethreewaycatalystmaybe damaged.
- Nevertrytostartthevehicleby towingit;whentheenginestarts, theforwardsurgecouldcausethe vehicletocollidewiththetow vehicle.

IFYOURVEHICLEOVERHEATS

CAUTION

- Donotcontinuetodriveify your vehicleoverheats.Doingsocould causeenginedamageorvehicle fire.

•To avoid the dangerofbeing scalded,neverremovetheradiator capwhiletheengineisstillhot. When the radiator cap is removed, pressurizedhot water willspurt out, possiblycausingseriousinjury.

- Donotopen thehood ifsteamis comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethefollowing steps:

1. Movethevehiclesafelyofftheroad, apply theparkingbrakeandmovetheselector levertotheP(Park)position(Automatic transmission models). Move the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position(Manualtransmissionmodels).

Donotstoptheengine.

1. Turnofftheairconditioner. Openallthe windows, movetheaterorairconditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed.
2. If engine overheating is caused by climbing along hillionahotday, run the engine at a fastidle (approximately 1,500rpm) until the temperature gauge indication return to normal.
   4.Getoutofthevehicle.Lookandlistenfor steamorcoolantescapingfromtheradiator beforeopeningthehood.(Ifsteamor coolantisescaping,turnofftheengine.) Donotopenthehoodfurtheruntilnosteam orcoolantcanbeseen.
3. Opentheenginehood.

WARNING

Ifsteamorwateriscomingfromthe engine,standcleartopreventgetting burned.

1. Visually check if the cooling fan is running. Theradiator hoses and radiator should not leak water. If coolant is leaking or the cooling fandoes not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Becarefulnottoallowyourhands,hair, jewelryorclothingtocomeintocontact with,orgetcaughtin,enginebeltsor theenginecoolingfan.Theengine coolingfancanstartatanytime.

1. Aftertheenginecoolsdown, check the coolantlevelinthereservoirwiththeengine running.Addcoolanttothereservoir if necessary.Haveyourvehiclerepairedat thenearestNISSANdealer.

TOWINGYOURVEHICLE

Whentowingyourvehicle, all State (Provincial in Canada) and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accident damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommend that you have as service operator to your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.

WARNING

• Neverrideinavehiclethatisbeing towed.
• Nevergetunderyourvehicleafterit hasbeenliftedbyatowtruck.

CAUTION

- Whentowing, makesure that the transmission, axles, steeringsystem and drivetrain are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used.

6-18 Incaseofemergency

•Alwaysattachsafetychainsbefore towing.

Forinformationabouttowingyourvehiclebehind arecreationalvehicle(RV),see"Flattowing"(P.9-20)ofthismanual.

TOWINGRECOMMENDED BY NISSAN(exceptforNISMOmodels)

NISSANrecommendsthatyourvehiclebe towedwiththedriving(rear)wheelsoffthe groundorplacethevehicleonaflatbedtruckas illustrated.

CAUTION

- Nevertowautomatictransmission modelswiththerearwheelsonthe groundorfourwheelsonthe ground(forwardorbackward),as thismaycauseseriousandexpen-

sivedamagetothedrivetrain.Ifitis necessarytotowthevehiclewith thefrontwheelsraised,alwaysuse towingdolliesundertherear wheels.

- Whentowingrearwheeldrivemodelswiththefrontwheelsonthe groundorontowingdollies:Push theignitionswitchtotheACCorON position,andsecurethesteering wheelinastraight-aheadposition witharopeorsimilardevice.

- If you have to tow manual transmission models with therear wheels on

theground(ifyoudonotusetowing dollies)orfourwheelsonthe ground:

—Pushtheignitionswitchtothe ONpositionandturnoffall accessories.

—Alwaysrelease the parking brake.

—Movethetransmissionshiftle-vertotheN(Neutral)position.

—Observethefollowingrestricted towingspeedsanddistancesfor manualtransmissionmodels only:

•Rearwheelsontheground: Speed: Below50MPH(80 km/h) Distance: Less than 50 miles (80km)

•Fourwheelsontheground: Speed:Below70MPH(112 km/h) Distance:Lessthan500miles (800km)

—If the speedordistance must necessarily begreater, remove the propellershaft before to-

ingtopreventdamagetothe drivetrain.

SCE0836

TOWINGRECOMMENDED BY NISSAN(NISMOmodels)

CAUTION

DonottowNISMOmodelswithany wheelontheground,orwiththefront orrearwheelsraised,becausethismay causedamagetothefrontbumperwith anaerodynamicsplitter,rearbumper withanaerodynamicdiffuserorex-haustpipes.

NISSANrecommendsthatyouplacethevehicle onaflatbedtruckasillustrated.

VEHICLERECOVERY(freeingastuck vehicle)

WARNING

• Standclearofastuckvehicle.
- Donotspinyourtiresathighspeed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Part of your vehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

Pullingastuckvehicle

If your vehicle is stuckins and snow, mud, etc., use atowstrap or other devices designed specifically for vehiclerecovery. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions for the recovery device.

Diagram illustrating car safety instructions with numbered steps and a cross-section showing vehicle clearance.

1. Accessthemountingholefortherecovery hook.

ExceptforNISMOmodels:Toremovethe cover Ⓐ,firstunhooktheclaws ① using asuitabletoolwrappedinacloth,andthen pullthelowersideofthecover ②.

ForNISMOmodels:Whenthefrontlicense

plateandbracketareinstalled, temporarily removethem.(See "Installingfrontlicense plate"(P.9-14)fortheinstallationprocedures.) Ascrewdriverissuppliedwiththe jackingtoolsforremoval.

1. Securely install the vehiclerecovery hook (stored with jacking tools) as illustrated. Attach the tow strap to ther e recovery hook.

Donotusethetiedownhooks ④ fortowingor vehiclerecovery.

Makesurethatthehookisproperlysecured in theoriginalplaceafteruse.

Replacetherecoveryhookcover(exceptfor NISMOmodels)orthefrontlicenseplate(for NISMOmodels).

CAUTION

•Tow chainsorcablesmust beattachedonlytothevehiclerecovery hooksormainstructuralmembers ofthevehicle. Otherwise,thevehiclebodywillbedamaged.
- Donotusethevehicletiedownsto freeavehiclestuckinsand, snow, mud, etc.
- Nevertowavehicleusingthevehicletiedownsorrecoveryhooks.

Incaseofemergency

• Alwayspullthecablestraightout fromthefrontofthevehicle.Never pullonthevehicleatanangle.
• Pullingdevicesshouldberoutedso theydonottouchanypartofthe suspension,steering,brakeorcoolingsystems.

• Pullingdevicessuchasropesor canvasstrapsarenotrecommended foruseinvehicletowingorrecovery.

• Applytheacceleratoraslittleaspossible tomaintaintherockingmotion.

• Releasethe acceleratorpedal before shiftingbetween R(Reverse) and D(Drive)(automatictransmissionmodels) or1standR(Reverse)(manualtransmissionmodels).

• Donotspinthetiresabove35MPH(55 km/h).

• If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.

Rockingastuckvehicle

If your vehicle is stuckins and snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure:

1. TurnofftheVehicleDynamicControl(VDC) system.
2. Makesuretheareainfrontandbehindthe vehicleisclearofobstructions.
3. Turnthesteeringwheelrightandlefttoclear anareaaroundthefronttires.
4. Slowlyrockthevehicleforwardandbackward.

- Shiftback and forth between R(Reverse) and D(Drive)(automatic transmission models) or 1 standard R(Reverse)(manual transmission models).

6-22 Incaseofemergency

MEMO

Incaseofemergency6-23

MEMO

6-24 Incaseofemergency

7Appearanceandcare

Cleaningexterior....7-2

Washing....7-2

Softtopcareandcleaning(Roadstermodels)......7-3

Waxing....7-4

Removingspots....7-4

Underbody....7-4

Glass....7-4

Wheels....7-4

Chromeparts....7-5

Tiredressing....7-5

Cleaninginterior....7-5

Airfresheners....7-6

Floormats....7-6

Seatbelts....7-7

Corrosionprotection....7-8

Mostcommonfactorscontributingto

vehiclecorrosion....7-8

Environmentalfactorsinfluencetherate

ofcorrosion....7-8

Toprotectyourvehiclefromcorrosion....7-8

CLEANINGEXTERIOR

Inordertomaintaintheappearanceofyour vehicle,itisimportanttotakepropercareofit. Toprotectthepaintsurface,washyourvehicle assoonasyoucan:

●afterarainfalltopreventpossibledamage fromacidrain
●afterdrivingoncoastalroads
- whencontaminantssuchassoot,bird droppings,treesap,metalparticlesorbugs getonthepaintsurface
- whendustormudbuildsuponthesurface Wheneverpossible,storeorparkyourvehicle insideagarageorinacoveredarea.

Whenitisnecessarytoparkoutside, parkina shadyareaorprotectthevehiclewithabody cover.

Becarefulnottoscratchthepaintsurface whenputtingonorremovingthebody cover.

WASHING

Washdirtoffthevehiclewithawetspongeand plentyofwater.Cleanthevehiclethoroughly usingamildsoap,aspecialvehiclesoapor generalpurposedishwashingliquidmixedwith clean,lukewarm(neverhot)water.

CAUTION

• Donotusecarwashesthatuseacid inthedetergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, usesome acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car was to confirm that acid is not used.
• Donotwashthevehiclewithstrong householdsoap,strongchemical detergents,gasolineorsolvents.
• Donotwashthevehicleindirect sunlightorwhilethevehiclebodyis hot, asthesurfacemaybecome water-spotted.

- Avoidusingtight-nappedorrough cloths, such as washingmitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-ondirtotherforeignsub-stancessothepaintsurface is not scratchedordamaged.

- ForRoadstermodels, observethe following:

—Donotuseanautomaticcar washorahighpressurecar wash. The softtop maybe damaged.

—Avoidapplying directwater pressure,suchashighpres-suredwaterfrom household hoses,ontheliningofthesoft topandvehiclebody. Avoid applyingcontinuouswateron thepartsaroundthesofttop andthewindows.Thesemay causewatertoleakintothe insideofyourvehicle.

Rinsethevehiclethoroughlywithplentyofclean water.

Insideflanges, seamsandfoldsonthedoors, hatchesandhoodareparticularlyvulnerableto theeffectsofroadsalt. Therefore, theseareas

mustberegularlycleaned.Makesurethatthe drainholesintheloweredgeofthedoorare open.Spraywaterunderthebodyandinthe wheelwellstoloosenthedirtandwashaway roadsalt.

Avoidleavingwaterspotsonthepaintsurface byusingadampchamoistodrythevehicle.

Diagram of a car being lifted by an overhead conveyor belt, showing no text or symbols on the vehicle itself.

NISMOmodels

CAUTION

Donotuseanautomaticcarwashfor NISMOmodels.Therearspoilermaybe damaged.

SOFTTOPCAREANDCLEANING (Roadstermodels)

Propercareandhandlingsshouldbeobserved to maintainagoodappearanceofthesofttop. Impropercaremaycausethetopcloth'ssurface tostiffen,stain,ormat.Followtheinstructions showninthissection.

Itisnotnecessarytowashthesofttopevery timeyouwashthevehiclebody,butcleanthe topregularlybeforeitbecomesquitedirty. Leavingthesofttopdirtyorsoiledforalong periodwillcausedeteriorationtothequalityof thetopmaterial.

Removedustordirtonthesofttopwithasoft brushorsponge,thenrinseitwithplentyof cleanwater.Whenthetopisquitedirty,wash usingamilddetergent,suchasageneral cleanerespeciallymadeforaclothtopora generalpurposedish-washingliquid,mixedwith clean,lukewarm(neverhot)water.Rinsethetop againwithplentyofcleanwatertoremoveall tracesofsoap.

CAUTION

- Donotusestronghouseholdsoap, strongchemicaldetergents,gasolineorsolvents.

Appearanceandcare

• Ifglasscleanergetsonthesofttop, immediatelywashitoffwithclean water.
• Donotapplydirectwaterpressure, suchashighpressuredwaterfrom householdhoses,ontheliningof thesofttopandvehiclebody,asthis maycausewatertoleakintothe insideofyourvehicle.

Aftercleaning,alwaysbesurethetopandits storagearecompletelydrybeforeopeningthe top.Openingthetopwhileitiswetordampmay causeinteriorwaterdamage,waterstainsor mildewonthetop.

WAXING

Regularwaxingprotectsthepaintsurfaceand helpsretainnewvehicleappearance.Polishing isrecommendedtoremovebuilt-upwaxresidue andtoavoidawweatheredappearancebefore reapplyingwax.

ANISSANdealercanassistyouinchoosingthe properproduct.

• Waxyourvehicleonlyafterathorough washing.Followtheinstructionssupplied withthewax.
• Donotuseawaxcontaininganyabrasives, cuttingcompoundsorcleanersthatmay

damagethevehiclefinish.

Machinecompoundoraggressivepolishingona basecoat/clearcoatpaintfinishmaydullthe finishorleaveswirlmarks.

REMOVINGSPOTS

Removetarandoilspots,industrialdust, insects,andtreesapasquicklyaspossible fromthepaintsurfacetoavoidlastingdamage orstaining.Specialcleaningproductsare availableataNISSANdealeroranyautomotive accessorystores.

UNDERBODY

Inareaswhereroadsaltisusedinwinter,the underbodymustbecleanedregularly.Thiswill preventdirtandsaltfrombuildingupand causingtheaccelerationofcorrosiononthe underbodyandsuspension.Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal mustbecheckedand,ifnecessary,re-treated.

GLASS

Useglasscleanertoremovesmokeanddust filmfromtheglasssurfaces.Itisnormalforglass tobecomecoatedwithafilmafterthevehicleis parkedinthehotsun.Glasscleanerandasoft clothwilleasilyremovethisfilm.

CAUTION

- Whencleaningtheinsideofthe windows, donotusesharp-edged tools, abrasivecleanersorchlorine-baseddisinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, radioantennaelementsorrear windowdefrosterelements.

- Ifglasscleanergetsonthesofttop, immediatelywashitoffwithclean water(Roadstermodels).

WHEELS

Washthewheelswhenwashingthevehicleto maintaintheirappearance.

• Cleantheinnersideofthewheelwhenthe wheelischangedor theundersideofthe vehicleiswashed.
• Inspectwheelrimsregularlyfordentsor corrosion. Suchdamagemaycauselossof pressureorpoorsealatthetirebead.
• NISSANrecommendsthattheroadwheels bewaxedtoprotectagainstroadsaltin areaswhereitisusedduringwinter.

7-4 Appearance and care

CAUTION

Donotuseabrasivecleanerswhen washingthewheels.

Aluminumalloywheels

Washregularlywithaspongedampenedina mildsoapsolution,especiallyduringwinter monthsinareaswhereroadsaltisused.Salt coulddiscolorthewheelsifnotremoved.

CAUTION

Followthedirectionsbelowtoavoid stainingordiscoloringthewheels:

• Donotuseacleanerthatuses strongacidoralkalicentsto cleanthewheels.
• Donotapplywheelcleanerstothe wheelswhentheyarehot.The wheeltemperatureshouldbethe sameasambienttemperature.
• Rinsethewheeltocompletelyremovethecleanerwithin15minutes afterthecleanerisapplied.

CHROMEPARTS

Cleanchrome parts regularly with an on-abrasive chromopolishtomaintain the finish.

TIREDRESSING

NISSANdoesnotrecommendtheuseoftire dressings.Tiremanufacturersapplyacoatingto thetirestohelpreducediscolorationofthe rubber.Ifatiredressingisappliedtothetires,it mayreactwiththecoatingandformacompound.Thiscompoundmaycomeoffthetire whiledrivingandstainthevehiclepaint.

If you choose a seatired dressing, take the following precautions:

• Useawater-basedtiredressing. The coating on the tired dissolves more easily with an oil-basedtiredressing.
• Applyalightcoatotiredressingtohelp preventitfromenteringthetiretread/grooves(whereitwouldbedifficultto remove).
• Wipeoffexcesstiredressingusingadry towel. Makesurethetiredressingis completelyremovedfromthetiretread/grooves.
• Allowthetiredressingtodryasrecommendedbytiredressingmanufacturer.

CLEANINGINTERIOR

Occasionallyremoveloosedustfromtheinterior trim,plasticpartsandseatsusingavacuum cleanerorsoftbristledbrush.Wipethevinyland leathersurfaceswithaclean,softclothdam-penedinmildsoapsolution,thenwipeclean withadrysoftcloth.

Regularcareandcleaningisrequiredinorderto maintaintheappearanceoftheleather.

Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer's recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemical that may stain or bleach these at material.

Useaclothdampenedonlywithwater,toclean themeterandgaugelens.

WARNING

Donotusewateroracidiccleaners(hot steamcleaners)ontheseat.Thiscan damagetheseatoroccupantclassificationsensor.Thiscanalsoaffectthe operationoftheairbagsystemand resultinseriouspersonalinjury.

CAUTION

●Neverusebenzine, thinner, orany similar material.
- Smalldirtparticlescanbeabrasive anddamagingtotheleathersurfaces and should be removed promptly.Donotusesaddlesoap, carwaxes,polishes,oils,cleaning fluids,solvents,detergentsorammonia-basedcleanersastheymay damagetheleather'snaturalfinish.
- Onlyusefabricprotectorsapproved byNISSAN.
- Donotuseglassorplasticcleaner onmeterorgaugelenscovers.It maydamagethelenscover.

AIRFRESHENERS

Mostairfreshenersuseasolventthatcould affectthevehicleinterior.Ifyouuseanair freshener,takethefollowingprecautions:

●Hanging-typeairfreshenerscancause permanentdiscolorationwhentheycontact vehicleinteriorsurfaces. Placetheair freshenerinalocationthatallowsittohang freeandnotcontactaninteriorsurface.

- Liquid-typeairfreshenerstypicallyclipon thevents. Theseproductscancause immediatedamageanddiscolorationwhen spilledoninteriorsurfaces.

Carefullyreadandfollowthemanufacturer's instructionsbeforeusingairfresheners.

FLOORMATS

WARNING

Toavoidpotentialpedalinterference that may result in acollisionor injury:

• NEVERplaceafloormatontopof anotherfloormatinthedriverfront position.
• UseonlygenuineNISSANfloor matsspecificallydesignedforuse inyourvehiclemodel.Seeyour NISSANdealerformoreinformation.
• Properlypositionthematsinthe floorwellusingthefloormatpositioningaid.See“Floormatpositioningaid”(P.7-7).

TheuseofgenuineNISSANfloormatscan extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easiertocleantheinterior.Matsshouldbe

maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.

7-6 Appearance and care

Simple line drawing of a road with two vehicles and a circular symbol, no text or symbols present

Floormatpositioningaid

This vehicle includes frontfloormatbracket to actasfloormatpositioningaid.NISSANfloor matshavebeenspecially designed for your vehicle model. The frontfloormatshave grommetholesin them.To install, simply position them at by placing the floormatbracket hook through the floormatgrommethole while centering them at in the floor well.

Periodicallychecktomakecertainthatthemats areproperlypositioned.

Top-down line drawing of a car viewed from the side, showing front and rear views with no text or symbols.

Bracketpositions

The illustrations show sthelocationoffloormat brackets.

SEATBELTS

Theseatbeltscanbecleanedbywipingthem withaspongedampenedinamildsoap solution.Allowthebeltstodrycompletely in theshadebeforeusingthem.

See"Seatbelts"(P.1-9).

WARNING

Donotallowwetseatbeltstorollupin theretractor.NEVERusebleach,dye,or chemicalsolventstocleantheseat

belts, sincethesematerialsmayseverelyweakentheseatbeltwebbing.

CORROSIONPROTECTION

MOSTCOMMONFACTORSCONTRIBUTINGTOVEHICLECORROSION

●The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debrisin body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.
- Damagetopaintandotherprotectivecoatingscausedbygravelandstonechipsor minortrafficaccidents.

ENVIRONMENTALFACTORSINFLUENCETHERATEOFCORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relativehumidity

Corrosionwillbeacceleratedinareasofhigh relativehumidity,especiallythoseareaswhere thetemperaturesstayabovefreezingwhere atmosphericpollutionexists,orwhereroadsalt isused.

Temperature

Atemperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Airpollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy roads salt use will accelerate the corrosion process. Roads salt will also accelerate the integration of paint surfaces.

TOPROTECT YOURVEHICLEFROM CORROSION

• Washandwaxyourvehicleoftentokepthe vehicleclean.
  ●Alwayscheckforminordamagetothepaint andrepairitassoonaspossible.
• Keepdrainholesatthebottomofthedoors opentoavoidwateraccumulation.
• Checktheunderbodyforaccumulationof sand, dirtorsalt. If present, washwithwater as soonaspossible.

CAUTION

- NEVERremovedirt, sandorother debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose.

Removedirtwithavacuumcleaner.

- Neverallowwaterorotherliquidsto comeincontactwithelectronic componentsinsidethevehicleas thismaydamagethem.

Chemicalsusedforroadsurfacedeicingare extremelycorrosive. Theyacceleratecorrosion and deteriorationofunderbodycomponents suchastheexhaustsystem,fuelandbrake lines,brakecables,floorpanandfenders.

Inwinter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.

For additional protection against trust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, consulta NISSAN dealer.

MEMO

Appearanceandcare7-9

MEMO

7-10 Appearanceandcare

8Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself

Maintenancerequirement....8-3

Scheduledmaintenance....8-3

Generalmaintenance....8-3

Wheretogoforservice....8-3

Generalmaintenance....8-3

Explanationofmaintenanceitems....8-3

Maintenance precautions....8-6

Enginecompartmentchecklocations....8-8

VQ37VHRenginemodel....8-8

Enginecoolingsystem....8-9

Checkingenginecoolantlevel....8-10

Changingenginecoolant....8-10

Engineoil....8-11

Checkingengineoillevel....8-11

Changingengineoilandfilter....8-11

Automatictransmissionfluid....8-13

Powersteeringfluid....8-13

Brakeandclutchfluid....8-14

Brakefluid....8-14

Clutchfluid(Manualtransmissionmodels)......8-15

Windowwasherfluid....8-15

Battery....8-16

Jumpstarting....8-17

Variablevoltagecontrolsystem....8-18

Drivebelts....8-18

Sparkplugs....8-19

Replacingsparkplugs....8-19

Aircleaner....8-19

Windshieldwiperblades....8-20

Cleaning....8-20

Replacing....8-21

Brakes....8-22

Self-adjustingbrakes....8-22

Brakepadwearwarning....8-22

Fuses....8-22

Enginecompartment....8-22

Passengercompartment....8-24

IntelligentKeybatteryreplacement....8-25

Lights....8-27

Coupe....8-27

Roadster....8-28

Headlights....8-29

Exteriorandinteriorlights....8-29

Wheelsandtires....8-31

Tirepressure....8-31

Tirelabeling....8-34

Changingwheelsandtires....8-38

Emergency tire puncturerepairkit (ifsoequipped)....8-41

MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENT

YournewNISSANhasbeendesignedtohave minimummaintenancerequirementswithlong serviceintervalstosaveyoubothtimeand money.However,someday-to-dayandregular maintenanceisessentialtomaintainyour NISSAN'sfinemechanicalcondition,aswell asitsemissionandengineperformance.

Itistheowner's responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed.

Asthevehicleowner,youaretheonlyonewho canensurethatyourvehiclereceivestheproper maintenancecare.Youareavitallinkinthe maintenancechain.

Generalmaintenanceincludesthoseitems whichshouldbecheckedduringnormalday-to-dayoperation.Theyareessentialforproper vehicleoperation.Itsyourresponsibilityto performtheseproceduresregularlyasprescribed.

Performinggeneralmaintenancechecksrequiresminimalmechanicalskillandonlyafew generalautomotivetools.

These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician, if you prefer, a NISSAN dealer.

WHERETOGOFORSERVICE

Ifmaintenanceserviceisrequiredoryourvehicle appearstomalfunction,havethesystems checkedandservicedbyaNISSANdealer.

NISSANtechniciansarewell-trainedspecialists andarekeptuptodatewiththelatestservice informationthroughtechnicalbulletins,service tips,andin-dealershipinformationsystems.

They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins.

YoucanbeconfidentthataNISSANdealer's servicedepartmentperformsthebestjobto meetthemaintenancerequirementsonyour vehicle—inareliableandeconomicalway.

GENERALMAINTENANCE

During thenormalday-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenances should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smell, besure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you should notify a NISSAN dealer to youth think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance work, see "Maintenance precautions" (P.8-6).

EXPLANATIONOFMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additionalinformationonthefollowing itemswith“\*”isfoundlaterinthissection.

Outsidethevehicle

Themaintenanceitemslistedhereshouldbe performedfromtimetotime,unlessotherwise specified.

Doorsandenginehood:Checkthatalldoors andtheenginehood,operateproperly. Also ensure that all latcheslocksecurely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latchpins, rollersandlinksif necessary. Makesure that these secondary latch keep the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

Whendrivinginareasusingroadsaltorother corrosivematerials, checklubricationfrequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself

Makesurethattheheadlights,stoplights,tail lights,turnsignallights,andotherlightsareall operatingproperlyandinstalledsecurely.Also checkheadlightaim.

Roadwheelnuts(lugnuts)*:Whenchecking thetires,makesurenowheelnutsaremissing, andcheckforanyloosewheelnuts.Tightenif necessary.

Tirerotation*:Tires cannot be rotated, asthe fronttires are adifferentsize from thereartires and the direction of wheel rotation is fixed in each tire.

Tires*:Checkthepressurewithagaugeoften andalwayspriortolongdistancetrips.If necessary,adjustthepressureinalltires, includingthespare,tothepressurespecified. Checkcarefullyfordamage,cutsorexcessive wear.

TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS) transmittercomponents:ReplacetheTPMS transmittergrommetseal,valvecoreandcap whenthetiresarereplacedduetowearorage.

Tire, wheelalignment and balance: If the vehicles should pull to either sidewalk while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect one even or abnormal tire wear, ther may be needed for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highways speeds, wheel balancing maybe 8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

needed.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Cleanthewindshieldonaregular basis. Checkthewindshieldatleasteverysix monthsforcracksorotherdamage. Havea damagedwindshieldrepairedbyaqualified repairfacility.

Windshieldwiperblades*:Checkforcracks orweariftheydonotwipeproperly.

Insidethevehicle

Themaintenanceitemslistedhereshouldbe checkedonaregularbasis,suchaswhen performingscheduledmaintenance,cleaning thevehicle,etc.

Acceleratorpedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and makes sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floormataway from the pedal.

AutomatictransmissionP(Park)mechanism:Onafairlysteephill,checkthatyour vehicleisheldsecurelywiththeselectorleverin theP(Park)positionwithoutapplyingany brakes.

Brakepedal: Checkthepedalforsmooth operation. If the brakepedals suddenly goes

downfurtherthannormal, thepedalfeels spongyorthevehicleseemstotakelongerto stop, seeaNISSANdealerimmediately. Keep thefloormatawayfromthepedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes donot pull the vehicle to onesidewhen applied.

Parkingbrake: Check the parking brake operation regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brakeneeds adjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seatbelts: Check that all part so these seat belt system (forexample, buckles, anchors, adjuster and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wearordamage.

Seats: Checkseatpositioncontrolssuchas seatadjusters, seatbackrecliner, etc. to ensure they operates smoothly and that all latcheslock securely every position. Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions.

Steeringwheel: Checkforchangesinthe steeringconditions, suchasexcessivefreeplay, hardsteeringorstrangenoises.

Warninglightsandchimes: Makesurethat all warninglightsandchimesareoperating properly.

Windshielddefroster:Checkthattheair comesoutofthedefrosteroutletsproperly and insufficientquantitywhenoperatingtheheater orairconditioner.

Windshieldwiperandwasher*:Checkthat thewipersandwasheroperateproperlyandthat thewipersdonotstreak.

Underthehood and vehicle

Themaintenanceitemslistedhereshouldbe checkedperiodically(forexample,eachtimeyou checktheengineoilorrefuel).

Battery*:Checkthefluidlevelineachcell.It shouldbebetweentheMAXandMINlines. Vehiclesoperatedinhightemperaturesorunder severeconditionrequirefrequentchecksofthe batteryfluidlevel.

Brakeandclutchfluidlevels*: Makesure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoirs.

Enginecoolantlevel*:Checkthecoolantlevel whentheengineiscold.

Enginedrivebelts*: Makesurethatnobeltis frayed, worn, crackedorily.

Engineoillevel*:Checkthelevelafterparking thevehicleonalevelspotandturningoffthe engine.Waitmorethan15minutesfortheoilto drainbackintotheoilpan.

Exhaustsystem: Makesuretherearenoloose supports, cracksorholes. If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a mell of exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See "Precautions when starting and driving" (P.5-2) forexhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Fluidleaks: Checkunderthevehicleforfuel, oil, waterorotherfluidleaksafterthevehiclehas beenparkedforawhile. Waterdrippingfromthe airconditionerafteruseisnormal. If you should notice anyleaks or if gasolinefumes are evident, check for the cause and have it corrected immediately.

Powersteeringfluidlevel*andlines:Check the level with the engine off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiatorandhoses: Checkthefrontofthe radiatorandcleanoffanydirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Makesurethe hoseshavenocracks, deformation, rotorloose connections.

Underbody:Theunderbodyisfrequentlyexposedtocorrosivesubstancesuchasthose usedonicyroadsortocontroldust.Itisvery importanttoremovethesesubstances,otherwiserustwillformonthefloorpan,frame,fuel linesandaroundtheexhaustsystem.Attheend ofwinter,theunderbodyshouldbethoroughly

flushedwithplainwater,beingcarefultoclean thoseareaswheremudanddirtmayaccumulate.Foradditionalinformation,see"Cleaning exterior"(P.7-2).

Windshieldwasherfluid*:Checkthatthereis adequatefluidinthereservoir.

MAINTENANCEPRECAUTIONS

When performing any inspection or maintenance work, your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself for damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

• Parkthevehicleonalevelsurface, applytheparkingbrakesecurely andblockthewheelstoprevent thevehiclefrommoving.Formanualtransmissionmodels,movethe shiftlevertoN(Neutral).Forautomatictransmissionmodels,move theselectorlevertoP(Park).
• Besuretheignitionswitchisinthe OFForLOCKpositionwhenperforminganypartsreplacementor repairs.
• Neverconnectordisconnectthe batteryoranytransistorizedcomponentwhiletheignitionswitchis intheONposition.

• Neverleavetheengineorautomatic transmission related component harnessesdisconnectedwhilethe ignitionswitchisintheONposition.

• If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.

• Itisadvisabletosecureorremove anylooseclothingandremoveany jewelry,suchasrings,watches,etc. beforeworkingonyourvehicle.
  ●Alwaysweareyeprotectionwhen-everyouworkonyourvehicle.
• Ifyoumustruntheengineinan enclosedspacesuchasagarage,be surethereisproperventilationfor exhaustgasestoescape.
• Nevergetunderthevehiclewhileit issupportedonlybyajack.Ifitis necessarytoworkunderthevehicle, supportitwithsafetystands.
• Keepsmokingmaterials,flameand sparksawayfromfueltankandthe battery.
• Yourvehicleisequippedwithan automaticenginecoolingfan.Itmay comeonatanytimewithoutwarning,eveniftheignitionkeyisinthe OFFpositionandtheengineisnot running.Toavoidinjury,always

disconnectthenegativebattery cablebeforeworkingnearthefan.

- Thefuelfilterorfuellinessshouldbe servicedbyaNISSANdealerbecausethefuellinesareunderhigh pressureevenwhentheengineis off.

CAUTION

- Donotworkunderthehoodwhile theengineishot.Turntheengine offandwaituntilcoolsdown.

- Avoiddirectcontactwithusedengineoilandcoolant.Improperly disposedengineoil,coolant,and/orothervehiclefluidscandamage theenvironment.Alwaysconformto localregulationsfordisposalof vehiclefluid.

This "8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself" section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

AgenuineNISSANServiceManualisalso available.(See "Owner's Manual/ServiceManualorderinformation"(P.9-24).)

You should be aware that incomplete or imporeservicing may result in operating difficulties over excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If doubt about any servicing, were recommend that it bedone by a NISSAN dealer.

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-7

ENGINECOMPARTMENTCHECK LOCATIONS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 10 JVM0086X

1. Enginecoolantreservoir

VQ37VHRENGINEMODEL

1.Fuse/fusiblelinkholder
2.Battery
3.Radiatorfillercap
4. Engineoildipstick
5. Engineoilfillercap
6.Brakefluidreservoir

1. Clutchfluidreservoir(ManualTransmission models)
2. Powersteeringfluidreservoir
3. Windowwasherfluidreservoir
   10Aircleaner
   11.Drivebeltlocation

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ENGINECOOLINGSYSTEM

Theenginecoolingsystemisfilledatthefactory withapre-dilutedmixtureof50%Genuine NISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)and 50%watertoprovideyear-roundanti-freeze andcoolantprotection.Theantifreezesolution containsrustandcorrosioninhibitors.Additional enginecoolingsystemadditivesarenotnecessary.

WARNING

• Neverremovetheradiatororcool- antreservoircapwhentheengineis hot.Waituntiltheengineand radiatorcooldown.Seriousburns couldbecausedbyhighpressure fluidescapingfromtheradiator. Seeprecautionsin"Ifyourvehicle overheats"(P.6-16)ofthismanual.
• Theradiatorisequippedwitha pressuretyperadiatorcap.Topreventenginedamage,useonlya genuineNISSANradiatorcap.

CAUTION

• Neveruseanycoolingsystemadditivessuchasradiatorsealer.Additivesmayclogthecoolingsystem andcausedamagetotheengine, transmissionand/orcoolingsystem.
• Whenaddingorreplacingcoolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)orequivalent.Genuine NISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)ispre-dilutedtoprovide antifreeze protection to -34 °F (-37 °C).Ifadditionalfreezeprotectionisneededduetowheatherwhere youoperateyourvehicle,addGenuineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)concentratefollowingthedirectionsonthecontainer. Ifanequivalentcoolantotherthan GenuineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)isused,followthecoolantmanufacturer's instructionstomaintain minimum antifreeze protection to -34 °F (-37 °C).Theuseofothertypesof coolantsolutionsotherthanGenu

ineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)orequivalentmay damagetheenginecoolingsystem.

•Thelifeexpectancyofthefactory-fill coolantis105,000miles(168,000 km)or 7years.Mixing anyother typeofcoolantotherthanGenuine NISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue),including Genuine NISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(green),ortheuseofnon-distilledwaterwillreducethelife expectancyofthefactory-fillcoolant.RefertotheNISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuidefor more details.

JVM0087X

CHECKINGENGINECOOLANTLEVEL

Checkthecoolantlevelinthereservoirwhen theengineisrunningandafteritreaches normaloperatingtemperature.Ifthecoolant levelisbelowtheMINlevel ②,addcoolantup totheMAXlevel ①.Ifthereservoirisempty, checkthecoolantlevelintheradiatorwhen theengineiscold.Ifthereisinsufficient coolantintheradiator,filltheradiatorwith coolantuptotheradiatorfillercapabovethe radiatorupperhoseopeningandalsoadditto thereservoiruptotheMAXlevel ①.Putonthe fillercapabovetheradiatorupperhoseandwith thereservircapopen,starttheengine.Runthe engineuntilreachesnormaloperatingtem-

perature.AddcoolantuptotheMAXlevel Tightenthecapse securelyafteraddingengine coolant.

If the coolingsystem requires coolant frequently, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.

CHANGINGENGINECOOLANT

MajorcoolingsystemrepairsshouldbeperformedbyaNISSANdealer.Theservice procedurescanbefoundintheappropriate NISSANServiceManual.

Improperservicingcanresultinreduced heaterperformanceandengineoverheating.

WARNING

• To avoid the danger of being scalded,neverchangethecoolant whentheengineishot.
• Neverremovetheradiatorcapwhen theengineishot.Seriousburns couldbecausedbyhighpressure fluidescapingfromtheradiator.
• Avoiddirectskincontactwithused coolant.Ifskincontactismade, washthoroughlywithsoaporhand cleanerassoonaspossible.

①.

- Keepcoolantoutofreachofchildrenandpets.

Enginecoolantmustbedisposedofproperly. Checkyourlocalregulations.

ENGINEOIL

SDI2348

CHECKINGENGINEOILLEVEL

1. Parkthevehicleonalevelsurfaceandapply theparkingbrake.
2. Runtheengineuntilreachesoperating temperature.
3. Turnofftheengine. Waitmorethan15 minutesfortheoiltodrainbackinto theoilpan.
4. Removethedipstickandwipeitclean. Reinsertitalltheway.
5. Removethedipstickagainandchecktheoil level.Itshouldbewithintherange ① .Ifthe oillevelisbelow ② ,removetheoilfillercap andpourrecommendedoilthroughthe

opening.Donotoverfill ③.

1. Recheckoillevelwiththedipstick. Itisnormaltoaddsomeoilbetweenoil maintenanceintervalsorduringthebreak-inperiod,dependingontheseverity of operatingconditions.

CAUTION

Oillevelshouldbecheckedregularly. Operatingtheenginewithaninsufficientamountofoilcandamagethe engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGINGENGINEOILANDFILTER

Vehicleset-up

1. Parkthevehicleonalevelsurfaceandapply theparkingbrake.
2. Runtheengineuntiltreachesoperating temperature.
3. Turntheengineoffandwaitmorethan15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.

5. Placethesafetyjackstandsunderthe vehiclejack-uppoints.

6. Asuitableadaptershouldbeattachedto thejackstandsaddle.

7. Removetheplasticengineundercover.

a. Removethesmallplasticclipsatthe centeroftheundercover.
b. Then removethe boltsthathold the undercoverinplace.

CAUTION

Makesurethecorrectliftingandsupportpointsareusedtoavoidvehicle damage.

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-11

① ② SDI2335

Engineoilandfilter

1. Placealargedrainpanunderthedrainplug.
2. Removetheoilfillercap.
   3.Removethedrainplug ① withawrench andcompletelydraintheoil.

CAUTION

Becarefulnottoburnyourself,asthe engineoilishot.

- Wasteoil must be disposed of properly.

- Checkyourlocalregulations.

(Performsteps4to7onlywhentheengine oilfilterchangeisneeded.)

1. Loosentheoilfilter ② withanoilfilter wrench. Removetheoilfilter by turning it by hand.
2. Wipetheengineoilfiltermountingsurface withacleanrag.

CAUTION

Besuretoremoveanyoldrubber gasketremainingonthemountingsurfaceoftheengine.Failureretodoso couldleadtoenginedamage.

1. Coatthegasketonthenewfilterwithclean engineoil.
2. Screwintheoilfilterclockwiseuntilaslight resistanceisfelt, thentightenadditionally morethan2/3turn.

Oilfiltertighteningtorque: 11to15ft-lb (14.7to20.5N·m)

1. Cleanandre-installthedrainplugwitha newwasher.Securelytightenthedrainplug withawrench.

Drainplugtighteningtorque: 22to29ft-lb (29to39N·m)

Donotuseexcessiveforce.

1. Refillenginewithrecommendedoilthrough theoilfilleropening, and install theoilfiller capsecurely.

See "Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants"(P.9-2)fordrainandrefillcapacity. Thedrainandrefillcapacitydependson theoiltemperatureanddrain time. Use thesespecificationsforreferenceonly.Alwaysusethedipsticktodetermine the properamountofoilintheengine.

1. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter. Correct as required.

2. Turntheengineoffandwaitmorethan 15 minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

Aftertheoperation

1. Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps.

a.Pullthecenterofthesmallplasticclip out.
b. Hold the engine undercover intoposition.

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFLUID POWERSTEERINGFLUID

c.Inserttheclipthroughtheundercover intotheholeintheframe,thenpushthe centeroftheclipintolocktheclipin place.
d.Installtheboltsthatholdtheundercover inplace.Becarefulnottostripthebolts rover-tightenthem.

1. Lowerthevehiclecarefullytotheground.

2. Disposeofwasteoilandfilterproperly.

WARNING

•Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may causes skin cancer.
- Trytoavoiddirectskincontactwith usedoil.Ifskincontactismade, washthoroughlywithsoaporhand cleanerassoonaspossible.
- Keepusedengineoiloutofreachof children.

Whencheckingorreplacementisrequired,we recommendaNISSANdealerforservicing.

CAUTION

•UseonlyGenuineNISSANMaticS ATF.Donotmixwithotherfluids.
- Usingautomatictransmissionfluid otherthanGenuineNISSANMaticS ATFwillcausedeteriorationindriveabilityandautomatictransmissiondurability,andmaydamage theautomatictransmission,which isnotcoveredbytheNISSANnew vehiclelimitedwarranty.

HOT MAX COLD MAX HOT MIN COLD MIN ① ② ③ ④ ① ③ ② ④ SDI1765A

Checkthefluidlevelinthereservoir.

Thefluidlevelshouldbecheckedwiththe engineoffusingtheHOTrange(①): HOT

MAX., ②:HOTMIN.)atfluidtemperaturesof 122to176°F(50to80°C)orusingtheCOLD

range(③:COLDMAX., ④:COLDMIN.)at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

IfthefluidisbelowtheMINline,addGenuine NISSANPSForequivalent.Removethecap andfillthroughtheopening.

BRAKEANDCLUTCHFLUID

CAUTION

• Donotoverfill.
  •Use Genuine NISSANPSFor equivalent.

For further brake and clutch fluid information, see "Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants" (P.9-2) of this manual.

WARNING

• Useonlynewfluidfromasealed container.Old,inferiororcontaminatedfluidmaydamagethebrake andclutchsystem.
• Besuretocleanthefillercapbefore removing.

CAUTION

Donotspillthefluidonpaintedsurfaces.Thiswilldamagethepaint.If fluidisspilled,washthesurfacewith water.

SDI2025A

BRAKEFLUID

Checkthefluidlevelinthereservoir.Ifthefluidis belowtheMINline ① orthebrakewarning lightcomeson,addGenuineNISSANSuper HeavyDutyBrakeFluidorequivalentDOT3 fluiduptotheMAXline ② .Iffluidmustbe addedfrequently,thesystemshouldbechecked byaNISSANdealer.

WINDOWWASHERFLUID

MAX MIN ① ② ① ② SDI1906A

CLUTCHFLUID(Manualtransmission models)

Checkthefluidlevelinthereservoir.Ifthefluid levelisbelowtheMINline ①,addGenuine NISSANSuperHeavyDutyBrakeFluidor equivalentDOT3fluiduptotheMAXline ②. Iffluidmustbeaddedfrequently,thesystem shouldbecheckedbyaNISSANdealer.

Mechanical assembly diagram showing a valve mechanism with directional arrows (no text or symbols)

Fillthewindowwasherfluidreservoirperiodically.Addwindowwasherfluidwhenthelow windowwasherfluidwarninglightcomeson.

Tofillthewindowwasherfluidreservoir, lift the capoffthereservoirtankandpourthewindow washerfluidintothetankopening.

Addawashersolventtothewaterforbetter cleaning.Inthewinterseason,addawindshield washerantifreeze.Followthemanufacturer's instructionsforthemixtureratio.

Refillthereservoirmorefrequentlywhendriving conditionsrequireanincreasedamountof windowwasherfluid.

RecommendedfluidisGenuineNISSANWind-

shieldWasherConcentrateCleaner&Anti-freezeorequivalent.

CAUTION

• Donotsubstituteengineanti-freeze coolantforwindowwashersolution. Thismayresultindamagetothe paint.
• Donotfillthewindowwasher reservoirtankwithwasherfluid concentratesatfullstrength.Some methylalcoholbasedwasherfluid concentratesmaypermanentlystain thegrilleifspilledwhilefillingthe windowwasherreservoirtank.
• Pre-mixwasherfluidconcentrates withwatertothemanufacturer's recommended levelsbeforepouring the fluid into the windowwasher reservoir tank. Donot use the windowwasherreservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.

BATTERY

• Keepthebatterysurfacecleananddry. Cleanthebatterywithasolutionofbaking sodaandwater.
• Make certaintytheterminalconnections are cleanandsecurelytightened.
• If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer, disconnect then negative (-) battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it.

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal, donot close either offrontdoors. The automatic window adjusting function will not work, and the sideroof panel may be damaged.

Todisconnectthenegative(−)batteryterminal, perform the procedure in the following order. Otherwise, the window and the sideroof panel may contact and bedamaged.

1. Closethewindows.
2. Openthehood.
3. Closeandlockallthedoors.
4. Disconnectthenegative(-)batteryterminal.
5. Securelyclosethehood.
   Toconnectthenegative(-)batteryterminal,

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

perform the procedure in the following order. Otherwise, the window and the sideroof panel may contact and bedamaged.

1. Unlockandopenthedriversidedoor.Do notclosethedoor.
2. Openthehood.
3. Connectthenegative(-)batteryterminal. Thenclosethehood.
4. Fullyopenthedriversidedoorwindow.
5. Closethedriversidedoorandthewindow.

WARNING

- Donotexposethebatterytoflames orelectricalsparks.Hydrogengas generatedbythebatteryisexplosive.Donotallowbatteryfluidto contactyourskin,eyes,fabrics,or paintedsurfaces.Aftertouchinga batteryorbatterycap,donottouch orrubyoureyes.Thoroughlywash yourhands.Iftheacidcontactsyour eyes,skinorclothing,immediately flushwith waterfor atleast 15 minutesandseekmedicalattention.

- Donotoperatethevehicleifthe fluid in the battery is low. Low batteryfluidcancauseahigherload

onthebatterywhichcangenerate heat,reduce batterylife, and in somecasesleadtoanexplosion.

• Whenworkingonornearabattery, alwayswearsuitableeyeprotection andremovealljewelry.
• Batteryposts,terminalsandrelated accessoriescontainleadandlead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
• Keepthebatteryoutofthereachof children.

① ② ③ DI0137MF

Checkthefluidleveleachcell(Removethe batterycoverifitisnecessary).Itshouldbe betweentheUPPERLEVEL ① andLOWER LEVEL ② lines.

Ifitisnecessarytoaddfluid,addonlydistilled watertobringtheleveltotheindicatorineach filleropening.Donotoverfill.

1. Removethecellplugs ③.

A B SDI1480E

2.AdddistilledwateruptotheUPPERLEVEL ① line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell; the condition indicates OK and the conditions need more to be added.

3.Tightencellplugs ③.

Vehiclesoperatedinhighttemperaturesorunder severeconditionsrequirefrequentchecksofthe batteryfluidlevel.

JUMPSTARTING

Ifjumpstartingisnecessary,see "Jumpstarting" (P.6-14).Iftheengineedsnotstartbyjump starting,thebatterymayhavetobereplaced. ContactaNISSANdealer.

VARIABLEVOLTAGECONTROL SYSTEM

CAUTION

• Donotgroundaccessoriesdirectly tothebatteryterminal.Doingsowill bypasssthevariablevoltagecontrol systemandthevehiclebatterymay notchargecompletely.
• Useelectricalaccessorieswiththe engineerunningtoavoiddischarging thevehiclebattery.

The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and control voltage generated by the generator.

DRIVEBELTS

1 2 3 4 5 SDI2119

VQ37VHRengine

1. Powersteeringfluidpump
2. Alternator
   3.Crankshaftpulley
3. Airconditionercompressor
   5.Drivebeltauto-tensioner

WARNING

BesuretheignitionswitchisintheOFF orLOCKpositionbeforeservicingdrive belts.Theenginecouldrotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for sign of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is in poor condition or loose, have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.
2. Havethebeltconditioncheckedregularly.

SPARKPLUGSAIRCLEANER

WARNING

Besuretheengineandtheignition switchareoffandthattheparking brakeisengagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Besuretousethecorrectsocketto removethesparkplugs.Anincorrect socketcandamagethesparkplugs.

SDI2020

REPLACINGSPARKPLUGS

Ifreplacementisrequired,seeaNISSANdealer forservicing.

Iridium-tippedsparkplugs

Itisnotnecessarytoreplacetheiridium-tipped sparkplugsasfrequentlyastheconventional typesparkplugssincetheywilllastmuchlonger. Followthemaintenanceschedulein"NISSAN ServiceandMaintenanceGuide",butdonot reusethembycleaningorregapping.

Alwaysreplacesparkplugswithrecommendedorequivalentones.

① ② ① SDI2350

Removetheretainers outthefilterelement

① asillustratedandpull ②.

Thefilterelements should not be cleaned and reused. Replace it according to them maintenance intervals. See "NISSANService and Maintenance Guide" form maintenance intervals. When replacing the filter, wipethe inside of the air

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-19

cleanerhousingandthecoverwithadamp cloth.

WARNING

• Operatingtheenginewiththeair cleanerremovedcancauseyouor otherstobeburned.Theaircleaner notonlycleanstheair,itstops flameiftheenginebackfires.lfit isnotthere,andtheenginebackfires,youcouldbeburned.Donot drivewiththeaircleanerremoved, andbecarefulwhenworkingonthe enginewiththeaircleanerremoved.
• Neverpourfuelintothethrottle bodyorattempttostarttheengine withtheaircleanerremoved.Doing socouldresultinseriousinjury.

WINDSHIELDWIPERBLADES

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.

Cleantheoutsideofthewindshieldwitha washersolutionoramildetergent.Your windshielddiscleanifbeadsdonotformwhen rinsingwithclearwater.

Cleaneachbladebywipingitwithacloth soakedinawashersolutionoramilddetergent. Thenrinsethebladewithclearwater.Ifyour windshieldisstillnotclearaftercleaningthe bladesandusingthewiper,replacetheblades.

CAUTION

Wornwindshieldwiperbladescan damagethewindshieldandimpair drivervision.

A ① SDI2359

REPLACING

Replacethewiperbladesiftheyareworn.

1. Liftthewiperarmawayfromthewindshield.
2. Pushthereleasetab Ⓐ, and then movethe wiperbladedownthewiperarm ① while pushing thereleasetabtoremove.
3. Insertthenewwiperbladeontothewiper armuntilaclicksounds.
4. Rotatethewiperbladesothedimpleisin thegroove.

CAUTION

•Afterwiperbladereplacement,returnthewiperarmtoitsoriginal position;
otherwiseitmaybedamagedwhen thehoodisopened.
- Makesurethewiperbladescontact theglass;otherwisethearmmaybe damagedfromwindpressure.

Simple line drawing of a container with two arrows pointing downward (no text or symbols)

SDI2362

Becarefulnottoclogthewashernozzle Thismaycauseimproperwindshieldwasher operation.lfthenozzleisclogged,removeany objectswithaneedleorsmallpin ⑧. Be carefulnottodamagethenozzle.

BRAKESFUSES

Ifthebrakesdonotoperateproperly,havethe brakescheckedbyaNISSANdealer.

SELF-ADJUSTINGBRAKES

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.

Thedisc-typebrakesself-adjusteverytimethe brakepedalisapplied.

WARNING

SeeaNISSANdealerforabrake systemcheckifthebrakepedalheight doesnotreturntonormal.

BRAKEPADWEARWARNING

Thediscbrakepadshaveaudiblewearwarnings.Whenabrakepadrequiresreplacement,it willmakeahighpitchedscrapingsoundwhen thevehicleisinmotion.Thisscrapingsoundwill firstoccuronlywhenthebrakepedalis depressed.Aftermorewearofthebrakepad thesoundwillalwaysbeheardevenifthebrake pedalisnotdepressed.Havethebrakes checkedassoonaspossibleifthewearwarning soundisheard.

Undersomedrivingorclimateconditions, occasionalbrakesqueak,squealorothernoise maybeheard.Occasionalbrakenoiseduring

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

lighttomoderatestopsisnormalanddoesnot affectthefunctionorperformanceofthebrake system.

Properbrakeinspectionintervalsshould befollowed.Foradditionalinformation,seethe maintenancelogsectionofyour“NISSAN ServiceandMaintenanceGuide”.

Technical diagram of a vehicle engine compartment with directional arrows indicating flow or movement (no text labels)

ENGINECOMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Neveruseafuseofahigherorlower amperageratingthanthatspecified on the fuseboxcover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire.

Ifanyelectricalequipmentdoesnotoperate, checkforanopenfuse.

1. Besuretheignitionswitchispushedtothe OFForLOCKpositionandtheheadlight switchisturnedtoOFF.

2. Opentheenginehood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse/fusible link holder.

3. Removethefuse/fusiblelinkholdercover.
4. Removethefusewiththefusepullerlocated inthepassengercompartmentfusebox.

A B SDI1754

Fusiblelinks

Ifanyelectricalequipmentdoesnotoperateand fusesareingoodcondition,checkthefusible links.Ifanyofthesefusiblelinksaremelted, replaceonlywithgenuineNISSANparts.

1. If the fuse is open Ⓐ, replace it with anew fuse Ⓑ. Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box.
2. Ifanewfusealsoopens, havetheelectrical systemcheckedandrepairedbyaNISSAN dealer.

SDI2361

PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Neveruseafuseofahigherorlower amperageratingthanthatspecified on the fuseboxcover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire.

Ifanyelectricalequipmentdoesnotoperate, checkforanopenfuse.

1. Besuretheignitionswitchispushedtothe OFForLOCKpositionandtheheadlight switchisturnedtoOFF.

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

1. Openthefuseboxlid.
2. Removethefusewiththefusepuller
3. If the fuse is open, replace it with an new fuse. Sparefuses are stored in the fuse box.
4. Ifanewfusealsoopens, havetheelectrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer.

Extendedstorageswitch(ifsoequipped)

Toreduce batterydrain, the extended storage switch comes from the factory switched off.

Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is pushed in (switched on) and should always remain on.

Ifanyelectricalequipmentdoesnotoperate, removetheextendedstorageswitchandcheck foranopenfuse.

NOTE:

Iftheextendedstorageswitchmalfunc- tions,orifthefuseisopen,itisnot necessarytoreplacetheswitch.Inthis case,removetheextendedstorageswitch

① ② SDI2704

INTELLIGENTKEYBATTERY REPLACEMENT

andreplaceitwithanewfuseofthesame rating.

Howtoremovetheextendedstorage switch:

1. Toremovetheextendedstorageswitch, be suretheignitionswitchisintheOFFFor LOCKposition.
2. BesuretheheadlightswitchisintheOFF position.
3. Removethefuseboxcover.
   4.Pinchthelockingtabs ① foundoneach sideofthestorageswitch.
4. Pullthestorageswitchstraightoutfromthe fusebox ②.

graph TD
    A["Patient with laparoscopic implant"] --> B{Balance}
    B -->|Yes| C["Endoscopic device placement"]
    B -->|No| D["Endoscopic device placement"]
    C --> E["+/- polarity indicator"]
    D --> F["+/- polarity indicator"]

CAUTION

Becarefulnottoallowchildrento swallowthebatteryandremovedparts.

Replacethebatteryasfollows:

1. Removethemechanicalkeyfromthekey.
2. Insertasmallscrewdriverintotheslitofthe cornerandtwistitoseparatetheupperpart fromthelowerpart.Useaclothtoprotect thecasing.
3. Replacethebatterywithanewone.

Recommendedbattery:

CR2032orequivalent

• Donottouchtheinternalcircuitand electricterminalsasdoingsocould causeamalfunction.
• Holdthebatterybytheedges.Holding thebatteryacrossthecontactpointswill seriouslydepletethestoragecapacity.
• Makesurethatthe⊕sidefacesthe bottomcase.

① ② SDI2452

1. Alignthetipsoftheupperandlowerparts ① , and then push them together untilitis securely closed ② .

2. Operatethebuttonstocheckitsoperation. SeeaNISSANdealerifyouneedanyassistance forreplacement.

FCCNotice:

ForUSA:

ThisdevicecomplieswithPart15ofthe FCCRules.Operationissubjecttothe followingtwoconditions:(1)Thisdevice maynotcauseharmfulinterference,and (2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,includinginterferencethat

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

maycauseundesiredoperation.

Note: Changesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedbythepartyresponsible forcompliancecouldvoidtheuser's authoritytooperatetheequipment.

ForCanada:

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operations subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

LIGHTS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 SDI2351

COUPE

1. Headlight(high-andlow-beam)
   2.Maplight
   3.Frontparklight
   4.Frontsidemarkerlight
   5.Frontturnsignallight
   6.Sideturnsignallight
2. High-mounted stoplight
   8.Cargolight
3. Rearcombinationlight(rearturnsignal/tail/stop/sidemarker/back-uplight)
4. Licenseplatelight
5. Rearfoglight(ifsoequipped)

SDI2448

ROADSTER

1. Headlight(high-andlow-beam)
   2.Maplight
   3.Frontparklight
   4.Frontsidemarkerlight
   5.Frontturnsignallight
   6.Sideturnsignallight
2. High-mounted stoplight
   8.Trunklight
   9.Cargoareacourtesylight
3. Rearcombinationlight(rearturnsignal/tail/stop/sidemarker/back-uplight)
4. Licenseplatelight
   12.Rearfoglight(ifsoequipped)

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

HEADLIGHTS

Fogmaytemporarilyforminsidethelensofthe exteriorlightsintherainorinacarwash.A temperaturedifferencebetweentheinsideand theoutsideofthelenscausesthefog.Thisis notamalfunction.Iflargedropsofwatercollect insidethelens,contactaNISSANdealer.

Replacing

WARNING

HIGHVOLTAGE

When xenonheadlights are on, they produce a high voltage. Topreventan electric shock, never attempt to modify or disassemble. Always have your xenonheadlights replaced a NISSAN dealer. For additional information, see "Headlight and turn signals switch" (P.2-31).

Usethesamenumberandwattageshowninthe followingchartasoriginallyinstalled.

Ifreplacementisrequired,seeaNISSANdealer.

EXTERIORANDINTERIORLIGHTS

ItemWattage(W)BulbNo.
Headlight*
High/Lowbeams(Xenon)35D2S
Frontturnsignallight*	28/8	7444NA
Frontparklight*	5	W5W
Frontsidemarkerlight*	LED	—
Sideturnsignallight*	LED	—
Rearcombinationlight*
back-up	16	W16W
turnsignal	21	WY21W
stop/tail/sidemarker	LED	—
Rearfoglight(ifsoequipped)*	21	T20
Licenseplatelight*	5	T10
Maplight	8	—
Vanitymirrorlight	2	—
Cargoareacourtesylight(Roadster)*	5	—
Cargolight(Coupe)*	3.4	—
Trunklight(Roadster)*	3.4	—
High-mountedstoplight*	LED	—

*: SeeaNISSANdealerforreplacement.
NOTE:AlwayscheckwiththePartsDepartmentataNISSANdealerforthelatestinformationaboutparts.

Replacementprocedures

AllotherlightsareeithertypeA,B,C,D,EorF. Whenreplacingabulb,firstremovethelens and/orcover.

graph TD
    A["Solid Light Bulb"] --> B["Switch"]
    B --> C["Close-up"]
    C --> D["Switch"]
    D --> E["Close-up"]
    E --> F["Switch"]
    F --> G["Close-up"]
    G --> H["Switch"]
    H --> I["Switch"]
    I --> J["Remove"]
    I --> K["Install"]

Diagram of a hand holding a device with an arrow indicating rotation or movement (no text or symbols present)

Maplight

SD11839

Vanitymirrorlight

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

WHEELSANDTIRES

If you have a flattire, see "Flattire" (P.6-2). TIREPRESSURE

TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitor tire pressure of all tires except the spare. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated.

The TPMSwillactivateonlywhenthevehicleis drivenatspeedsabove16MPH(25km/h). Also, thissystemmaynotdetectasuddendrop intirepressure(forexampleaflattirewhile driving).

Formoredetails, see "Lowtirepressurewarning light" (P.2-12), "TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.5-3) and "TirePressureMonitoringSystem(TPMS)" (P.6-2).

Tireinflationpressure

Check the pressure of the tires (including the spare) often and always prioritolong distancetrips. There recommended tire pressures specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the "Cold Tire Pressure" heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driverside center pillar. Tire pressures

shouldbecheckedregularlybecause:

●Mosttiresnaturallyloseairovertime.

- Tirescanloseairsuddenlywhendriven overpotholesorotherobjectsorifthe vehiclestrikesacurbwhileparking.

Thetirepressuresshouldbechecked whenthetiresarecold. Thetiresare consideredCOLDafterthevehiclehas beenparkedfor3ormorehours,ordriven lessthan1 mile(1.6km)atmoderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including underinflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

- Improperlyinflatedtirescanfail suddenlyandcauseanaccident.

•TheGrossVehicleWeighttrating (GVWR)islocatedontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.Thevehicleweightcapacityisindicated ontheTireandLoadingInformationlabel.Donotloadyour vehiclebeyondthiscapacity.

Overloadingyourvehiclemay resultinreducedtirelife,unsafe operatingconditionsduetoprematuretirefailure,orunfavorable handling characteristics andcouldalsoleadtoaserious accident.Loadingbeyondthe specifiedcapacitymayalsore-sult in failure of other vehicle components.

- Beforetakingalongtrip,or wheneveryouheavilyloadyour vehicle,use atire pressure gaugetoensurethatthetire pressuresareatthespecified level.

- For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important TireSafetyInformation" (US) or "TireSafetyInformation" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

① TRE AND LOADING INFORMATION CONSENSOMS BURLED PRIE ET LECHARGENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE SÉDIER TOTAL X FRENT AUMENT REPAR ARRIÈRE X THE Combined Weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs. Le poids total des occupants et du chargement en dot jamais dépasser XX kg ou XX lb. ② ③ SIZE DIMENSIONS FRONT AMOUNT P XXX / XX R XX XXX kPa, XX PSI COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PRIEST À FROID SEE OWNERS MANUEL FOR ACCIDENTIAL INFORMATION KARELLANATE DE LAUXAGE POURITUE DE RÉGULÉMENTS ④ STARE DES COUATS T XXX / XX R XX XXX kPa, XX PSI ⑤ ⑥

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT REPARS CAPACITY NOMBRE DE DESIGES TOTAL X PARENT AVANT X ARRIÈRE X The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs. made total dea occupants et du chargement me clot jamais déposer XX kg nu XX lb. TIRE PNEUS SIZE DIMENSIONS COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS À FROD FRONT AVANT P XXX / XX R XX XXX kPa, XX PSI REAR ARRIÈRE P XXX / XX R XX XXX kPa, XX PSI STONE IS SEOURS T XXX / XX R XX XXX kPa, XX PSI SIR CHANNELS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE USAGER DEFECHANCE POUR FLUÈDE RENSEIGNMENTS

SDI2462

TireandLoadingInformationlabel

① Seatingcapacity: Themaximumnumberofoccupantsthatcanbeseatedin thevehicle.
② Vehicleloadlimit: See "Vehicleloadinginformation" (P.9-17).

③ Originalsize: Thesizeofthetires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory.
④ Coldtirepressure:Inflatethetiresto thispressurewhenthetiresarecold. TiresareconsideredCOLDafterthe vehiclehasbeenparkedfor3ormore

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. There recommended cold tire inflation issue by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., upto the vehicle's GVWR.

⑤ Tiresize—see "Tirelabeling" (P.8-34).
⑥ Sparetiresizeorcompactsparetire size(ifsoequipped)

Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a central hub and circular base (no text or symbols)

Checkingthetirepressure

1. Removethevalvestemcapfromthe tire.
2. Pressthepressuregaugesquarelyonto thevalvestem.Donotpresstoohardor forcethevalvestemsideways,orairwill escape.Ifthehissingsoundofair escapingfromthetireisheardwhile checkingthepressure,repositionthe gaugetoeliminatethisleakage.
3. Removethegauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stemand compare it to the specific

tionshownontheTireandLoading Informationlabel.

1. Addairtothetireasneeded. If too muchairisadded, pressthecoreofthe valvestembrieflywiththetipofthe gaugestemtoreleasepressure. Re-checkthepressureandaddorrelease airasneeded.
   6.Installthevalvestemcap.
2. Check the pressure of allothertires, including the spare.

Coupemodels(exceptforNISMOmodels):

	SIZE	COLDTIRE INFLATION PRESSURE
FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE	225/50R1895W	240kPa, 35PSI
	245/40R1994W	240kPa, 35PSI
REARORIGINAL TIRE	245/45R1896W	240kPa, 35PSI
	275/35R1996W	240kPa, 35PSI
SPARE TIRE	T145/80-D17107M	420kPa, 60PSI
	T145/70-R18107M	420kPa, 60PSI

Roadstermodels(exceptforNISMOmodels):

	SIZE	COLDTIRE INFLATION PRESSURE
FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE	225/50R18 95W	260kPa, 38PSI
	245/40R19 94W	240kPa, 35PSI
REARORIGINAL TIRE	245/45R18 96W	260kPa, 38PSI
	275/35R19 96W	240kPa, 35PSI
SPARE TIRE	T145/80-D17107M	420kPa, 60PSI
	T145/70-R18107M	420kPa, 60PSI

NISMOmodels:

	SIZE	COLDTIRE INFLATION PRESSURE
FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE	245/40R19 98Y	240kPa, 35PSI
REARORIGINAL TIRE	285/35R19 99Y	240kPa, 35PSI
SPARE TIRE	T145/70-R18	420kPa, 60PSI

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ SDI1575

Example

TIRELABELING

Federallawrequirestiremanufacturersto placestandardizedinformationonthesidewallofalltires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the forehand also provides the identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the rein case of a recall.

P215/60R16 94H P 215 60 R 16 94 H ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SDI1606

Example

① Tiresize(example:P215/60R1694H)

1.P: The "P" indicate the entire is designed for passenger vehicles. (Not all times havethis information.)
2. Three-digitnumber(215): This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewalled getosidewalledge.
3. Two-digitnumber(60): This number, knownastheaspectratio, gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
4.R:The"R"standsforradial.
5. Two-digit number(16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.

1. Two-orthree-digitnumber(94): This numberisthetire'sloadindex.Itisa measurementofhowmuchweighteach tirecansupport.Youmaynotfindthis informationonalltiresbecauseitisnot requiredbylaw.
   7.H:Tirespeedrating.Youshouldnot drivethevehiclefasterthanthetire speedrating.

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the "Department of Transportation". Thesymbol can be placed above, below to the left for right of the Tire Identification Number.
2. Two-digitcode: Manufacturer's identification mark
3. Two-digitcode: Tiresize
4. Three-digitcode: Tiretypecode(Optional)

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself8-35

1. Three-digitcode: DateofManufacture
2. Fournumbersrepresenttheweekand yearthetirewasbuilt. Forexample, the numbers3103meansthe31stweekof 2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the othersidewallofthe tire.
   ③ Tireplycompositionandmaterial Thenumberoflayersorpliesof rubber-coatedfabricinthetire. Tiremanufacturersalsomustindicate thematerialsinthetire,whichinclude steel,nylon,polyester,andothers.
   ④ Maximumpermissibleinflationpressure Thisnumberisthegreatestamountof airpressurethatshouldbeputinthe tire.Donotexceedthemaximum permissibleinflationpressure.
   ⑤ Maximumloadrating Thisnumberindicatethemaximum loadinkilogramsandpoundsthatcan becarriedbythetire. Whenreplacing thetiresonthevehicle,alwaysusea tirethasthesameloadratingas thefactoryinstalledtire.

⑥ Termof"tubeless"or"tubetype" Indicateswhetherthetirerequiresan innertube("tubetype")ornot("tubeless").
⑦ Theword“radial” Theword“radial”isshown,ifthetire hasradialstructure.
⑧ Manufacturerorbrandname Manufacturerorbrandnameisshown.

Othertire-relatedterminology:

Inadditiontothemanytermsthatare definedthroughoutthissection,Intended OutboardSidewallis(1)thesidewallthat containsawhitewall,bearswhitelettering orbearsmanufacturer,brandand/ormodel namemoldingthatishigherordeeperthan thesamemoldingontheothersidewallof thetire,or(2)theoutwardfacingsidewall ofanasymmetricaltirethathasaparticular sidethatmustalwaysfaceoutwardwhen mountedonavehicle.

TYPESOFTIRES

WARNING

• Whenchangingorreplacingtires, besureallfourtiresareofthesame type(Example:Summer,AllSeason or Snow) and construction. A NISSANdealermaybeabletohelp youwith information abouttiretype, size,speedratingandavailability.
• Replacementtiresmayhavealower speed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed them maximum speed rating of the tire.
• ReplacingtireswiththosenotoriginallyspecifiedbyNISSANcould affecttheproperoperationofthe TPMS.
• Foradditionalinformationregardingtires,referto"ImportantTire SafetyInformation"(US)or"Tire SafetyInformation"(Canada)inthe WarrantyInformationBooklet.

Allseasontires

NISSANspecifiesallseasontiresonsome modelstoprovidegoodperformanceallyear, includingsnowyandicyroadconditions.All SeasontiresareidentifiedbyALLSEASON and/orM&S(MudandSnow)onthetire sidewall.Snowtireshavebettersnowtraction thanAllSeasontiresandmaybemoreappropriateinsomeareas.

Summertires

NISSANspecifiessummertiresonsome modelstoprovidesuperiorperformanceondry roads.Summertireperformanceissubstantially reducedinsnowandice.Summertiresdonot havethetiretractionratingM&Sonthetire sidewall.

Ifyouplantooperateyourvehicleinsnowyor icyconditions,NISSANrecommendstheuseof SNOWtiresorALLSEASONtiresonallfour wheels.

Snowtires

Ifsnowtiresareneeded,itisnecessarytoselect tiresequivalentinsizeandloadratingtothe originalequipmenttires.Ifyoudonot,itcan adverselyaffectthesafetyandhandlingofyour vehicle.

Generally, snowtireswillhavelowerspeed ratingsthanfactoryequippedtiresandmaynot

matchthepotentialmaximumvehiclespeed. Neverexceedthemaximumspeedratingofthe tire.

If you install snowtires, they must be the same brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels, and the same sizes as the original tires.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires maybe used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skidand traction capabilities of studded snowtires, on wetordry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

TIRECHAINS

CAUTION

Tirechains/cablesshouldnotbeinstalledon19-inchszetires.Doingso willcausedamagetothevehicle.Ifyou plantousetirechains/cables,you shouldinstall18-inchszetiresonyour vehicle.

Useoftirechainsmaybeprohibitedaccording tolocation.Checkthelocallawsbeforeinstallingtirechains.Wheninstallingtirechains,make

suretheyarethepropersizeforthetiresonyour vehicleandareinstalledaccordingtothechain manufacturer'ssuggestions.UseonlySAE ClassSchains.Class"S"chainsareusedon vehicleswithrestrictedtiretovehicleclearance. VehiclesthatcanuseClass"S"chainsare designedtomeettheSAEstandardminimum clearancesbetweenthetireandtheclosest vehiclesuspensionorbodycomponentrequired toaccommodatetheuseofawintertraction device(tirechainsorcables).Theminimum clearancesaredeterminedusingthefactory equippedtiresize.Othertypesmaydamage yourvehicle.Usechaintensionerswhenrecommendedbythetirechainmanufacturererto ensureatightfit.Looseendlinksofthetire chainmustbesecuredorremovedtoprevent thepossibilityofwhippingactiondamagetothe fendersorunderbody.Ifpossible,avoidfully loadingyourvehiclewhenusingtirechains.In addition,driveatareducedspeed.Otherwise, yourvehiclemaybedamagedand/orvehicle handlingandperformancemaybeadversely affected.

Tirechainsmustbeinstalledonlyonthe rearwheelsandnotonthefrontwheels.

NeverinstalltirechainsonaTEMPORARYUSE ONLYsparetire.

Donotusetirechainsondryroads.Drivingwith

tirechainsinsuchconditionscancausedamage tothevariousmechanismsofthevehicledueto someoverstress.

CHANGINGWHEELSANDTIRES

Tirerotation

Tirescannotberotatedonthisvehicle becausethefronttiresareadifferentsize thanthereartires.

Apinisonthefrontbrakerotortoprevent therearwheelsfrombeinginstalledin placeofthefrontwheels.Thesparetire canbeinstalledinplaceofthefrontand rearwheels.Wheninstallingthesparetire inthefrontwheel,theholeinthesparetire wheelmustbealignedwiththepinonthe brakerotor.

WARNING

• Retightenthewheelnutswhen thevehiclehasbeendrivenfor 600miles(1,000km)(alsoin casesofaflattire,etc.).
• For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

"TireSafetyInformation"(Canada)intheWarrantyInformation Booklet.

Diagram showing two labeled sections (① and ②) with concentric curved lines and directional arrows, likely illustrating a physical or engineering concept.

SDI1663

1. Wearindicator
   2.Wearindicatorlocationmark

Tirewearanddamage

WARNING

- Tiressshouldbeperiodicallyin- spectedforwear,cracking,bul- gingorobjectscaughtinthe tread.Ifexcessivewear,cracks, bulgingordeepcutsarefound, thetire(s)shouldbereplaced.

• Theoriginaltireshavebuilt-in treadwearindicators.When wearindicatorsarevisible,the tire(s)shouldbereplaced.
• Tiresdegradewithageanduse. Havetires,includingthespare, over6yearsoldcheckedbya qualifiedtechnician,because sometiredamagemaynotbe obvious.Replacethetiresas necessarytopreventtirefailure andpossiblepersonalinjury.
• Improperserviceofthespare tiremayresultinseriouspersonalinjury.Ifitisnecessaryto repairthesparetire,contacta NISSANdealer.
• For additional information regarding tires, referto "Important TireSafetyInformation" (US) or "TireSafetyInformation" (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Replacingwheelsandtires

When replacing atire, usethes namesize, tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. (See "Specifications" (P.9-8) for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

- Theuseoftiresotherthanthose recommended or the mixed use of tiresofdifferentbrands,construction(bias,bias-beltedorradial),or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling,ground clearance,body-to-tireclearance, tirechainclearance,speedometer calibration,headlightaimandbumperheight.Someoftheseeffects mayleadtoaccidentsandcould resultinseriouspersonalinjury.

- If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheel of different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interfer

encecanleadtodecreasedbraking efficiencyand/orearlybrakepad/ shoewear.See"Wheelsandtires" (P.9-9)ofthismanualforwheeloff-setdimensions.

• Whenasparetireismountedora wheelisreplaced, the TPMSwill not functionandthelowtirepressure warninglightwillflashforapproximately1 minute. Thelightwill remainonafter1 minute. Contact yourNISSANdealerassoonas possiblefortirereplacementand/orsystemresetting.
• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS.
• Donotinstalladeformedwheelor tireevenifithasbeenrepaired. Suchwheelsortirescouldhave structuraldamageandcouldfail withoutwarning.
  •Theuseofretreadtireisnotrecommended.
• Foradditionalinformationregardingtires,referto"ImportantTire SafetyInformation"(US)or"Tire

Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself

SafetyInformation"(Canada)inthe WarrantyInformationBooklet.

Wheelbalance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required.

Wheelbalanceservicesshouldbeperformedwiththewheelsoffthevehicle. Spinbalancingthewheelsonthevehicle could lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to "Important Tire Safety Information" (US) or "Tire Safety Information" (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet.

Careofwheels

See "Cleaningexterior"(P.7-2)fordetailsabout careofthewheels.

Sparetire(TEMPORARYUSEONLY(T-type)sparetire)(ifsoequipped)

ObservethefollowingprecautionsiftheT-type sparetiremustbeused,otherwiseyourvehicle couldbedamagedorinvolvedinanaccident.

WARNING

•TheT-typesparetireshouldbeused foremergencyuse.Itshouldbe replacedwiththestandardtireat thefirstopportunitytoavoidpossibletireordifferentialdamage.

- DrivecarefullywhiletheTEMPORARYUSEONLYsparetireisinstalled.Avoidsharpturnsand abruptbrakingwhiledriving.

- Periodicallychecksparetireinflationpressure.Alwayskeepthe pressureoftheTEMPORARYUSE ONLYsparetireat60psi(420kPa, 4.2bar).Alwayskeepthepressure ofthefullsizesparetire(ifso equipped)attherecommended pressureforstandardtires,asindicatedontheTireandLoading Informationlabel.ForTireand LoadingInformationlabellocation, see“TireandLoadingInformation label”intheindexofthismanual.

- With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed donot drive your vehicle speeds faster than 50 MPH (80km/h).

- Whendrivingonroadscoveredwith snoworice,theTEMPORARYUSE ONLYsparetireshouldbeusedon thefrontwheelsandoriginaltire usedontherearwheels(drive wheels).Usetirechainsonlyon thetworearoriginaltires.

•TiretreadoftheTEMPORARYUSE ONLYsparetirewillwearatafaster ratethanthestandardtire.Replace thesparetireassoonasthetread wearindicatorsappear.

- Donotusethesparetireonother vehicles.

- Donotusemorethanonesparetire atthesametime.

CAUTION

- DonotusetirechainsonaTEM-PORARYUSEONLYsparetire.Tire chainswillnotfitproperlyandmay causedamagetothevehicle.

- Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the

vehicle, donotdriveoverobstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

EMERGENCYTIREPUNCTURERE- PAIRKIT(ifsoequipped)

The emergency tire puncturerepairkit (Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead of asparetire. It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures.

If possible, havethe vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flattire. Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressures sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate.

See "Flattire" (P.6-2) formoredetails.

MEMO

8-42 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

9Technicalandconsumerinformation

Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants....9-2

Fuelrecommendation....9-4

Engineoilandoilfilterrecommendation....9-6

Airconditioningsystemrefrigerantand

lubricantrecommendations....9-7

Specifications....9-8

Engine....9-8

Wheelsandtires....9-9

Dimensions....9-10

Whentravelingorregisteringyourvehiclein

anothercountry....9-11

Vehicleidentification....9-11

VehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN)plate....9-11

Vehicleidentificationnumber(chassisnumber)......9-11

Engineserialnumber....9-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel....9-12

Emissioncontrolinformationlabel....9-12

TireandLoadingInformationlabel....9-13

Airconditionerspecificationlabel....9-13

Installingfrontlicenseplate....9-14

ExceptforNISMOmodels....9-14

ForNISMOmodels....9-16

Removingairdeflectors(exceptfor

NISMOmodels)....9-16

Vehicleloadinginformation....9-17

Terms....9-17

Vehicleloadcapacity....9-18

Loadingtips....9-19

Measurementofweights....9-19

Towingatraler....9-20

Flattowing....9-20

Automatictransmission....9-20

Manualtransmission....9-20

Uniformtirequalitygrading....9-21

Treadwear....9-21

TractionAA,A,BandC....9-21

TemperatureA,BandC....9-21

Emissioncontrolsystemwarranty....9-22

Reportingsafetydefects....9-22

ReadinessforInspection/Maintenance(I/M)test......9-23

EventDataRecorders(EDR)......9-23

Owner'sManual/ServiceManualorderinformation.....9-24

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in the "8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself" section to determinethe proper refill capacity.

		Capacity(Approximate)			Recommendedspecifications
		USmeasureImpmeasureLiter
Fuel19gal15-7/8gal71.9See“Fuelrecommendation”(P.9-4).
Engineoil*1DrainandrefillWithoilfilterchange5-1/8qt4-3/8qt 4.9					EngineoilwithAPICertificationMark*2,*3ViscositySAE5W-30*2,*3
Without oil filter change		4-7/8 qt	4 qt	4.6
CoolingsystemAutomatictransmissionmodel	Withreservoir	9-5/8qt	8qt	9.1	Pre-dilutedGenuineNISSANLongLifeAntifreeze/Coolant(blue)orequivalent
	Reservoir	7/8qt	3/4qt	0.8
Manualtransmissionmodel	Withreservoir	9-3/4qt8-1/8qt	9.2
	Reservoir	7/8qt	3/4qt	0.8
Automatic transmission fluid		—	—	—	Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF*4
Manualtransmissiongearoil		—	—	—	GenuineNISSANManuaTransmissionFluid(MTF)HQMulti75W-85orAPIGL-4,ViscositySAE75W-85
Differentialgearoil		—	—	—	ForATmodels:APIGL-5SyntheticGearOil,ViscositySAE75W-90*5ForMT models:Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5,ViscositySAE80W-90*9
Power steeringfluid(PSF)		Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the *8.Maintenanceanddo-it-yourself*section.			GenuineNISSANPSForequivalent*6
Brakeandclutchfluid					GenuineNISSANSuperHeavyDutyBrakeFluid*7orequivalentDOT 3
Multi-purposegrease					NLGINo. 2(Lithiumsoapbase)
Air conditioning system refrigerant		—	—	—	HFC-134a (R-134a)*8
Air conditioning system lubricants		—	—	—	NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or exact equivalent
Windowwasherfluid		4-3/4	4	4.5	Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze orequivalent

*1: Foradditionalinformation,see"Engineoil"(P.8-11)forchangingengineoil.
*2: Foradditionalinformation,see"Engineoilandoilfilterrecommendation"(P.9-6).
*3: NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Oil available at a NISSAN dealer.
*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.
*5: SeeaNISSANdealerforserviceforsyntheticoil.

9-2 Technical and consumer information

*6:DEXRON TM VltypeATFmayalsobeused.
*7: Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer.
*8:Foradditionalinformation,see"Vehicleidentification"(P.9-11)forairconditionerspecificationlabel.
*9: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32^ (0^) .

Technicalandconsumerinformation9-3

FUELRECOMMENDATION

VQ37VHRengine

Useunleadedpremiumgasolinewithanoctane ratingofatleast91AKI(Anti-KnockIndex) number(Researchoctanenumber96).

If premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasolinewith an octanerating of 87 AKI number (Research octanenumber 91) maybe temporarily used, but only under the following precautions:

●Havethefueltankfilledonlypartiallywith unleadedregulargasoline,andfillupwith unleadedpremiumgasolineassoonas possible.
- Avoidfullthrottledrivingandabruptacceleration.

However, formaximumvehicleperformance, the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended.

CAUTION

- Usingafuelotherthanthatspecifiedcouldadverselyaffecttheemissioncontrolsystem,andmayalso affectwarrantycoverage.

• Undernocircumstances should leaded gasolinebeused, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.
• DonotuseE-85fuelinyourvehicle. Yourvehicleisnotdesignedtorun onE-85fuel.UsingE-85fuelcan damagethefuelsystemcomponentsandisnotcoveredbythe NISSANvehiclelimitedwarranty.

Gasolinespecifications

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emissions system and vehicle performance. Ask your service station manager if the gasolinemeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Somefuelsuppliersarenowproducingreformulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially designedtoreducevehicleemissions.NISSAN supportseffortstowardscleanerairandsuggeststhatyouusereformulatedgasolinewhen available.

Gasolinecontainingoxygenates

Somefuelsuppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenatessuchasethanol, MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence.

NISSANdoesnotrecommendtheuseoffuels ofwhichtheoxygenatecontentandthefuel compatibilityforyourNISSANcannotbereadily determined.Ifindoubt,askyourservicestation manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuelsmay cause vehicle performance problems and/or fuel system damage.

• Thefuelshouldbeunleadedandhave anoctaneratingnolowerthanthat recommendedforunleadedgasoline.
• elfanoxygenate-blend, excepting a methanol blend, is used, it should contain nomorethan 10% oxygenate. (MTBEmay, however, beaded up to 15%.)
• Ifamethanolblendisused, it should containnomorethan5% methanol (methylalcohol, woodalcohol). It should also contain suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, such methanol

blendsmaycausefuelsystemdamage and/orvehicleperformanceproblems. Atthistime, sufficientdataisnot availabletoensurethatallmethanol blendsaresuitableforuseinNISSAN vehicles.

Ifanyundesirabledriveabilityproblemssuchas enginestallingorhardhotstartingareexperiencedafterusingoxygenate-blendfuels,immediatelychangetoanon-oxygenatefuelora fuelwithalowblendofMTBE.

Takecarenottospillgasolineduring refueling. Gasolinecontainingoxygenates cancausepaintdamage.

E-85fuel

E-85fuelisamixtureofapproximately 85% fuel ethanoland 15% unleaded gasoline.E-85can onlybeusedinaFlexibleFuelVehicle(FFV).Do notuseE-85fuelinyourvehicle.U.S.governmentregulationsrequirefuelethanoldispensing pumpstobeidentifiedbyasmall,square, orangeandblacklabelwiththecommon abbreviationortheappropriatepercentagefor thatregion.

Aftermarketfueladditives

NISSANdoesnotrecommendtheuseofany aftermarketfueladditives(Example: fuelinjector cleaner, octanebooster, intakevalvedeposit removers, etc.) whicharesoldcommercially. Manyoftheseadditivesintendedforgum, varnishordepositremovalmaycontainactive solventorsimilaringredientsthatcanbeharmful tothefuelsystemandengine.

Octaneratingtips

Usingunleadedgasolinewithanoctane ratinglowerthanrecommendedabovecan causepersistent, heavysparkknock. (Sparkknockisametallicrappingnoise.) Ifsevere, thiscanleadtoenginedamage. Ifyoudetectapersistentheavyspark knockevenwhenusinggasolineofthe statedoctanerating, orifyouhearsteady sparkknockwhileholdingasteadyspeed onlevelroads, haveaNISSANdealer correctthecondition. Failuretocorrect theconditionmisuseofthevehicle, for whichNISSANisnotresponsible.

Incorrectignitiontimingwillresultinknocking, after-runoroverheating. Thisinturnmaycause excessivefuelconsumptionordamagetothe engine. Ifanyoftheabovesymptomsare encountered, haveyourvehiclecheckedata NISSANdealerorothercompetentservice

facility.

However, now and then you may notice light spark knock for short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is no cause for concern, because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for short time under heavy engine load.

①

AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE FOR GASOLINE ENGINES CERTIFIED

②

API SERVICE SM SAE 5W-30 ENERGY CONSERVING

STI0505

1. API certification mark

2.APIservicesymbol

ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERRE- COMMENDATION

Selectingthecorrectoil

Itisessentialtochoosethecorrectgrade, quality,andviscosityengineoiltoensure satisfactoryenginelifeandperformance,see "Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants" (P.9-2).NISSANrecommendstheuseofan energyconservingoilinordertoimprovefuel economy.

SelectonlyengineoilsthatmeettheAmerican PetroleumInstitute(API)certificationorInterna-

tionalLubricantStandardizationandApproval Committee(ILSAC)certificationandSAEviscositystandard. TheseoilshavetheAPI certificationmarkonthefrontofthecontainer.

Oilswhichdonothavethespecifiedquality labelshouldnotbeusedastheycouldcause enginedamage.

Oiladditives

NISSANdoesnotrecommendtheuseofoil additives. Theuseofanoiladditiveisnot necessarywhentheproperoiltypeisusedand maintenanceintervalsarefollowed.

Oilwhichmaycontainforeignmatterorhas beenpreviouslyusedshouldnotbeused.

Oilviscosity

Theengineoilviscosityorthicknesschanges withtemperature.Becauseofthis,itisimportant thattheengineoilviscositybeselectedbased onthetemperaturesatwhichthevehiclewillbe operatedbeforethenextoilchange.Choosing anoilviscosityotherthanthatrecommended couldcauseseriousenginedamage.

Selectingthecorrectoilfilter

Yournewvehicleisequippedwithahigh-quality genuineNISSANoilfilter.Whenreplacing,use thegenuineoilfilteroritsequivalentforthe reasondescribedinchangeintervals.

Changeintervals

Theoilandoilfilterchangeintervalsforyour enginearebasedontheuseofthespecified quality oils and filters. Oil and filter other than the specifiedquality,oroilandfilter changeintervals longerthanrecommendedcouldreduceengine life.Damagetoenginescausedbyimproper maintenanceoruseofincorrectoilandfilter qualityand/orviscosityisnotcoveredbythe newNISSANvehiclelimitedwarranties.

Yourenginewasfilledwithahighqualityengine oilwhenitwasbuilt.Youdonothavetochange theoilbeforethefirstrecommendedchange interval.Oilandfilterchangeintervalsdepend uponhow youuseyourvehicle.Operationunder

the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes.

●repeatedshortdistancedrivingatcold outsidetemperatures,
●drivingindustyconditions,
●extensiveidling,
- stopandgo "rushhour" traffic, Refertothe "NISSANServiceandMaintenance Guide" forthemaintenanceschedule.
AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMREFRIGERANTANDLUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC-134a(R-134a) and the lubricant, NISSAN UV luminous Oil Type Sortheexact equivalents.

CAUTION

Theuseofanyotherrefrigerantor lubricantwillcauseseveredamageto theairconditioningsystemandwill requirethereplacementofallairconditionersystemcomponents.

TherefrigerantHFC-134a(R-134a)inyour NISSANvehiclewillnotharmtheearth'sozone

layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth's atmosphere, certain governmental regulations require thereafter recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioningsystem service. Your NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioningsystem refrigerant.

ContactaNISSANdealerwhenservicingyour airconditioningsystem.

SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE

ModelVQ37VHR
TypeGasoline,4-cycle
Cylinderarrangement6-cylinder,V-slantedat60°
Bore × Stroke	in (mm)	3.760 × 3.385 (95.5 × 86.0)
Displacementcuin(cm		^3 225.54(3,696)
Firingorder1-2-3-4-5-6
Idlespeedrpm
Ignitiontiming(B.T.D.C.)degree/rpm		Noadjustmentisnecessary.
SparkplugStandardFXE24HR-11
Sparkpluggap(Normal)	in(mm)	0.043(1.1)
Camshaftoperation		Timingchain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

1 3 5 2 4 6 STI0425

VQ37VHRengine

9-8 Technical and consumer information

WHEELSANDTIRES

Roadwheel

TypeSizeOffsetin(mm)
Conventional		Front:18 × 8J	1.69(43)
		Rear:18 × 9J	0.59(15)
		Front:19 × 9J	1.85(47)
		Rear:19 × 10J	1.18(30)
		NISMOmodels	Front:19 × 9.5J	1.57(40)
			Rear:19 × 10.5J	0.90(23)
Spare		17 × 4T*1	1.18(30)
		18 × 4T*1	0(0)

*1:ifsoequipped

Technicalandconsumerinformation9-9

Tire

TypeSizePressurePSI(kPa)[Cold]
Conventional		Front:225/50R1895WRear:245/45R1896W	35(240)*238(260)*3
		Front:245/40R1994WRear:275/35R1996W	35(240)
		NISMOmodels	Front:245/40R19Rear:285/35R19
Spare(T-type)		T145/80D17107M*1T145/70R18107M*1	60(420)
		—*3,*4

*1:ifsoequipped
*2:Coupemodels
*3:Roadstermodels
*4: The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied.

DIMENSIONS
in(mm)

Overalllength167.2(4,246)*1

167.4(4,253)*2

173.4(4,405)*1,*3

173.5(4,407)*2,*3

Overallwidth72.6(1,845)

Overallheight51.8(1,315)

52.2(1,325)*4

Fronttread61.0(1,550)*5

60.6(1,540)*6

61.2(1,555)*6,*3

Reartread62.8(1,595)*5

61.6(1,565)*6

62.2(1,580)*6,*3

Wheelbase100.4(2,550)

*1: Withoutfrontlicenseplatebracket
*2:Withfrontlicenseplatebracket
*3:NISMOmodels
*4:Roadstermodels
*5:18-inchwheelmodels
*6:19-inchwheelmodels

WHENTRAVELINGOR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

If you plantotravelinanothercountry, you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle's engine.

Using fuel with too low an octanerating may cause engaged damage. All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available.

Whentransferringtheregistrationofyour vehicletoanothercountry,state,province ordistrict,itmaybenecessarytomodifythe vehicletomeetlocalawsandregulations.

Thelawsandregulationsformotorvehicle emissioncontrolandsafetystandardsvary accordingtothecountry,state,provinceor district;therefore,vehiclespecificationsmay differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into another country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATION

STI0612

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)PLATE

Thevehicleidentificationnumberplateisattachedasshown.Thisnumberistheidentificationforyourvehicleandisusedinthevehicle registration.

MINT STI0613

VEHICLEIDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (chassisnumber)

Thenumberisstampedasshownintheengine compartment.

Technical line drawing of an engine block with a directional arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols present)

ENGINESERIALNUMBER

Thenumberisstampedontheengineasshown.

Diagram showing a road with lane markings and a shaded rectangular area, no readable text or symbols present.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification labelisaffixedasshown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

SARVICK STI0615

EMISSIONCONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is attached as shown.

Diagram showing road network with a highlighted vehicle and directional arrow (no text or symbols)

TIREANDLOADINGINFORMATION LABEL

ThecoldtirepressureisshownontheTireand LoadingInformationlabelaffixedtothepillaras illustrated.

Technical line drawing of a car dashboard frame with no visible text or symbols

AIRCONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

Theairconditionerspecificationlabelisattachedasshown.

INSTALLINGFRONTLICENSEPLATE

Step 1

Diagram showing a car's front grille with a tool labeled 'A' pointing to the grille area, likely indicating a measurement or inspection.

Step 4

License plate bracket Bumper

Step 2

Step 3 Flat-blade screwdriver Bumper Grommet Screw grommets

Step 6

Step 6 Step 5 J-nut Screws

STI0618

EXCEPTFORNISMOMODELS

Usethefollowingstepstomountthelicense plate:

Beforemountingthelicenseplate, confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag.

●Licenseplatebracket
J-nut × 2
- Screw × 2
- Screwgrommet × 2

1. Parkthevehicleonflat, levelground. Locate

thetwodents Ⓐ onthefrontbumper. Carefullydrilltwopilotholesusinga0.39in (10mm)drillbit.(Besurethatthedrill onlygoesthroughthebumperfascia.

1. Insertgrommetsintotheholeonthebumper fascia.
2. Insertaflat-bladescrewdriver into the grommetholetoadd90°turnontothepart (B).
3. Makesurethesideendsurfaceofthe licenseplatebracketisalignedwiththe bumper ⓒ.

D UP STI0629

Markthecenterofthehole Ⓓ onboth sideswithafelt-tippen.Removethebracket fromthebumper,andthenopen0.9to1.0 inch(22to25mm)diameterholesonthe bumperusingthemarks Ⓓ asacenter.

1. InsertJ-nutsintothelicenseplatebracket beforeplacingthelicenseplatebracketon thefascia.
2. Install the license plate bracket with screws.
3. Install the license plate with boltsthatareno longer than 0.55 in (14mm).

graph TD
    A["Step 2: The license plate bracket"] --> B["Step 3: Draw mark where to drill hole"]
    B --> C["Step 5: Mounting holes"]
    C --> D["Step 6: Screw gnommets"]
    D --> E["Step 7: Bumper"]
    E --> F["Step 8: J-nut"]

FORNISMOMODELS

Usethefollowingstepstomountthelicense plate:

Beforemountingthelicenseplate, confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag.

• Licenseplatebracket
  ●J-nut × 2

• Screw × 4
  ●Screwgrommet × 4

• Parkthevehicleonflat, levelground.

• Temporarily placethelicenseplate bracket while aligning points Ⓐ of the front bumper fasciawitholes Ⓑ in the license plate bracket.
• Confirm that points A and B are aligned. Hold the license plate bracket and mark the points C on the bumper faciathrough the center of the holes D with afelt tippen.
• Removethelicenseplatebracket.
• Carefully drilltwoshallowpilotholes and © usinga0.39in(10mm)drillbitat themarked locations.(Besurethatthe drillonlygoesthroughthefascia.)
• Insertgrommets into the hole on the fascia.

• Insertaflat-bladescrewdriver into the grommetholetoadda90°turnontothe part (E).
  9-16 Technical and consumer information

• InsertaJ-nutintothelicenseplatebracket beforeplacingthelicenseplatebracketon thefascia.

• Install the license plate bracket with the screws.
• Install the license plate with bolt sthat are not longer than 0.55 in (14mm).

Whentherecoveryhookisused,youneedto temporarilyremovethefrontlicenseplate and bracketfromthevehicle.(See "Vehiclerecovery (freeingastuckvehicle)("P.6-21)forfurther details.)

REMOVINGAIRDEFLECTORS (exceptforNISMOmodels)

A B STI0623

Leftside

This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors in front of the front wheels. The deflectors will chan the airflow to help improve aerodynamic performance.

Whentransportingyourvehicleonatrailer,the airdeflectorsmayinterferewithasteepslopeto atrailerbed.Inthiscase,removethedeflectors fromtheundercoverofthevehicle.

1. Loosenthreescrewsasshownandremove theleft-sideairdeflector Ⓐ.
2. Tightentheremovedscrew originalposition. ⑧ inits
3. Perform the same procedure to remove the right-side air deflector.

VEHICLELOADING INFORMATION

1. Storethetwoairdeflectorsandfourscrews toreinstallinthereverseorder.
2. When reinstalling, makesureallsixscrews are firmly tightened on both hair deflectors.

WARNING

• Itisextremelydangeroustoride inacargoareainsidethevehicle.Inacollision,peopleriding intheseareasaremorelikelyto beseriouslyinjuredorkilled.
• Donotallowpeopletoridein anyareaofvehiclethatisnot equippedwithseatsandseat belts.
• Besureeveryoneinyourvehicle isinaseatandusingaseatbelt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle:

- CurbWeight(actualweightofyour vehicle)-vehicleweightincluding: standardequipment,fluids,emergency tools,andsparetireassembly.This weightdoesnotincludepassengers andcargo.

• GVW(GrossVehicleWeight)-curb weightplusthecombinedweightof optionalequipment,passengersand cargo.
• GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating) -maximumtotalcombinedweightofthe unloadedvehicle,passengers,luggage, hitch,trailertongueloadand anyother optionalequipment. Thisinformationis locatedontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
  ●GAWR(GrossAxle WeightRating)-maximumweight(load)limitspecified forthefront orrearaxle. This informationislocatedontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.
• GCWR(GrossCombinedWeightRating) - The maximum total weight rating ofthevehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.
  ●VehicleCapacityWeight,Loadlimit, Totalloadcapacity-maximumtotal weightlimit specified of theload (passengersandcargo)forthevehicle. Thisisthemaximumcombined weight ofoccupantsandcargothatcanbe

Technicalandconsumerinformation

loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trail is tongue weight must be included as part of the cargoload. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label.

●Cargocapacity-permissibleweightof cargo, theweightoftotaloccupants weightsubtractedfromtheloadlimit.

Example 1 Load limit 1,400 lb (640 kg) - (Occupants Luggage 150 lb + 150 lb = 300 lb 30 lb (70 kg) (70 kg) (140 kg) (15 kg) )= Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1,070 lb (485 kg)

Example 2 Load limit 1,400 lb (640 kg) - (Occupants 150 lb x 4 = 600 lb (70 kg) (280 kg) (30 lb x 4 = 120 lb (15 kg) (60 kg)) Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 lb (300 kg)

STI0365

VEHICLELOADCAPACITY

Donotexceedtheloadlimitofyourvehicle shownas"Thecombinedweightofoccupantsandcargo"ontheTireandLoading Informationlabel.Donotexceed the numberofoccupantsshownas"Seating Capacity"ontheTireandLoadingInformationlabel.

Toget "the combined weight of occupants and cargo", add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight. Examples are shown in the illustration.

Stepsfordeterminingcorrectloadlimit

1. Locatethestatement "Thecombined weightofoccupantsandcargoshould neverexceedXXXkgorXXXlbs" on your vehicle'splacard.
2. Determinethecombinedweightofthe driverandpassengersthatwillberiding inyourvehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXXkgor XXXlbs.
4. Theresultingfigureequalstheavailable amountofcargoandluggageload

capacity. Forexample, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750(5x150)=650 lbs or 640-340(5x70)=300 kg.)

1. Determinethecombinedweightof luggageandcargobeingloadedon thevehicle.Thatweightmaynotsafely exceedtheavailablecargoandluggage loadcapacitycalculatedinStep4.
2. If your vehicle will betowing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Beforedrivingloadedvehicle, confirm that you donot exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle. (See "Measurement of weights" (P.9-19).)

Alsochecktiresforproperinflationpressures.SeetheTireandLoadingInformation label.

LOADINGTIPS

• TheGVWmustnotexceedGVWRor GAWRasspecifiedontheF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel.
• Donotloadthefrontandrearaxleto the GAWR. Doingsowillexceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

• Properlysecureallcargotohelp preventitfromslidingorshifting.Donotplacecargohigher thantheseatbacks.Inasudden stoporcollision,unsecuredcargocouldcausepersonalinjury.
• Do not load your vehicle any heavierthantheGVWRorthe maximum front and rear GAWRs.Ifyoudo,partsofyour vehiclecanbreak,tiredamage couldoccur,oritcanchangethe wayyourvehiclehandles.This couldresultinlossofcontrol andcausepersonalinjury.

- Overloading could not only shortenthelifeofyourvehicle andthetires,butalsocouldlead to hazardous vehicle handling andlongbrakingdistance.This maycauseaprematuretire malfunction,whichcouldresult inaseriousaccidentandpersonalinjury.Failurerescausedby overloadingarenotcoveredby thevehicle'swarranty.

MEASUREMENTOFWEIGHTS

Securelooseitemstopreventweightshifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. Whenthevehicle is loaded, drive to scale and weigh the front and therear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle load should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). Theseratings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove itemsto bring all weights below theratings.

Technical and consumer information

TOWINGATRAILER

FLATTOWING

Donottowatralerwithyourvehicle.Towingyourvehiclewithallfourwheelsonthe

groundissometimescalledflattowing.This methodissometimesusedwhentowinga vehiclebehindarecreationalvehicle,suchasa motorhome.

CAUTION

• Failuretofollowtheseguidelines canresultinseveretransmission damage.
• Whenever flattowing your vehicle, alwaystowforward, never backward.
• DONOTtowanyautomatictransmissionvehiclewithallfourwheels ontheground(flattowing).Doing soWILLDAMAGEinternaltransmissionpartsduetolackoftransmissionlubrication.
• Foremergencytowingprocedures refer to "Towingrecommended by NISSAN(exceptforNISMOmodels)"(P.6-19)ofthismanual.

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSION

Totowavehicleequippedwithanautomatic transmission,anappropriatevehicledollyMUST beplacedunderthetowedvehicle'sdrive wheels.Alwaysfollowthedollymanufacturer's recommendationswhenusingtheirproduct.

MANUALTRANSMISSION

●Alwaystowwiththemanualtransmissionin Neutral.
- Your vehiclespeed should never exceed 70 MPH (112km/h) when flattening your vehicle.
- Aftertowing500miles,startandidlethe enginewiththetransmissioninNeutralfor twominutes.Failuretoidletheengineafter every500miles oftowingmay cause damagetothetransmission'sinternalparts.

UNIFORMTIREQUALITYGRADING

DOT(DepartmentOfTransportation)Quality Grades: Allpassengercartiresmustconformto federalsafetyrequirementsinadditiontothese grades.

Qualitygradescanbefoundwhereapplicable onthetiresidewallbetweentreadshoulderand maximumsectionwidth.Forexample:

Treadwear200TractionAATemperatureA TREADWEAR

Thetreadweargradeisacomparativerating basedonthewearrateofthetirewhentested undercontrolledconditionsonaspecified governmenttestcourse. Forexample, atire graded 150 would wearone and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as atire graded 100. There relative performance of tires depends upon actual condition so their use, however, and may depart significantly from thenorm duetovariations indriving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

TRACTIONAA,A,BANDC

Thetractiongrades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, Band C. Those grades represent the tire's sability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions specified government tests surfaces of asphalt and concrete. Atiremarked C may have poor traction performance.

WARNING

Thetractiongradeassignedtothistire isbasedonstraight-aheadbraking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

TEMPERATUREA,BANDC

ThetemperaturegradesA(thehighest),B,and C,representingthetire'sresistancetothe generationofheatanditsabilitytodissipate heatwhentestedundercontrolledconditionson aspecifiedindoorlaboratorytestwheel.Sustainedhightemperaturecancausethematerial ofthetiretodegenerateandreducetirelife,and excessivetemperaturecanleadtosuddentire failure.ThegradeCcorrespondstoalevelof performancewhichallpassengercartiresmust meetundertheFederalMotorVehicleSafety StandardNo.109.GradesBandArepresent higherlevelsofperformanceonthelaboratory testwheelthanthemminumrequiredbylaw.

WARNING

Thetemperaturegradeforthistireis establishedforatirethatisproperly inflatedandnotoverloaded.Excessive speed,under-inflation,orexcessive loading,eitherseparatelyorincombination,cancauseheatbuild-upand possibletirefailure.

EMISSIONCONTROLSYSTEM WARRANTY

YourNISSANiscoveredbythefollowing emissionwarranties.

ForUS:

●EmissionDefectsWarranty

●EmissionsPerformanceWarranty

Detailsofthesewarrantiesmaybefoundwith othervehiclewarrantiesinyourWarrantyInformationBookletwhichcomeswithyourNISSAN.IfyoudidnotreceiveaWarranty InformationBooklet,oritislost,youmayobtainareplacementbywritingto:

●NissanNorthAmerica,Inc.

ConsumerAffairsDepartment

P.O.Box685003

Franklin,TN37068-5003

ForCanada:

EmissionControlSystemWarranty

Detailsofthiswarrantymaybefoundwithother vehiclewarrantiesinyourWarrantyInformation BookletwhichcomeswithyourNISSAN.Ifyou didnotreceiveaWarrantyInformationBooklet, oritislost,youmayobtainareplacementby writingto:

●NissanCanadaInc.

5290OrbitorDrive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W4Z5

REPORTINGSAFETYDEFECTS

ForUSA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receive a very similar complaint, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that as safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY:1-800-424-9153);goto http://www.safercar.gov;orwriteto:Administrator,NHTSA,400SeventhStreet, SW.,Washington,D.C.20590.Youcan alsoobtain otherinformationabout motor vehiclesafetyfrom

http://www.safercar.gov.

YoumaynotifyNISSANbycontactingour ConsumerAffairsDepartment,toll-free,at 1-800-NISSAN-1.

ForCanada

If you believethat your vehicle has a defect which could cause acrashor could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canadareceives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that as safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign. However, Transport Canadacannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

YoumaycontactTransportCanada'sDefectInvestigationsandRecallsDivisiontollfreeat1-800-333-0510.Youmayalso reportsafetydefectsonlineat:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerning motor vehicles safety maybe obtained from Transport Canada's Road Safety Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety(English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere

9-22 Technical and consumer information

(Frenchspeakers).

TonotifyNISSANofanysafetyconcerns pleasecontactourConsumerInformation Centretollfreeat1-800-387-0122.

READINESSFORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE(I/M)TEST

Duetolegalrequirementsinsomestates and Canadian Provinces, your vehicle maybe required to be in what is called the "ready condition" for an inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the "ready condition" when it is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually, the "ready condition" can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

Ifapowertrainsystemcomponentisrepairedor thebatteryisdisconnected,thevehiclemaybe resettoa"notreadycondition".Beforetaking thel/Mtest,checkthevehicle'sinspection/maintenanceetestreadinesscondition.Placethe ignitionswitchintheONpositionwithout startingtheengine.IftheMalfunctionIndicator Light(MIL)comesonsteadyfor20secondsand thenblinksfor10seconds,thel/Mtest conditionis"notready".IftheMILdoesnot blinkafter20seconds,thel/Mtestconditionis "ready".

ContactaNISSANdealertoset"readycondition"ortopreparethevehiclefortesting.

EVENTDATARECORDERS(EDR)

ThisvehicleisequippedwithanEvent DataRecorder(EDR).Themainpurposeof anEDRistorecord,incertaincrashor near crash-likesituations,suchasanairbag deploymentor hittinga roadobstacle,data thatwillassistinunderstandinghowa vehicle'ssystemsperformed.TheEDRis designedtorecorddatarelatedtovehicle dynamicsandsafetysystemsforashort periodoftime,typically30secondsorless. TheEDRinthisvehicleisdesignedto recordsuchdataas:

• Howvarious systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whetherornotthedriverandpassengersafetybeltswerebuckled/fas-tened;
• Howfar(ifatall)thedriverwas depressingtheacceleratorand/or brakepedal;and,
• Howfastthevehiclewastraveling.
• Soundsarenotrecorded.

Thesedatacanhelpprovideabetter understandingofthecircumstancesin whichcrashesandinjuriesoccur.NOTE: EDRdataarerecordedbyyourvehicleonly ifanontrivialcrashsituationoccurs;no dataarerecordedbythe EDRunder normaldrivingconditionsandnopersonal

Technical and consumer information

data(e.g.name, gender, age and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying datar routinely acquired during acrash investigation.

ToreaddatarecordedbyanEDR, special equipmentisrequiredandaccesstothe vehicleortheEDRisneeded.Inadditionto thevehiclemanufacturerandNISSAN dealer,otherparties,suchaslawenforcement,thathavethespecialequipment,can readtheinformationiftheyhaveaccessto thevehicleortheEDR.

OWNER'SMANUAL/SERVICE MANUALORDERINFORMATION

GenuineNISSANServiceManualsforthis modelyearandpriorcanbepurchased.A genuineNISSANServiceManualisthebest sourceofserviceandrepairinformationforyour vehicle.Thismanualisthesameoneusedbythe factorytrainedtechniciansworkingataNISSAN dealer.GenuineNISSANOwner'sManualscan alsobepurchased.

IntheUSA:

Forcurrentpricingandavailabilityofgenuine

NISSANServiceManualscontact:

1-800-450-9491

www.nissan-techinfo.com

Forcurrentpricingandavailabilityofgenuine

NISSANOwner'sManualscontact:

1-800-247-5321

InCanada:

TopurchaseacopyofagenuineNISSAN ServiceManualorOwner'sManualforth this modelyearandpriorpleasecontactaNISSAN dealer.Forthephonenumberandlocationofa NISSANdealerinyourareacalltheNISSAN InformationCenterat1-800-387-0122anda bilingualNISSANrepresentativewillassistyou.

10Index

A

ABS(Anti-lockBrakingSystem)....5-26

Advancedairbagsystem....1-33

Airbagsystem Advancedairbagsystem....1-33 Frontpassengerairbagandstatuslight....1-35 Front-seatmountedside-impact supplementalairbagsystem....1-38 Roof-mountedcurtainside-impact supplementalairbagsystem....1-38

Airbagwarninglabels....1-40

Airbagwarninglight....1-41,2-13

Aircleanerhousingfilter....8-19

Airconditioner Airconditioneroperation....4-24 Airconditionerservice....4-30 Airconditionerspecificationlabel....9-13 Airconditioningsystemrefrigerantand lubricantrecommendations....4-30,9-7 In-cabinmicrofilter....4-30

Airdeflectors....9-16

Alarm, Howtostopalarm(seevehicle

securitysystem)....2-28

Alcohol,drugsanddriving....5-7

Antenna....4-79

Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)....5-26

Anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)warninglight.....2-10

Appearancecare Exteriorappearancecare....7-2 Interiorappearancecare....7-5

Audiblereminders....2-16

Audiooperationprecautions....4-31

Audiosystem....4-31

Steeringwheelaudiocontrols....4-77

Autochanger CompactDisc(CD)....4-49 Autolightsystem....2-32 Automatic Airconditioner(TypeA)....4-25 Airconditioner(TypeB)....4-28 Automaticadjustingfunction (frontwindows)....2-46 Automatictransmissionfluid(ATF)....8-13 Doorlocks....3-5 Drivingwithautomatictransmission....5-12 AUX(Auxiliary)button....4-46,4-51 Auxiliaryinputjacks....4-75 Avoidingcollisionandrollover....5-6

B

Battery....8-16 Batterysaversystem....2-34 IntelligentKey....8-25 Variablevoltagecontrolsystem....8-18 Beforestartingtheengine....5-11 Belts(Seedrivebelts)....8-18 Bluetooth® hands-freephonesystem (modelswithnavigationsystem)....4-81 Bluetooth® hands-freephonesystem (modelswithoutnavigationsystem)....4-91 Bluetooth® streamingaudio....4-63 Boosterseats....1-24 Brake Anti-lockBrakingSystem(ABS)....5-26 Brakeandclutchfluid....8-14 Brakefluid....8-14 Brakesystem....5-25 Parkingbrakeoperation....5-20 Warninglight....2-10

Break-inschedule....5-23 Brightnesscontrol....4-7 DisplayON/OFFbutton....4-7 Instrumentpanel....2-34 Bulbcheck/instrumentpanel....2-10 Bulbreplacement....8-27

C

Cabinairfilter....4-30 Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants....9-2 CarphoneorCBradio....4-80 Cargocover....2-43 Catalyticconverter,Threewaycatalyst....5-3 CD/CF/USBmemorycareandcleaning....4-76 Centermulti-functioncontrolpanel (modelswithnavigationsystem)....4-3 Childrestraints....1-18 Boosterseats....1-24 Precautionsonchildrestraints....1-18 Toptetherstrap....1-19 Childsafety....1-15 Chimes Audiblereminders....2-16 Seatbeltwarninglightandchime....2-13 Circuitbreaker,Fusiblelink....8-23 Cleaningexteriorandinterior....7-2,7-5 Clock....2-8,2-25 Clutchfluid....8-14 Cockpit....2-3 Coldweatherdriving....5-31 CompactDisc(CD)changer(See audiosystem)....4-49 CompactDisc(CD)player(See audiosystem)....4-45,4-54 Compactsparetire....8-40

Consolebox....2-42

Coolant

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants....9-2

Changingenginecoolant....8-10

Checkingenginecoolantlevel....8-10

Corrosionprotection....7-8

Cover,Cargocover....2-43

Cruisecontrol....5-21

Cupholders....2-40

D

Dampers,Performancedampers....5-30

Daytimerunninglightsystem....2-34

Defrosterswitch, Rearwindow

defrosterswitch....2-31

Dimensions....9-10

Drivebelts....8-18

Driving

Coldweatherdriving....5-31

Drivingwithautomatictransmission....5-12

Drivingwithmanualtransmission....5-16

Precautionswhenstartinganddriving....5-2

DVDplayeroperation....4-56

E

Economy,Fuel....5-23

Elapsedtime....2-23

Emergencytirepuncturerepairkit....6-8

Emissioncontrolinformationlabel....9-12

Emissioncontrolsystemwarranty....9-22

Engine

Beforestartingtheengine....5-11

Break-inschedule....5-23

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants....9-2

Changingenginecoolant....8-10

Changingengineoilandfilter....8-11

Checkingenginecoolantlevel....8-10

Checkingengineoillevel....8-11

Coolanttemperaturegauge....2-7

Emergencyengineshutoff....5-10

Engineblockheater....5-32

Enginecompartmentchecklocations......8-8

Enginecoolingsystem....8-9

Engineoil....8-11

Engineoilandoilfilterrecommendation....9-6

Engineoilreplacementindicator....2-21

Engineoiltemperaturegauge....2-8

Engineoilviscosity....9-6

Engineserialnumber....9-12

Enginespecifications....9-8

Enginestartoperationindicator....2-18

Enginestartoperationindicator(Manual

Transmissionmodels)....2-19

If your vehicle overheats....6-16

Startingtheengine....5-11

EventDataRecorders(EDR)....9-23

Exhaustgas(carbonmonoxide)....5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certificationlabel....9-12

Filter

Aircleanerhousingfilter....8-19

Changingengineoilandfilter....8-11

Flashers(Seehazardwarningflasherswitch).....2-35

Flattire....6-2

Repairingflattire(withemergencytire

puncturerepairkit)....6-8

Flattowing....9-20

Floormatcleaning....7-6

Fluid

Automatictransmissionfluid(ATF)....8-13

Brakeandclutchfluid....8-14

Brakefluid....8-14

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants....9-2

Enginecoolant....8-9

Engineoil....8-11

Powersteeringfluid....8-13

Windowwasherfluid....8-15

FM-AMradiowithCompactDisc(CD)player....4-43

FM-AM-SATradiowithcompactdisc(CD)

changer(modelswithoutnavigationsystem).....4-47

FM-AM-SATradiowithcompactdisc(CD)

player(modelswithnavigationsystem)......4-52

Foglightswitch....2-35

Frontmanualseatadjustment....1-4

Frontpassengerairbagandstatuslight......1-35

Frontpowerseatadjustment....1-2

Frontseat, Frontseatadjustment....1-2

Fuel

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants....9-2

Fueleconomy....5-23

Fueleconomyinformation(display)....4-9

Fueloctanerating....9-4

Fuelrecommendation....9-4

Fuel-fillercap....3-34

Fuel-fillerdoor....3-34

Gauge....2-7

LOOSEFUELCAPwarning....3-35

Fuses....8-22

Fusiblelinks....8-23

G

Garagedooropener, HomeLink ^®

UniversalTransceiver....2-49

Gascap....3-34

Gauge....2-5

Enginecoolanttemperaturegauge....2-7

Fuelgauge....2-7

Odometer....2-6

Speedometer....2-6

Tachometer....2-6

Tripcomputer....2-22

Generalmaintenance....8-3

Glovebox....2-41

H

Hands-freephonesystem,Bluetooth®

(modelswithnavigationsystem)......4-81

Hands-freephonesystem,Bluetooth®

(modelswithoutnavigationsystem)......4-91

Hatch,Rearhatch....3-16

Hazardwarningflasherswitch....2-35

Headrestraints....1-5

Headlights

Bulbreplacement....8-29

Headlightswitch....2-32

Xenonheadlights....2-31

Heatedseats....2-36

Heater

Engineblockheater....5-32

Heaterandairconditioneroperation....4-24

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver....2-49

Hoodrelease....3-16

Horn....2-36

|

Ignitionswitch

(Push-button)....5-8

Manualtransmissionmodels....5-16

Immobilizersystem....2-28

In-cabinmicrofilter....4-30

Indicatorlights....2-14

INFObutton....4-8

Insidemirror....3-37

Inspection/maintenance(I/M)test....9-23

Instrumentbrightnesscontrol....2-34

Instrumentpanel....2-4

Instrumentpocket....2-40

IntelligentKey....3-2

IntelligentKeybatterydischargeindicator....2-19

IntelligentKeyremovalindicator....2-18

IntelligentKeysystem....3-6

Batteryreplacement....8-25

IntelligentKeysystemwarninglight....2-11

Keyoperatingrange....3-8

Keyoperation....3-9

Warningsignals....3-11

Interiorlightcontrolswitch....2-47

Interiorlightreplacement....8-29

Interiorlights....2-46

Interiortrunklidrelease....3-19

iPod ^® playeroperation....4-68

J

Jumpstarting....6-14

K

Keylessentry(Seeremotekeyless

Foglightswitch....2-35

Headlightswitch....2-32

Headlightsbulbreplacement....8-29

Indicatorlights....2-14

Interiorlightcontrolswitch....2-47

Interiorlights....2-46

Maplights....2-46

Replacement....8-27

Trunklight 2-49

Vanitymirrorlights....2-48

Warning/indicatorlightsand

audiblereminders....2-10

Xenonheadlights....2-31

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement.....8-29

Loadinginformation(Seevehicle

loadinginformation)....9-17

Lock

Automaticdoorlocks....3-5

Doorlocks....3-4

Lockingwithmechanicalkey....3-4

Lowtirepressurewarninglight....2-12

Lowtirepressurewarningsystem

(Seetirepressuremonitoringsystem(TPMS))....5-3

M

Maintenance

Battery....8-16

Generalmaintenance....8-3

Insidethevehicle....8-4

Maintenanceindicators....2-21

Maintenance precautions....8-6

Maintenancerequirements....8-3

Outsidethevehicle....8-3

Seatbeltmaintenance....1-14

Malfunctionindicatorlight(MIL)....2-14

Manualfrontseatadjustment....1-4

Maplights....2-46

Masterwarninglight....2-13

Mechanicalkey(IntelligentKeysystem)....3-3

Meter

Tripcomputer....2-22

Metersandgauges....2-5

Instrumentbrightnesscontrol....2-34

Mirror

Insidemirror....3-37

Outsidemirrors....3-38

Vanitymirror....3-39

Multi-functioncontroller....4-4

N

Newvehiclebreak-in....5-23

NISSANVehicleImmobilizerSystem....2-28

NISSANvoicerecognitionsystem....4-103

Nokeywarning....2-18

0

Odometer....2-6

Off-roadrecovery....5-6

Oil

Capacitiesand

recommendedfuel/lubricants....9-2

Changingengineoilandfilter....8-11

Checkingengineoillevel....8-11

Engineoil....8-11

Engineoilviscosity....9-6

Oilfilterreplacementindicator....2-21

Openingthesofttop

Operation,Operationalindicators....2-18

Outsidemirrors....3-38

Overheat, If your vehicle overheats....6-16

Owner's Manual/ServiceManual

orderinformation....9-24

P

Panicalarm....3-14

Parking

Brakebreak-in....5-26

Parkingbrakeoperation....5-20

Parkingonhills....5-24

Performancedampers....5-30

Phone

Bluetooth® hands-freephonesystem

(modelswithnavigationsystem)....4-81

Bluetooth® hands-freephonesystem

(modelswithoutnavigationsystem)......4-91

CarphoneorCBradio....4-80

Power

Frontseatadjustment....1-2

Powerwindows....2-44

Precautions....5-21

Audiooperation....4-31

Brakingprecautions....5-25

Childrestraints....1-18

Cruisecontroloperations....5-17

Maintenance....8-6

Seatbeltusage....1-9

Supplementalrestraintsystem....1-28

Whenstartinganddriving....5-2

Pushstarting....6-16

Pushwarning(Automatic

Transmissionmodels)....2-19

Push-buttonignitionswitch....5-8,5-9

R

Radio....4-31

CarphoneorCBradio....4-80

FM-AMradiowithCompactDisc

(CD)player....4-43

FM-AM-SATradiowithcompactdisc(CD)

changer(modelswithout

navigationsystem)....4-47

FM-AM-SATradiowithcompactdisc(CD)

player(modelswithnavigationsystem)......4-52

Rapidairpressureloss....5-6

Readinessforinspection/maintenance

(I/M)test....9-23

Rearhatch....3-16

Rearhatchopener....3-16

Rearhatchopenerswitch....3-17

Rearparcelbox....2-42

Rearwindowdefrosterswitch....2-31

RearViewmonitor(modelswith

navigationsystem)....4-18

Recorders, Eventdata....9-23

Registeringyourvehicleinanothercountry......9-11

Remotekeylessentrysystem....3-13

Repairingflattire(withemergencytirepuncture

repairkit)....6-8

Reportingsafetydefects....9-22

Rollover....5-6

Roof,Softtop....3-21

S

Safety,Childseatbelts....1-15

Satelliteradiooperation....4-48,4-53

Seatadjustment

Frontmanualseatadjustment....1-4

Frontpowerseatadjustment....1-2

Frontseats....1-2

Seatbelt(s)

Childsafety....1-15

Infants....1-15

Injuredpersons....1-11

Largerchildren....1-16

Precautionsonseatbeltusage....1-9

Pregnantwomen....1-11

Seatbeltcleaning....7-7

Seatbeltextenders....1-14

Seatbeltmaintenance....1-14

Seatbeltwarninglightandchime....2-13

Seatbelts....1-9

Seatbeltswithpretensioners....1-39

Three-pointtype....1-11

Seat(s)

Climatecontrolledseats....2-38

Heatedseats....2-36

Seats....1-2

Secondaryrearhatchrelease....3-18

Secondarytrunklidrelease....3-20

Securitysystem(NISSANVehicleImmobilizer

System),Enginestart....2-28

Securitysystem,Vehiclesecuritysystem......2-27

Selectorlever,Shiftlockrelease......5-16

Servicingairconditioner....4-30

SETTINGbutton....4-11

Shiftlockrelease,Transmission....5-16

Shift"P" warning(Automatic

Transmissionmodels)....2-19

Shifting

Automatictransmission....5-12

Manualtransmission....5-16

Softtop

Careandcleaning....7-3

Ifthetopdoesnotopenorclose....3-28

OpeningusingtheIntelligentKey......3-26

Softtopindicatorlight....2-15,3-24

Softtopoperation....3-21

Sparetire....9-9

Sparkplugs....8-19

Speedometer....2-6

Starting

Beforestartingtheengine....5-11

Jumpstarting....6-14

Precautionswhenstartinganddriving....5-2

Pushstarting....6-16

Startingtheengine....5-11

STATUSbutton....4-7

Statuslight, Frontpassengerairbag......1-35

Steering

Powersteeringfluid....8-13

Powersteeringsystem....5-25

Steering-wheel-mountedcontrols

foraudio....4-77

Storage....2-40

Sunvisors....3-36

Supplementalairbagwarninglabels....1-40

Supplementalairbagwarninglight.....1-41,2-13

Supplementalrestraintsystem....1-28

Precautionsonsupplemental

restraintsystem....1-28

Switch

Autolightswitch....2-32

Foglightswitch....2-35

Hazardwarningflasherswitch....2-35

Headlightswitch....2-32

Ignitionswitch....5-12

Ignitionswitchmanual

transmissionmodels....5-16

Turnsignalswitch....2-35

Vehicledynamiccontrol(VDC)offswitch.....2-39

SynchroRevMatchmode(S-MODE)....5-17

T

Tachometer....2-6

Temperaturegauge,Enginecoolant

temperaturegauge....2-7

Theft(NISSANVehicleImmobilizerSystem),

Enginestart....2-28

Three-waycatalyst....5-3

Tiltsteering....3-36

Tire

Pressure, Lowtirepressurewarninglight.....2-12

Sealant....6-8

Tirereplacementindicator....2-21

Tires

Emergencytirepuncturerepairkit....6-8

Flattire....6-2

Lowtirepressurewarningsystem....5-3

Sparetire....8-40

TireandLoadinginformationlabel.....8-32,9-13

Tirechains....8-37

Tiredressing....7-5

Tirepressure....8-31

Tirepressuremonitoring

system(TPMS)....5-3,6-2

Tirerotation....8-38

Uniformtirequalitygrading....9-21

Wheel/tiresize....9-9

Wheelsandtires....8-31

Tonneaucover(seecargocover)....2-43

Top,Softtop....3-21

Touchscreen....4-4

Towing

Flattowing....9-20

Towtrucktowing....6-18

Towingatraler....9-20

TPMS,Tirepressuremonitoringsystem....5-3

TPMS,Tirepressurewarningsystem....6-2

Trailertowing....9-20

Transceiver, HomeLink ^® UniversalTransceiver....2-49

Transmission

Automatictransmissionfluid(ATF)......8-13

Drivingwithautomatictransmission....5-12

Drivingwithmanualtransmission....5-16

Transmissionselectorleverlockrelease......5-16

Transmitter(Seeremotekeylessentrysystem)....3-13

Travelingorregisteringyourvehiclein

anothercountry....9-11

Tripcomputer....2-22

Tripodometer....2-23

Triplemeter....2-8

Trunk

Interiortrunklidrelease....3-19

Light 2-49

Secondarytrunklidrelease....3-20

Trunklid....3-18

Trunkreleasepowercancelswitch....3-19

Turnsignalswitch....2-35

U

Underbodycleaning....7-4

Uniformtirequalitygrading....9-21

USBmemoryoperation....4-59

v

Vanitymirror....3-39

Vanitymirrorlights....2-48

Variablevoltagecontrolsystem....8-18

Vehicle

Dimensions....9-10

Vehicledynamiccontrol(VDC)offswitch.....2-39

Vehicledynamiccontrol(VDC)system......5-28

Ventilators....4-24

Voicecommand(Bluetooth ^® Hands-Free

PhoneSystem)....4-97

Voicecommand(NISSANvoice

recognitionsystem)....4-108

Voltmeter....2-8

W

Warning

Hazardwarningflasherswitch....2-35

Lights....2-10

Tirepressuremonitoring

system(TPMS)....5-3,6-2

Warning/indicatorlightsand

audiblereminders....2-9

Warninglabels, Airbagwarninglabels.....1-40

Warninglight

Airbagwarninglight....1-41,2-13

Anti-lockbrakingsystem(ABS)

warninglight....2-10

Brakewarninglight....2-10

IntelligentKeysystemwarninglight....2-11

Lowtirepressurewarninglight....2-12

Seatbeltwarninglightandchime....2-13

Warningsandalerts(vehicle

informationdisplay)....2-20

Warranty, Emission control system warranty.....9-22

Washerswitch, Windshieldwiperand

washerswitch....2-29

Washing....7-2

Waxing....7-4

Wheel/tiresize....9-9

Wheelsandtires....8-31

Careofwheels....7-4

Cleaningaluminumalloywheels....7-5

Windowwasherfluid....8-15

Window(s)

Automaticadjustingfunction....2-46

Cleaning....7-4

Powerwindows....2-44

Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch....2-29

Wiper

Windshieldwiperandwasherswitch....2-29

Wiperblades....8-20

x

Xenonheadlights....2-31

GASSTATIONINFORMATION

FUELRECOMMENDATION:

VQ37VHRengine

Useunleadedpremiumgasolinewithanoctane ratingofatleast91AKI(Anti-KnockIndex) number(Researchoctanenumber96).

If premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regulargasolinewithanoctanerating of 87 AKI number (Research octanenumber 91) maybe temporarily used, but only under the following precautions:

●Havethefueltankfilledonlypartiallywith unleadedregulargasoline,andfillupwith unleadedpremiumgasolineassoonas possible.
- Avoidfullthrottledrivingandabruptacceleration.

However, formaximumvehicleperformance, the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended.

CAUTION

- Usingafuelotherthanthatspecifiedcouldadverselyaffecttheemissioncontrolsystems,andmayalso affectwarrantycoverage.

• Undernocircumstances should leaded gasolinebeused, sincethis willdamagethethreewaycatalyst.
• DonotuseE-85fuelinyourvehicle. Yourvehicleisnotdesignedtorun onE-85fuel.UsingE-85fuelcan damagethefuelsystemcomponentsandisnotcoveredbythe NISSANvehiclelimitedwarranty.

For additional information, see "Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants" (P.9-2).

ENGINEOILRECOMMENDATION:

●EngineoilwithAPICertificationMark
- ViscositySAE5W-30

See "Capacitiesandrecommendedfuel/lubricants" (P.9-2) forengineoilandoilfilter recommendation.

COLDTIREPRESSURES:

Thelabelistypicallylocatedonthedriverside centerpillaroronthedriver'sdoor. For additionalinformation,see"Wheelsandtires" (P.8-31).

NEWVEHICLEBREAK-INPROCEDURE DURESRECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehicle use, follow there recommendations outlined in the "Break-inschedule" (P.5-23) of this Owner's Manual. Follow these recommendations for the futurer reliability and economy of your new vehicle.

Printing: December 2011 (17)

Publication No.: OM2E-0Z34U0

Printed in Japan

TOOUM-1TG1D

Z34-D